|
| ABAI Business Meeting |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
| Williford A |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Janet S. Twyman (ABAI President and Practice Board Coordinator) |
| Panelists: R. DOUGLAS GREER (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator), TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Science Board Coordinator), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Senior Program Co-Chair), WILLIAM L. HEWARD (Program Board Coordinator), MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director/Secretary Treasurer), CHARLES T. MERBITZ (Education Board Coordinator), CAROL PILGRIM (Publications Board Coordinator), RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Membership Board Coordinator), JANET S. TWYMAN (ABAI President and Practice Board Coordinator) |
| Abstract: This event is the business meeting to the ABAI; where the President, Executive Director and Board Coordinators provide an update about current developments. |
| R. DOUGLAS GREER (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator) |
| TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Science Board Coordinator) |
| RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Senior Program Co-Chair) |
| WILLIAM L. HEWARD (Program Board Coordinator) |
| MARIA E. MALOTT (Executive Director/Secretary Treasurer) |
| CHARLES T. MERBITZ (Education Board Coordinator) |
| CAROL PILGRIM (Publications Board Coordinator) |
| RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Membership Board Coordinator) |
| JANET S. TWYMAN (ABAI President and Practice Board Coordinator) |
|
| |
| |
|
| The Case for Contingent Skin Shock |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
| 4A |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Discussant: F. J. Barrera (Private Consultant Practice) |
| CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Contingent Skin Shock (CSS), within a comprehensive behavior program, is a useful (often life-saving) procedure for a small group of individuals who engage in various topographies of severe problem behaviors that are refractory to typical behavioral interventions. Opponents of CSS are often unwilling to weigh the associated risks and benefits, state that all problem behaviors can be effectively treated without CSS, and opine that skin shock is not appropriate for people who are cognitively typical. Here, we present a risk benefit analysis amongst CSS, psychotropic medications, and restraint. In addition, we describe problem behaviors that, at this time, cannot be successfully treated without CSS. Finally, we describe the usefulness of CSS with cognitively typical individuals. |
| |
| A Risk Benefit Analysis of Medication, Restraint, and Contingent Skin Shock. |
| NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Every surgical, dental, or medical treatment involves discomfort, risks, or costs on the one hand and expected benefits on the other. A reasonable approach is to weigh the former against the latter in deciding whether to undergo or approve the treatment. Here, we present a risk benefit analysis of psychotropic medications, restraint, and contingent skin shock within the context of severe behavior disorders. The analysis suggests that CSS, combined with reinforcement procedures, is more effective, has less side effects, and allows the consumer to access more reinforcing stimuli when compared to the alternatives. |
| |
| Can All Problem Behaviors Be Treated without Contingent Skin Shock? |
| GREGORY J TODISCO (The Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: There are some who assert that all problem behaviors can be effectively treated without contingent skin shock (CSS). There is no doubt, that in general, the problem behaviors of most consumers can be effectively treated without the need for a supplementary aversive such as CSS. However, there exists a group of people whose problem behaviors cannot be treated effectively with typical behavioral interventions. These people can be found in psychiatric hospitals and highly restrictive settings around the country. Here, the notion that all problem behaviors can be effectively treated without CSS is critically evaluated. |
| |
| The Value of Contingent Skin Shock with Cognitively Typical Students. |
| PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Most, if not all of the current literature on the use of contingent skin shock (CSS) focuses on the behavior problems of individuals with a diagnoses of Mental Retardation and/or Autism. There is a large population of individuals who are considered cognitively typical and have been diagnosed with Conduct Disorder, Depression, Bipolar Disorder, Intermittent Explosive Disorder, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, etc. who also exhibit very dangerous behaviors that present a constant risk to themselves or others. This presentation will focus on the benefits of using a supplemental contingent skin shock along with a positive behavior program with cognitively typical individuals. Focus will be given to particular symptoms of specific diagnoses, behaviors associated with these symptoms and how the CSS can be used to help target these specific behaviors. Case studies and behavioral charts will also be presented. |
|
| |
| |
|
Object Recognition by Dolphins |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University) |
| HERBERT L. ROITBLAT (OrcaTec LLC) |
Dr. Herbert L. Roitblat received his BA in Psychology from Reed College in 1974, and his Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the University of California, Berkeley, in 1978. He was an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Columbia University from 1978 to 1985. He then joined the faculty at the University of Hawaii. In 1999 Roitblat co-founded DolphinSearch, an information retrieval company in Ventura, California. In 2002, he left Hawaii to work full time on DolphinSearch. DolphinSearch used neural network principles to help lawyers identify documents that were relevant to the case they were litigating. In 2006, he co-founded a new information retrieval company, OrcaTec, where he is currently a Principal. OrcaTec provides consulting and software to government and businesses concerning information retrieval and knowledge management. |
| Abstract: Characterizing the information that dolphins receive and how they use that information in object recognition present special challenges. The dolphin biosonar system is so different from our own perceptual system that we are not overly bound by own experiences and expectations. This difference allows us to examine fundamental questions about the nature of perception. Vision is for most humans, such a primary sense, that it compels perceptual scientists to view other senses in relation to vision. However, the information that a dolphin gets through its biosonar is nearly as complex as the information we receive through visionobject structure and material compositionbut it comes through a different sensory modality. This talk will consider the similarities and differences between human and dolphin perception and what we can learn from these relations about perception in general. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Tutorial: Behavior Analysis in the Mainstream of Human Life: Now is the Time |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
| International North |
| Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Patrick C. Friman, Ph.D. |
| Chair: F. Charles Mace (University of Southern Maine) |
| Presenting Authors: : PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys' Town) |
| Abstract: Skinners vision for behavior analysis was that it would become a mainstream science pertinent to both the minor and major problems of everyday human life. Clearly his vision has not been realized. Behavioral analysis has produced extraordinary findings in its basic domain and made multiple major contributions in several applied domainsbut the best known of these contributions have been in the tails of the normal distribution of human problems (e.g., developmental disabilities). General applicability of behavior analysis to human problems is still seen as very limited by those outside the field. If behavior analysis is to become a mainstream science it will simply have to address more mainstream problems. Potential examples are virtually limitless. Behavioral methods can be or have been used to address such problems as the behavior problems of powerful despots who have yet to graduate from kindergarten, soiling and wetting--not just in children but also in the aged, other behavior problems in the elderly, sleep and sleeplessness, anxious behavior, depressed behavior, andno kidding--male fertility. This presentation will cover a range of problems that have either benefited from or could benefit from behavior analysis and that are extensive both in terms of the frequency of their occurrence and their relevance to mainstream human life. |
| |
| PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys' Town) |
Dr. Patrick C. Friman received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas under the Mentorship of Drs. Montrose M. Wolf and Edward R. Christophersen. He is Director of Clinical Services Father Flanagan’s Boys Home and a Clinical Professor of Pediatrics at the University of Nebraska School of Medicine. He has held faculty positions at the University of Nevada as well as Johns Hopkins and the University of Pennsylvania Schools of Medicine. He is the outgoing Editor of The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is on the editorial boards of nine other peer-reviewed scientific journals. He has published more than 150 scientific papers most of which involve behavior disorders of childhood in general, and behavioral pediatrics in particular. Generally, Dr. Friman’s research addresses the gap between outpatient well child medical care on one side, and referral-based clinical child psychologic and psychiatric care on the other. The gap includes behavior problems that bedevil parents, are outside the core curriculum used to train pediatricians, and yet are not sufficiently serious to warrant serious psychiatric diagnosis. For example, his research on solving bedtime problems was published in the Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, and presented at a large press conference in New York City, sponsored by the American Medical Association, at which the Surgeon General of the United States presented Dr. Friman to the press. His most recent book is Good Night, Sweet Dreams, I Love You: Now Get in Bed and Go to Sleep. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavioral Acquisition in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| International South |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The application of behavior analysis to treat behavioral deficits in children with autism spectrum disorder has resulted in substantial progress in improving overall functioning and quality of life. This symposium will provide a summary of research focused on acquisition of a variety of behaviors. |
| |
| Using Virtual Reality to Teach Street Crossing Skills to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
| TINA R. GOLDSMITH (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) often have poor safety skills due to insensitivity to subtle environmental cues and poor problem solving in the face of stressful tasks. Behavioral skills training (BST), consisting of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, is effective for teaching safety skills and the effects improve with in situ training. However, creating realistic and safe contexts for rehearsal of skills such as street crossing may prove logistically difficult, if not impossible. Virtual reality (VR) affords a potential solution by allowing a child to interact meaningfully in an environment with optimal arrangement of the environment to promote learning and generalization. Five children with ASDs (ages 9-13) participated in a partially immersive VR enhanced BST intervention to teach safe street crossing. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used in the virtual environment with repeated probes in the natural environment. All participants mastered the skill set within the virtual environment and improved from pretest to post-test in the natural environment with some demonstrating treatment gains following instructions and modeling. |
| |
| Increasing Independent Responding in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder through Delayed Prompting. |
| NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Youngstown State University), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Terri Parsons (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: In the current study, the effects of different schedules of reinforcement on rates of compliance after the vocal prompt were compared within the context of three-step guided compliance. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used to compare effects across participants, and test conditions were evaluated in a multielement design. A spelling task was selected for Participant 1 and a matching task was selected for Participant 2. In Condition A (CRF/CRF) correct responses occurring independently or after the vocal prompt were continuously reinforced. During Condition B (CRF/EXT), correct responses occurring independently were continuously reinforced, while correct responses occurring after the vocal prompt did not result in the delivery of an edible item. During Condition C (CRF/FR3), correct responses occurring independently were reinforced continuously, while correct responses occurring after the vocal prompt were reinforced on an FR3 schedule. Results indicated that for both participants, the task trained under Condition B (CRF/EXT) had the highest percentage of independent responding and took less time for each participant to master. |
| |
| An Investigation of Treatment Integrity Failures during Discrimination Training. |
| ELIZABETH S. ATHENS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Discrete trial training is a commonly used teaching method for children diagnosed with autism. Little attention has been given to methodological issues related to the general procedures. For example, discrete trial training commonly utilizes discrimination training; however, little is known about the sensitivity of this training to treatment integrity failures within discrete trial training. The purpose of Study 1 was to evaluate a method of conducting human operant research on discrimination training and to examine responding during two kinds of treatment integrity failures. A simulated program of a complex discrimination task was developed using Visual Basic computer programming. The program was first used to examine responses to arbitrary, novel tasks in a controlled laboratory setting with undergraduate college students as participants. The two kinds of errors evaluated were: (a) erro of omission (a reinforcer was not delivered when it was earned) and (b) errors of commission (a reinforcer was delivered when it was not earned). The probability of errors of omission and commission were manipulated across several conditions. Results suggest the sensitivity to errors of omission and commission is idiosyncratic and identifiable. The purpose of Study 2 was to examine the effect of integrity failures on the acquisition of academic tasks with developmentally disabled elementary school students as participants. Procedures from Study 1 were replicated using varying types of academic demands as the tasks. Results suggest children are selectively sensitive to specific errors, and these procedures quickly identified the errors most likely to interfere with response acquisition. |
| |
| An Evaluation of Procedures for Increasing Item Engagement and Decreasing Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior. |
| ERIN S. LEIF (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Heather Morrison (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: A number of studies have shown an inverse relationship between problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement and item engagement. Lindberg, Iwata, and Kahng (1999) did not observe reductions in participants’ automatically reinforced SIB as a result of increased item engagement; response blocking and protective equipment was necessary to produce positive treatment outcomes. The purpose of this study was to extend this line of research by comparing the effects of two commonly used treatment components (i.e., prompting and reinforcement) for increasing appropriate item engagement and decreasing problem behavior in the context of a duration-based preference assessment. Three individuals whexhibited problem behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement participated in the study. Repeated duration-based preference assessments were conducted; during which eight leisure items were singally presented for 3 minutes each. Within the context of the preference assessment, two treatment procedures, prompting and prompting with reinforcement, were compared using a reversal design. Results indicated that prompting alone was effective in increasing appropriate item engagement and decreasing problem behavior; however, reinforcement was necessary to obtain clinically acceptable levels of item engagement and problem behavior (greater than 75% engagement and less than 5% problem behavior). Maintenance and generalization of treatment effects were then evaluated in the participant’s natural environment. |
|
| |
| |
|
| From Instructional Control to Instructional Agreement: Data Based Methods for Increasing Child Participation in Early and Intensive Behavioral Interventions |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Continental B |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas) |
| Discussant: Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
| Abstract: Over the past 30 years, behavior analysts have increasingly devoted attention to methods for quantifying complex but hard to measure events, such as happiness and preference. The purpose of this symposium is to explore conceptual and methodological issues in three areas of possible importance: increasing occurrence and response to functional communication, measuring and increasing the number of events that function as reinforcers, and measuring and increasing child preference for instructional activities and formats. Each of the papers includes examples of measures and data from children in Early and Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) programs and a discussion of how the methodological advancements can contribute to increases in quality of life and enhancement of EIBI progress. |
| |
| Listen to Me, Interventionist! |
| AMANDA C. BESNER (University of North Texas), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of North Texas), Donna Dempsey (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Are there particular contingencies and environments that produce discomfort for people? A review of the functional analysis (FA) literature would suggest there are several types of conditions that are likely to produce behavioral challenges. The purpose of this presentation is to review problematic contingencies identified in the FA literature, discuss the research on functional communication training and identify critical communication skills for children in EIBI programs. Furthermore, the importance of, and methods for teaching those skills and responding to communicative attempts and successes will be addressed. |
| |
| Lets Make this More Interesting, Interventionist! |
| NICOLE ZEUG (University of North Texas), Jessica Leslie Broome (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Children with autism have restricted activities and interests and do not play like other children. Diverse and complex interests can contribute to quality of life and have the potential to increase opportunities to learn, can expand pools of reinforcing events, and can increase activity participation with other children. An example of a system for monitoring and potentially expanding the activities and interests of children with autism in EIBI programs is presented. Data were collected on the number of new items engaged with (and rejected) and the number of new items requested in a naturalistic teaching format. The expansion of interests should not only be considered, but also systematically monitored across time and activities. Hopefully, this will make the lives of the children we serve more interesting, increase their preference for our instruction and open avenues for expanded instructional opportunities based on their expanded interests. |
| |
| Good Job, Interventionist! |
| JESSICA LESLIE BROOME (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Lashanna Brunson (University of North Texas), Robin M. Kuhn (University of North Texas), Sarah A. Ewing (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: As applied behavior analysts working in EIBI, our goal is to teach meaningful skills in an effective, efficient, and enjoyable manner. So how does a child with autism let us know if we are meeting those goals and that our teaching procedures are satisfactory? Through the measurement of child approaches to instructional activities, child approaches to social play, and indices of child happiness we have some idea of child preference for the instructional environment we are creating. This information is considered in the context of interventionist learn units and rate of skill acquisition. This paper will present a method and data-based examples of determining the extent to which we are doing a "good job". |
|
| |
| |
|
| Show Me: An Experimental Validation of Direct Instruction Procedures for Children with Developmental Disabilities |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Continental C |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center) |
| Discussant: Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| CE Instructor: Ann Filer, M.Ed. |
| Abstract: In the 1977 evaluation of Project Follow Through, Direct Instruction (DI) students outperformed control group students and students in the other experimental programs on all academic measures: DI students moved from the 20th percentile (typical performance for children of poverty) to approximately the 50th percentile (typical performance for mainstream students). Research on the effectiveness of DI with other special needs populations has focused predominately on high-incidence disabilities (learning disabilities, communication anbehavior disorders, mild mental retardation) while investigations regarding the effectiveness of DI with low-incidence disabilities (autism, TBImoderate to severe mental retardation) appear infrequently in the literature (e.g. Journal of Direct Instruction, Vol. 5, No. 1). Although anecdotal accounts concerning the effectiveness of DI procedures with the moderate to severe population have been reported (e.g. Filer and Kozma, CCBS Autism Conference, 2006), experimental validation of DI methodology has been infrequent. The present symposium is a review of three single-subject research projects that investigate group vs. individual instruction, the promotion of math and reading fluency development, and responding to WH questions. Positive outcomes and limitations of DI methodology for individuals with moderate to severe disabilities will be discussed and implications for future research will be addressed. |
| |
| Fluency Training: The Comparative Effects of Direct Instruction and Reinforcement Procedures on Mathematics and Reading Fluency in Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
| WENDY L. KOZMA (BEACON Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
| Abstract: Increasing the reading fluency (i.e., the number of words read correctly per minute) of children is an important characteristic of improved reading skill. Similarly, fluency in basic mathematics (i.e., the number of basic mathematics problems solved correctly per minute) facts positively influences correct solution of multiple-step mathematics problems. Students with learning challenges, however, are at-risk of not acquiring sufficient reading and mathematics skills if fluency is not systematically and explicitly taught. Accordingly, this study addressed the effectiveness of Direct Instruction in developing reading and mathematics fluency in students with learning challenges. Secondarily, the relative contribution of reinforcing accuracy and speed compared to Direct Instruction methods alone was evaluated. An alternating treatments design (i.e., direct instruction/direct instruction + reinforcement) across lessons was used with 3 students with a diagnosis of MRDD and/or autism to evaluate the effectiveness of Direct Instruction in developing reading and mathematics fluency. Results indicated that Direct Instruction was effective in developing fluency; however, when contingent reinforcement of accuracy and speed was added to Direct Instruction methods fluency was achieved in less teaching sessions. Discussion will focus on the efficacy of Direct Instruction and adapted strategies to facilitate Direct Instruction teaching for people with developmental disabilities. |
| |
| Who, What, Where, and When: Direct Instruction Finds the Answer to These Questions. |
| WENDY L. KOZMA (BEACON Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
| Abstract: While many factors influence language fluency development, students with learning challenges are at risk for not acquiring a sufficient number of essential language skills if such skills are not systematically and explicitly taught. Language for Learning is a Direct Instruction language skills development program designed to accelerate the development of language fluency across numerous concepts, skills, and learning objectives. This study addressed the effectiveness of Direct Instruction on correct responding and generalization to answering “who”, “what”, “when”, and “where” questions as taught within the constructs of Language for Learning lesson formats. Multiple baseline probes across question types with 10 questions per probe were used to assess the effectiveness of Direct Instruction methodology for 4 participants who showed deficiencies in answering questions in at least 2 of the “Wh” question types. Generalization was assessed with 10 “who”, “what”, “when”, and “where” questions that participants were exposed to 1 time before and 1 time after Direct Instruction training. Results demonstrated the effectiveness of Direct Instruction in teaching correct answers to “Wh” type questions and facilitating generalized responding to a probe presented before and after criterion was reached for each “Wh” question type. |
| |
| Individual or Group Instruction? The Winner is . . . |
| ANN FILER (BEACON Services), Katie H. Artiano (BEACON Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
| Abstract: Individual instruction is known to be an effective teaching format for instructing students with mental retardation, developmental disabilities, and/or autism, especially within private settings and early childhood settings, where funding is available to support a one-to-one teacher to student ratio. In public schools, however, group instruction is more typical, partly because of funding constraints. In the current study, the effectiveness of a structured curriculum, Direct Instruction (DI), designed for group instruction with typically developing children, was adapted for use with children with developmental disabilities. This study consisted of an alternating treatments design, where teaching was alternated between individual and group instruction. Specifically, the acquisition of DI language concepts was measured by assessing the number of trials required to reach a set criteria, when taught within an individual versus group instructional format. In addition, attending behavior, i.e., orient to peer and imitate peer responses, was evaluated during group lessons and eventually taught. Results demonstrated that group teaching was effective, utilizing a structured teaching methodology in the form of DI. In addition, attending behavior, important for group learning was taught using verbal prompting and modeling. This study explores the impact of group versus individual instruction on lesson progress. Behavior associated with joint attention was also evaluated. Other methods of promoting group learning will be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Utilizing Behavioral Principles for Building a Statewide System of Care for Persons with ASD |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Continental A |
| Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Georgia Winson (The Hope Institute for Children and Families) |
| Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has made significant contributions to the treatment of autism. Allied models such as the Transactional Systems Model advocate behavioral change for this population through coordinated interventions directed towards the individual as well as critical, contextual elements: family, school, and community. Through shaping of elements in the environmental context, a more facilitative environment can be produced thereby supporting better outcomes for the individual and family.
There is data indicating that the system of care is failing to meet the needs of children with autism. The success of behavioral and transactional models in modifying outcomes at the level of the individual suggests that application of these approaches may be successful at the system level.
The Autism Program developed a Transactional Systems Model for instantiating system change. The model involves assessment of the system, its component parts and linkage and targets system behaviors and contextual elements to produce enduring change in the system of care for children with ASD. This symposium will detail the model including interventions to address maladaptive elements of the system and expand the system repertoire supporting consensus, evidence-based practice, workforce development, public policy and evaluation. Administrators, clinicians, families, and policy makers will benefit from this symposium. |
| |
| Applying a Transactional Systems Model to Autism Services. |
| LORI VALLELUNGA (The Hope Institute for Children and Families) |
| Abstract: To increase the likelihood that treatments for the children with ASD be effective, interventions should be derived from sound theory and research evidence. Although atypical, the development of children with autism should be considered initially from the perspective of the same variables that affect the development of typical children. In addition, the developmental deviations that characterize autism must be considered when developing intervention programs. Behavioral systems models describe both typical as well as atypical development, and emphasize dynamic multidirectional person-environment transactions. The environment is viewed as having multiple levels, from the individuals with autism, themselves, to larger societal and cultural levels. Behavioral systems models of human development can be generalized to a transactional systems model of services for children with autism. This presentation will describe a specific approach to development of programs for children with autism and their families to illustrate the application of the model to multiple levels of the social ecology that forms the basis of the statewide system of care in Illinois. This presentation will be of interest to administrators, clinicians, policy makers, families and anyone interested in utilizing behavioral principles to undergird the development of programs and system-level interventions. |
| |
| Building a Coordinated, Statewide System of Care for Persons with ASD. |
| GEORGIA WINSON (The Hope Institute for Children and Families) |
| Abstract: The system of care for children with autism spectrum disorders is fragmented, poorly coordinated, and hindered by a lack of trained providers and by policies that are not sufficiently aligned with the needs of this population. The approach to system development utilized by The Autism Program is the result of a dynamic assessment of the existing system. Salient elements of the system were targeted, including: (1) consensus, (2) workforce development, (3) evidence-based care and, (4) policy. Consensus initiatives are encompassed in Consensus for Autism. Consensus for Autism incorporates a guiding principles statement, which provides a baseline for discussion and action, with a community planning program resulting in regionally relevant plans for communities across the state. Workforce development advances through a variety of training and consultation venues educating parents, physicians, early interventionists, educators and support providers. Evidence-based care is promoted through training, publication of research, demonstration and the dissemination of model programs. Policy is affected through legislative outreach. The symposium will include an explication of the initiatives outlined above and discussion of the initial effects on the system and on children and families receiving services through the system. This presentation will be of interest to administrators, clinicians, parents, and policy makers. |
| |
| Impacting Public Policy through Legislation and System-Level Advocacy Efforts. |
| JOSEPH E. NYRE (The Hope Institute for Children and Families) |
| Abstract: The discipline of applied behavior analysis (ABA) deserves wider acceptance in the system development and credentialing arenas. Without question, these two arenas are directly driven by public policy. Impacting public policy is often a stated desired outcome but rarely achieved in substantive form. This presentation will highlight a successful approach to impacting system development and credentialing for ABA providers via advancement of a statewide, state-funded system of care for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and their families and through associated focused, coordinated legislative and advocacy efforts. Specifically, this presentation will highlight how, with ABA as the centerpiece, The Autism Program (TAP) – Illinois built the largest statewide system of care for children with ASD and their families. Strategies to building legislative awareness, programmatic consensus, and common goals will be articulated. Further, this presentation will highlight a successful approach to workforce development, credentialing and reimbursement for behavior analysts, and system of care development for children, families, and adults with ASD. Clinicians, policy makers, academicians, and administrators will benefit from the information presented. |
| |
| Evaluating a Statewide System of Care. |
| DAVID CAIN (The Hope Institute for Children and Families), Lori Vallelunga (The Hope Institute for Children and Families) |
| Abstract: The Autism Program (TAP) has been committed to the development of a statewide system of care for children with autism and their families and measuring the progress of the resultant system. To accomplish this, TAP has imbued the process of building a network of care with demonstrably effective and efficacious business principles. Utilization of the business model approach has allowed for the construction of the principle elements of measurement and accountability, public relations and information dissemination, and strategic planning aligning actions with the overarching mission. This presentation will describe the process of assessing a system of care from a program evaluation and performance management perspective, through a discussion of various elements of the evaluation process: pre-assessment measurement procedures; application of a logic model to the program development and evaluation; and a review of the practical application of the principles of strategic planning including the balanced scorecard process. This presentation will be of interest to administrators, evaluators, and policy makers who are charged with evaluating system level inputs and outcomes. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Assessment of ACT Processes: Values and Psychological Flexibility |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Boulevard C |
| Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jennifer Plumb (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: This symposium will discuss the development and application of assessment measures for psychological flexibility and values clarification and valued living. As an intervention, the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy model has been shown to be effective across populations and settings, and several components withinthe ACT model have been shown to be important processes of change in outcomes ranging from symptom reduction to overall quality of life (e.g., Hayes et al., 2006). However, there is currently a lack of evidence supporting the importance of values clarification as a process and psychological flexibility in relation to values-consistent living as an outcome. In this symposium, we will discuss (1) the role of values clarification in establishing larger patterns of values-consistent action under appetitive control, (2) the utility of using values assessment measures to aid in case conceptualization and tailoring clinical interventions, (3) some of the observed relationships between values and psychologically relevant outcomes (stress, workplace burnout, depression, anxiety, quality of life), and (4) understanding the construct of psychological flexibility (as a broad, flexible, repertoire of behavior in the face of negatively evaluated private experiences) and the development and application of a measure of psychological flexibility to a chronic pain sample. |
| |
| Assessing Values in Clinical Samples: Utility for Case Conceptualization. |
| JENNIFER PLUMB (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Lindsay Martin (University of Nevada, Reno), Lorraine Platka-Bird (Private Practice) |
| Abstract: Increasing trends towards examining quality-of-life-related outcomes in applied interventions also increase the need for researchers to develop sensitive and useful measures of the mechanisms of change related to those outcomes. Quality of life is often measured as engagement with valued domains, but often without attention to an account of how one chooses those domains, how those domains come to exert control over one’s behavior, or the psychological variables impacting the maintenance of patterns of behavior consistent with those domains over time. The Personal Values Questionnaire (PVQ; Blackledge & Ciarrochi, 2004) is one assessment tool that has been developed to help understand and measure the processes involved in clarifying one’s values within Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Data will be presented to show how this tool can be useful to increase the effectiveness of interventions within two clinical populations; depression and eating disorders. Preliminary data indicate that engagement with important values is related to psychological health and that avoidance- and pliance-based rationales for valuing is negatively correlated with overall psychological health. Relationships between these and other psychological variables will be discussed in terms of usefulness for targeting clinical interventions in these populations. |
| |
| Using the Bulls-Eye to Measure Values Attainment and Believability. |
| TOBIAS LUNDGREN (University of Uppsala, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Lennart Melin (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
| Abstract: Bulls-Eye is an instrument that aims to measure values and valued living as described in Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT). The instrument is designed as an outcome measure, a process measure and a clinical tool. Bulls-Eye measure consists of two dartboard illustrations. One measures values attainment and the other measures degree of believability in thoughts, feelings, and memories that function as psychological barriers to living a valued life. This instrument demonstrates a test re-test reliability of .86 and criterion validity with depression and anxiety (DASS), life satisfaction (SWLS), acceptance (AAQ) and mindfulness (MASS) shows good results. The aims of the Bulls-Eye are to aid in values work within clinical interventions as well as in the measuring process of values. |
| |
| The Role of Values in Reducing Workplace Stress and Increasing Quality of Life. |
| MIKAELA J. HILDEBRANDT (University of Nevada, Reno), Roger Vilardaga (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Jason Brian Luoma (University of Nevada, Reno), Barbara S. Kohlenberg (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nancy Roget (CASAT, University of Nevada, Reno), Jacqueline Pistorello (University of Nevada, Reno), Tami R. Lazzarone (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Studies of stress and burnout are becoming increasingly relevant because of their demonstrated relationship to lost productivity and turnover in the workplace. Psychological variables are especially relevant within work settings where resources are limited and time demands are high. For this reason, it is important to develop assessment procedures for the identification of process measures related to these outcomes. The current studies examine the relationship between values-consistent living (as measured by the Personal Values Questionnaire) and various psychological outcomes, including stress, burnout, depression, anxiety and general health, within different professional settings. The first study examines the role of values-consistent living as it relates to stress and burnout within substance abuse counselors. Pearson Correlations suggest that greater values-consistent living is correlated with lower levels of burnout and higher levels of accomplishment and mental health functioning (p<.05). The second study examines the role of values-consistent living in respect to psychological outcomes within the staff of the Washoe County School District (p<.05). Results again suggest that greater values-consistent living is negatively related to depression, anxiety, stress and burnout, and positively related to overall health. Future research should investigate the outcomes of treatment interventions implemented to target these processes. |
| |
| Measuring Psychological Flexibility in People with Chronic Pain. |
| RIKARD K. WICKSELL (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital, Karolinska University Hospital, Sweden), Gunnar Olsson (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital, Karolinska University Hospital, Sweden), Lennart Melin (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital, Karolinska University Hospital, Sweden) |
| Abstract: Acceptance of pain and other private experiences, as opposed to reducing or controlling these experiences, has recently received more attention. Empirical support for treatments emphasizing exposure and acceptance, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, is growing. Although questionnaires regarding coping strategies exist, very few instruments target psychological flexibility as a core process within these treatments. While the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ) (Hayes et al., 2004) has been developed for this purpose, the Chronic Pain Acceptance Questionnaire (CPAQ) has been the only measure designed to adequately measure pain willingness and activities engagement (Geiser, 1992; McCracken, 1999; McCracken et al., 2004). Clearly, more instruments are needed to assess relevant aspects of psychological in/flexibility, such as avoidance and cognitive fusion. Therefore, the Psychological Inflexibility in Pain Scale (PIPS) has been developed and psychometrically evaluated in two studies. The first (n=201) indicated a 2-factor solution with a total of 16 items measuring avoidance of pain and cognitive fusion with pain. In the second study (n=611), a similar factor structure was suggested, although including 17 items. Results also indicate adequate reliability and validity for the scale. Implications of these findings for clinical assessment, as well as research on pain related disability, will be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavioral Interventions for Health and Fitness |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Boulevard A |
| Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
| Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
| CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The papers in this symposium will describe low-cost and relatively non-invasive interventions to increase healthy behavior in typically developing adult populations. |
| |
| Increasing Physical Activity Through Self-Monitoring, Goal-Setting and Feedback. |
| MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific) |
| Abstract: Excess body weight, especially obesity, is a problem of increasing social significance. Because physical activity can both decrease body weight and prevent weight gain, it is an especially suitable target for behavioral intervention. A package intervention consisting of self-monitoring, goal-setting, and feedback was used to increase the physical activity of healthy adults. A combined multiple baseline and reversal design was arranged to evaluate the effects of the intervention the number of steps taken each day by participants, as recorded by a pedometer. The intervention increased the number of steps taken across participants, but there were no changes in participant body weight during the intervention. The results suggest that a relatively simple and low-cost intervention can be used to increase the physical activity of at least some adults. |
| |
| Increasing Calorie Expenditure through Task Clarification, Goal Setting, Self-Monitoring, and Feedback. |
| JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
| Abstract: Obesity has become a leading cause of health problems in the United States, creating a great need for interventions to increase physical activity. In this experiment, a package intervention consisting of task clarification, goal setting, self-monitoring, and feedback was evaluated across 4 participants in a multiple baseline design with a brief reversal for 2 of the 4 participants. Minor changes were made to the goal setting component for 2 participants in an attempt to increase calorie expenditure further. A fifth participant received task clarification, goal setting, and self-monitoring, which were evaluated in an ABAB reversal design. The level of increase was somewhat variable, but the intervention package was successful at increasing calorie expenditure in all 5 participants. Additionally, all participants reported that the research was beneficial and their physical activity level increased as a result of participating in the study. |
| |
| Reducing Calorie and Fat Consumption Through Task Clarification and Individualized Feedback. |
| MATTHEW RUSSELL OSBORNE (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
| Abstract: The current study attempted to decrease daily calorie and fat consumption among college undergraduates eating at multiple university dining establishments. Task clarification and feedback were administered to 4 participants daily via electronic mail communication. Calorie and fat data were generated from a participant's purchase history via itemized receipts and food checklists from each meal. A majority of the participants benefited from their individualized dietary feedback and subsequently made healthier food selections. This study contributed to the existing literature on personalized dietary feedback and its effects food selection behavior. Specifically, it investigated the effectiveness of an efficient, non-invasive, and non incentive-based approach towards preventing unhealthy food selection behavior. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Factors Related to Treatment Adherence by Careproviders and Teachers |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Boulevard B |
| Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
| Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| Abstract: The effectiveness of a behavioral intervention for addressing challenging behavior depends on ability and willingness of the change-agent (e.g., teacher, parent) to consistently implement the intervention. Three investigations, each using a different approach to the question, study factors related to carerprovider adherence to treatment recommendations for addressing challenging behavior. The first presentation, by Tim Moore, discusses the results of a survey of parents of children with autism and their self-reported likelihood of following different types of treatment protocols for decreasing problem behavior. Next, Peg Gaitan will present a mixed methods study in which she examines the factors that influence teacher adherence with classroom-based protocols for behavior management. Third, Mark Derby will present a longitudinal study on the effects of treatment integrity on intervention effectiveness. Finally, John Borrero will serve as discussant |
| |
| Adherence to Behavioral and Medical Treatment Recommendations by Parents of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
| TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota) |
| Abstract: Estimates of parent adherence to a variety of treatments for a variety of disorders have often been found to be sub-optimal. To date, the extent to which adherence might be problematic with respect to parents of children with mental retardation or developmental disabilities (MR/DD) has not been investigated. The current study involved a treatment adherence survey completed by parents of children with autism spectrum disorders (N=220) who were responsible for implementing recommended behavioral treatment, medical treatment, or both to manage the problem behavior of their children living at home. Overall adherence to medical treatment recommendations was significantly greater than adherence to behavioral treatment recommendations (p < .002). Of the predictor variables studied, diagnosis and marital status were significantly related to adherence to behavioral treatments. Of the behavioral treatments recommended, parents reported significantly greater adherence to antecedent and reinforcement strategies than punishment procedures. These results are discussed with respect to future research to address enhancement of adherence, and methods of measuring adherence. |
| |
| Teacher Burnout Factors as Predictors of Adherence to Behavioral Intervention. |
| PEGGY E. GAITAN (University of Minnesota), LeAnne Denise Johnson (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: It is hypothesized that factors related to teacher burnout influence treatment adherence. This study examines the relation of teacher burnout to the frequency and quality of behavioral intervention implementation. A sample of 47 general and special education teachers were trained to implement the Good Behavior Game, an intervention designed to assist teachers in the management of problem behaviors in the classroom, and asked to implement each day for 28 weeks. Direct observation data were collected of teacher implementation of the Good Behavior Game. A multiple regression analysis was used to examine the predictive relation between three subsets of the Maschlach Burnout Inventory and two indicators of adherence; 1) mean frequency of implementation of core elements in the Good Behavior Game and 2) Likert ratings of quality of implementation. Results are discussed in terms of variables that comprise and influence treatment adherence. |
| |
| A Descriptive Evaluation of Long-Term Treatment Integrity. |
| K. MARK DERBY (Gonzaga University), Maire K. Arkoosh (Gonzaga University), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
| Abstract: The validity of selecting treatment contingencies based upon the results obtained via functional analysis is well documented. However, a number of second generation questions have emerged. One of which is what are the parameters required to achieve desired treatment outcomes. More specifically, the degree of treatment integrity needed for the successful reduction of problem behavior. The current study had two purposes; first to describe the relationship between treatment integrity levels and treatment effectiveness and second to highlight the importance of reporting the treatment integrity in outcome based research. Our results indicate that a high level of treatment integrity is required for treatment success. We also found that very low levels of integrity may be required for behavioral reduction procedures (i.e., extinction) if high levels of reinforcement are provided. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Parent Support Systems |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| PDR 2 |
| Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno) |
| CE Instructor: Criss Wilhite, None |
| Abstract: Three bodies of research regarding improving parent-child interactions, teaching parenting skills to parents of children with disabilities and helping parents cope with the stress of parenting children with disabilities are presented. The focus of each is to improve parent skills personally, interpersonally, and/or in terms of their interactions with their children. |
| |
| Evidence-Based Support Systems for Parents of Children with ASD in Australia. |
| VICKI BITSIKA (Bond University), Christopher F. Sharpley (University of New England) |
| Abstract: Data collected from two surveys of parents of children with ASD across two Australian states showed elevated levels of anxiety and depression compared to the community norm and parents of children with an intellectual or physical impairment. In addition, a high percentage of parents of children with ASD stated that they were “stretched beyond their ability to cope” with their child’s behavioral difficulties several times per month. These data challenge the efficacy of skills-only parent training because of the difficulty parents reported in implementing their behavior management skills when under duress. In response to this mismatch between parents’ knowledge-base and their implementation of behavioral management skills, two group interventions were conducted with samples of these parents. The first group intervention focused upon generalized behavioral support techniques requested by parents. Results showed within-session reductions of anxiety and depression, plus an increase in confidence in applying behavior management strategies. The second group intervention taught parents a range of targeted behaviorally-based stress management procedures. Reductions in parental anxiety and depression were again found, plus increased effectiveness in managing difficult behavior and decreased dependence upon others’ advice. |
| |
| Dancing with My Baby: Parent Training for Toddlers with ASD. |
| SHAHLA S. ALA'I-ROSALES (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Earlier detection means the possibility of earlier intervention for very young children with autism and their families. This presentation will provide a data-based description of The Family Connections Project (FCP). The mission of FCP is to enhance the quality of relationships between toddlers with autism and their families. Participants in FCP set goals, choose specific skills to teach their toddlers, learn a series of teaching interaction strategies (represented by the acronym DANCE) and evaluate their own and their child's progress. In addition to acquisition of specific intervention targets, a number of parent and child collateral effects have been observed. The data and the program are discussed in the context of developmental cusps, ecological and cultural validity, and the importance and responsibility of "first contact" early intervention services. |
| |
| Parenting Programs at Fresno State. |
| CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), David J. Hebert (California State University, Fresno), Jason Alan Marshall (California State University, Fresno), Katharine Woods (California State University, Fresno) |
| Abstract: Three parent-training projects, outgrowths of the initial Positive Parenting for Parents of Children with Disabilities, will be reviewed. Parenting Children with Autism was designed to supplement previous parent training with practice in discrete trails, errorless learning, and other techniques used in the Fresno State Autism Center. Parenting Children with Autism-Spanish Language is geared toward immigrant families who have in-home programs, and Stress Management for Parents of Children with Autism is a systematic replication of the work of Bitsika and Sharpley. A review of outcome data for the projects and descriptions of how to expand and adapt basic behavior-analytic parenting classes are presented. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Sex! Behavior and Relationships from an Applied Behavior Analytic Perspective |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| PDR 1 |
| Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
| Discussant: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
| Abstract: Sexual behavior is one of the areas that is a natural outgrowth of current applied behavior analytic research, but has not received widespread attention. While this is an area with great clinical and social implications, we are still at the level of extrapolating from the literature rather than directly studying many interventions and issues. This symposium will highlight some of the key issues in sexual behavior research. |
| |
| Sexuality Instruction and Learners with ASD. |
| PETER F. GERHARDT (Organization for Autism Research) |
| Abstract: Persons with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are sexual beings. However, individual interest in sex or in developing an intimate sexual relationship with another person varies widely across individuals at all ability levels and at different stages in their lives. As such, there is a significant need for individualized, effective instruction for persons with ASD across the ability spectrum. Unfortunately, despite much discussion about decision-making skills in the self-determination literature (e.g., Clark , et al., 2004), there continues to be “lack of evidence [supporting the] effectiveness of sex education and training for persons with developmental disabilities” (Duval, 2002, p. 453) in general, and autism spectrum disorders in particular. This paper will address the potential translation of instructional strategies based upon behavior analytic principles to the area of sexuality instruction for learners with ASD. In addition, particular areas of instruction and challenges (both individual, familial, and systemic) will be discussed. |
| |
| Assessing Implicit Attitudes Regarding Normative and Non-Normative Sex Terms. |
| FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
| Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a computer-based reaction time task that examines specific attitudes through the measurement of associations in an individual's existing verbal repertoire (Barnes-Holmes et al., 2006). In this ongoing study, both the IRAP and a questionnaire are used to measure the sexual behavior patterns and sexual attitudes of individuals from two groups: individuals within Chicago's culture of fetish and BDSM (bondage, discipline, sadism, and masochism) and individuals who do not consider themselves members of a fetish or BDSM culture. Results of the study, including the relationship between self-reports and IRAP results, and clinical implications will be discussed |
| |
| Teaching Parameters of Social Interactions across Social Networks through Equivalent Relations. |
| SHARI DAISY (Simmons College) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to teach verbal and physical parameters of social interactions across social networks through equivalent relations using a match-to-sample procedure. A secondary purpose was to assess for generalization of the parameters to the natural setting, as well as maintenance of learned relations. Four adolescents with developmental disabilities participated in the study. A pretest/posttest design, using the stimulus equivalence paradigm, was used to assess the effectiveness of the intervention. The dependent variables included accurate responding to the S+ stimuli, social verbal behavior, and social physical behavior. Numerous equivalent relations were taught and tested for a variety of social networks. The relationship between safety and the demonstration of social parameters by individuals with disabilities is discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Factors that Influence Occurrence of Data Collection, Observer Accuracy, and Measures of Interobserver Agreement |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Stevens 3 |
| Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Nicole Heal (The May Institute) |
| CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Making data-based treatment decisions has been and continues to be a hallmark of applied behavior analytic programming. However, the integrity of data collection behavior and measures of interobserver agreement may influence the interpretation of the data thus influencing treatment decisions. The presentations in this symposium present evaluations regarding the occurrence of data collection, the accuracy of the data collected, and measures of interobserver agreement. The first study examined the effects of an antecedent intervention and an antecedent intervention with feedback and public posting on staff data collection. The second investigation assessed the effects of visual performance feedback in the form of graphed data on staff data collection. The third study evaluated the feasibility and utility of a laboratory model within the framework of Signal Detection Theory for examining observer accuracy. The final study compared five measures of interobserver agreement and evaluated the sensitivity to differences in rate of each measure. |
| |
| Antecedent and Consequence Strategies to Increase Data Collection among School Staff. |
| CATHERINE COTE (The May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute), Serra R. Langone (The May Center For Education and Neurorehabilitation) |
| Abstract: A critical component of any applied behavior analytical program is consistent data collection (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968). This study compared the effects of an antecedent strategy in isolation and in combination with public posting and feedback to increase staff data collection using a multiple baseline design (interobserver agreement was 100%) across classrooms. Baseline observations revealed that data collection was inconsistent in all classrooms. During the antecedent condition, a timer was implemented to prompt staff every 30 min to record data on students problem behaviors. The antecedent strategy was then paired with public posting and feedback. In all classrooms, the antecedent strategy improved data collection among staff. For one classroom, the antecedent strategy was effective when implemented alone; however, when data was taken once a month, a decrease was observed. Higher levels of data collection were observed in two classrooms when the antecedent strategy was combined with public posting and feedback. Results depicted a decrease in data collection for all classrooms when the schedule of public posting and feedback was thinned to once a month. The practical implications of these strategies are discussed in that they can be easily implemented in classrooms and other environments (i.e., home, residential settings, etc.). |
| |
| Using Visual Performance Feedback without Additionally Arranged Incentives in Increasing Amount of Data Collection. |
| JAMES E COOK (The New England Center for Children), Amelia McGoldrick (The New England Center for Children), Sima Hansalia (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: Previous research has shown that performance feedback combined with putative reinforcement contingencies can improve staff performance and increase the frequency of staff collecting data. Recent research has also shown that performance feedback can affect behavior without additional arranged incentives. In the current study, the effects of visual performance feedback in the form of graphed data on performance were examined. Data collection in teachers of students diagnosed with autism was targeted for increase. Results showed that visual performance feedback alone was effective in increasing the amount of data collected. Data also showed that the reliability of data was high without the need for explicit intervention. |
| |
| Applying Signal Detection Theory to the Study of Observer Accuracy and Bias in Behavioral Assessment. |
| ALYSON N. HOVANETZ (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Allison Serra Tetreault (West Virginia University), Hilary J. Karp (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Angela Mahmood (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Maggie Strobel (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Shelley Kay Mullen (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alice A. Keyl (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the feasibility and utility of a laboratory model for examining observer accuracy within the framework of Signal Detection Theory (SDT). Thirty individuals collected data on aggression while viewing videotaped segments of simulated child-teacher interactions. The segments consisted of clear and ambiguous samples of the target behavior and ambiguous non-examples of the behavior. Consistent with previous research on SDT, response bias occurred when observers were provided with brief feedback about their performance and consequences for either hits or false alarms. Changes in scoring were more likely to involve samples designated as ambiguous rather than as clear, providing some validity for the designations made. Thus, preliminary findings support the viability of the methodology for evaluating variables that may influence observer accuracy and bias in behavioral assessment. |
| |
| Evaluations of Interobserver Agreement. |
| ANDREW SAMAHA (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Interobserver agreement scores can be used to detect measurement problems when data are collected by human observers. One benefit of interobserver agreement is that low scores may reflect differences in recording likely to affect the interpretation of data. In applied behavior analysis, many interpretations are based on the rate of some target event. This study evaluated measures of interobserver agreement according to their sensitivity to differences in rate when comparing data from two observers. Five measures of interobserver agreement were compared: proportional agreement within intervals, proportional agreement within occurrence intervals, occurrence agreement, nonoccurrence agreement, and exact agreement. Measures tended to reflect one of three possible outcomes: (1) interobserver agreement changed appropriately with differences in rate, (2) interobserver agreement remained high despite relatively substantial differences in rate, or (3) interobserver agreement was low despite only minor differences in rate. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Current Research in Applied Behavioral Economics |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Stevens 2 |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
| CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Behavioral economics refers to the sub-field of behavior analysis in which responding is viewed as an interaction between price and consumption. Although economic principles are commonly utilized in the experimental analysis of behavior, such analyses have only recently been presented in the applied literature. In the current symposium, four lines of research will be presented in which principles of behavioral economics are applied to problems of applied significance. In the first study, the price of highly preferred stimulus was increased by manipulating the distance required to access the stimuli. Results demonstrated the emergence of substitutable reinforcers as response requirements increased. In the second investigation, demand elasticity was evaluated within the context of a positive reinforcement-based treatment for negatively reinforced problem behavior. In the third study, the exchange interval for a classroom-wide token economy was either immediate or delayed (24 hours). Results indicated that the immediate exchange produced higher levels of task behavior relative to baseline and the delayed exchange condition. The final study involved a token economy in which exchange schedules were manipulated in the context of ongoing program implementation to evaluate the effects of price variations on token exchange. |
| |
| A Behavioral Economic Approach to Preference Assessments. |
| MARY ELLEN FANNAN (EPIC School), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to determine whether preference would shift and demand would decrease as a result of increased response effort required to obtain a preferred item. Phase 2 of the current study evaluated reinforcer effects of the items identified as highly preferred by the preference assessment. A standard multiple stimulus with replacement preference assessment was conducted for each participant. When the first session was over, the item chosen most frequently during that session was moved further away from the individual at the start of the second session up to a distance of an additional 24 inches from the participant. Stimuli identified as highly preferred during the initial preference assessment sessions were no longer highly preferred when the price of the stimuli were increased. Rather, a substitutable stimulus was identified for each participant. The reinforcer assessment demonstrated that even though these items were no longer preferred they did function as reinforcers. |
| |
| Assessing Demand Elasticity for Positive Reinforcers Against Concurrently Available Avoidance of Task Demands. |
| MANDY M. TRIGGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Abbey Carreau (Kennedy Krieger Institutue) |
| Abstract: A brief demand elasticity analysis was conducted with three participants with developmental disabilities in an attempt to identify edible stimuli that were preferred over task avoidance for use in subsequent treatment analyses for escape-maintained problem behavior. Each analysis consisted of 25 trials. During each trial, a concurrent chain schedule was arranged such that the participant was given a choice between two available options. Responses on one option resulted in the presentation of a work task and reinforcement for compliance with one of the tested stimuli. The schedule of reinforcement for task completion began at FR1. Following every 5 trials, the FR schedule requirement was increased to FR2, then FR5, FR10, and FR20. Responses on the second option resulted in no work requirements (i.e., a 1-minute break), but also no positive reinforcement. This analysis was repeated with each of the top four preferred edible stimuli. The stimuli chosen for later analysis were those for which demand was least elastic in relation to escape as response requirements increased. The treatment results reveal that the analysis was successful in identifying stimuli that were preferred over escape and were subsequently included in an effective treatment evaluation. |
| |
| Temporal Discounting Predicts Student Responsiveness to Exchange Delays in a Classwide Token Economy. |
| DEREK D. REED (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Lauren Axelrod (Syracuse University), Lauren McClenney (Syracuse University) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the degree to which 26 sixth-grade students' discounting of hypothetical monetary rewards predicted their responsiveness to both immediate and delayed token exchanges in a classwide token system. Specifically, students were administered a hypothetical monetary choice assessment which pitted smaller, immediate rewards against larger, delayed rewards. Students were then exposed to a classwide token system (targeting on-task behavior) in a multiple baseline design across 3 classrooms. Baseline observations yielded relatively high levels of on-task behavior with no intervention. Following baseline, an immediate exchange delay was implemented in which students exchanged tokens immediately after each 30-minute observation. During this immediate condition, students' levels of on-task behavior increased substantially from baseline. Finally, a 24-hour exchange delay was implemented following stable levels of on-task behavior in the immediate condition. During this delayed condition, students' levels of on-task behavior fell between baseline and immediate condition percentages. These results suggest that students' levels of on-task behavior are indeed sensitive to even moderate exchange delays. These students' levels of on-task behavior during intervention conditions were then correlated with their obtained discounting parameters. Results indicated that each student's obtained discounting parameters were significantly related to his/her responsiveness to exchange delay. |
| |
| Behavioral Economic Manipulations in a Closed Token Economy. |
| KATHRYN GUENEVERE HORTON (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: In the present study, price was manipulated by changing the exchange schedules of token economies with three participants diagnosed with autism. Participants lived at a residential school for children with developmental disabilities. Token economies were in effect twenty four hours a day, seven days a week and reinforcers arranged on the token economy were not available from other sources. Exchange schedules were manipulated in the context of ongoing implementation of the economy and data were collected by on-shift staff over periods of five hours each day. Implications of the findings for empirical identification of optimal prices for use in token economies and the generality of work and demand functions are discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Assessment and Treatment of Biologically-Based Problem Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Stevens 1 |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa) |
| Abstract: Individuals with certain genetic and other medical conditions display an increased likelihood of problem behavior including impulsive behavior, aggression, and self-injurious behavior. In this symposium, four papers will be presented describing behavior analytic approaches to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior displayed by individuals with traumatic brain injury, Lesch-Nyhan, Donnai-Barrow, and Joubert syndromes, and Short Chain Hydroxy Acyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Deficiency (SCHAD). In addition, each paper will provide an overview of the medical or genetic condition of the participants described. |
| |
| Assessment and Treatment of Biologically-Based Problem Behavior: Is Impulsivity a Defining Characteristic of Brain Injury? |
| SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Impulsivity is a defining characteristic of brain injury and the new repertoire of the person with brain injury is often deemed a product of altered biology. While impulsivity is considered common in this population, behaviorally-based interventions have been successful at reducing this proclivity towards suboptimal choice making. The present study examined the possibility of illusory choice making on the preference between small immediate and large delayed reinforcers in adolescents with brain injury. Initially all participants were asked to complete a motor task in the absence of any programmed reinforcement. Following this initial assessment, participants were presented the choice between smaller immediate and larger delayed reinforcers. Finally, participants were given a choice between (a) an immediate, small reinforcer with no task requirement, (b) a delayed reinforcer with the larger magnitude determined by the participant’s dice roll with task requirement, or (c) a delayed reinforcer with the larger magnitude determined by the experimenter’s dice roll with task requirement. Results and implications will be discussed regarding the role of reinforcer magnitude and illusionary control. |
| |
| Assessment and Treatment of Biologically-Based Severe Behavior Problems: Lesch-Nyahn and Donnai-Barrow Syndromes. |
| CAITLIN SMITH (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tyree L. Starks (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
| Abstract: In many cases destructive behavior (e.g. aggression, self-injurious behavior) may have an operant function in that the occurrence of the behavior is influenced by various reinforcement contingencies. Treatment of such behavior often involves the manipulation of the maintaining reinforcement contingency. With some individuals, however, there may be an underlying biological basis that influences the occurrence of aberrant behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss two cases of biologically based destructive behavior displayed among individuals with distinct genetic disorders. In the first case, a child with Lesch-Nyhan syndrome exhibited self-injurious self-biting and in the second case a child with Donnai-Barrow syndrome exhibited self-injurious head-hitting. Functional analyses were conducted with both participants, which produced inconclusive results. Treatment procedures were then developed that included noncontingent presentation of alternative sources of reinforcement with and without a response reduction procedure. For both cases, the provision of environmental stimulation reduced the occurrence of destructive behavior relative to baseline levels of behavior. Across all analyses, reliability data were collected for at least 25% of sessions. The results will be discussed in terms of considerations for behavioral analysts working with clients with genetic disorders and biologically based destructive behavior. |
| |
| Assessment and Treatment of Biologically-Based Severe Behavior Problems: Joubert Syndrome. |
| JEFFREY R. LUKE (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (The University of Iowa) |
| Abstract: A child with Joubert Syndrome was referred for evaluation and treatment of severe self-injurious behavior. The results of a functional analysis suggested the SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement and treatment focused on providing differential access to alternative stimuli. This presentation will focus on some of the presenting features of Joubert Syndrome, including an overview of the incidence of severe problem behavior in this population, and the application of current ABA-based assessment and treatment of the child's severe problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of the sessions conducted and the mean agreement was not less than 90% percent across sessions. |
| |
| Assessment and Treatment of Biologically-Based Severe Behavior Problems: Short Chain Hydroxy Acyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Deficiency. |
| JOANNA LOMAS (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Danielle W. Bradley (The Marcus Institute) |
| Abstract: Behavior analysis has been used to treat children with a variety of developmental disorders, most commonly autism, and mental retardation (Hanley, Iwata & McCord, 2003). Less research has been conducted when the participant presents with low incidence genetic syndromes. Often these syndromes present different issues that must be overcome to effectively treat the behavior of these children. For example, in some cases the participant may be medically fragile, requiring special considerations. In the current investigation one participant was included that was diagnosed with Short Chain Hydroxy Acyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Deficiency (SCHAD), a disorder of mitochondrial fatty acid ß-oxidation. SCHAD deficiency impairs oxidation of fatty acids of short-chain length (4 carbons and shorter). The most effective treatment for the disorder is frequent feeding that avoids fatty foods. This participant was admitted to a day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food selectivity and problem behavior that occurred during mealtimes. Treatment included the use of escape extinction (EE) in combination with differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA). Results showed that EE +DRA effectively increased both volume and variety of food consumed by the participant. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Naming: A Verbal Developmental Cusp and Stage |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| 4D |
| Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: We present four papers on naming as a verbal developmental cusp involving multiple experiments. Findings are reported on the relation between acquisition of naming for 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional stimuli with preschoolers, the relation between reading comprehension and naming vs. the role of phonemes, the role of the echoic as reinforcer, and the source of the reinforcement, for naming, and the effects of naming on reading comprehension with academically delayed middle school students. |
| |
| Emergence of Naming for 2-D and 3-D Stimuli: A Comparison of Multiple and Single Exemplar Instruction. |
| NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We compared Singular Exemplar Instruction (SEI) and Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) with 3-dimentional stimuli and their respective effects on emergence of untaught listener and speaker responses (naming) by preschool children missing naming for both 3D and 2D contrived stimuli. We used an experimental-control group with a nested single-case multiple probe design. Naming emerged for the MEI group for both 3D and 2D contrived stimuli, but did not for the SEI group. Instructional histories that involve the rotation of speaker listener responding appear to predict the emergence of naming for both 3D and 2D stimuli. We discuss the findings in terms of the relation of the MEI experience to the notion of higher order operants. |
| |
| An Investigation of the Source of Reinforcement for Naming. |
| JENNIFER LONGANO (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: Two experiments were conducted to examine potential sources of reinforcement for naming. In the first experiment, the effects of match and point instruction with an echoic component were tested on the acquisition of a full naming repertoire for three young participants diagnosed with autism. Results showed increases in correct responses on untaught listener and speaker repertoires for all participants. However, only one participant acquired a full naming repertoire. The second experiment tested the effects of an “ostensive pairing” procedure as a source of reinforcement for both incidental and instructional naming. Participants included students with and without disabilities who did not have a full naming repertoire prior to the onset of the study. Findings from both procedures suggest different but not incompatible contributions for each. |
| |
| Reading Comprehension and Naming. |
| TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We investigated the effects of multiple exemplar instruction of phonemes across written and vocal topographies on the extension of naming to print control. The participants mastered French words in textual form only by matching the French printed word to the English printed word. The students demonstrated comprehension by matching the French word to the picture; however, they did not tact the pictures in French or write the French word. Multiple exemplar instruction of phonemes was implemented in which the experimenter taught point to, textual response and written topographies of phonemes. Post probes demonstrated the participants’ acquisition of the naming capability extended to print control. Students used novel words learned only in textual form across vocal and written response topographies. |
| |
| Emergence of 2D and 3D Naming in Middle School Students. |
| YASMIN J. HELOU-CARE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We tested the emergence of the untaught listener and speaker responses of naming for both 2- and 3-dimnsional stimuli across 7 male middle school participants diagnosed with emotional disabilities. Naming emerged for both 3-dimensional stimuli and 2-dimensional pictures as a function of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) with 3-dimensional stimuli across speaker/listener responses for training sets. Instruction across one type of stimuli that involve the rotation of both the speaker and listener responses appears to be sufficient to induce naming acros other forms of stimuli for participants like those we studies. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Recent Theoretical Developments and Empirical Findings from Beyond the Borders of Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Barbershop |
| Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Jon Gretar Sigurjonsson (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
| Discussant: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
| CE Instructor: Denis P. O'Hora, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: These three papers review theory and findings in the analysis of complex cognitive phenomena from other psychological disciplines. The first paper in this symposium reports recent findings in mainstream language research on the development of language in young children. It is hoped that this will contribute to early intervention research. The second paper reviews novel experimental manipulations in neuroscience that offer the opportunity for behavioural control beneath the skin. The third paper review work in the area of concept formation and categorization from both cognitive and behavioural traditions in order to highlight new questions for the experimental analysis of complex human behaviour. |
| |
| Lessons from Psycholinguistics: Current Trends and Findings from Mainstream Psychologies of Language. |
| DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Richard Dale (University of Memphis) |
| Abstract: Sidman (1960; Tactics of scientific research: Evaluating experimental data in psychology) observed that “good data are notoriously fickle. They change their allegiance from theory to theory, and even maintain their importance in the presence of no theory at all.” In light of this, we review findings from mainstream literature on language acquisition. Many behavior analysts work in situations where they are seeking to establish language behaviors and yet are often unaware of current findings in the more mainstream psychologies of language . Previous work by Dale (2005; Cognitive and behavioral approaches to language acquisition: Conceptual and empirical intersections. Behavior Analyst Today, 5, 336-359) provides a starting point for the current paper, which will review findings on language-relevant behaviors in children from the newborn to late childhood. In so doing, we seek to contribute to the refinement of language-training curricula and the development of new avenues in experimental language research. |
| |
| Manipulating Biological Variables: Some Noteworthy Advances in Cognitive Neuroscience. |
| JON GRETAR SIGURJONSSON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
| Abstract: Traditionally, neuroscientific explanations of complex human behavior (e.g., problem solving) have depended cognitive concepts with dualistic foundations. Consequently, there were few attempts to manipulate the biological variables that were suggested to account for such behaviors.. This emphasis is rapidly changing, however, as cognitive neuroscience matures from arm chair speculation to an applied discipline in its own regard. Technologies that allow researchers to systematically manipulate and change participants’ brain activity are now available and cognitive researchers have shown increases in subjects’ performance on various cognitive tasks when such biological variables are manipulated. The current paper reviews these trends in cognitive neuroscience and recent findings in this area. We suggest that these new findings provide new avenues for behavior analytic research of complex human behavior. |
| |
| Concept Acquisition, Categorisation and Stimulus Equivalence: A Review of Current Cognitive and Behaviour Analytical Literature, with Implications for Future Research. |
| BRIAN WILLIAM SLATTERY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
| Abstract: Much research has accumulated on the topics of concept formation and categorisation. Early investigations into such higher order functioning were predominantly cognitive in nature. Piaget observed the different developmental stages of increasingly complex conceptual thought. This was followed in turn by experiments into conditions of concept formation and descriptive models concerning the nature of category membership. Behaviour analytic accounts, in contrast, define categories in terms of shared stimulus functions and recent work from this tradition identifies categorisation as an example of stimulus equivalence. One approach to explaining stimulus equivalence, relational frame theory (RFT) can potentially provide the tools for a more comprehensive explanation of categorisation. In particular, the involvement of hierarchical relational frames has been suggested, but much empirical research is required to confirm such postulations. The current paper reviews the trends outlined above and proposes directions for future investigation in categorisation from an RFT perspective. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Patterns Everywhere: Sequential Analysis and What It Can Do in Applied and Basic Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Chicago & Alton |
| Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Florida International University) |
| Discussant: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College) |
| Abstract: Sequential analysis enables temporally-ordered patterns in data to be identified and evaluated for statistical significance. Behavior analyst Ernst Moerk used it to demonstrate the prevalence of the three-term operant contingency in language acquisition (note his well-known 1990 publication in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior). The classic reference is Bakeman and Gottman (Observing Interaction), and the method has been of considerable value in a wide variety of areas in psychology. This symposium will show how sequential analysis is currently being applied across a range of behavior-analytic specialty areas, from applied research in developmental disabilities and autism, to basic matching law research with pigeons. |
| |
| Sequential Analysis and the Matching Law: Molecular Patterns in Three Species. |
| SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Florida International University) |
| Abstract: When demarcated two-response sequences were concurrently reinforced, pigeons’ sequences rather than individual keypecks obeyed the generalized matching law. At a molecular level, a sequential analysis revealed that the sequences themselves were emitted in nonrandom patterns that were consistent across individuals. After reinforcer delivery, different patterns occurred, again consistent across individuals. A sequential analysis performed on similar data from rats produced similar patterns, even when minimum inter-response times were required between the sequence elements. Higher-order organizing principles for these patterns were identified. Finally, quail chicks pecked touchscreen targets for heat in a standard concurrent variable-interval schedule paradigm. Their responses obeyed the generalized matching law. A sequential analysis found patterns that were different from those for the concurrent-sequences paradigm for the rats and pigeons. Some patterns were present immediately upon exposure to the concurrent schedules, when the chicks were only 24 to 48 hours old. Such results can advance our understanding of behavior-environment causal relations at a molecular level. They also have applied implications. |
| |
| Sequential Analysis within Single Case Experimental Designs in Home and School: Connecting Behavior and Physiological Arousal. |
| JOHN D HOCH (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota) |
| Abstract: Theoretical accounts of autism have long hypothesized a link between arousal and behavior. In applied settings, parents and teachers often attribute problem behavior to internal levels of arousal. Sequential analysis of data collected during a home-based concurrent operant choice procedure and a school-based functional behavioral analysis (FBA) were combined with real-time heart rate monitoring to determine whether arousal preceded or followed choice among activities for one participant, or occurrences of problem behavior for the other participant. In the concurrent operant procedure, sequential analyses showed that activity choice was significantly related to the preceding level of arousal (p < 0.05). For the participant in the school based functional analysis, changes in arousal did not reliably proceed or follow instances of self injury or aggression. Results from the sequential analysis are compared to summary level ANOVA results. Sequential analysis is discussed as a method to examine the link between behavior and arousal within the context of single case experimental designs and socially significant problem behavior. |
| |
| Sequencing the Behavioral Unit: Conditional Probabilities in Basic and Applied Settings. |
| SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University) |
| Abstract: Sequential (conditional probability) analysis can be used to uncover a variety of fundamental and important dynamic behavioral processes operating in a variety of settings. For example, in an experimental setting, a conditional probability analysis was employed to examine the dynamic shifts between choices of 'cooperate' and 'defect' in an iterated Prisoner's Dilemma Game. Two pigeons responded sub-optimally when playing against a simulated opponent playing Tit-for-Tit. A conditional probability analysis (i.e., an examination of the probability that a pigeon received a particular outcome on a trial given that he had received one of these outcomes on a preceding trial) indicated that local reinforcement contingencies determined suboptimal performance. In an applied setting, the problem behaviors (e.g., aggression, self-injury, pica) of four individuals with developmental disabilities were observed in naturalistic settings. An examination of the conditional probability of attention, demands, and tangibles (prior to and following problem behavior) indicated that these events were presented contingently on thin schedules. These examples, and others, demonstrate the utility of conducting sequential analyses of behavioral data streams. Possible reasons for the non-adoption of sequential analysis methodology by behavior analysts, including the base-rate problem, specifying time windows, statistical issues and interpretation, will be explored. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Habituation to the Reinforcer and Within-Session Changes in Responding |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| El |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska, Anchorage) |
| Discussant: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University) |
| Abstract: Three studies tested the hypothesis that habituation, a decrease in responsiveness to repeatedly-presented stimuli, occurs during operant conditioning procedures. Aoyama examined the effects of post-session wheel running on within-session decreases in food-reinforced responding in rats. He discovered that within-session decreases in responding were steeper when subjects were given post-session access to the running wheel. Scott-Weber, Lupfer-Johnson, and Murphy studied within-session changes in responding when dwarf hamsters served as subjects. They reported that within-session decreases in responding were steeper at higher, than at lower, rates of food reinforcement. Scott-Weber et al.’s findings are inconsistent with satiation as an explanation because the dwarf hamsters did not consume the food reinforcers. Instead, the food pellets were stored in their cheek pouches. Kenzer, Fuller, and Ghezzi linked basic research on habituation and dishabituation to research involving humans. They reported that changes in the reinforcer type, amount, and selected properties of the antecedent stimuli were related to dishabituation of operant responding in humans. The results of these three studies support the idea that habituation accrues to reinforcing stimuli in three different species. |
| |
| Effects of Activity-Based Anorexia Procedure on Within-Session Changes in Nose-Poke Responding. |
| KENJIRO AOYAMA (Doshisha University) |
| Abstract: This study tested the effects of activity-based anorexia (ABA) procedure on within-session changes in responding. In the ABA group (N=8), rats were given a 60-min feeding session and allowed to run in a running wheel the remainder of each day. During a daily 60-min feeding session, each nose-poke response was reinforced by a food pellet. In the control group (N=8), rats experienced the same procedure except that the wheel was locked and thus rats could not run. The experiment lasted for 6 days. Rats in the ABA group consumed less and lost more body weight than those in the control group. Within-session decreases in nose-poke responding were steeper for ABA than control rats. In addition, response rates were well described as linear functions of the cumulative number of reinforcements in both groups (R2s>.93). The regression lines for the ABA group had steeper slopes and smaller x-axis intercepts than those for the control group. However, the y-axis intercepts of the regression lines for both groups were similar. These effects were different from the effects of taste-aversion learning induced by post-session wheel running (Aoyama, 2007), suggesting different mechanisms in both preparations. |
| |
| Within-Session Changes in Responding of Dwarf Hamsters (Phodopus campbelli). |
| MICHELLE SCOTT-WEBER (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska, Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska, Anchorage) |
| Abstract: Four dwarf hamsters responded on variable-interval schedules that provided programmed rates of food reinforcement ranging from 60 to 480 reinforcers per hour. Rate of responding increased, decreased, or increased and then decreased within the sessions. The within-session pattern of responding changed with changes in the programmed rate of reinforcement. Within-session decreases in responding were steeper during the richer schedules than during leaner schedules. These findings are inconsistent with satiation because the dwarf hamsters stored most of the food reinforcers in their cheek pouches. Instead, these results are consistent with the idea that sensitization and habituation to the sensory properties of the reinforcer contribute to within-session changes in operant responding (e.g., McSweeney & Roll, 1998). |
| |
| More on Dishabituation of Operant Responding. |
| AMY KENZER (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Increasingly, the scientific evidence suggests that habituation does occur within the operant conditioning paradigm. As such, recent evidence is available which indicates that dishabituation of an habituated operant response may occur following changes in the schedule of reinforcement, reinforcer magnitude, and extraneous stimuli (Aoyama & McSweeney, 2001; McSweeney & Roll, 1998; Murphy et al., 2003; Murphy, 2003). This study was designed to link basic research on habituation and dishabituation to research involving humans. Thus changes in the reinforcer type, amount, and selected properties of the antecedent stimuli were evaluated to determine the effects on dishabituation of operant responding in humans. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Morningside Academy: What's New? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Waldorf |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
| CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Morningside Academy's assessment, curriculum, and instructional methods continue to evolve as best practices are developed in the research literature and through tryout and revision in our lab school. Today's symposium focuses upon four new developments at Morningside: retelling to enhance reading comprehension, math tool skills instruction, assessment of writing, and our overall system of assessment. |
| |
| Morningside’s Four Levels of Assessment. |
| JULIAN GIRE (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
| Abstract: At Morningside Academy student progress is monitored through a multi-level system of assessment and evaluation. The initial level, or Macro level, consists of norm and/or criterion referenced tests. These tests are used to measure growth from the beginning to the end of the school year (e.g., Iowa Tests of Basic Skills). The second level, or Meta level, directly deals with progress monitoring through the use of Curriculum Based Measures/Curriculum Based Assessments (CBM/CBA). These Meta level assessments are usually administered on a weekly basis; but more or less frequent administration may be conducted depending on the academic subjects being assessed (e.g., Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills or DIBELS). The third level of assessment, or Micro level, are classroom Standard Celeration Charts that document student progress as well as guide instruction and intervention. The fourth and final level of assessment consists of curriculum placement tests that accompany the curriculum programs used in the classroom. By combining these four levels of assessment Morningside Academy can accurately place students into the correct level of instruction, efficiently monitor progress and intervention effectiveness, and ensure that students make the academic gains expected by the end of the year. |
| |
| Towards Genre-Specific Curriculum Based Assessment: Tracking the Acquisition of Genre Writing Skills Over the School Year. |
| MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy) |
| Abstract: Morningside is moving from the standard curriculum based measurement of three-minute CBM stories to more genre specific five-minute curriculum based assessment. The purpose of CBM is to measure how well a curriculum in place is working. With our improvements in teaching higher order writing skills in recent years, we have found that our old writing CBM was no longer tracking what the teachers were teaching. We asked the teachers of the beginning, intermediate, and advanced writing text, High Performance Writing, by Terry Dodd (SRA), to develop quick five-point rubrics on the basic requirements of the first genres we were introducing: descriptive, expository, and persuasive. The students were given a short think time and three minutes of timed writing where the pieces are scored with the traditional dimensions of total words written, words spelled correctly, and correct writing sequences. The students then have a short ten-minute period to finish these quick writes according to the rubrics. The acquisition of genre writing skills are tracked with these weekly assessments and plotted on a standard celeration chart. We will compare this method of assessment with our old non-genre specific CBM and students long–term essays that are crafted, edited and rewritten over the course of a week. We will discuss the relevance of the data and ease of implementation of this new assessment method. |
| |
| The Correlation Between Reading Comprehension and Oral Retelling. |
| SHILOH ISBELL (Morningside Academy), Jennifer Reilly (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
| Abstract: Morningside Academy is exploring the correlation between reading comprehension and retelling stories orally, using decontextualized language and identifying and sequencing main events. The Power of Retelling by Vicki Benson and Carrice Cummins defines decontextualized language as “language that does not depend on the context to be understood; the meaning is entirely in the text” (or words spoken). We have noticed several returning middle school-aged students with low decontextualized language skills are not showing the same rate of success in reading comprehension as returning students with average to high decontextualized language skills. We are inquiring whether adding a daily oral retelling component to their reading comprehension class, emphasizing practice using decontextualized language and identifying and sequencing main events, will aid in their acquisition and application of reading comprehension skills. |
| |
| Morningside Academy’s Math Facts Program: Overview and Inquiry. |
| GEOFFREY H. MARTIN (Morningside Academy) |
| Abstract: Fluent proficiency at computing basic math facts can make learning and performing more complex operations such as those involved in regrouping, long multiplication, and division more efficient and significantly less tedious. The common approach to teaching basic facts treats each fact individually. Considering that there are 400 individual basic facts, the task of learning them can be an onerous one.
Morningside Academy employs a number family approach to teach basic facts. A number family is a set of three numbers that can be arranged to produce four facts. For example, the numbers 4, 6, and 10 produce two addition facts (4 + 6 = 10 and 6 + 4 = 10) and two subtraction facts (10 – 4 = 6 and 10 – 6 = 4). Using a family approach, a student memorizes only one thing instead of four things (i.e., 1 set of three numbers instead of 4 individual facts), thereby reducing memorization by ¾. With only 36 families for each set of operations, addition/subtraction and multiplication/division, this approach significantly reduces the amount of memorizing required while also emphasizing the conceptual nature of basic facts.
At Morningside, students first practice number families before practicing facts. Practice involves worksheets containing families where one number of the family is missing and must be provided by the student (e.g., 4 __ 10). Morningside recently explored the effects of two configurations of these missing number worksheets that involved the location of the biggest number of a family. On one sheet the big number always had to appear in the last position (e.g., 4, 6, 10 not 10, 4, 6), on the other sheet, it could appear in the first or last position (e.g., 10, 4, 6 was acceptable). |
|
| |
| |
|
| Sustainable Programs: In Search of the Elusive |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Williford C |
| Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
| Discussant: Teri Palmer (Private Practice) |
| Abstract: The recent emphasis on evidence-based practices in education policy is a welcome advancement but there is more to improving educational outcomes for students. It is necessary for programs to be implemented and if successful, the goal is for the program to sustain. In behavior analysis, relative little attention has been given to issues of building sustainable programs. Nonetheless, there is an emerging science of program maintenance. The purpose of this symposium is address key issues of building sustainable programs. Among the issues addressed are defining what is meant by the term sustainable. It seems to have different meanings at different levels within the system. A second issue to be addressed is the different contingencies that exist at different levels of the system that may contribute to sustainable programs or threaten the sustainability of the intervention. The final issue to be addressed is issues of treatment integrity and program fidelity. If programs are not implemented with fidelity then by definition it will not sustain. In this paper, evidence-based approaches to assuring treatment integrity/program fidelity will be reviewed. |
| |
| What We Know About Sustaining Programs. |
| RANDY KEYWORTH (The Wing Institute), Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute) |
| Abstract: The field of education has been often been defined by fads that come and go with little lasting effect. The current emphasis on evidence-based practice in federal education policy is an effort to identify that result in demonstrable benefit for students. Once these programs have been identified issues of how to implement and sustain these programs arise. Historically, behavior analysts have not given much attention to issues of sustainability but other disciplines have addressed this question. Much of the existing literature on sustainability suggests that it is more of a social process than a technical one. Much of the work of behavior analysts has focused on the technical development of programs and relative little attention has been given to the management of the social variables that are necessary for building sustainable programs. This paper will review what has been learned and how behavior analysts can use the information to design programs that are more likely to sustain. |
| |
| Sustainability Through the Looking Glass: Shifting Contingencies Across Levels of a System. |
| JOHN E. STATES (The Wing Institute), Randy Keyworth (The Wing Institute), Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute) |
| Abstract: When a new program or practice is implemented there are system wide effects. Across the different levels of the system there are different contingencies in play. In some instances these contingencies can directly support the sustainability of a program. In other instances, the contingencies can serve as roadblocks to sustainable programs. The purpose of this paper is to review the contingencies operating at different levels of a system, identify those contingencies that might contribute to sustainable programs, and identify contingencies that may function as obstacles to sustainable programs. Finally, suggestions will be offered as to how contingencies can be arranged across levels to work in concert to increase the sustainability of a program. |
| |
| Treatment Integrity and Program Fidelity: Necessary but Not Sufficient to Sustain Programs. |
| RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute), Randy Keyworth (The Wing Institute), John E. States (The Wing Institute) |
| Abstract: Whenever a new program is implemented in educational settings whether academic or social interventions, there is often rapid “drift” from the protocols of the intervention. When there is drift from the protocols the program may be fundamentally changed in ways that result in a program in name only. In the instance of interventions that have been validated as evidence-based, “drift” may result in changes in the program in ways that result in a non-evidence-based intervention. To address the problems of “drift,” there are emerging technologies to increase treatment integrity and program fidelity. The purpose of this paper is to review the what is known about assuring treatment integrity and program fidelity, suggest additional research questions, and explore how to implement mechanisms for managing treatment integrity and program fidelity in service settings. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Using SAFMEDS to Improve Math Performance |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Williford A |
| Area: EDC |
| Chair: John Hughes (University of Wales, Bangor) |
| |
| Increasing Math Basic Skills Using Fluency Based Instruction and Precision Teaching. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JOHN HUGHES (University of Wales, Bangor), Michael Beverley (University of Wales Centre for Behavior Analysis) |
| |
| Abstract: Teachers identified six children who were struggling at Math from a class (N=27) of 9- to 11-year-olds. These six children were randomly allocated to either the treatment group (n=4), or a waiting list control group (n=2); with the remainder of the class forming the control group (n=21). Pre-tests were administered to the entire class on nine slices of tool skills and varying difficulties of problems (e.g., reading numbers 0-9, adding single digit- single digit). Pre-test results were used to pinpoint the correct instructional level for the intervention children, who then engaged in daily short sprint timings for see-write math practice sheets and see-say SAFMEDS cards while the rest of the class received their standard math instruction. Count per minute data for corrects and learning opportunities were recorded by the children on Standard Celeration Charts and used to make instructional decisions about progress. The intervention ran over a 10-week period with each session lasting approximately 30 minutes, at the end of which a post-test was re-administered to the entire class. Results are discussed in the context of incorporating simple basic skills exercises into mainstream classes and the practical issues this raises. |
| |
| Fluent Performance of Multiplication Facts in Two Learning Channels and Written Test Performance by Three Students with Mild Mental Retardation. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| SANG SEOK NAM (California State University, San Bernardino), Marylorraine Spruill (Georgia ABA) |
| |
| Abstract: This study demonstrates that the SAFMEDS strategy utilizing a continuous assessment system, enabled 3 students with mental retardation to build and generalize fluency in multiplication facts. One significant finding was that the learning channels (see-say and hear-say) the three students used in the acquisition of the facts have a different effect on their written test performance (see-write). The students' performance on the written tests was more accurate and speedy when they learned the facts through the hear-say than the see-say channel. This finding indicates the importance for using multiple learning channels in learning. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| An Evaluation of School-Based Interventions and Behavioral Consultation Services |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Williford B |
| Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Lisa C. Winborn-Kemmerer (University of Louisville) |
| Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
| Abstract: School districts and behavioral consultants continue to struggle with providing effective, efficient, and cost-effective behavioral services for the growing number of students referred. In contrast to traditional behavioral consultation services that can be time-intensive, costly and difficult for educational staff to implement, alternative services and interventions that could prevent the referrals of at-risk students and meet the needs of the increased numbers of students referred for behavioral services is warranted. The current symposium will discuss the design and implementation of three school-based behavioral consultation services. Summary information regarding the specific components of each service, student outcomes, teacher satisfaction, and future directions of behavioral consultative services and school-based interventions will be discussed. |
| |
| Distance Consultation Services for Students with Challenging Behaviors. |
| KELLY M. VINQUIST (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa), Sheri Milligan Smith (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa), Jim Porter (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa) |
| Abstract: Implementation of behavioral assessments and interventions in the school setting can often be difficult and time consuming for classroom teachers and support staff. In Iowa, the Department of Education funded a large scale consultation program for students (N=250) referred to the project because of concerns with challenging behaviors in the school setting. This service provided consultation to school teams and parents primarily by means of distance consultation modalities such as the Iowa Communications Network (ICN), webcams, on-site visits, and conference calls. Consultants included an interdisciplinary team from the University of Iowa including different psychology disciplines, social work, and education. The purpose of the present study was to focus on consultation procedures and outcomes for this consultation service for the past year and provide summary information regarding the use of distance consultation services for students with challenging behaviors. Data will be provided regarding the relationships between the modality (e.g., phone contact, ICN, on-site visits) and frequency of consultations with ratings on teacher satisfaction surveys and student outcomes. |
| |
| Stimulus Fading Within a Targeted Group Intervention. |
| AMY L. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
| Abstract: Check in Check out (CICO) is a targeted group intervention that is designed to provide behavioral support for students who are at-risk for developing serious behavior problems. This intervention is designed to be efficient in delivery and cost effective so that multiple students may receive support. Although there is a growing research base supporting the efficacy of this program, no studies have examined maintenance of reductions in problem behavior upon fading. The present study examines (1) if a functional relation exists between CICO and reductions in problem behavior, and (2) which components of CICO can be successfully faded with reductions in problem behavior maintaining. In addition, this study examines if teacher attention predicts successful fading for students whose behavior was hypothesized to be maintained by adult attention. Clinical and conceptual implications of these results, methodological limitations, and future research directions will be discussed. |
| |
| Keeping Them Out of Special Ed: A Model for Pre-referral Assessment and Intervention for Young Children with Challenging Behavior. |
| JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Ryan T. O'Connor (California State University, Fresno), Daniel L. LeSage (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
| Abstract: Many school districts are currently struggling to meet the demands of increased rates of special education referrals, which often require extensive resources in terms of both assessment and intervention. In examining this situation, it is important to evaluate potential reasons for the growing number of referrals. One explanation is that there are simply more children with disabilities in our public education systems. However, another plausible explanation is that children are being over-referred because of teachers’ difficulties in effectively intervening with problem behavior. If the latter is true, then early identification of typically developing children whose behavior differs significantly from their peers, combined with intensive training and support of those children’s teachers, is a potentially effective solution. This presentation will describe a model for working with school districts to provide pre-referral behavior analytic services to young children with behavior problems and their teachers. In addition to presenting assessment and intervention strategies, this session also will provide suggestions for establishing effective collaborations with school districts. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavioral Approaches in Complex Settings |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Marquette |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Travis G. McNeal (Continuous Learning Group) |
| Discussant: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| CE Instructor: Manuel A. Rodriguez, M.S. |
| Abstract: The objective of this symposium will be to present some complex issues in business settings, the methodologies introduced to promote behavioral improvement with targeted outcomes, and the results to date. |
| |
| Complexities in Organizations – A Case Study of Driving Behavioral Changes in a Complex Environment. |
| MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group) |
| Abstract: In many instances, organizations bring in consultancies during times of major changes. In late 2006, a telecommunications enterprise brought in CLG to evaluate the 2007 priorities and conclude how behavioral science could help maximize the potential for obtaining performance targets given major changes that would take place in the same year. The existing structure was a matrix organization, with both enablers and barriers impacting progress. Multiple initiatives were in place to drive performance variables across the enterprise and CLG was asked to support a team of leaders across the enterprise to impact the major improvement efforts through behavioral change. The methodology, results, and comments from an OBM perspective will be shared. |
| |
| Implementing Technological Improvements: Aligning the Consequences. |
| TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (Continuous Learning Group) |
| Abstract: As technology continues to improve and evolve, many organizations seek to gain a competitive advantage by utilizing sophisticated devices and complex software systems. Some organizations have spent millions to license these systems under the belief they will see an immediate return on their investment. However, the implementation of these systems often neglects one important aspect: they fail to take into account existing consequences in the organization. This failure has in some instances led to the complete abandonment of the new systems which resulted in lost money, credibility and in extreme cases, were fatal to the organization. This paper describes how two separate software initiatives were implemented within a Fortune 100 organization using the principles of applied behavior analysis. |
| |
| Behavioral Cusps in OBM? What, Why, and How! |
| FRANCISCO GOMEZ (Continuous Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Rosales-Ruiz and Baer defined the cusp as a behavior change bringing behavior into contact with new contingencies that have far-reaching consequences. For example, an individual’s learning to read is a behavior change that will likely generate an exponential increase in their repertoire because of access gained to new contingencies, new stimulus controls, new communities of reinforcement, and new cusps. This presentation will offer a description of the cusp-centered approach as applied in the coaching of a consultant in a behaviorally-based business consulting firm. Cusps that would likely generate an exponential increase in the consulting repertoire were identified and their training was implemented. Cusp selection criterion was further defined by a set of business-focused dimensions such as company ROI, organizational system support, and talent progression through the organization. Career milestones that would be reached due to the cusps were predicted, progress to them was tracked and the data will be presented. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Utilizing Organizational Behavior Management and Industrial and Organizational Psychology Measurement Methodologies to Improve Customer Service |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Joliet |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Amanda R. Rivard (Central Michigan University) |
| Discussant: Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Three field studies were conducted to measure and improve customer-service behaviors using a combination of industrial and organizational (I/O) psychology and organizational behavior management (OBM) techniques. Service behaviors were measured via survey data collected from customers and unobtrusively from observation data collected by trained observers/raters. An intervention was implemented in each study to test the efficacy of a service-behavior improvement package. Three different settings were utilized in these studies which included: coffee shops, submarine sandwich shops, and convenience stores. The survey data and observational data were collected during baseline and after the implementation of the intervention. The hypothesis that both methodologies could easily be completed simultaneously was supported. The hypothesis that important information is obtained using both methods was supported. Although both techniques provide some overlapping information, data resulting from each method uniquely contributes to the assessment. Using only one technique can result in the researcher/practitioner having an incomplete evaluation. |
| |
| Improving Customer-Service Using Industrial and Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior Management in Submarine Sandwich Shops. |
| MICHAEL N. KEPHART (Central Michigan University), Drew Sands (Central Michigan University), Justin Gonzalez (Central Michigan University) |
| Abstract: A field study was conducted in submarine sandwich shops to evaluate the feasibility of simultaneously using organizational behavior management (OBM) and industrial and organizational psychology methodologies. Customer service behaviors were measured via survey data collected from customers and unobtrusively from observation data collected by trained observers/raters. The survey data and observational data were collected during a baseline phase and during and after an implementation of an intervention developed to improve customer service behaviors. The correlations between the two different measures ranged from small to moderate for the different categories of customer service behaviors. The fact that the data derived from the two methods are interrelated supports the validity of each measure. However, the divergence between the two data sets suggests that each methodology provides unique insight into the relationship between customer service behaviors and customer satisfaction. Using a combination of both methods allows for a more comprehensive understanding of customer service in a given setting. |
| |
| Evaluating the Customer Service and Satisfaction Relationship in Coffee Shops using Survey and Observational Methods. |
| AMANDA R. RIVARD (Central Michigan University) |
| Abstract: A field study was conducted in various coffee shops using a multiple baseline design. Specific customer opinion information was obtained using a satisfaction survey. In addition, observations were made of related employee customer service behaviors. The information derived from these two sources was compared in order to determine the relationship between these measures. The survey helped to pinpoint which aspects of customer service are more important to customers by assessing satisfaction with store cleanliness, employee friendliness, and latency. These environmental and behavioral components were simultaneously observed using trained observers. An intervention package was implemented to increase employee customer service-related behaviors. Survey information was then collected to determine if customer satisfaction increased as a result of improved customer service. Results indicate that customer satisfaction ratings may be somewhat independent of commonly evaluated employee customer service-related behaviors. |
| |
| The Effects of a Performance Management System Involving Feedback and Intervention on College Student-Staffed Convenience Stores. |
| ERIC MICHAEL O'ROURKE (Central Michigan University) |
| Abstract: In order to improve customer-service behaviors in college student-staffed convenience stores, a field study was carried out using both industrial and organizational (I/O) psychology and organizational behavior management (OBM) practices. Measurements were recorded through inconspicuous observations of service behaviors and interactions between customers and employees in convenience of similar age. Feedback, including verbal positive reinforcement from managers and tangible positive reinforcement from the experimenter, was used as an intervention and was given to employees based on subjective performance data gathered from managers and objective performance data gathered from observers. Survey data was collected from customers concerning service behaviors during the intervention phase. Results from data collection and surveys show improvement amongst the employees as a result of the intervention in performance of service behaviors. A trend was present in the results indicating a positive correlation between performance of service behaviors and observation of age similarity between customers and employees. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Pedagogical Approaches for Teaching Behavior Analysis in Higher Education |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Astoria |
| Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
| CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ed.D. |
| Abstract: Currently, one-hundred and twenty university course sequences are approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and thirteen university programs are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International to provide post-secondary training in the area of applied behavior analysis. Each of these programs seeks to teach adults about the science of behavior analysis, to prepare graduates for the acquisition of credentials in the field of behavior analysis, and, to some extent, to prepare the newly credentialed practitioner to demonstrate the principles and knowledge learned in a variety of applied settings. To this end, faculty and administrators in higher education programs must make decisions regarding instructional design. Programs providing experiential learning opportunities for students must determine how these programs can result in a transfer of acquired knowledge to a variety of applied settings. Faculty assisting students in preparing for credentialing examinations must identify effective methods for students to prepare for the rigor of an international examination. This symposium presents four papers devoted to the instruction of graduate students in a behavior analytic program. Topics include effective instructional design models, supervision of behavior analysts, study tactics, and assisting students in cross-disciplinary applications of methodological practice. |
| |
| Instructional Design for Teaching Behavior Analysis. |
| MICHAEL J. CAMERON (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
| Abstract: Outcomes for graduate students from a program in applied behavior analysis include: the integration of knowledge, skills and attitudes; the management of qualitatively different constituent skills; and the transfer of what is learned to diverse educational settings. Instructional Design, a branch of knowledge concerned with research and theory about instructional strategies, offers a useful model for teaching complex task performances to graduate students. The purpose of this study was to compare an instructional format, based on the principles of Instructional Design, to a traditional (didactic) instructional method for teaching: (1) verbal skills, (2) intellectual skills, (3) psychomotor skills, and (4) cognitive strategies related to the field of applied behavior analysis. Participants were assigned to one of two groups (i.e., the Instructional Design group or the didactic group). We used multi-method assessment to evaluate learning outcomes - dependent variables included: (1) the duration of instruction, (2) accuracy of performance, and (3) the capacity of each “trainee” to effectively transfer knowledge to another person. Results showed that the graduate students taught via an Instructional Design model spent 50% less time in instruction and performed with greater accuracy than the students from the didactic instruction group. The discipline of Instructional Design logically links to the field of applied behavior analysis and application of the principles yield measurably superior instruction. |
| |
| Supervision of Graduate Students in Applied Behavior Analysis: Program Design, Implementation, and Evaluation. |
| SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Simmons College) |
| Abstract: Students preparing for board certification in applied behavior analysis through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®) must complete an extensive experiential learning component during their studies. In March 2006, the BACB® distributed revised requirements for supervision. Currently, applicants for board certification must have completed a defined number of hours practicing behavior analysis in an applied setting, and must have had a pre-determined percentage of those hours supervised by a board certified practitioner. This symposium describes the development of a supervision program for graduate students at a university in eastern Massachusetts, from its beginning semester to its conclusion near the end of a student’s graduate experience. The focus of the symposium will be on the content of the supervision experience; that is, the alignment of learning outcomes of each semester of a 4-semester experiential learning program with various levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy (1956). This taxonomy of learning behaviors has been described as the “goals of the educational process” (Bloom, 1956). A 4-semester, experiential learning program, including individual and group supervision, has been developed as a component for master-level study in behavior analysis so that each semester methodologically targets progressively higher levels of learning in each of the major content areas on the BACB® Task List. Development of syllabi, training of supervisors, implementation of methods, and evaluation of outcomes is reviewed. Descriptions and video-clips of sessions are presented to illustrate various components. |
| |
| Preparing for Examinations: A Comparison of Strategies for Studying and Corresponding Test Performance. |
| REBECCA FONTAINE (Needham Public Schools), Susan Ainsleigh (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
| Abstract: Students preparing for examinations use a variety of strategies to review information. Flashcards are often used to document and review key concepts taught. The use of flashcards requires an intraverbal response from the student upon seeing the front of the flashcard (Skinner, 1957). Elaboration is a basic memory technique that involves expanding upon a concept or topic. Elaboration has been associated with improved memory (Craik & Lockhart, 1972). This study examined the effects of study using flashcards and study requiring elaboration on both multiple choice test performance and essay test questions. Results showed that students who studied using flashcards alone demonstrated higher accuracy scores on multiple choice tests than on essay tests, and that elaboration techniques resulted in higher test scores on both test formats. |
| |
| Promoting Applied Stimulus Control Research: Supporting Graduate Student Research in Stimulus Class Formation. |
| TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
| Abstract: Graduate programs in behavioral analysis have an obligation to ensure that students are well-rounded and able to apply a variety of stimulus control protocols, across a variety of subject populations. In the present study, a graduate student was mentored to conduct a stimulus class research involving dogs as subjects. Initially, the graduate student had enrolled for and participated in coursework that resulted in a terminal Master's degree in Applied Behavior Analysis and prepared her to take the Behavior Analyst Certification exam. Two courses, Advanced Behavior Analysis and a Stimulus Equivalence research course provided the student with the baseline knowledge regarding class formation and equivalences. A final requirement was an applied research prospectus applying this knowledge. Through a systematic and formal mentoring system the graduate student was able to combine her profession (Dog Trainer) with behavior analysis. As a result, she was able to conduct an experiment investigating the formation of stimulus classes in an applied setting. The results are discussed in terms of how to support students of behavioral analysis to apply sophisticated stimulus control procedures in applied settings where they work or may have an interest. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Philosophical Issues Regarding Behavior Analytic Concepts |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| PDR 4 |
| Area: TPC |
| Chair: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
| |
| Why Operants Cannot be Individuals. |
| Domain: Theory |
| JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara) |
| |
| Abstract: Operants are conceived as individuals on the assumption that operants change. However, exactly what does it mean that operants “change”? No obvious answer presents itself. An individual can change in that at least one of its parts can change. A chameleon can change in that the color of its skin can change. This assertion implies that there is something, the chameleon, which persists in time, despite the change in skin color. Because skin color is accidental to the chameleon, there are not two different chameleons here, just one and the same chameleon with different skin colors at different moments. In the case of operants, all of their possible parts (whether responses, three-term contingencies, actions, response sequences, etc.) are events and events cannot change. Once an event has occurred, it cannot occur again differently. Successive events, of course, can have different properties, such as, for instance, different durations or magnitudes. However, what changes here are second-order properties (duration, magnitude), not the events themselves. Operants, then, do not change, for which they cannot be individuals. |
| |
| Sets and Individuals are not as Different as you Think. |
| Domain: Theory |
| JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara) |
| |
| Abstract: Contrary to conventional wisdom in the species- and operants-as-individuals theses, parthood, spatiotemporal restrictedness, and cohesiveness are not exclusive of individuals. Sets too can have parts, and be spatiotemporally restricted and internally cohesive. As shown by David Lewis in his Parts of classes (1991), proper subsets behave logically like parts. In contrast to members, proper subsets of another proper subset are themselves proper subsets, just as parts of another part are themselves parts. Also, a set can be divided exhaustively into proper subsets in many ways (up to 2n – 1 ways for finite sets of order n), just as a whole can be divided into parts in many ways. Spatiotemporal restrictedness can be achieved by having pairs of the form ((s, t), b) be members of subsets, where (s, t) is a point in spacetime and b is a behavioral event. For internal cohesiveness, one can invoke any empirically suitable causal relation as a proper-subset criterion. For example, a stimulus ((s1, t1), b1) and a response ((s2, t2), b2) could be said to be proper subsets of a larger subset thus {{((s1, t1), b1)}, {((s2, t2), b2)}}, based on the observation that the stimulus is sufficient for the response. |
| |
| Response Strength as a Behavior-Analytic Construct. |
| Domain: Theory |
| RAQUEL ALO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
| |
| Abstract: The goal of this review is to critically evaluate the concept of “response strength” as a behavior-analytic concept, more generally, and, more specifically, as used by Skinner in his book Verbal Behavior (1957) and by Nevin in his behavior momentum analysis. It is suggested that the concept of “response strength” qualifies as a hypothetical construct entailing “strength” as an epiphenomenal cause for behavior, based on Skinner’s (1957) use of it, and as an intervening variable that summarizes the relation between a set of independent and dependent empirical variables, based on Nevin’s analysis. The suitability of the use of the concept by these two authors is discussed from a behavior-analytical perspective, leading to the conclusion that Skinner’s use of “response strength” can be taken to imply a dualist explanation that is not consistent with the tenants of radical behaviorism. By contrast, the use of the same concept by Nevin promotes what many consider the two main goals of behavior analysis – namely, prediction and control of behavior. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Mentoring: It Takes a Behavioral Community to Shape a Good Behavior Analyst |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| PDR 3 |
| Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| CE Instructor: Karen R. Wagner, M.S. |
| Chair: Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc./University of Central Florida) |
| KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc./University of Central Florida) |
| CYDNEY JO YERUSHALMI (The Florida Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
| SHARON ESTILL OLDER (Adapt Behavior Services, Inc.) |
| MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
| Abstract: This is an 80-minute session that presents mentoring, and how it relates to clinical supervision, professional practice and professional development. The primary format is a collection of video interviews, with several behavior analysts from across the country. Portions of the presentation were initially presented in the Primary Authors Presidential Address at the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis in September, 2007. Interviewees include Murray Sidman, Nate Azrin, Tim Vollmer, Richard Foxx, Mark Koorland, Julie Vargas, Hank Pennypacker, Jack Michael, and others, as well as the secondary authors. Interviewees were asked: Who were your mentors when you started out?, Who were your mentors/peers as you became established in behavior analysis?, and What persons or projects are you most proud of in which you had a mentoring-type role? These themes are used to emphasize the importance of having mentors and clinical peers throughout ones career, why peer review is so important to practitioners and their consumers, as well as showing the interconnectedness of all behavior analysts and how we all must support and strengthen our least-proficient practitioners to strengthen our profession. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Recent Developments within the Relational Responding Paradigm: False Memories, Cognitive Biases and Rebound Effect |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Stevens 4 |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Miguel Rodriguez-Valverde (Universidad de Jaen, Spain) |
| Abstract: The present symposium addresses three topics that have been widely examined under the cognitive psychology standards. In an attempt to better isolate the conditions promoting such phenomena, the behavioral-analytic approach, and the methodology that derives it derives from , has guided the development and discussion of findings across papers. In the first study, the authors hypothesize on the relation between the type of assessment and the type of contents that might explain the emergence of false memories by utilizing the misinformation effect paradigm. The second paper addresses false memories as well, but focusing in the role of relational responding in their emergence. The authors show that participants are very likely to falsely recall words participating in an equivalence class with the words contained in a list previously learned. The third paper presents a new approach to processing biases by incorporating the relational learning methodology to the study of the emergence and maintenance of attentional biases. Finally, in the last paper, the authors show that words that participate in a relation of coordination with suppressed contents may appear quite frequently in a free-recall task. The symposium, thus, comprises new applications of the relational learning approach to the study of topics of key relevance in the clinical context. |
| |
| Analysis of the Misinformation Effect on False Memories. |
| FRANCISCO JOSE RUIZ-JIMENEZ (University of Almería, Spain), Rafael Moron (University of Almería, Spain), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almería, Spain), Sonsoles Valdivia-Salas (University of Almería, Spain) |
| Abstract: The effect of providing false information during the evaluation of past events was first shown by Garry, Loftus, and Brown (1994), and Loftus (1997). The authors utilized the term misinformation effect to refer to the incorporation of false information to the memories a particular person has of the event in such a way manipulated. This study presents an analysis of the conditions under which misinformation effect occurs, hypothesizing the relations that could give rise of the phenomenon. Nine adults volunteered to participate. Each was exposed to three videos (portions extracted from three different movies), consecutively, showing people interacting with each other. After seeing each video, participants were asked about the content as it follows: after the first video, participants were asked open questions. After the second video, participants were presented with questions including accurate information. After the third video, participants were presented with questions that included false information. The memories about the videos were assessed in four occasions: right after watching the video, the day after, three days later, and six days later. Results are discussed in terms of the interaction between the type of evaluation and the contents to be remembered. Finally, the clinical implications are presented. |
| |
| Derived Relational Intrusions Following Training. |
| PAUL GUINTHER (University of New Mexico), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
| Abstract: Contemporary behavior analytic research is making headway in characterizing memory phenomena that typically have been characterized by cognitive models. The current study extends this development by producing false memories through the training of equivalence classes. Participants were trained to acquire two equivalence classes consisting of everyday English words. Following training, participants were presented with a list of words from within one of the classes for a free recall test. Results showed that participants were more likely to falsely recall words participating in an equivalence class with the list words relative to words not participating in the class and relative to words that were concurrently paired with list words. The implications of these findings for broader issues in the false memory literature are discussed. |
| |
| Relational Responding in the Emergence and Maintenance of Cognitive Biases. |
| SONSOLES VALDIVIA-SALAS (University of Almería, Spain), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almería, Spain), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, State University of New York) |
| Abstract: The emergence and maintenance of processing biases across anxiety and mood disorders has been mainly studied and interpreted within cognitive paradigms. Depending on the underlying theory, a number of tasks have been developed in order to isolate the process that supposedly occurs during selective attention, or selective memory, or the like. The present study aims at analyzing processing biases from a behavioral-analytic viewpoint, incorporating the basic methodology utilized within the relational learning paradigm in order to better understand the occurrence of processing biases. The basic purpose was analyzing the extent to which neutral arbitrary stimuli in a frame of coordination with threat-related stimuli would produce interference effects similar to those produced by the threat-related stimuli as measured by the dot-probe attention task. Results are connected with the basic literature on derived responding, and interpreted in terms of the direct and derived history that potentiates and de-potentiates the salience of certain stimuli. |
| |
| Academic Self-Concept and Suppression of Self-Relevant Thoughts. |
| OLGA GUTIERREZ MARTINEZ (Universidad de Granada), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University Almería, Spain), Pablo Santos (Universidad de Granada) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was twofold. First, to compare the effect of suppression-based strategies (CONT condition) and defusion-based strategies (ACT condition) on managing negative academic self-relevant contents. Second, the study aimed to examine the paradoxical effects of thought suppression from the point of view of derived relational responding. Method included, first, participants were trained to form two, three-member equivalence classes (Class~1: A1, B1, C1; Class~2: A2, B2, C2). Then, they completed and received negative feedback on an analytical task from Class~1 (A1) that purportedly assessed academic success in college. Next, participants in the CONT condition were asked to suppress the negative feedback from the analytical task and their academic life in general while participants in the ACT condition were asked accepting the unwanted academic thoughts. Their ongoing academic-related thoughts were assessed pre-suppresion/defusion period and post-suppression/defusion period. Results and conclusions show that data revealed the rebound of negative academic contents following thought suppression efforts and that the suppression effect extends beyond directly suppressed task. Conceptual and clinical implications are discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Theoretical Issues in Verbal Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
| Stevens 5 |
| Area: VBC |
| Chair: Frank Hammonds (Troy University) |
| |
| In Short-Term Memory, Miller's Magical Number 7 Plus or Minus 2 is just 2. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| SRINIVASAN MAHADEVAN (University of Tennessee), John C. Malone (University of Tennessee) |
| |
| Abstract: Based on data from a new method for testing STM, we argue that the capacity limit is 2 items and not the 7 ± 2 item estimate derived from the conventional memory-span task. In the “memory condition,” participants were shown sequences of digits (one/sec) on a video screen, starting with two digits and progressing to a maximum of ten, according to success in recalling the set. A post-presentation tone indicated whether they should report the digits in the presentation order or in the reverse order. In a second, “reading condition,” the presentation of the digit sequence was followed by the simultaneous appearance of those same digits on the screen, accompanied by the tone, allowing the subjects to merely read off the series, from left to right or the reverse. Response latencies were approximately the same in both the memory and reading conditions, whether reporting the list as presented or in reverse order, when the list was only two digits. But latencies increased significantly with list length only for the “memory/report reverse order” subjects. With the “reading condition” as baseline, these results show that in the serial recall of digits, the magical number is only two. |
| |
| Competent or Incompetent? The Behavioralization of Competency. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| KEVIN JACKSON (State of Florida), Emily Dickens (MRDP/APD), Monica Watkins (MRDP/APD) |
| |
| Abstract: Under Florida law an individual with mental retardation or mental illness arrested for a crime may be found incompetent to proceed in the legal process. A defendant is incompetent to proceed if the defendant does not have sufficient present ability to consult with her/his lawyer with a reasonable degree of rational understanding or if the defendant has no rational, as well as factual, understanding of the proceedings against her/his. Typically, licensed psychologists or psychiatrists conduct competency evaluations for the courts which are largely based on the verbal responses of the defendant to interview questions. The interpretation and evaluation of these responses is subjective and it is not uncommon for different evaluators to offer differing opinions to the same or similar responses. Behaviorally, the distinction between rational and factual understanding can be objectively described in terms of hierarchical intraverbal relationships. Relational responding assessment and training protocols provide additional objective methods for evaluating competency. Conceptualizing competency in terms of objective behavioral relationships may lead to clearer, more effective and more efficient competency training and assessment procedures. |
| |
| Verbal Behavior and Learning without Awareness. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University) |
| |
| Abstract: This presentation will cover historical and recent research on verbal behavior as it relates to learning without awareness. I will discuss my ongoing research on the subject and how those findings may affect the debate. It is my belief that the discussion of “awareness” includes serious errors and that behavior analysts, using a discussion of verbal behavior, can correct these. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Choice Procedures in Behavioral Pharmacology |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 9:30 AM–10:50 AM |
| Inspiration Studio |
| Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University) |
| Discussant: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: In choice procedures, the relative allocation of behavior between response alternatives serves as a measure of preference. This measure offers several advantages over simple schedules of reinforcement for the study of drug reinforcers. Choice procedures have been useful for the study of the reinforcing efficacy of drugs and the conditions under which drug consumption is chosen relative to other concurrently available non-drug sources of reinforcement. This symposium will focus on the effect of genetic strain and morphine on impulsive choices, application of quantitative models of choice to alcohol self-administration, and post-reinforcer response patterns on concurrent schedules. |
| |
| Effects of Acute and Repeated Morphine on Delay Discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats. |
| NATALIE ROSE BRUNER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: High rates of delay discounting, the devaluing of a reinforcer as a result of its delay to presentation, has been suggested to underlie increased impulsive choice. Steeper delay-discounting functions have been observed in substance abusers relative to control subjects, suggesting a link between increased delay discounting and abuse of drugs, including opioids. The present study assessed effects of acute and repeated morphine on delay discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 rat strains, which have been shown to differ in baseline rates of delay discounting. Subjects chose between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets presented after an increasing delay. For all subjects, preference for the larger reinforcer decreased as the delay to its presentation increased. Mean indifference points at baseline indicated that Lewis rats had steeper discounting functions than Fischer 344 rats, which is consistent with previous literature. Following administration of acute morphine (1.0, 3.0, 5.6, 10.0 mg/kg, i.p.) mean indifference points and percent large reinforcer choice were dose-dependently decreased relative to saline for both groups. Effects of repeated morphine administration and subsequent withdrawal are discussed in terms of tolerance and effects of long-term drug exposure. |
| |
| Matching Law Analysis of Rats’ Alcohol Self-Administration in a Free-Operant Choice Procedure. |
| CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Research has shown that the generalized matching law adequately accounts for the allocation of drug-maintained behavior across two response alternatives. Previous studies applying matching-law analyses to alcohol-maintained choice behavior, however, have shown atypical findings, which likely were due to the procedures used (e.g., two-bottle choice procedure, volume consumed as dependent variable). In the present study, a free-operant choice procedure of concurrent variable-interval schedules of reinforcement was used. Across conditions, rates of alcohol deliveries on two response alternatives were varied to assess the adequacy of the matching law in accounting for alcohol-maintained choice behavior. Results show that the matching law adequately accounted for changes in the allocation of responding with changes in the relative rate of alcohol delivery. Therefore, the matching law may serve as a useful tool in the study of alcohol-related choice. |
| |
| Post-Reinforcer Response Patterning in Pigeons and Monkeys: Interaction between Response and Reinforcer Type. |
| MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (University of Michigan), Jonathan L. Katz (National Institute on Drug Abuse Intramural Research Program), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
| Abstract: Allocation of behavior across two response options has been extensively demonstrated to match the relative amount or frequency of reinforcement contingent on response options. Recently, it has been proposed that this observation may be due to a perseverance of the response that most recently produced a reinforcer. This observation has primarily been observed in pigeons key-pecking, a behavior that is known to be affected by both respondent and operant conditioning processes. In the current set of experiments, we examined post-reinforcer response patterns on concurrent random-interval schedules across a variety of conditions, with both pigeons and rhesus monkeys. We examined different reinforcers (intravenous drug, food, conditioned stimuli, aspartame-sweetened water), responses (key-peck, treadle-press, lever-press, spout-lick), and various schedule conditions, including rapidity of schedule change, changeover delay, and random-interval values. Results indicate that the presence of post-reinforcer bursts of responding is not necessary for matching. While matching was observed in all conditions, preference pulses were only observed with monkeys licking spouts for aspartame-sweetened water and in some monkeys responding for drug or aspartame-sweetened water. We did not observe preference pulses in some monkeys lever-pressing or in pigeons key-pecking or treadle-pressing for grain. This research was supported by USPHS/NIDA grants DA00254, DA015449, and DA007267. |
|
| |
| |
|
Blaming the Brain |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| CE Instructor: Elliot Valenstein, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| ELLIOT VALENSTEIN (University of Michigan) |
Dr. Elliot Valenstein is a professor emeritus of psychology and neuroscience at the University of Michigan. His theories challenge the conventional assumption that mental illness is biochemical, rejecting the simpleminded 'chemical imbalance' theories used by drug companies in marketing their products, contending people should be suspicious of such claims while suggesting the targets of the marketing are usually medicating themselves unnecessarily.
In his 1998 book, Blaming the Brain: The Truth about Drugs and Mental Health, Valenstein argues that while psychotropic drugs sometimes do work, they do not even begin to address the real cause of mental disorders, since in his view biochemical theories are an entirely "unproven hypothesis" used to excuse what he sees as often unconscionable marketing practices of the drug industry. Valenstein acknowledges a combination of medications and psychotherapy often offers the best chance of success at treating common disorders, but stresses no one knows exactly why.
Valenstein examines the various special interests behind the ascent in the latter half of the 20th century of purely biopsychiatric hypotheses, which appeal strongly to pharmaceutical companies. Their commercial motives are driven by the enormous, multi-billion dollar stakes involved in the intensely competitive marketing for such drugs as Prozac, Zyprexa, and Zoloft. Aggressive marketing, Valenstein contends, has dramatically changed practices in the mental health profession. He explores other aspects of the growing influence of drug companies, which sponsor research, lobby government officials, market directly to both consumers and primary care physicians (the primary prescribers of psychiatric drugs), and pressure psychiatric journals to downplay studies casting doubt on drug safety and efficacy.
In 2000, Valenstein presented "A Critique of Current Biochemical Theories of Mental Illness" as the keynote speaker at the Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) convention.
In his 1986 book Great and Desperate Cures: The Rise and Decline of Psychosurgery and Other Radical Treatments for Mental Illness, Valenstein explores the history of lobotomy’s heyday, in the 1940s and 1950s, while questioning the legitimacy of widespread use of such unproven medical treatments. The truth, says Valenstein, is that we are only at the dawn of an understanding of mental illness. "The factors that fostered (the operations’) development and made them flourish," explains Valenstein, "are still active today." |
| Abstract: It has been said that explaining the mental illness has changed from blaming the mother to blaming the brain. The latter refers to the wide acceptance of the theory that abnormal brain chemistry can explain mental illness. The talk will include a look at the biochemical theories of mental illness by reviewing some of the historical roots, examine the logic and empirical evidence used to support these theories, and discuss why these theories are so popular. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Understanding Well-Being in Zoos and Aquariums: Applied Research in Action |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
| 4A |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Otto C. Fad (Busch Gardens) |
| Discussant: Otto C. Fad (Busch Gardens) |
| Abstract: Over the past several decades, zoos and aquariums have become increasingly concerned with the welfare of their captive species. This has been especially true for various primate and marine mammals in captivity, and great lengths have been taken through numerous environmental and behavioral strategies to increase their well-being. The use of “naturalistic” enclosures, introduction of objects that can be consumed and/or manipulated, changes in the type and ways food is presented, and the use of operant conditioning and other training procedures are just a few examples of the attempts aimed at increasing the well-being of captive animals. This focus on using environmental and behavioral procedures to increase welfare has also produced a need to quantify their effects. Through research, zoos and aquariums have found concrete ways of measuring changes in the welfare of their captive animals. The following three talks will examine several research projects aimed at documenting the welfare improvements of primates and marine mammals in zoos and aquariums. |
| |
| Life History Insights Obtained from Captive Cateceans. |
| STEVEN T. CLARK (Sea World) |
| Abstract: SeaWorld has had the opportunity to collect data on various aspects of killer whale (Orcinus orca), false killer whale (Pseudorca
Crassidens), and beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) life histories.
Nursing behavior studies on killer whale and false killer whale calves has revealed a number of patterns. Nursing amounts dramatically drop soon after birth and nursing patterns are not gender specific. Other studies have used “Whale watch” internships from local college students to provide invaluable data on the ontogenetic shifts in killer whale cow/calf spatial relationships. Preliminary results suggested calves shift their body position preference in relation to the cow as they aged and began to engage in behaviors suggestive of growing independence. Animals were also trained to allow milk collection for subsequent analyses in attempt to elucidate how milk quality shifts may influence calf nursing. Trained adult and calf cetaceans also provided morphometric and growth data, the benefits obvious not only from scientific, but husbandry aspects as well. Newer studies have begun investigating rotational preferences or tendencies and general activity budgets in these animals.
While the artifacts of captivity cannot be completely discounted, the benefit of captive studies lies in the relative ease, when compared to the wild, of behavioral observations and can contribute a conceptual baseline for wild studies to construct and test assumptions. |
| |
| Enhancing the Psychological Well-Being of Captive Orangutans using Computer-Based Cognitive Tasks. |
| SUZANNE MACDONALD (York University), Heidi Marsh (York University and The Toronto Zoo) |
| Abstract: The primate order contains over 180 species, each with unique physical, social and behavioral characteristics. Ensuring the psychological well-being of nonhuman primates in zoo environments is thus a particularly interesting challenge. In this talk, I will describe work we have done with orangutans, a semi-solitary Great Ape, to provide behavioral enrichment as well as to understand and explore their highly complex cognitive abilities. For the past several years, we have been training the animals on a variety of cognitive tasks displayed on touch-screen computers. Results from studies of abstract concept discrimination, as well as spatial cognition, will be discussed, and will include comparative data from human participants. |
| |
| Foraging and Walruses: An Examination of Functional Enrichment at the Indianapolis Zoo. |
| EDUARDO J. FERNANDEZ (Indiana University), William D. Timberlake (Indiana University) |
| Abstract: Walruses display a number of stereotypic and destructive activities in captivity. Many of these behaviors appear directly related to foraging activities, and can include flipper sucking, vibrissae/tusk contact against various parts of the enclosure, suction/ingestion of various non-edible objects, and repetitive swimming circles. In the wild, walruses spend a considerable amount of their time foraging across the ocean floor for mollusks and other food items, so their attempts to engage in these repetitive and abnormal behaviors appears to adhere to their typical foraging requirements. Two experiments examined feeding devices that allowed three captive walruses to forage within their enclosure. In Experiment 1, two 3.5’ x 5’ mats with inserted fish and clams were examined. In Experiment 2, two 20” plastic balls with several 1 3/8” holes were tested with food as well. In both experiments, decreases in stereotypic activity and increases in foraging device contact and non-patterned swimming were observed. Implications for the future of captive walruses, as well as the use of foraging devices with captive animals in general, will be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Tutorial: Funding Behavioral Research |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
| International North |
| Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: W. Kent Anger, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
| Presenting Authors: : W. KENT ANGER (Oregon Health & Science University), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH) |
| Abstract: This invited tutorial will present useful information regarding funding for behavioral research. Dr. Oliver Wirth, a Researcher at National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), will discuss the current atmosphere at NIOSH regarding funding behavioral safety research. He will provide strategies and tactics for increasing successfully funded grant applications. Dr. Kent Anger, a Senior Scientist and Associate Director from Oregon Health and Science University, will share his successful experiences with obtaining federal extramural funding. He will demystify the process of submitting a successfully funded grant from the identification of a fundable line of research to interpretation of the application review. This will be a unique experience to hear perspectives from both sides of the grant application process. |
| |
| W. KENT ANGER (Oregon Health & Science University), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH) |
Dr. W. Kent Anger is an experimental psychologist who worked at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) in Cincinnati and joined the Center for Research on Occupational and Environmental Toxicology (CROET) at Oregon Health & Science University in 1989 where he is a Senior Scientist and Associate Director and has been continuously funded by federal grants for the last 16 years. He is responsible for CROET’s outreach program while maintaining an active, funded research program. Dr. Anger specializes in identifying nervous system effects of chemical exposure and computer-based training to prevent accidents and hazards leading to disease or dysfunction in the workplace. He has authored over 75 publications and served in an advisory role for the World Health Organization, National Research Council, and National Institutes of Health, among other organizations. Present grant support from NIOSH and NIEHS is focused on effectiveness of computer-based training in managers and blue collar workers and assessing effects of pesticide exposures on the nervous system in agricultural workers. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Implicit Relational Testing: Developing Functional Behavioral Tools for the Implicit Identification of Verbal and Social History |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
| Metra |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Steven Robert Gannon (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
| CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The current series of papers outline a functional-analytic research program into the development of a method of behavioral implicit testing that can rival the ubiquitous Implicit Association Test. The first paper in the series outlines the Implicit Association Test and suggests avenues of research for understanding the core processes of the test in behavioral terms. The second paper describes a laboratory experiment designed to examine the utility of a behavioral Implicit Relations Test in identifying a laboratory-created history of arbitrary stimulus associations. The third paper reports on an application of the Implicit Relations Test to identify differences in the verbal categorization of adult, child, sexual and nonsexual stimuli across a sample of normal adult men and women. Finally, the fourth paper analyzes the stability of verbal categorization responses across multiple exposures to an Implicit Association Test and an Implicit Relations Test using a common stimulus set. |
| |
| Implicit Relational Tests: Deconstruction and Reconstruction of the Implicit Association Test (IAT) Based on Derived Relational Responding. |
| MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (University of Tesside) |
| Abstract: The social-cognitive literature has generated an expanding catalog of implicit tests to measure unconscious attitudes, bias, preference and other mental states assumed to predispose an individual to generate specific response patterns under testing conditions. The Implicit Association Test (IAT) is one widely used tool which we have deconstructed and reconstructed using a derived stimulus relations model to reveal a) underlying behavioral processes and b) a behavioral history that is sufficient to reproduce these response patterns using nonsense symbols. In so doing, we have replaced the IAT’s complex and obscure measurement strategy using statistically derived latency measures with transparent accuracy scores. We suggest that the IAT is better understood as an Implicit Relational Test that measures a subject’s fluency with relevant verbal categories. We demonstrate this experimentally using a variant Yes/No evaluation procedure that measures the relative strength of verbal relations that may be experimentally created or culturally driven. |
| |
| Building an Implicit Relational Test: A Rule-Based Matching Test for the Identification of Socially-Established Verbal Relations. |
| AMANDA GAVIN (University of Tesside), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
| Abstract: Using a respondent conditioning procedure, sexual and aversive photographic images were associated with abstract blue and red shapes, respectively. Subjects were then exposed to a yes/no matching test procedure under each of two rule conditions. A congruous rule instructed subjects to match blue comparison stimuli to sexual sample stimuli and to match red comparison stimuli to aversive sample stimuli. An incongruous rule instructed matching based on the reverse of these relations. Each rule applied for an entire block of testing, which in turn consisted of repeated presentations of pairs of photographic images and colored shapes. Subjects responded by pressing a “Yes” or “No” button on-screen in response to the stimulus pairs under the relevant rule. Subjects produced significantly more correct responses under the congruous rule than under the incongruous rule. These findings provide the basis for the development of a powerful implicit behavioral test for socially-established verbal relations. |
| |
| An Improved Implicit Relational Test for Measuring Socially Sensitive Verbal Relations Regarding Children and Sexuality. |
| AMANDA GAVIN (University of Tesside), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
| Abstract: Subjects were exposed to a yes/no matching test procedure under each of two rule conditions. A congruous rule instructed subjects to match sexual verbal stimuli to adult-related verbal stimuli and nonsexual verbal stimuli to child-related verbal stimuli. An incongruous rule instructed matching based on the reverse of these relations. Each rule applied for an entire block of testing, which in turn consisted of repeated presentations of pairs of sexual or nonsexual verbal stimuli and child or adult-related verbal stimuli. Subjects responded to the on-screen stimulus pairs by pressing one of two colored keys on a computer keyboard that functioned as “Yes” and “No” response keys. Male and female subjects differed considerably in their performances under the two rules. The results suggest that the current test procedure is capable of identifying and assessing verbal relations established in the social histories of individuals. |
| |
| How Reliable are Implicit Tests? Analyzing the Stability of Verbal Categorization Responses across Multiple Exposures to an Implicit Association Test and an Implicit Relations Test. |
| MELISSA BERNARDO (Rollins College), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College), Jordan Rice (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (University of Tesside) |
| Abstract: The Implicit Association Test is a promising new tool for the assessment of the strength of verbal repertoire and verbal categorization responses in a whole host of experimental and applied contexts. However, the Implicit association test employs a complex scoring procedure and utilizes stimulus presentation and feedback techniques that both obscure the behavioral processes of interest and which also likely have measurable effects on the stability of response patterns across test trials and across test exposures. In contrast the stimulus control employed in a behavioral Implicit Relations Test is transparent at the level of stimulus presentations and data analysis. The current study was designed to examine differences in performances across an IAT and an IRT and to assess the reliability of both tests across multiple exposures to each test using a common set of stimuli. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - It's Everyone's Business: Behavioral Interventions to Reduce Domestic Electricity Consumption |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
| PDR 1 |
| Area: CSE |
| Chair: Patricia Watson (University of Ulster) |
| |
| Combining Feedback and Goal-Setting Interventions to Reduce Domestic Electricity Consumption. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| PATRICIA WATSON (University of Ulster), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
| |
| Abstract: Human behavior has an important impact on climate change; therefore, scientists have a social obligation to help modify environmentally damaging behaviors, if possible. A field study was undertaken to compare the effects of three behavioral interventions designed to reduce residential electricity consumption in 45 Northern Irish households. Pay-as-you-go electricity metering systems provided feedback to participants. This feedback intervention was compared with a second goal-setting intervention, and with a third condition involving the combination of feedback with goal-setting. The problem of behavioral maintenance raised by previous studies, will be discussed, with emphasis on how this problem was addressed by careful intervention design. Interventions were provided in partnership with a local utility service (Northern Ireland Electricity) and a charitable organisation (the Energy Saving Trust), leading to low cost interventions with the potential to continue indefinitely. Further data are to be collected, and the results will be discussed in terms of the value added by combining interventions and utilising local resources to achieve the biggest energy savings possible. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypic Behavior in Individuals with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| International South |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
| Discussant: Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
| CE Instructor: Hannah Hoch, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Stereotypic behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement displayed by individuals with autism continues to present challenges to clinicians. Assessment procedures have focused on identifying conditions under which the behavior is more and less likely to occur, as well as stimuli that compete with the occurrence of the behavior. Treatment options have focused on the fixed time delivery of competing reinforcers (i.e., NCR), differential reinforcement of competing responses, response interruption, redirection of the target behavior, and the use of negative punishment (e.g., timeout or response cost). In this symposium, 3 studies will be presented describing treatment strategies used in the treatment of stereotypic behavior in individuals with autism. Treatment procedures will include the use of noncontingent access to matched sensory stimuli, differential reinforcement of alternate competing responses, response interruption and redirection, response cost, or some combination thereof. Findings will be discussed in terms of the applications of interventions for individuals with autism. |
| |
| Antecedent Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypic Motor Movements Correlated with Visual Stimuli in a Young Boy with Autism. |
| HANNAH HOCH (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Grace Cheon (Alpine Learning Group) |
| Abstract: This study examined procedures for the assessment and treatment of stereotypic motor movements of a four-year-old boy with autism. Stereotypic motor movements included hyperextension of arms, and tensing and clenching of muscles in his arms, hands, and face. Anecdotal observations indicated that the behavior occurred more often in the presence of specific visual stimuli (e.g., toys and activities with animation, computer graphics, and digital displays). An antecedent analysis using a multielement design was conducted to identify activities that were correlated with higher rates of stereotypic motor movements, and activities which were not. Results of the antecedent analyses confirmed that specific activities evoked higher levels of stereotypic motor movements. A reversal design was used to examine the effects of a response cost procedure to reduce stereotypic motor movements in the presence of the identified stimuli. Results are discussed in terms of assessment and treatment of stereotypic motor movements correlated with specific stimuli. |
| |
| The Effects of Tact Training and Response Interruption/Redirection on Appropriate and Undesirable Vocalizations. |
| CANDICE COLON (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (The New England Center for Children), Jessica Masalsky (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: Though several studies have identified effective verbal operant training procedures, few have studied the effects of verbal operant training on vocal stereotypy (VS). The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of tact training on VS and appropriate speech in children with ASDs in the context of an incidental learning environment. A functional analysis was conducted and the results ruled out socially-mediated consequences for VS. An ABCBC design was used to evaluate the effects of tact training and a response interruption and redirection procedure (RIRD; Ahearn et al., 2007). Following assessment, tact training sessions were conducted using two preferred stimuli and two contextually relevant stimuli. Tact training increased tacting in the incidental learning environment and novel tacts emerged. VS was also lower for some participants following tact training. The implementation of the RIRD procedure was conducted in an effort to further decrease levels of VS. Results indicated that the introduction of the RIRD procedure further decreased levels of VS while levels of appropriate language acquired through tact training were maintained for both participants. Manding also emerged consistently with some participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected for both VS and appropriate language and mean agreement exceeded 90%. |
| |
| Using an NCR Schedule and Response Interruption to Decrease Stereotypic Behavior in an Adult with Autism. |
| FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs) |
| Abstract: Automatically reinforced, stereotypic behaviors are frequently observed in individuals with a diagnosis of autism. Because they are self reinforcing, these behaviors are often difficult to treat. The current study investigated the effects of noncontingent reinforcement using matched sensory stimuli on a fixed-time schedule and response interruption of stereotypic behavior, both in isolation and in combination, on the rates of stereotypic behavior. An adult individual with a diagnosis of autism served as the participant. The study was conducted in the participant’s day treatment program within 10-minute treatment sessions. A single subject reversal design, consisting of eight phases; was used. Rate of appropriate object engagement was collected as well as rate of stereotypic behavior. Functional analysis data were initially collected in order to confirm that the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Results showed a decrease in stereotypic behavior from baseline within the response interruption and combined treatment phases, however, decreased responding was not achieved when NCR was implemented in isolation. Substantial increases in appropriate object engagement were not obtained in any treatment phase. Results will be discussed in terms of their implications for the individual and the field at large. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Social Communication and Social Cognition in the Developing Child with Autism: Observations and Interventions |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Continental A |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Christopher Jones (University of Puget Sound) |
| Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
| CE Instructor: Christopher Jones, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Social communication and social cognition consists of a multitude of skills and behaviors that are radically affected by the triad of deficits characteristically seen in children with autism. Although early, pervasive deficits in social communication and cognition skills are considered hallmark features of autism, less is known about how these deficits manifest themselves in children who have participated in and benefited from effective intervention. This data-based symposium will take an empirical look at social communication and social cognition in children with autism. In Dr. Jones presentation, he discusses how his systematic observations of naturally occurring family interactions revealed joint attention deficits not previously measured in 20 high functioning children with autism who received previous intensive intervention. Dr. Leon-Guerrero will follow with her examination of the effectiveness of a Skillstreaming Early Childhood curriculum in friendship groups on facilitating the development of developmentally appropriate social skills in four preschool children with autism. Penny Williams completes the presentations with her examination of teaching a middle school student with autism to self monitor appropriate on task behavior and appropriate behavior during work tasks. Taken together, these presentations form a compelling example of how much we have yet to discover about the social communication and social cognitive deficits of children with autism and how to remediate them. |
| |
| Why "Look at that!” Does Not Always Work as a Measure of Joint Attention for Children with Autism. |
| CHRISTOPHER JONES (University of Puget Sound), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
| Abstract: Social communication in children consists of a diverse set of behaviors and skills that are radically affected by the triad of deficits characteristically seen in autism. Although early, pervasive deficits in social communication skills are considered hallmark features, less is known about how these deficits manifest themselves in children with autism who have participated in and benefited from effective early intervention. In this systematic observation, we examined the social communicative interactions between 20 children with autism and their families. We found that children with autism initiated fewer bids for interactions, commented less often, continued ongoing interactions through fewer conversational turns, and responded less often to family member bids for communication. Results are interpreted with respect to how these communication patterns may be indicative of joint attention deficits not previously examined in older, high functioning children with autism. Strategies for social communication interventions within the family and other natural contexts are discussed and implications for future research are provided. |
| |
| “Friendship Group”: A Classroom Approach to Teaching Social Skills to Young Children with Autism. |
| RINAMARIE S. LEON-GUERRERO (University of Washington) |
| Abstract: Social skills are critical skills for young children with autism to develop as they enter school, form friendships and function in the social world. These critical skills are also very difficult skills to learn. Specifically, the complexity of seemingly simple skills and the rules of social interactions present many challenges for young children with autism. In order to target social skills for instruction, this study explored the use of the commercially available Skillstreaming Early Childhood curriculum for teaching social skills. In this study, four preschoolers with autism received explicit instruction on the social skills of greeting and sharing. Each preschooler received instruction in the context of small groups called “friendship groups.” Friendship groups took place in the preschool classroom and included two typically developing peers. The steps of instruction were presentation of the skill using a visual, teacher model with puppets, and the student role play with teacher feedback. Data were collected on demonstration of the skill in friendship group and choice time. Findings of this study strongly suggest that children with autism could acquire critical social skills in the context of their classrooms when explicit instruction and visuals were utilized. |
| |
| ASD and Self Management of Executive Function Skills. |
| PENNY LYNN WILLIAMS (University of Washington) |
| Abstract: Executive function deficits are reported in many children with ASD. Such deficits contribute to difficulties in maintaining attention, shifting attention, and increasing a variety of independent skills. Many students with ASD, from preschool through high school, are supported by para-educators. These para-educators often function as the executive manager for the student, thereby increasing prompt dependency and overlooking the need to target pivotal self management skills. In this study a middle school student with ASD was taught to self manage appropriate behaviors during work tasks (e.g. safe hands, calm body, etc.) as well as self manage work engagement. Inappropriate behaviors decreased from an average of 85 incidents during a typical 6-hour school day to less than one per week. Independent work engagement increased from a baseline of 40 minutes and 20+ adult prompts to complete 2 pages of simple maintenance tasks (e.g. simple addition, subtraction, etc.) to less than 7 minutes and 1 or fewer adult prompts to complete the same amount of work. Strategies for teaching and maintaining self-management skills are discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Fighting to Survive in a School for Children with Autism: A Data Presentation of Effective Tactics to Teach Students with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Continental B |
| Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jennifer G. Camblin (The Faison School for Autism) |
| CE Instructor: Jennifer G. Camblin, M.Ed. |
| Abstract: The Faison School is a publicly funded private school located in Richmond, Virginia and affiliated with Virginia Commonwealth University. The school provides educational services to students ranging in age from 2 to 22 years. The school employs CABAS components including the learn unit, TPRA, data decision protocol, and tactics to increase verbal behavior levels, academic literacy, and expanded communities of reinforcers. In the total school program, behavior analytic strategies are applied to all aspects of the school including student curriculum, teacher training, and assessments. The following presentations show data resulting from the implementation of tactics to: (1) develop curriculum to increase language; (2) to increase academic, social, and play skills;(3) to increase self-management and independence within the community; and (4) to develop and implement interventions to increase the habilitation of all students. |
| |
| Call in the Reinforcements! Effective Tactics to Increase the Verbal Behavior in Students. |
| KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism) |
| Abstract: Data will be presented on the implementation of several CABAS components including speaker immersion, echoic to tact/mand, and basic listener literacy for students attending The Faison School. |
| |
| In the Trenches: Effective Tactics to Teach Academic, Social, Play, and Daily Living Skills. |
| ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison School for Autism), Beth Braddock (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
| Abstract: Data on tactics to teach academic literacy, social skill imitation, conditioning reinforcement to increase appropriate skills, and daily living skills to increase independence will be presented. |
| |
| Winning the Hearts and Minds: Effective Adaptations for Community Based Instruction. |
| DANIEL J. IRWIN (Virginia Commonwealth University Autism Center), Adam S. Warman (The Faison School for Autism) |
| Abstract: As students with autism transition into young adulthood, there is an increased effort to teach skills that address recreational, social, continued education, and supported employment goals in the community setting |
| |
| Fire in the Hole! Effective Assessment and Behavior Intervention Planning. |
| ANNA M. YOUNG ZALESKA (The Faison School for Autism), Jennifer G. Camblin (The Faison School for Autism) |
| Abstract: Quality programs spend most of their time trying to increase the skills of their students, but many students exhibit at least a few behaviors that are targeted for decrease. Having a variety of tactics that can teach appropriate skills while also decreasing the targeted interfering behaviors are demonstrated in this presentation. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Innovative Approaches that Address Challenging Behavior in Individuals with Disabilities |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Stevens 3 |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: James T. Ellis (Melmark New England) |
| Discussant: Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England) |
| CE Instructor: Frank L. Bird, M.Ed. |
| Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis has long prided itself in its generation of effective treatment approaches which are conceptually systematic and socially valid. This symposium highlights several interventions designed to promote the least restrictive educational setting while addressing serious, challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals with disabilities. The findings will be discussed with regards to balancing the dignity of the individual with the safety of students and staff. |
| |
| Systematic Fading of Protective Equipment for Self-Injurious Behavior. |
| SILVA ORCHANIAN (Melmark New England), John Demanche (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: Behavior analysts are often faced with serving students who exhibit severe and dangerous self-injurious and aggressive behavior in educational settings. Although not ideal, the use of protective equipment worn by students is sometimes warranted in order to ensure safety. The difficulty lies in balancing the safety of the individual while promoting a least restrictive quality of life. As such, a systematic fading process for the use of protective equipment is an approach to achieving this balance. This presentation will focus on the fading of full protective headgear with a teenager whose self-injury resulted in major tissue damage. Data over the course of one year will be presented and the importance of collaboration with disciplines outside of behavior analysis will be highlighted. |
| |
| Utilizing a Self-Management Treatment Package to Decrease Stereotypic Behavior in a Student with PDD. |
| TIFFANEY M. ESPOSITO (Melmark New England), Stephanie Falcone (Melmark New England), Jessica Rocco (Melmark New England), Sarah Gowen (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: The present study is a replication of previous research (Koegel & Koegel, 1990) that investigated the utility of a self-management package to decrease stereotypic behavior in students with autism. Self-management packages may be a useful tool in an applied setting to ensure behavioral interventions are maintained in the absence of a treatment provider. The accuracy of self-monitoring skills and the effects of a self-management package on the stereotypic hand-flapping behavior displayed by an 18-year-old girl diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder were investigated. The results were assessed utilizing a multiple baseline design across three settings; vocational work, residential home, and community. The results showed high accuracy with self-monitoring and a decrease in hand-flapping behavior during self-monitoring sessions across all three settings. The results will be discussed in regards to the potential advantages of self-management packages that target the reduction of maladaptive behaviors in an applied setting. |
| |
| Systematic Fading of Protective Equipment Worn by Staff. |
| SILVA ORCHANIAN (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: In clinical settings where services are provided to individuals with challenging aggressive behaviors, ensuring the safety of others is a high priority. Serving individuals who present with such severe behaviors may result in the use of protective equipment worn by staff. While protective equipment may, at times, be necessary, facilitating a systematic fading process for this equipment is the goal. The purpose of this presentation is to share findings from two clinical case examples in which fading of protective equipment was achieved. The first participant was a 17-year-old female who engaged in serious aggression which consisted of biting others to such a degree that scarring resulted. Staff members were required to wear protective arm pads, which were systematically faded over 19 months. In addition, the frequency of aggressive biting reduced to near zero levels in the absence of any protective equipment. A second case example involves a 17-year-old man who engaged in aggressive biting and hair pulling. Staff members were required to wear protective equipment (e.g., hats) in order to address hair pulling. Over the course of one year, protective equipment was successfully faded and aggressive behavior decreased. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Empirical Investigations of Precision Teaching with Students and Adults with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Continental C |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Donna L. Sloan (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
| Discussant: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University) |
| CE Instructor: Marlene Cohen, Ed.D. |
| Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis, much focus is placed on the intense training needs of young children with autism. Many educators believe that adolescents and adults with autism are less likely to make significant strides than their younger counterparts. Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures is one method that holds promise as an efficient and effective means of instruction for younger and older learners. These papers represent pilot research that examines the effects of frequency building. This research also compares the effects of various procedural aspects of frequency-building procedures as well as begins to investigate the comparative effectiveness to other ABA techniques. |
| |
| The Effects of Precision Teaching with Frequency Building of Fine Motor Skills on the Performance of Functional Life Skills in Adolescents and Adults with Autism. |
| MARLENE COHEN (Rutgers University), Donna L. Sloan (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers University) |
| Abstract: This paper will evaluate the effects of Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures on the functional use of fine motor skills in adolescents and adults with autism during activities of daily living. Further, this research explores whether instruction of component motor skills should end when minimum frequency aims are initially achieved, or if continuing instruction of component skills to higher frequencies of performance will yield greater, positive effects on performance of functional composite skills. Preliminary data will examine the impact of reaching higher frequencies on the stability of composite skill performance. |
| |
| The Effects of Precision Teaching with Frequency Building of Language Component Skills on the Performance of Language Composite Skills in Adolescents and Adults with Autism. |
| MARY SENS-AZARA AZARA (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Marlene Cohen (Rutgers University), Donna L. Sloan (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
| Abstract: Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures is one method that holds promise as an efficient and effective means of instruction for older learners. The current research is proposed as an attempt to extend previous clinical demonstrations of the profound impact of Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures on the functional use of fine motor skills into the realm of language skill acquisition. Pilot research in this area has indicated results similar to those of previous fine motor skill studies when implementing frequency building of verbal language components. Preliminary results indicate the application to new, untaught skills and a cumulative effect of more rapid acquisition of related language skills. Using a multiple baseline design, this research continues to explore whether instruction of component motor skills should end when minimum frequency aims are initially achieved, or if continuing instruction of component skills to higher frequencies of performance will yield increased, positive effects on performance of language composite skills. The proposed research will examine the cumulative effect of frequency building of three component skills on performance of a single composite skill. |
| |
| Evaluating Maintenance in Skills Trained with and without Rate Building. |
| MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University) |
| Abstract: Retention is a frequently cited result of training skills to fluency. There is some evidence that skills taught with rate-building maintain well. In this paper, we will present additional data from retention checks on skills trained to fluency, through six month retention checks. The set of data includes skills taught to a variety of learners and across a variety of learning channels, and measures include rate, duration, and latency. However, it is not clear whether this maintenance results from rate-building or from practice itself. In other words, it may be the case that maintenance of skills trained to fluency is similar to the maintenance of skills taught via other intensive behavior analytic teaching strategies. We will also present some preliminary data on the maintenance of skills taught without rate-building. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Literacy, Anxiety, and Video Modeling: Innovations in Behavior Analysis for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Stevens 4 |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
| Discussant: Scott C. Cross (Lovaas Institute) |
| CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Traditionally, behavior analysts treat children with autism in more individualized, home-based settings using discrete trial methods. Only when these children with autism have learned all the prerequisite skills will traditional behavior analysts treat them in more group, school-based settings and then, usually with shadowing or structured adult-led interventions. The presenters in this symposium are treating children with autism in group, school-based settings using behavioral interventions. They are using techniques that are more innovative, such as video modeling and writing activities. Additionally, they are dealing with a variety of task domains: adaptive, such as self-help skills; academic, such as literacy; and emotional, such as dealing with anxiety. Each of the presenters in this symposium works with children with autism in real-life less-than-ideal conditions and indirectly by working with teachers and aids who are not specifically trained in behavioral methodology, yet have demonstrated positive outcomes for the children with autism who are being served. |
| |
| A Comparison of Self, Other, and Subjective Video Models for Teaching Individuals with Autism. |
| TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Leslie Zurita (Drauden Point Middle School, Plainfield Consolidated School District), Kristin Grider (Northern Illinois University), Katie Grider (Northern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Video technology is rapidly emerging as an effective medium for teaching various skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. One of the variables associated with video modeling that is in need of further study involves the type of model that is depicted in the video sequences. Some researchers have used self models (Buggey, 2005), peer models (Haring, et al., 1987), adult models (Alcantara, 1994), first person or “subjective viewpoint” (Schreibman, Whalen, & Stahmer, 2000), or a combination of models (Van Laarhoven & Van Laarhoven-Myers, 2005). The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of self, other, and subjective video models for teaching daily living skills to three individuals with autism or developmental disabilities. Participants were taught three different skills; each with a different type of video model and the effects of the instructional conditions were evaluated and compared using an adapted alternating treatments design. Results indicated very little difference among the types of models in terms of their effects on independent correct responding, but did result in significant differences in relation to time needed to create the stimulus materials, with creation of self-modeling materials requiring almost twice as much time as the other- and subjective-modeling materials. Instructional implications will be discussed. |
| |
| Increasing Academic Participation, Reducing Classroom Anxiety: Applying ABA with Students with Asperger’s Syndrome in Public Schools. |
| ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services), Molly Griffin (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Many children with a diagnosis of Asperger’s syndrome demonstrate behavioral and emotional responses to academic challenges and non-preferred social conditions at school. The academic content areas where abstraction and conceptual complexity are greatest may result in students with Asperger’s demonstrating behavior that is often described as evidence of an anxiety or emotional reactions to these tasks. The current study describes the use of behavior analytic descriptions of the problem and behavioral interventions to address identified skill deficits. These descriptions and objective baseline data were used to establish teaching procedures designed to develop adaptive responses to academic and social challenges. The interventions were implemented by public school personnel with periodic consultation support from a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). The data demonstrate a rapid reduction in “emotional” behavior, and dramatic increases in academic participation and acquisition of targeted academic and social content. The results are discussed both in terms of procedures implemented and effect on target behaviors as well as the process the team used to ensure effective staff training and reliable implementation across classroom teachers and school settings. Finally, parent satisfaction and home generalization issues will be reviewed. |
| |
| Literacy in Children with Autism: Strategies That Facilitate Rather Than Sabotage Comprehension. |
| LORI STUART (Behavioral Consultation & Psychological Services) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism have been taught to read and write using traditional methods that are used with typical children. Although these children with autism do learn to read and write, they do so without comprehension. Children diagnosed with autism lack the inter-verbal communication skills of typical children. In the early stages of teaching typical children to read, strategies such as looking at pictures, copying words and sentences, and reading out loud facilitate comprehension. However, this teaches children with autism form without function, similar to echolalia. Therefore, unfortunately, when children diagnosed with autism are taught in this way, they fail to comprehend what they are reading and writing. This presenter will demonstrate strategies, such as receptive instruction reading, word association, filling-in blanks, writing mands, writing notes, and translating sentences, that increase comprehension and decrease obstacles to learning that have sabotaged the ability to comprehend in many children with autism. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Optimizing Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Boulevard A |
| Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Ralph L. Olson (Pathways Community Mental Health) |
| CE Instructor: Ralph L. Olson, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium describes a rural, four-county, community mental health authoritys efforts to expand and upgrade its applied behavior analysis services in the context of clinical, administrative, financial, and geographic challenges. The agencys baseline situation is discussed with respect to each of these issues. Key data-based indicators related to clinical practice, staff training costs, and general and consumer-specific levels of physical intervention use are presented. The goals, structure, and various benefits of a significant reorganization resulting in a team-based agency solution are presented. Several major challenges and their unique solutions at the system and clinical practice level are discussed in detail. The objective achievements of the new model are compared to baseline indicators, several additional practical lessons and continuing challenges are highlighted, and future directions are discussed. The overall agency experience offers a model for organizing and delivering more efficient and effective applied behavior analysis services that is supported by some outcome data, while also identifying persistent issues and the need for continued development. |
| |
| There’s Got to Be a Better Way: One Agency’s Self-Assessment of Applied Behavior Analysis Services. |
| RALPH L. OLSON (Pathways Community Mental Health), Louis A. Bersine (Pathways Community Mental Health), Jeffrey C. Brittain (Pathways Community Mental Health), Denise Clark (Pathways Community Mental Health), Laurel R. Kniskern (Pathways Community Mental Health) |
| Abstract: In the authors’ experience, many public mental health agencies are organized to include to varying extents, but not fully realize the benefits of applied behavior analysis services. Rural settings create unique challenges posed by geography and limited staffing, compounding typical public-sector problems related to finances and administrative complexities. Pathways Community Mental Health’s baseline situation relative to clinical and administrative indicators is outlined. The agency’s uncommonly large service area and traditional community mental health center approach to applied behavioral services created multiple challenges which are discussed in detail. Particular attention is devoted to key administrative and clinical practice data which is referenced in subsequent presentations. This presentation, in our experience and opinion, summarizes common dilemmas associated with providing applied behavior analysis services within rural public mental health agencies. |
| |
| Pathways’ Behavioral Psychology Services: Conceptual Foundations and Practical Implementation. |
| LOUIS A. BERSINE (Pathways Community Mental Health), Ralph L. Olson (Pathways Community Mental Health), Jeffrey C. Brittain (Pathways Community Mental Health), Denise Clark (Pathways Community Mental Health), Laurel R. Kniskern (Pathways Community Mental Health) |
| Abstract: Based on an evaluation of the agency situation depicted in the opening presentation, Pathways created a Behavioral Psychology Services (BSP) program, an effort that required comprehensive clinical and administrative reorganization. The clinical core of this program involves a team which includes behavior analysts, psychologists (working toward board certification), paraprofessional staff, and clinical case managers assigned to the team. The BPS team provides applied behavioral services agency-wide under centralized and significantly streamlined administrative leadership. The BSP’s major conceptual goals aimed at clinical, financial, and risk management are discussed in connection with specific problems identified during the agency’s self-evaluation. The range of typical team activities and the practice-level implementation of these goals are presented in detail. This presentation describes a practical agency approach to significantly increasing the efficiency and potency of applied behavior analysis services. |
| |
| Collaborative Problem Solving at the Practice and Systems Levels – Building a Training Wheel. |
| DENISE CLARK (Pathways Community Mental Health), Ralph L. Olson (Pathways Community Mental Health), Louis A. Bersine (Pathways Community Mental Health), Jeffrey C. Brittain (Pathways Community Mental Health), Laurel R. Kniskern (Pathways Community Mental Health) |
| Abstract: Early on in the implementation of the Behavioral Psychology Services (BPS) program, several key problems were encountered which required creativity and collaboration. At a systems level, Pathways recognized the need to ensure consistency, quality, and cost savings for its contract agency employees receiving Professional Crisis Management (PCM) training. PCM training provides direct care staff with detailed, competency-based instruction related to understanding, preventing, and responding to serious aggression and self-injury. PCM training, selected for its applied behavior analysis conceptual base and many additional features, represented an important direct care staff training segment. This training, however, was practically and financially ponderous for small contractor agencies to provide independently. A collaborative training model and its clinical and economical benefits were developed to address this. At the practice level, implementing the BPS program involved several shifts in communication, team work, and service delivery, particularly related to direct care staff training. The collaborative training model and specific practice strategies offer readily generalizable examples of service delivery problem solving. |
| |
| Several Years Into the Adventure: Progress, Perspective and Prognosis. |
| JEFFREY C. BRITTAIN (Pathways Community Mental Health), Ralph L. Olson (Pathways Community Mental Health), Louis A. Bersine (Pathways Community Mental Health), Denise Clark (Pathways Community Mental Health), Laurel R. Kniskern (Pathways Community Mental Health) |
| Abstract: In the final presentation of this symposium, the authors present current Behavioral Psychology Service (BPS) program data in comparison to baseline data detailed in the initial presentation. These data describe BPS clinician caseloads, on-site clinician presence, serious behavior episodes, costs and numbers of placements in state facilities, and comparisons of organizational structure. As a result of implementing the BPS program, caseloads and geographic challenges are more manageable and clinician contacts in direct care settings have become more regular and frequent. Serious behavior episode data are encouraging and state facility placements/costs dramatically reduced. Beyond the encouraging data-based picture, a number of more subjective, but equally important, observations and insights have been accumulated. Thoughts on the BPS implementation process, strategies for providing the most effective services home-by-home, staffing and management variables that impact effectiveness, additional direct care staff training needs, pursuing behavior analyst board certification while on the job are discussed. Considered from empirical and qualitative perspectives, the BPS program has produced compelling conceptual and practical benefits and represents an important example of improving applied behavior analysis service delivery. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavior Analysis in Rehabilitation of Traumatic Brain Injury |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Boulevard B |
| Area: CBM |
| Chair: Charles Gilpin (Missouri State University) |
| |
| Need for Behavioral Consultation and Training in Acute Rehabilitation Settings: Results of a Survey of Acute Brain Injury Facilities. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| LISA ANN KREBER (Centre for Neuro Skills (CNS)) |
| |
| Abstract: Acute care brain injury facilities are faced with the challenges of medically stabilizing a patient who has suffered a catastrophic injury while at the same time managing severe behaviors. Often, there are staffing shortages and/or under trained staff dealing with brain injury survivors, especially those with behavioral self-control issues. Assessing how acute brain injury facilities manage severe behavior can assist other rehabilitation professionals in treating these clients once they have been discharged from acute to the post-acute rehabilitation setting.
A survey of acute brain injury rehabilitation facilities was administered to therapists, nurses, and other hospital staff to determine the techniques, training and challenges faced by acute care staff in dealing with behavior secondary to traumatic brain injury (TBI). The survey assessed three main areas which included identifying which activities are considered “behavior”, which techniques are useful/not useful in managing difficult behaviors, and what type of training was given for dealing with difficult behavioral situations. All responses were anonymous.
Preliminary results from this survey indicate that staffs do not feel they have enough training or experience to manage difficult behaviors following TBI. In fact, many of the techniques that were most often reported as useful in managing behavior involved the client’s family or the use of untrained sitters. However, many times these two groups are the most inexperienced in dealing with behavioral issues. Staffing shortages may also have triggered the use of family and sitters to control severe behaviors. It appears that therapists in the acute care setting want and need solutions for dealing with severe behaviors. The use of a behavioral analyst or consultant would be greatly beneficial in this type of rehabilitation setting. |
| |
| Integration of Behavioral Analysis within Traumatic Brain Injury Rehabilitation: Reduction of Psychoactive Medication and Cost-Benefit Experience. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills (CNS)) |
| |
| Abstract: Rehabilitation of a person with TBI can be difficult considering the structures injured (often the frontal lobes) and the resulting impairments in judgment, behavioral self-control, and slowed information-processing ability. These deficits present challenges in applying behavioral analysis techniques to remediate many of the socially unacceptable behaviors that are often present following TBI. Medical models of treatment utilize pharmacological agents as the major, if not only, treatment for managing difficult behaviors. Medications used to treat behavior tend to have significant side effects and can be costly to continue long-term. Increased sedation and mental confusion are common side effects of “behavioral” medications, which can severely limit future behavioral change.
The goal of post-acute TBI rehabilitation is to re-integrate the injured person into their community. In order to achieve this, behavioral programming is integrated into each therapeutic discipline treating the client. Interval data sheets are used to collect data every 15 minutes in the clinic setting and each hour at the residential setting. Further frequency, intensity and duration data of target behaviors are collected and analyzed to create individual programs that are carried out across disciplines and the residential site. From this expansive amount of data, medication changes are made and evaluated in the context of target behaviors. Recreational/community activities and a measure of community integration (Independent Living Scale) are utilized to determine if skills learned in the traditional therapies have generalized into the “real” world.
This presentation will address how and why applied behavioral analysis techniques should be used in the post-acute rehabilitation setting following brain injury. Strategies used to reduce medications, while managing behavior will be discussed, as well as, cost-benefit analyses of medication reduction. |
| |
| Outcome Measurement: The Impact on Length of Stay and Goal Achievement in Neurobehavioral Rehabilitation. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Learning Services Corporation) |
| |
| Abstract: The word “outcomes” has become a buzz word for the result of treatment. The myriad of definitions and measurement systems underscore the lack of consensus within functionally related groups (FRGs). Funding and accreditation organizations require outcome measurement yet hold no validity litmus test. The only requirement at this time is that the organization use the measures to provide feedback to the program. This study compares the length of stay (LOS) of persons with acquired brain injuries (ABI) in a program before and after the implementation of an outcome measurement system. |
| |
| Creating a Novel Measure of Everyday Problem Solving for Individuals with TBI Using Rasch Analysis. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JULIA KAY WAID-EBBS (Rehab Science, University of Florida/NF-SG Veterans Health System), Craig Velozo (Rehab Science, University of Florida/NF-SG VHS), Linda Shaw (Rehab Counseling/Phhp/University of Florida), Jay Rosenbek (Rehab Science, University of Florida/NF-SG Veterans Health System), Diane Kendall (Communication Sciences and Disorders/NF-SG Veterans Health System), Shelley Heaton (Clinical Psychology, University of Florida) |
| |
| Abstract: The present study developed a measurement tool of everyday problem solving abilities in individuals diagnosed with traumatic brain injury (TBI). Items of observable abilities were developed using focus groups, than administered to 50 outpatient and 50 one-year post injury subjects. Both the individual and their caregiver rated the problem solving abilities. The ratings were analyzed using a confirmatory factor analysis followed by a Rasch analysis. Historically problem solving abilities have been difficult to measure in the laboratory. Therefore, comparisons of the developed measure with traditional measures of problem solving are discussed. The developed measure will assist in identifying the everyday challenges that TBI patients face in the community. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Body Image, Psychosis and Trauma: A Collection of Treatment Oucome Studies |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Boulevard C |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Kevin L. Polk (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine) |
| Discussant: Kevin L. Polk (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine) |
| Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is an emerging behavioral treatment showing promise for a variety of diagnostic categories. ACT also appears to be readily adapted to a number of provision modalities. This symposium presents a collection of outcome studies reflecting the breadth and flexibility of ACT treatment. ACT treatment was provided in individual, group, and self-help formats. The treatment is evaluated based on a variety of outcome measures and in comparison to other treatment strategies. |
| |
| One Session Group Intervention for Body Image Dissatisfaction in College Women: A Comparison of Psycho-education, Cognitive Therapy and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. |
| ALIX TIMKO (Towson University), Julia Hormes (University of Pennsylvania), Elizabeth Roth (University of Pennsylvania), Jaclyn Limerakis (University of Pennsylvania), Vanessa Chekroun (University of Pennsylvania) |
| Abstract: The current study purposes to investigate the impact of a one session group intervention on body image dissatisfaction. Three different types of interventions will be investigated: psycho-education, CT, and ACT. Improvement of body image among young women can help prevent serious disease and pathology such as eating disorders. Investigating the type of group that may be effective could impact the type of psycho-education and interventions used at the collegiate level. Study participants will be 45 undergraduate women with levels of body image dissatisfaction in the clinical range (as measured by a brief version of the Body Shape Questionnaire). Participants will be randomized into one of three groups: psycho-education (control), CT, or ACT. All will receive one two-hour long group intervention. All women will complete a battery of questionnaires that tap into body dissatisfaction, mindfulness, acceptance, negative thoughts, and other related variables. All groups will be assigned homework for one week that is in-line with the orientation of the material presented in group. Follow-up will occur at one week post intervention, 4 weeks post intervention, and 3 months post intervention. |
| |
| Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Treatment of Psychosis. |
| MARTA FLISS (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
| Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy can be an effective approach for treating persons with severe mental illness. However, ACT appears to be more effective with this population if exercises are modified and simplified to better match the experiences and level of functioning of persons with chronic mental illness. Research outcomes on delivering ACT to persons with psychotic disorders in individual, group, and self-help formats will be discussed, along with implications for ACT training for therapists who work with this population and improving delivery of ACT to individuals with serious mental illness. |
| |
| A Week-Long Group Administration of ACT for Traumatized Combat Veterans: Processes and Outcomes. |
| CHAD E. DRAKE (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Kevin L. Polk (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine), Jerold Hambright (Veterans Affairs Hospital, Togus, Maine) |
| Abstract: VA systems regularly provide services to combat veterans who have exhibited symptoms of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder for years or even decades. Many of the traditional treatments provided in VA settings involve distressing exposure to traumatic memories or training in coping skills. Some veterans report reluctance to participate in trauma-related activities and find coping skills to be ineffective strategies. In the current study, an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy protocol was devised that did not contain direct exposure or explicit coping skills training. Instead, values-based behavioral activation and mindfulness skills were implemented in a 5-day, 14-session treatment package. Measures for acceptance, valued actions, depression, PTSD, and substance abuse were administered before and after treatment, and at a 90-day follow-up. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavioral Approaches to Improving the Quality of Life for Teens in Foster Care |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| PDR 2 |
| Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Michelle Sereno (University of South Florida) |
| Discussant: Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida) |
| CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Floridas Behavior Analysis Services Program is a statewide program for dependent children and caregivers. Board certified behavior analysts from the University of South Florida and the University of Florida work with parents, staff, and children. More recently, these behavior analysts have been requested to work specifically with high risk teens. Prior research has shown that youth who exit the foster care system at 18 (i.e., those who age out of the system) have insufficient skills to obtain employment, housing, and social relationships that are necessary for successful independent living outcomes (Iglehart, 1994). Running away from placements has also been and remains another significant problem with teenage youth in foster care. Three presentations within the current symposium will discuss outcome results with at-risk youth. The first two presentations will discuss a modified version of the Parenting Tools curriculum for young adults. Both studies reported success in teaching teens specific tools or social skills to improve interactions. The final presentation will describe the results of a study to evaluate the effects of using a Youth Interaction Tool (YIT) to decrease youth runaway behavior. The YIT was used to determine the function of running, resulting in effective treatment strategies to decrease running. |
| |
| I Don’t Mean No Disrespect…Interaction Tools for Young Adults Class: A Pilot Study Investigating Effects of a Modified Positive Behavioral Parenting Curriculum on Acquisition of Conflict Resolution... |
| MICHELLE SERENO (University of South Florida), Laraine Winston (University of South Florida), Camille V. Pedone (University of South Florida), Shannon Shea (University of South Florida) |
| Abstract: This pilot study investigated the effects of training teens/young adults in the use of negotiation/conflict resolution skills, applying and extending previous research that demonstrates the effects of positive behavioral parent training on acquisition of similar skills sets in adult caregivers. Participants were foster children 14-21 years of age in various stages of transitioning from traditional foster care to independent living. The Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) ‘Essential Tools for Positive Behavior Change’ curriculum consists of research-based strategies organized into specific “tools” which can be applied to difficult situations. This standard parent-training curriculum was modified in content and presentation style to address issues and challenges specific to the young adult population. Class topics were presented through discussion and activities with opportunities for participants to practice tool usage. Participant skill acquisition was measured through pre- and post-class-role play assessments. Participant scores were compared to the scores of adult caregivers who had attended the standard course and had completed the same pre- and post-course role-play assessments. Results indicate that, while teens/young adults typically scored lower than adult caregivers on pre-assessment role-plays, this population demonstrated higher post-assessment skill acquisition scores than those attained by adult caregivers. |
| |
| Social Skills Training with Typically Developing Adolescents: Measurement of Skill Acquisition. |
| JESSICA THOMPSON (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Stacie Neff (University of South Florida), Kimberly V. Weiss (University of South Florida), Betsy M. Zamora (University of South Florida) |
| Abstract: The term social skills has been specifically defined as learned behaviors that allow an individual to engage in socially acceptable interactions with other individuals such that the interactions lead to positive responses from others and aid in the avoidance of negative responses (Elliott & Gresham, 1993). This study investigated the ability of three adolescent females ages 13-17 to acquire a set of social skills through training. The skills taught were modified for teens from the parenting tools taught to foster parents within the Behavior Analysis Services Program. Participant’s acquisition of the skills before and after training was assessed through role-play assessments and experimentally demonstrated using a multiple baseline design. Secondary survey information (e.g. Child Behavior Checklist) was collected from participants and their parents to attempt to measure the effects of training on other behaviors of interest. All three participants demonstrated significant improvements of the three skills taught. The baseline pre-training average across participants was approximately 50% which increased to approximately 88% at post-training. The secondary information showed minor improvements in parent reported child behavior. |
| |
| Use of the Youth Interaction Tool with Habitual Runaway Youth: Successes and Failures. |
| DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Terresa A. Kenney (University of South Florida), Michael Cripe (University of South Florida), Jessica L. Colon (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
| Abstract: A significant problem in the field of child protection is that of teenagers running from their foster placements. In this presentation, it is argued that a functional and behavior analytic approach could be effective in reducing the problem of runaways. A functional approach involves conducting assessments regarding the motivations for running, involving the teens themselves in the assessment process, and implementing subsequent interventions designed to make the placements more appealing to the youth, thereby reducing the probability of running. In order to conduct a more accurate assessment of running, the Youth Interaction Tool (YIT) was developed and evaluated with 14 adolescents with histories of running. Data on percent of days on the run and placement changes showed significant pre-post differences for these habitual runners in contrast to no statistical change in a comparison group’s outcomes. The total percent of days on the run for the group decreased from 40% of days in baseline to 11% of days post-intervention. Individual data using a pre-post design will also be presented to illustrate the process of intervention with both youth in which the approach was successful and youth who did not appear to change their running behavior. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Methods for Teaching Children with Autism and Other Developmental Disorders to Cooperate with Health Care Procedures |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Stevens 1 |
| Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Keith J. Slifer (The Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University) |
| Discussant: Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Behavior analysts may use their skills to address the many challenges that children with Autism, Pervasive Developmental or related disorders experience when undergoing various types of health care diagnostic procedures or treatments. Behavioral interventions have been shown effective for increasing child cooperation with medical procedures and regimens. They also have been used to teach specific child and parent skills needed for maintaining optimal health and quality of life. One of the most challenging problems encountered by health care professionals is the management of developmentally disabled children’s anxiety and related disruptive behavior during health care procedures. This symposium will focus on recent applications of behavioral interventions for managing acute distress and disruptive behavior in pediatric patients with developmental disorders during health care procedure. Three presentations will be made covering the following topics: (1) desensitization and shaping of compliance with routine vision screening (2) counter-conditioning to reduce distress and increase compliance during venipuncture and (3) behavioral intervention to increase compliance with electroencephalographic (EEG) procedures. The common characteristics of each of these applications will be discussed as well as their unique challenges and directions for future research. |
| |
| Desensitization and Shaping Compliance with Routine Vision Screening in Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
| NANCY M. SIMER (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Vision screening is required when students enter an Illinois public school; however, children with developmental disabilities have demonstrated difficulties performing the skills required to complete the vision screening. The three participants in this study did not comply with three components of their visions screening and were scored “could not test” (CNT) by a licensed vision screener. The inability to be tested hinders early detection of a vision disorder (e.g., amblyopia). An intervention program was implemented that functioned both to shape new behavior and desensitize participants to aversive stimuli during a routine vision screening. Following training, two children who were previously classified as CNT completed and passed their individual vision screenings. In addition, compliance generalized to hearing screenings for both of these children who also scored CNT during the previous hearing screening. The third participant also demonstrated compliance when skills were trained. |
| |
| Counter-Conditioning to Reduce Behavioral Distress and Increase Compliance with Venipuncture for Children with Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities. |
| LANA L. HARDER (Texas Children's Hospital), Melissa H. Beck (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Ann DeMore (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University) |
| Abstract: Children must sometimes tolerate aversive health care procedures to benefit from prescribed medical care. These procedures occur more frequently for children with disabilities because of associated medical conditions. Procedures requiring venipuncture typically produce acute pain. Undergoing such procedures often results in conditioned anxiety and avoidant behaviors (e.g., aggression, escape, verbal refusal), which interfere with the safe performance of medical care. Avoidant behaviors may develop by a process of aversive conditioning when children experience repeated exposure to painful stimulation. Data for children with autism or other disabilities will be presented. Prior to treatment, all children exhibited avoidant behaviors that prevented their participation in medical care. Outpatient treatment sessions were conducted to counter-condition the children's behavioral distress when encountering stimuli associated with venipuncture. Distraction and positive reinforcement were implemented to help these children relax during graduated mock venipunctures. The patients exhibited reduced behavioral distress during treatment sessions relative to baseline, and in most cases successfully completed actual venipunctures. Results will be discussed in relationship to conditioning and counter-conditioning processes. Factors that facilitate and prevent the generalization of treatment effects also will be discussed. |
| |
| Behavioral Intervention to Increase Compliance with Electroencephalographic (EEG) Procedures in Children with Autism and Related Disabilities. |
| ROBIN ANNE FRUTCHEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristin T. Avis (University of Alabama, Birmingham), Melissa A. Meyers (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University) |
| Abstract: The EEG, or electroencephalogram, is a neurophysiologic technique used to detect and record electrical activity in different areas of the brain. It is critical to diagnosis and management of seizure disorders, such as epilepsy, as well as other neurological conditions. The EEG procedure is often not well tolerated by children with developmental disabilities due to anxiety about unfamiliar equipment, difficulty inhibiting motion (particularly in children with hyperactivity), and tactile defensiveness. The inability of children with developmental disabilities to tolerate EEG procedure is especially problematic because the incidence of epilepsy is considerably higher for children with disabilities, particularly mental retardation, autism, brain injury, and cerebral palsy. This clinical outcomes study sought to determine the efficacy of using behavioral intervention to teach children with Autism or related developmental disorders to cooperate with an EEG procedure. The behavioral training employed modeling, counterconditioning, escape extinction, and differential reinforcement-based shaping procedures. Results indicated that behavioral training was successful in promoting EEG compliance without restraint, anesthesia, or sedation. This study therefore lends credence to the use of behavioral interventions with developmentally disabled children to increase their compliance with EEG and similar health care procedures. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Examination of Data Analysis Methods |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Stevens 2 |
| Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
| Discussant: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
| CE Instructor: Jason C. Bourret, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Analysis and interpretation of data in order to identify functional relations is a hallmark of behavior analysis. The talks included in this symposium focus on the evaluation of differing methods of analyzing data and, in particular, the degree to which differing data analysis methods facilitate the detection of extinction bursts, treatment effects, and changes in the reliability of data collection. |
| |
| Within- versus Between-Session Examination of Responding during Extinction. |
| JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Griffin Rooker (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Although extinction (EXT) is the most direct method for reducing the frequency of problem behavior, its use has been associated with several side effects, the most common being the EXT burst. EXT bursting typically is defined as a temporary increase in response rate above that observed during baseline. Reports of EXT bursting are relatively rare; however, their occurrence may be masked when data are presented as overall session rates. In other words, it is possible that a burst or responding may occur at the beginning of initial EXT sessions, but overall session rates might not detect this phenomenon. We first compared local rates of problem behavior during contingent-reinforcement and extinction-only conditions by conducting within-session analyses of behavioral patterns to determine whether the occurrence of EXT bursts can be masked by the use of average session rates. Second, we examined the effectiveness of other treatment procedures (in conjunction with EXT) for reducing the magnitude or occurrence of EXT bursts. |
| |
| Within-Session Response Patterns as Predictors of Treatment Outcome. |
| GRIFFIN ROOKER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Analysis of within-session response patterns has been used in several studies to examine data from functional analyses of problem behavior but generally has not been used to evaluate treatment effects. Rapid detection of changes in responding may be especially helpful when comparing the effects of two or more treatments. We conducted an analysis of within-session response patterns during treatment comparisons to determine whether any initial differences could be detected and, if so, whether they were predictive of treatment outcome. |
| |
| Comparison of Proportional and Exact Agreement in Measuring Improvement in Data Collection. |
| STACIE BANCROFT (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: Interobserver agreement (IOA) is often calculated to enhance the believability of data. Proportional and exact-agreement are two common calculations used to determine the percentage of agreement between two independent observers. Participants included four teachers working in a research group as data collectors in partial fulfillment of graduate program requirements or in preparation for a graduate program. Participants served as secondary data collectors to experienced primary data collectors across several different studies. Both proportional and exact agreement scores were calculated for each of their first several sessions of data collection. The first data analysis for each participant showed the progression of agreement scores over time for both proportional and exact agreement calculations. While little progress was shown with the proportional agreement scores, steady increases in agreement were shown with the exact agreement scores. A second data analysis plotted exact agreement scores against proportional agreement scores showing the calculations to produce similar scores at higher agreements. However, sessions with lower levels of agreement showed significantly lower scores for exact agreement. These data suggest that exact agreement calculations may be a more sensitive measure of changes in agreement, and may be more useful in measuring progress in training new data collectors. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Teaching Behavioral Development in a Non-Behavioral World: Development Across the Lifespan |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| 4D |
| Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University Stanislaus) |
| Abstract: Child Development, Adolescent Development, and Life-Span Development, or one of their variants, is a core of most college or university curriculum. These often reside in psychology, child development, or even home economics departments, but they are seldom taught by behavior analysts and they are seldom taught with any behavior analytic content. Most available materials and most developmental colleagues are abehavioral, at best, and antibehavioral at worst. This symposium explores four different developmental courses taught by behavior analysts at four different institutions. Speakers will describe the challenges they face in teaching courses that teach behavioral principles in courses where non-behavioral approaches are the norm. They will provide information about what works for them and their students, and the challenges that remain. |
| |
| Teaching Child Development with Fidelity to Behavior Analysis. |
| SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Alison R. Moses (Western Michigan University), Marchion Hinton (Western Michigan University), Andrew R Riley (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of the approach taken to teach child development at Western Michigan University. At WMU, Child Psychology (Psy 1600) is a large lecture course that serves as a prerequisite for both psychology majors and minors, but is also taken by many who do not aspire to the major or minor. The course surveys major developmental domains (e.g., cognition and language) and introduces numerous traditional developmental theories (e.g., Piaget and Chomsky), but counterbalances these with behavioral accounts that demonstrate the broad applicability of basic concepts and principles in the analysis of complex behavior. A course in development is also an ideal place to introduce the concepts of phylogeny, ontogeny, and epigenesis (gene-brain-behavior-environment interactions), a reasonable understanding of which can help counter commonly held either-or (e.g., genes or environment) and proportional (e.g., 60% genes, 40% environment) notions of causation. The size of each section (75-175 students), the mix of students (some aspiring majors, but many who are not), and the placing of the course within the curriculum (at a time when most have had only General Psychology) pose some challenges. Attempts to address these challenges will also be described. |
| |
| Teaching Adolescent Psychology from a Behavioral Perspective. |
| PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University) |
| Abstract: Teaching a course in adolescent psychology from a behavioral perspective presents a challenge. Most textbooks, except Novak and Pelaez (2003), confine learning ideas to the chapter on theories of development. If the research summarized in the content chapters within the standard textbook is to be believed, learning plays a negligible role in adolescence, because it is rarely mentioned. Because a majority of behavioral work has been done with infants, young children and children with special educational needs, this also presents difficulties. Here I propose what a behavioral approach to adolescence might look like. I examine three concepts that have been key in the field of adolescence: (a) the effects of the onset of puberty on behavior of adolescents; (b) changes in problem solving and reasoning during adolescence (including changes in demand, support and reinforcement); and (c) changes in what, in tradition developmental psychology, is called “self-concept.” As will be proposed, a complete behavioral theory of adolescence must incorporate data biological changes in the brain (including those related to pubertal changes and to changes in reasoning) and it must have a way to explain the many qualitatively distinct behaviors that are seen in adolescents. |
| |
| Teaching Human Development for the Helping Professions: Toward an Evidence-based Practice, Natural Science Approach. |
| PETE PETERSON (Johnson County Community College) |
| Abstract: This presentation discusses the challenges of teaching a lifespan Human Development course from a behavior-analytic point of view while providing balanced coverage of other theoretical positions. Many students taking Human Development at Johnson County Community College are on certain professional tracks (e.g., registered nursing program) that require knowledge in areas other than behavior analysis (e.g., Erikson’s psychosocial stages of personality development). One challenge is to present a “fair and balanced” approach to meet the needs of students. The presenter argues; however, that this approach enhances students’ appreciation of a behavior-analytic view point. |
| |
| Teaching a Graduate Seminar in Lifespan Development from a Behavioral Systems Perspective. |
| GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus) |
| Abstract: This paper will describe a graduate seminar, Advanced Human Development, taught at California State University, Stanislaus. The syllabus for the course, including assigned readings, will be described. Special attention will be paid to the semester-long group project that involves developing a “chapter” on adulthood and aging that parallels the behavioral systems approach followed earlier. Methods for involving non-behavioral students will be discussed. Examples of student work will be presented. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Insight to Various Factors Affecting Gambling Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Chicago & Alton |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Gambling has become a more prevalent part of today's society as it affects a higher percentage of people each year and its' revenue far exceeds that of sports, music, and movies combined. Therefore, the present symposium extends the existing literature regarding the analysis of, as well as factors affecting, gambling behavior. Furthermore, a relatively diverse analysis of the various types of games typical to the casino was conducted. Factors such as relational responding, the use of confederates, and risks involved with respect to specific casino games are discussed. |
| |
| Effect of Confederate Presence, Betting and Play when Participants Play Blackjack. |
| CASEY LEE MCDOUGALL (University of North Dakota), Guy Keener (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
| Abstract: The present study investigated whether the actions of a confederate would alter how participants played Blackjack. Sixteen males were recruited to participate in six different gambling sessions. In one, the participant gambled alone. In the remaining five, one confederate was present. Across these five conditions, the presence (leaves early vs. stays and plays), amount bet by (minimum vs. maximum amount), and style of play (deviating from vs. making the optimal play) of the confederate varied. Results suggest that participants' gambling was altered by the behavior of the confederate. The present results thus inform of us of factors that may promote, as well as inhibit, gambling behavior. |
| |
| The Effects of Peer-Modeling on Amount and Placement of Bets in a Modified Roulette Game. |
| ADAM D. HAHS (Southern Illinois University), Becky L. Nastally (Southern Illinois University), Nicholas Mui (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Mollie J. Horner-King (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: The current study investigated the effect of a confederate player on the amount and placement of bets during a Roulette game in a lab setting with modified rules. Participants were given a preset amount of chips and provided with a task analysis of possible bets and how to play the game. The design utilized was an ABAB design. During the A conditions, participants played alone with the experimenter who acted as dealer. During the B conditions, participants were joined by a confederate player who yoked his bets to the amount and placement of participants’ bets established in baseline. Results and implications will be discussed with risk and reinforcement coefficients as auxiliary measures. |
| |
| The Effect Risking Money has on Laboratory Gambling Behavior. |
| ELLEN MEIER (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
| Abstract: The present experiment tested the idea that participants would play more hands, bet more credits, and make more mistakes in play when gambling on video poker when the credits they were gambling had no monetary value than when they were worth money. Participants were males and females who were 21 years of age or older and who were not pathological gamblers. Participants played two back-to-back sessions of video poker. During one, the credits they were staked had no monetary value. In the other, the credits were worth $0.05 each and participants were paid at the end of the experiment for any money they had accumulated or had remaining. Results showed that participants played more hands and bet more credits when the credits had no monetary value than when they were worth money. Credit value did not, however, significantly influence how accurately participants played. The present results have implications for the validity of laboratory-based gambling research. |
| |
| Reversing Derived Rule Governed Slot Preferences. |
| BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: The present study extends the prior research on relational responding and the transformation of stimulus functions that can impact preference for slot machines when concurrently available to a gambler. Subjects were initially exposed to a concurrent RR/RR schedule of equal probability of reinforcement. Following an assessment of baseline preference, all participants were exposed to a conditional discrimination training and testing procedure which established the contextual cues of more than and less than. The contextual stimuli were comprised of physical characteristics of the previously available slot machines. Re-expose to the slot task produced alterations in responding such that subjects favored the slot machine with features of the contextual cue “more than”. In attempts to further demonstrate experimental control, a reversal of function training and testing procedure took place where the contingencies paired with the various contextual cues were reversed. Upon final exposure to the slot task, subject preferences reversed as well. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Responding Under Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement: What Causes the Pause? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Barbershop |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| CE Instructor: Henry D. Schlinger, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium will 1) discuss the historical roots of research into the variables responsible for pausing on ratio schedules of reinforcement, including the use of multiple and mixed schedules to assess the relative influence of events that precede and follow the pause; 2) present recent research further clarifying the roles of conditioned inhibitory effects of reinforcement and of varying ratio size and reinforcer magnitude in multiple fixed-ratio schedules; and 3) discuss the implications of what we know about the causes of the ratio pause for behavioral interruptions in humans, such as procrastination and neglect |
| |
| Post-reinforcement or Pre-ratio Pause: What’s in a Name? |
| HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: In The Behavior of Organisms and, most notably, in Schedules of Reinforcement, Skinner maintained that the zero rate of responding after reinforcement on fixed-ratio (FR) schedules was controlled by the S-delta effects of the reinforcer — hence the term “post-reinforcement pause.” Subsequently, researchers demonstrated the influence of such variables as ratio size, reinforcement magnitude, and response effort on post-reinforcement pausing. Much of what is known about pausing under ratio schedules, however, has come from performances on simple schedules, which hold fixed characteristics such as the ratio size and reinforcer magnitude. The problem posed by using simple schedules is that pausing could just as easily be attributed to the upcoming rather than the preceding ratio. The solution is to use multiple or mixed schedules. Many studies using multiple and mixed FR schedules have in fact shown that pausing is also influenced by stimuli correlated with the upcoming ratio, which has led some researchers to use the term “pre-ratio pause.” This talk will briefly trace the development of research on pausing from Skinner’s first experiments to contemporary studies, emphasizing how changing from simple to multiple schedules has led to a better understanding of the ratio pause. |
| |
| Fixed-Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement: The Role of Conditioned Inhibition in Pausing. |
| ADAM DERENNE (University of North Dakota), Kathryn A. Flannery (University of North Dakota) |
| Abstract: A well-known feature of performances under fixed-ratio schedules of reinforcement is the appearance of a pause in responding that occurs following the delivery of each reinforcer. This pause is often of such a duration that it cannot be readily attributed to the time required for subjects to consume the reinforcer or any other obvious need of the subject. One popular explanation for why pausing occurs is that the beginning of each ratio is correlated with the immediate unavailability of additional reinforcement and the resulting conditioned inhibition temporarily suppresses responding. In several experiments with rats and mice we examined how conditioned inhibition is affected by the use of explicit stimuli correlated with reinforcer unavailability and by the delivery of noncontingent reinforcers early in the ratio. The results suggest that conditioned inhibition alone cannot explain the origins of fixed-ratio pausing. |
| |
| Interactive Effects of Response Requirements and Reinforcer Magnitude on Fixed-Ratio Pausing. |
| JESSICA B. LONG (West Virginia University), Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: Pigeons responded on multiple schedules with components differing in both the size of the fixed ratio required for food reinforcement (access to grain) and the magnitude of the reinforcement (duration of the access). The ratio requirement and reinforcer magnitude were manipulated across conditions to effect “rich” and “lean” components. In some cases the lean component was made increasingly leaner (by raising the ratio requirement or lowering the reinforcer magnitude) across conditions. In other cases the rich component was enriched (by lowering the ratio requirement or increasing reinforcer magnitude) across conditions. Pausing was analyzed in each of the four possible transitions from one component to the next: rich-to-rich, rich-to-lean, lean-to-rich, and lean-to-lean. Pausing was extended in the rich-to-lean transition when the there was a sufficient difference between the two components. This effect was intensified when the difference between components was created by leaning the lean component rather than enriching the rich component. The worsening of local conditions may not be sufficient to generate pausing; the context in which this worsening occurs must also be considered. |
| |
| Why Pausing Matters. |
| MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: Pausing, as measured in operant conditioning experiments, represents an interruption in the behavioral stream of interest. The study of pausing may shed light on basic behavioral processes – for example, why a schedule of reinforcement may temporarily lose control over behavior – and provide insights into the cause and cure of human problems that involve behavioral interruptions, such as procrastination, neglect, and other forms of irresponsibility. In this talk I will summarize some of the causes of pausing and some of the possible applications of this knowledge. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Contemporary Issues in Stimulus Control I |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| El |
| Area: EAB |
| Chair: Jeremy A. Biesbrouck (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| |
| Stereotyping as Transformation of Function: Does Public Compliance with Stereotypes Lead to Their Private Acceptance? |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| BRIAN WILLIAM SLATTERY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian Thomas Tyndall (AMCD/National University of Ireland, Galway) |
| |
| Abstract: From a relational frame theory standpoint, stereotyping can be conceived of as verbal responding that transforms the functions of outgroup members such that the individual attributes certain properties to outgroup members prior to exposure. The current study established stereotyping of fictional cultures in 2 groups of Irish nationals. One group (11 participants) was exposed to a series of positive, negative or neutral statements about three fictional cultures, the other (12 participants) was exposed to these statements and then a match-to-sample procedure in which they were required to respond in accordance with the stereotypes. Participants’ stereotyping was then measured using an explicit (Likert questionnaire) measure and an implicit (Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure) measure. Both groups demonstrated stereotyping on the explicit measure (F = 34.43, p = .001; F = 80.075, p = .000), but only the reinforced group demonstrated stereotyping on the implicit measure (e.g. F = 7.444, p = .021). These findings highlight the active nature of stereotyping as a behaviour. The implications of these findings for reducing inter-group conflict and stigmatisation will be considered. |
| |
| Effects of Conditioning History on Selective Stimulus Control by Elements of Compound Discriminative Stimuli. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| CAROLYN S. RYAN (Institute for Children with Autism/Queens College, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| |
| Abstract: The extent of stimulus control exerted by each of the two stimulus dimensions (color and shape) of compound stimuli was studied in two experiments with undergraduate college students. The present study used the conflict-compound discrimination procedure (Ray, 1969; Huguenin & Touchette, 1980). The level of congruence of the training contingencies between training phases was manipulated. Single-stimulus discrimination training was conducted in Phase 1 and compound discrimination training was conducted in Phase 2. Stimulus compounds in Phase 2 were composed of the stimuli trained in Phase 1. For some stimulus compounds in Phase 2, conflict-compound training was conducted such that the response trained in Phase 1 for one element of the compound was also the correct response in Phase 2; however, for the other element, the previously trained response could be incorrect in Phase 2. In Phase 3, the stimulus elements presented in compound in Phase 2 were presented separately to assess the degree to which responding corresponded to the Phase 2 training contingency. Results of two experiments replicated the findings of the former authors, and extended them parametrically. In Experiment 2, degree of competition between elements of the compound stimulus, based on training history, also affected stimulus control. |
| |
| The Relative Control of Component Dimensions of Compound Tactile Stimuli in Equivalence Relations. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| JEREMY A. BIESBROUCK (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno), David Joseph Melarkey (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| |
| Abstract: Normal functioning adult participants were exposed to a tactile matching-to-sample procedure where unseen sample stimuli were touched and subsequent also unseen indication of one of three comparison stimuli was reinforced. All stimuli were of a distinct shape and an associated surface texture. Once matching criterion was met participants were tested for separate shape and texture associations. The present study addresses two questions. First, can equivalence relations be established within the tactile modality, adding to the small body of literature investigating within tactile equivalence relations? And second, is either shape or texture contributing more to stimulus control? Results will be discussed in terms of differential responding with compound stimuli to derived relations for equivalence, and probes of shape and texture for transitivity, as well as the role of naming in the development of tactile relations. |
| |
| Derived Relations and Electrophysiological Activity: Individual Alpha Frequencies during Training and Testing of Equivalence Classes. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| JON GRETAR SIGURJONSSON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
| |
| Abstract: Alpha frequencies are the waveforms most often associated with higher cognitive functions. Individual Alpha Frequencies (IAFs) provide a more systematic and accurate means of measuring individuals cognitive functions than other electrophysiological measures typically utilized, for example spectral analysis. The current research program aims to identify changes in IAFs during stimulus class formation (pre- and post-acquisition) and whether different training methods (conditional discrimination or respondent-type training) result in different patterns of change in IAFs. Two groups were trained on 6 three-member classes, one using a traditional MTS training the other respondent-type training. Electrophysiological activity was measured during training and testing and this activity was analyzed to identify IAFs. The findings highlight the utility of this novel method of analyzing electrophysiological activity in contributing to greater understanding of stimulus equivalence class formation. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Early Reading Intervention |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Williford A |
| Area: EDC |
| Chair: Lefki Kourea (California State University, Fresno) |
| |
| Follow up Study of the Effects of a Supplemental Reading Intervention on the Reading Skills of Urban Elementary Learners. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| ANGELLA HARJANI SINGH (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Lenwood Gibson (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: The importance of access to early reading interventions in the general education classrooms cannot be undermined to minimize reading failure. This study examined the long-term effects of an early reading intervention package of phonemic awareness (Scott Foresman, ERI) on the reading skills of English speaking students, English language learners (ELLs) and African American males from urban elementary schools, after the supplemental instruction had been stopped. One group of students had received the ERI intervention for a period of two years (ERI Treatment group) and the other group of students had received the ERI intervention for only one year (ERI Comparison group) and the third group of students had received no ERI intervention (Control Comparison group). Pre- and post-scores were assessed on the Woodcock Johnson Tests of Achievement-III and the Comprehensive Test of Phonological Processing at the beginning and end of the third year. Student reading performance was also monitored through Dynamic Indicators of Basic Literacy Skills (DIBELS) progress monitoring assessments administered on a tri-weekly basis. A group design was used to examine the long-term effects of the supplemental early reading intervention on basic literacy skills of urban at-risk students. Research and practice implications are also discussed. |
| |
| Do They Differ or Not? Investigating the Responsiveness of ELL and Non-ELL Students. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| LEFKI KOUREA (California State University, Fresno), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: This session presents findings from two studies that examined the responsiveness of at-risk first-grade English Language Learners and English speakers after receiving two years of early reading intervention. Student characteristics (e.g., skill level, rate of improvement) are compared between groups and across instructional variables. Limitations and educational implications are discussed. |
| |
| Outcomes of a Longitudinal Early Reading Intervention on At-Risk Urban Learners. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| LEFKI KOUREA (California State University, Fresno), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: This session will present the research outcomes of a two-year longitudinal project on the responsiveness of at-risk first-grade students to an early reading intervention. Students’ maintained treatment gains without additional intervention the following year. A second year of intervention significantly improved the reading skills of non- respondents to Year 1 interventions. Limitations and future implications will be discussed. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Instructional Design: What's New? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Waldorf |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
| CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: A fast-paced series of 13 speakers will present their latest efforts in instructional design, including academic instruction in reading, math and grammar for children and youth; effective school practices; college teaching; generic professional development; training for university trustees; training for parents and teachers of children with disabilities; and programming and software development issues. |
| |
| Instructional Design in Educating Children and Youth. |
| BRADLEY G. FRIESWYK (BGF Performance Systems, LLC.), John E. Humphrey (Cedar Rapids Schools), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
| Abstract: Topics include teaching grammar to middle and high school students, teaching beginning reading on the Internet, teaching math to elementary and middle school students, and a top ten list of effective school practices. |
| |
| Instructional Design Issues in Programming and Software Development. |
| WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (University of Nevada, Reno), Leslie S. Burkett (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Topics include evaluating web-based learning technologies, and upgrading software to meet the needs of changing technology. |
| |
| Instructional Design in Higher Education. |
| STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions), Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno), Marilyn B. Gilbert (Performance Engineering Group), Matthew L. Porritt (Aubrey Daniels International) |
| Abstract: Topics include delivering professional development online, evaluating the effects of peer coaching on exam performance in a university course, designing new methods for teaching remedial English to college freshmen, and computer-based job training for university boards of trustees. |
| |
| Instructional Design for Parents and Teachers of Children with Autism and Developmental Disabilities. |
| RICHARD KEVIN FLEMING (Shriver Center/University of Massachusetts Medical School), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Topics include a six-course, online curriculum on behavioral interventions for parents of children with autism; and a job aid for teaching instructors how to select contingencies for devloping a repertoire. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Practices of Effective Schools |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Williford C |
| Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
| Discussant: Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida) |
| CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
| Abstract: Because many public schools are failing to produce students with the knowledge and skills they need for successful lives, there is a growing demand by parents, employers, and other taxpayers for more effective schools. This symposium will describe the educational practices implemented by three effective schools and examine the evidence that these practices are responsible for their superior learning outcomes. |
| |
| Using Objective Outcome Measures to Promote Student Achievement in the Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project. |
| WILLIAM A. GALBRAITH (PA Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
| Abstract: This presentation will focus on how clearly defined teacher competencies and classroom implementation outcomes are used to establish training priorities and to guide on-site consultation to promote student acquisition of communication and social skills in ninety autism support classrooms throughout Pennsylvania. Student achievement is measured by pre/post scores on the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS). Teacher competencies are assessed by a checklist measuring skills in classroom management, instructional design and delivery, and managing problem behaviors. Pre/post site review outcomes measure changes in implementation of critical interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) and the analysis of verbal behavior (AVB). The site review is also used as a formative assessment to guide the consultation process and to assess implementation progress of classrooms. Outcome data reflecting these measures will be presented from the last 3 years of the PA Verbal Behavior Project. |
| |
| Data-driven Management for the 21st Century: Watch the Children - All of Them, All of the Time. |
| BAKER A. MITCHELL (The Roger Bacon Academy), Mark T. Cramer (The Roger Bacon Academy), Jesse Smith (The Roger Bacon Academy) |
| Abstract: In elementary schools, each young student should be continually assessed to ensure mastery of each successive skill as the curricula build toward their final, composite goals. Teachers can be held accountable for proper execution of this process only when they are given efficient data collection and analysis tools and are trained in their use. Likewise, principals can be held accountable for proper support and training of teachers only when they, in turn, have efficient access to the same student assessment data and analysis tools.
Simple, easily acquired measurements – words per minute read or basic math facts answered per minute – have been shown to be sensitive indicators of more comprehensive skills and can serve as proxies for more complex, time-consuming assessments. However for a 750-student school, a minimal set of, say, four items per day per student produces 15,000 data points per week. The challenge is to devise a system to manage the acquisition, display, and analysis of these data in a manner that does not disrupt the teaching mission but rather is supportive and complementary to this mission at the student, classroom, and school levels. This presentation describes such a data system and discusses the experiences of three years’ use. |
| |
| Practices of Effective Schools. |
| GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC), Libby M. Street (Central Washington University) |
| Abstract: Some schools produce better learning outcomes than others. What could account for their success? This presentation will describe the educational practices implemented by effective schools and examine the evidence that one or more of the practices they implement is responsible for their superior learning outcomes. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Bringing Out the Best in Educational Personnel |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Williford B |
| Area: EDC |
| Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
| |
| Improving Behavioral Consultation with Resistance Reduction and Applied Behavior Analysis: A Review. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JUDAH B. AXE (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: Federal legislation mandates the inclusion of children with disabilities in general education, yet research suggests that many teachers are not prepared to provide effective education to difficult-to-teach children. Behavioral consultation can overcome this challenge by having consultants interact with teachers to identify and analyze target behaviors for change, develop and implement treatment plans, and evaluate the effectiveness of treatments. However, research suggests that teachers commonly resist consultative efforts and implement consultation-derived treatments with limited fidelity. Applied behavior analysis has the potential to improve consultation in schools and reduce teacher resistance. Considering these issues are five goals of this paper. First is a definition of behavioral consultation and a discussion of limitations and extensions of the definition. Second is a review of research and writings on resistance to consultation. Third is a review of applied behavior analytic research on changing adult behavior. Fourth is a discussion of recommendations for future research. Fifth is a list of recommendations for improving the practice of behavioral consultation. A goal for the future of research and practice in behavioral consultation should be to analyze teachers’ behavior with the same applied behavior analytic techniques with which children’s behavior is analyzed and addressed. |
| |
| A Method to the Madness: Maximizing Overlaps with Service Providers. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| KARRIE GRAMA (Behavior Consultant) |
| |
| Abstract: This presentation guides participants toward a better understanding of ways to maximize their interactions with various special education service providers during overlap/training and meeting sessions to allow for more efficient, effective use of time and resources. Tools to assist with proactively managing staff participation across school, home, and clinical settings will be distributed and discussed, and participants will be given suggestions on how to provide functional feedback during and after training sessions. Various strategies that can be employed to increase staff participation, rapport, and overall morale will be discussed, with a focus on maintaining supportive, efficient interactions. After the initial presentation, participants will have opportunities to have their specific concerns addressed regarding particular scenarios they have experienced. |
| |
| Elementary Teacher Stress and Challenging Student Behavior. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| RICHARD G. LAMBERT (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Annette Ullrich (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Megan O'Donnell (Arizona State University) |
| |
| Abstract: Research has shown that behavior problems are often perceived as being the most stressful component of the classroom environment. The purpose of this study was to explore elementary teachers’ perceptions of challenging student behavior and the practices they employ to handle behavior problems in the classroom. A survey addressing the relationship between teacher stress and challenging student behavior was administered to 264 teachers in a southeastern state of the US. The survey instrument was developed by Huub Everaert and Kees van der Wolf (2006) at Utrecht University. The questions are as follows: (1) Describe the behavior of the student you find most challenging in your class; (2) Why is this behavior the most challenging for you; (3) How, in general, do you handle this student’s challenging behavior; and (4) Do you have tips for other teachers for handling this kind of behavior?
Data analysis occurred using software for the analysis of qualitative data (AQUAD). The behaviors that were mentioned most often were off-task behaviors, constant attention seeking, talking out of turn, and aggression towards others or materials. Participants will learn how teachers perceive and deal with challenging behavior and what strategies have proven beneficial to them. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| OBM Approaches to Influencing Absenteeism and Customer Service |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Joliet |
| Area: OBM |
| Chair: Matt C. Camden (Appalachian State University) |
| |
| Effects of Individual and Group Contingency Interventions on Absenteeism Rates in Adolescent Part-time Employees. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| MELODY BERKOVITS (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| |
| Abstract: Absenteeism in company employees presents significant challenges. Productivity losses due to employee absenteeism cost United States businesses billions of dollars each year (Gale, 2003). Most adolescents in the United States are employed at some point during their high school years (Greenberger and Steinberg, 1986). While many studies have implemented successful attendance interventions to reduce employee absenteeism, few have addressed the issue of absenteeism as it applies to part-time student employees. This study examined the effects of positive reinforcement using individual and group contingencies on absenteeism rates in adolescent part-time employees. Results indicate experimental control in both intervention phases and a consequent improvement in staff attendance. Future research should include a methodological distinction between planned and unplanned absences. Such a modification to the current investigation may indicate a discrepancy in the degree of improvement between individual and group contingencies. |
| |
| Increasing Customer Service Behaviors with Task Clarification and Managerial Feedback. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| ANNA ALAINE RICE (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Abstract: The purpose of this project was to assess the effects of task clarification and verbal feedback on employee customer service behaviors with manager participation in data collection. These behaviors included correct greetings (smiling, eye contact, and verbal greeting) and correct closing behaviors (smiling, eye contact, and verbal closing). The participants included 12 (both full and part-time) workers (aged 19-70) at a small grocery store located in the Midwestern United States. This project employed a multiple baseline design applied across the behaviors of greeting and closing. During baseline, the average percentage of correct greetings was 11.5% and the average percentage of correct closing was 8%; during the intervention, a combination of task clarification and manager feedback, the mean percentage of correct greeting behaviors increased to 66%, and the mean correct closing percentage improved to 70%. The results of this project suggest that task clarification combined with manager feedback are effective interventions for increasing employee customer service behaviors. |
| |
| Absenteeism in Healthcare: Using Metacontingencies to Reinforce Attendance with Certified Nursing Assistants. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| MATT C. CAMDEN (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
| |
| Abstract: The purpose of this research was to evaluate the reinforcement effects of metacontingencies designed to increase attendance and proper rescheduling among certified nursing assistants in three rural hospitals. Rescheduling was operationally defined as any change made to the month’s finalized nursing schedule. An intervention was implemented to increase attendance and authorized rescheduling that included both public and personal metacontingent feedback. A public feedback poster was placed in nursing break rooms indicating the number of extra/overtime hours worked in the past two weeks. Certified nursing assistants also received personal memos indicating the number of occurred absences in the past two weeks and the consequences of those absences. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavior-Based Security and Safety: Improving Homeland Security with Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Marquette |
| Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Joseph R. Sasson (MedAxiom) |
| Discussant: John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
| CE Instructor: Marco D. Tomasi, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: A founding dimension of applied behavior analysis is the focus on socially significant problems (Baer, Wolf, & Risely, 1968). In a post-9/11 world the improvement of safety, security, and vigilance behaviors has been viewed as such a problem. Recent examples have shown how basic and applied behavior analysis research can improve Homeland Security. The current session seeks to provide an update to this emerging research and broaden the scope of analysis and interventions discussed. |
| |
| Behaviorally Impoverished Work Environments: The Implications of Extinction and Monotony for Safety and Security. |
| RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
| Abstract: Behaviorally impoverished work environments, with low levels of reinforcement and task variation, have negative implications for both public safety and worker health. Extinction conditions result in decreased vigilance in simulated luggage screening. Qualitative analyses suggest that extinction is also aversive, as evidenced by participant extinction bursts, verbal complaints, and quit rates. Chronic stress, especially in environments where workers have low levels of control, is associated with negative health outcomes. Research in visual screening and driving safety suggests that environmental monotony is a related source of fatigue and performance errors. Moreover, certain individuals appear to be highly susceptible to monotony and other exogenous causes of fatigue, which may set the stage for safety or security catastrophes in behaviorally impoverished environments. Behavioral enrichment of important safety and security work environments is likely to maintain performance and protect public health. |
| |
| Behavior Analysis and Airport Security: Effects of the Random Anti-Terrorism Measure System on Vigilance. |
| MARCO D. TOMASI (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA) |
| Abstract: The current research was carried out within the operations division of a regional airport. The operations division is responsible for the airport’s communication center, safety, security, oversight of general aviation, ground transportation, compliance with FAA and TSA regulations, and coordination of police and fire services. Vigilance behaviors in the communications center were identified and defined. The Random Anti-Terrorism Measure System, or RAMS, was developed to systematically increase vigilance behaviors, provide frequent, performance-based feedback, and place minimal financial and time demands on management for maintenance. RAMS produced a 272% increase in vigilance performance. |
| |
| Intelligence, Security, and the Application of Behavior Analysis. |
| GARY M. JACKSON (SAIC) |
| Abstract: Dr. Jackson has spent over two decades incorporating principles of applied behavior analysis into advanced artificial intelligence applications. These automated behavior analysis applications have been validated to accurately identify antecedents and consequences of threatening behavior and to predict specific threat on problems of national concern. From detecting malicious behavior of hackers in real-time to identifying terrorist threat, all applications have a strong applied behavior analysis foundation. This technology has been used in areas such as terrorism, computer security, corporate espionage, and chemical/biological threat. Dr. Jackson will describe how automated behavior analysis works. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Bridging the Gap: Using Distance Technologies For Technology Transfer |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Astoria |
| Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| CE Instructor: Siri Morris Ming, M.A. |
| Chair: Judith E. Favell (AdvoServ) |
| SIRI MORRIS MING (Humboldt County Office of Education) |
| VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
| KRISTEN COPELAND (Private Consultant) |
| KIRSTEN K. YURICH (The Vista School) |
| Abstract: With a growing interest in behavior analysis around the world, particularly for children with autism, many behavior analysts are called upon to provide services and supervision in far-flung regions with few services and supports. Distance technologies such as Web-based video conferencing, electronic video review, and simple phone calls can provide an efficient means of providing consultative services, and can also provide a means of establishing behavior analytic services in communities where none were formerly present. Distance-based supervision can mean the difference between a community with a growing number of certified behavior analysts, associate behavior analysts, and an ABA affiliate chapter, or a community with loosely tied practitioners "doing the best they can". Remote coaching can efficiently reach teachers and instructional assistants in classrooms that otherwise would rarely have supervision opportunities. However, the use of distance technologies also presents unique practical and ethical issues with regards to ensuring the effectiveness of this type of consultation, and exacerbates the difficulties inherent in any non-employee supervision arrangement. In this presentation, panel members will discuss the joys and tribulations of providing and receiving "virtual" supervision and coaching. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional and Methodological Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| PDR 3 |
| Area: TPC |
| Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
| |
| Social Validity: Current Status and Practice. |
| Domain: Theory |
| RUTH M. DEBAR (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: The importance of social validity was raised in the first publication of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis in 1968. In this seminal article, the link between applied research and social importance was included as a defining dimension of applied behavior analysis. Given that it has been nearly sixteen years since this concept received careful attention, the purpose of the current literature review sought to assess the current practice of social validity as addressed in research articles in prominent behavioral journals. The status of social validity was assessed along the author’s reporting of what, how, from whom, and when social validity data were collected. In addition, other dimensions of social validity were examined, including incorporation of maintenance, generalization, use of natural environment, and typical intervening caregivers. Detailed findings of the current practices of social validity are presented. In addition, future considerations of social validity are discussed. |
| |
| The Relationship of Positive Behavior Support and Applied Behavior Analysis: An Empirical Perspective. |
| Domain: Theory |
| MATTHEW TINCANI (University of Nevada), Kevin J. Filter (Minnesota State University) |
| |
| Abstract: A recent debate has evolved about positive behavior support and its relationship to applied behavior analysis. Although a variety of viewpoints have been offered, little data have been presented to support these varying perspectives. Presenters will describe results of a survey of behavioral professionals about PBS and ABA. Respondents were asked an array of questions, including how they value and incorporate the components of PBS and ABA in their professional work. Results suggest the need for continued dialog and collaboration among proponents of PBS and ABA. Data-based suggestions will be offered to facilitate continued discourse and collaboration among proponents of both perspectives. |
| |
| Have Behavior Analysts Increased and Maintained. |
| Domain: Theory |
| AMANDA E. GULD (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) stated that applied behavior analysis should strive to be capable of producing generalized outcomes. Since then, behavior analysts have encouraged research in generalization and maintenance of the behavior changes we create and categorized the generalization promoting strategies used in the literature most frequently (e.g., Stokes & Baer, 1977; Stokes & Osnes, 1989). The purpose of this paper was to extend previous reviews of the generalization and maintenance literature (i.e.,Osnes & Lieblein, 2003; Osnes, 2007) in order to determine the current procedures being used to determine when generalization and maintenance has occurred. In addition, behavior intervention studies that assessed generalization or maintenance were analyzed to determine which generalization promoting strategies the authors used and whether these procedures were responsible for producing the generalized responding found in the study. Results are discussed in terms of comparison between the results of the current review and previous reviews (i.e., Osnes & Lieblein, 2003; Osnes, 2007) and a call is made for studies that are designed to investigate the effectiveness of procedures used to produce generalization and maintenance. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Procedures to Increase Expressive Language |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Stevens 5 |
| Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: John W. Esch (ESCH Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
| CE Instructor: John W. Esch, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium presents a review and 3 empirical papers on the acquisition of expressive language. The first two papers offer procedures to increase vocalizations with children who vocalize little. The Esch et al. paper used a lag schedule to increase vocal variability to train an echoic with children who had a diagnosis of autism. The Shillingsburg et al. paper used an extinction procedure to teach vocal mands with children who signed. To determine the efficacy of a common language instruction practice, the Petursdottir and Carr paper reviewed the literature on teaching receptive before expressive repertoires. The Williams et al. paper presented a procedure to teach children with a diagnosis of autism to label abstract figures as previously trained numerals. |
| |
| Increasing Vocal Variability with a Lag Schedule. |
| JOHN W. ESCH (ESCH Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Barbara E. Esch (ESCH Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Jessa R. Love (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism have vocal repertoires that are too limited to allow successful shaping of more complex vocal responses. Vocal variability would provide a greater number of phonemes available for reinforcement, thus increasing the overall complexity of the speech repertoire. Previous research (e.g., Page & Neuringer, 1985) shows that variability is a reinforceable dimension of behavior, much like frequency or intensity. In applied settings, it has been demonstrated that Lag schedules (differentially reinforcing behaviors that differ from the previous behavior) can alter behavioral variability. This study used a Lag 1 schedule to increase vocal variability in a child with a diagnosis of autism. Once variability was established, a frequently emitted sound was selected and established as an echoic. |
| |
| Effects of Extinction on the Rate and Variability of Vocalizations. |
| M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University School of Me), Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center), Diana Garcia (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: Children with autism often have significant communication delays. Although some children develop vocalizations, others rarely exhibit speech sounds and alternative communication methods, such as sign language, are targeted in intervention. However, vocal language often remains a goal for caregivers and clinicians. Thus, strategies to increase the frequency and variability in speech sounds are needed. An increase in response variability has been demonstrated using extinction. Duker and van Lent (1991) showed that an increase in previously low-rate gestures occurred following extinction of high-rate gestures in individuals with mental retardation. The present study examined the effect of similar procedures on the rate of vocalizations in two children diagnosed with autism. Both participants were observed to emit low rates of vocalizations and exhibited functional use of several mands using sign language. During baseline, correct signs were reinforced with access to the preferred item. During intervention, reinforcement was withheld following emission of signs and vocalizations were followed by access to the preferred item. A multiple baseline design across preferred items was used. An increase in the rate of vocalizations occurred following application of extinction of each signed mand. Extinction conditions were then applied to the highest frequency vocalizations to examine effects on vocal variability. |
| |
| Is Receptive Language a Prerequisite for Teaching Expressive Language? A Review of Experimental Findings. |
| ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Treatment manuals for children with autism often recommend completing the training of “receptive” language skills before implementing training of the corresponding “expressive” skills, even for children who already have a strong echoic repertoire. However, this is not an empirically based recommendation. From the perspective of Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior, different expressive programs target different verbal operants, such as the mand, the tact, and the intraverbal. Experimental research on the relative benefits of teaching receptive vs. expressive skills has typically focused on the tact as an instance of expressive language. A review of this research indicates that although results have varied across individuals, substantial evidence exists that tact training is more likely to generate receptive skills than receptive training is to generate tacts, in addition to having potential additional benefits. We discuss why this may be the case and point out areas for future research on the tact and other verbal operants. |
| |
| Can we Teach Abstract Thinking to Children with Autism? |
| GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Anna Beatriz Müller Queiroz (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Daniel Carvalho de Matos (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Kimberly Vogt (David Gregory School), Manuela Fernandez Vuelta (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje) |
| Abstract: Normally developing children demonstrate the ability to generate novel behavior by associating objects they encounter daily (e.g., “Look, it is number eight. It looks like a snowman.”) Children with autism generally cannot see this kind of abstraction. The purpose of the study was to teach three children with autism to observe similarities among a variety of shapes and numbers (e.g., “It is number one”, when seeing a string.). The procedure consisted of probing the responses presenting a string and a wooden measure in the shape of numbers from 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, and 8. The antecedent was, “What does this look like?”. Then, the children learned a series of conditional discriminations, following several phases, using multiple exemplars with shapes and drawings similar to numbers. When they completed all the phases, we probed the emergence of the behavior with the string and the wooden measure. The results indicated that the children were able to name correct numbers using the untrained material. |
|
| |
| |
|
The Choice to Take a Drug of Abuse: Contributions of Research with Non-Humans |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
| International North |
| Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
| CE Instructor: William L. Woolverton, Ph.D. |
| Chair: John M. Roll (Washington State University) |
| WILLIAM L. WOOLVERTON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Dr. William L. Woolverton is a Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. Trained as a behavioral pharmacologist, he has maintained a multi-disciplinary research effort that has included both pharmacological and behavioral analysis of factors that influence drug self-administration and drug discrimination by non-human subjects. He has published over 160 scientific papers and approximately 30 book chapters. He is well known for his work on the relationship between monoamine neurotransmitters and stimulant abuse, and for his study of the behavioral determinants of the choice to self-administer a drug. He received several awards acknowledging his research contributions. His service and teaching activities include membership on the Board of Directors of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence, several NIH Study Sections, and mentorship of numerous pre- and post-doctoral fellows in behavioral pharmacology and addiction research. |
| Abstract: Much of behavior, including self-administration of abused drugs, may be conceptualized as involving a choice among available alternatives. Laboratory research involving non-humans has substantially contributed to our understanding of the behavioral determinants of drug choice. It has been demonstrated that the relative magnitude of drug and non-drug reinforcers, as well as relative cost, frequency and probability of reinforcement can all influence the choice to take a drug. Recent research has suggested that the choice to self-administer a drug may be strongly influenced by the rate at which the value of delayed reinforcers is discounted. Research with non-humans has much to contribute to our understanding of this conceptualization. In addition to helping us understand environmental determinants of drug abuse, basic research with non-humans can help suggest behavioral treatment strategies that may be useful alone or in conjunction with pharmacological treatment. |
|
| |
| |
|
| All Things Great and Small: Education and Employment in Applied Animal Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
| 4A |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: Margaret H. Gibbs (Leash & Collar Dog Training) |
| Discussant: Jennifer L. Sobie (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals) |
| Abstract: Animal behavior is a field recognized to require an extensive knowledge of species-specific ethology coupled with a complete and academically supported understanding of the principles and applications of behavior analysis. This field has experienced rapid and indeed impressive growth in recent years; growth that has been reflected in part by the exponential increase in animal behavior-related presentations at the annual meeting of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. In addition, the Applied Animal Behavior SIG receives steady inquiries from both undergraduate and graduate students regarding the availability and location of behavior analytic programs that offer education relevant to applied animal behavior. However, accredited programs of study in AAB are few, and an informal poll of a number of university department chairs indicates that this may be due in part to an uncertainty regarding the existence of practical employment in the field. This symposium packages presentations from four distinct employment sectors in Applied Animal Behavior as a means to inform ABA membership of the growth and viability of the field of Applied Animal Behavior. |
| |
| The Silent Sector: Behavior Analysis and Animal Sheltering. |
| CARMEN BUITRAGO (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals), Kristen Collins (American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals) |
| Abstract: It is common knowledge to all that animal shelters take in abandoned and abused animals, lost house pets, and promote general animal health and welfare. What may not be as widely known is that animal sheltering is a growing employment sector in the United Sates, and that the services of animal shelters are increasingly encompassing animal behavior management and treatment. These services demand applicants with both the education and experience to utilize behavior analysis in treatment of diverse and complex behavior problems including aggression, resource guarding, separation anxiety and robust disobedience. This presentation offers information on the employment market and job opportunities in animal sheltering today. |
| |
| Companion Animal Behaviour Counseling: Provision within the Profession. |
| ELIZABETH ANNE MCBRIDE (University of Southampton) |
| Abstract: Companion animal behaviour counseling is a rapidly expanding professional field. As the population moves more and more toward urban living and pets are expected to live in cramped quarters with little species-relevant enrichment, serious behaviour problems are on the increase and are driving the field. Also contributing is the cultural acceptance of pets as companions rather than working animals, and the accompanying increase in pet-to-pet interaction. At the same time, the current litigation cultural demands responsibility in pet ownership, including and perhaps most especially the pet’s behaviour. Competent companion animal behaviour consultation derives from a multidisciplinary educational background that includes knowledge of learning theory and behaviour analysis, veterinary science, ethology, physiology, pharmacology, law, and clinical behaviour counseling, areas of expertise that cannot be acquired through nonacademic training experiences. Recognition of this fact is driving increased referrals to educated professionals in the field. This presentation provides an overview of the field of companion animal behaviour counseling and opportunities for employment. |
| |
| Career Opportunities in Marine Mammal Science and Husbandry. |
| KENNETH T. RAMIREZ (John G. Shedd Aquarium) |
| Abstract: Marine mammal training is a rewarding but difficult career to pursue. The available positions are finite, and the competition for positions is high. Education requirements begin with a Bachelor of Science or Arts degree incorporating courses in learning theory and behavior analysis, and progress according to the specific requirements of the actual position. In addition, all facilities require practical animal experience, and most suggest internship experience in an actual aquarium or oceanarium setting. Well-qualified intern applicants will find themselves applying a number of times before earning acceptance into a program. On the up side, work with marine mammals is very rewarding and continually interesting, offering diversity both in daily work sessions and challenges facing the training team. This presentation will provide a bit of insight into the opportunities for students interested in a career in marine mammal training. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Tutorial: Creating and Managing Distance Learning Courses for Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Leslie S. Burkett, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
| Presenting Authors: : LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Distance learning is here to stay and growing fast. To "grow" our field and compete in today's educational world, "we happy few" need to embrace this opportunity to disseminate our knowledge into remote areas and provide courses for degrees and certification requirements. This tutorial will provide an overview of what it takes to set up and manage distance learning courses. Topics of the tutorial include: the Instruction, Delivery methods, Technology, Costs, and Ongoing course administration with the focus on student learning. Based on our own extensive experience at the University of North Texas as well as research on how others handle their online courses, the tutorial addresses these questions: Where do I start? What's involved? What's different about "distance" learning? Can I do it myself, or what kind of help do I need? What kinds of instruction work best? How much will it cost? Will students be successful learners? How will I know? |
| |
| LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas) |
Dr. Leslie S. Burkett is Project Coordinator for the graduate certificate distance learning courses at the Department of Behavior Analysis, University of North Texas. She earned her masters in Behavior Analysis and doctorate in Information Science, both at the University of North Texas. Inspired 20 years ago by Sigrid Glenn’s visionary plan to use the computer to implement B. F. Skinner’s teaching machine, Dr. Burkett has collaborated with Dr. Glenn to develop a highly successful program of courses designed to build complex behavior analytic repertoires using highly interactive, multichannel, multimedia online instruction. As a result, Dr. Burkett has experience in most aspects of distance learning, participating as instructional designer and developer, computer programmer, web site developer, and course administrator for 25 semesters. She has shared research data as well as instructional and technological techniques related to online distance learning through many ABA presentations over the past 15 years. |
|
| |
| |
|
| EAHB-SIG Distinguished Career Award: A. Charles Catania |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 11:30 AM–11:50 AM |
| Metra |
| Area: EAB |
| Chair: A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| |
| EAHB-SIG Distinguished Career Award: A. Charles Catania |
| Domain: Theory |
| A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| |
| Abstract: Verbal behavior allows the creation of fictional entities such as angels and demons. Because it does so we must be alert to whether entities with similar functions can enter into our science. The history of science is replete with entities that began as verbal ones and that later became tightly related to environmental events: e.g., atoms, synapses, genes, black holes. But some verbal entities in the behavioral and psychological sciences have been less amenable to measurement: e.g., feelings, consciousness, ideas, mind. Clearly, created verbal entities can sometimes prove useful. Along with that potential, however, comes the risk that they will sometimes deflect our attention from practical lines of research into areas that turn out to be blind alleys. This presentation will explore some of the variables that enter into the creation of verbal entities and the antecedents and consequences of such entities as they bear upon behavior analytic research and its applications. Examples have occasionally appeared within behavior analysis, and even within the analysis of verbal behavior itself. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| #394 Poster Session (AUT) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 1. Using Functional Communication Training to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior of a Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SHAWN J. VESEL (St. Cloud State University), Yiu M. Fung (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a serious and chronic problem for persons with autism. A descriptive analysis conducted indicated that demand was the maintaining variable for SIB. However when environmental variables were manipulated in an analogue functional analysis results indicated that attention was the maintaining variable for SIB. We used the results of the functional analysis to develop a functional communication training program to reduce SIB. The results showed that the use of the communication card served as an effective replacement. |
| |
|
| 2. Assessment and Treatment of Space Invading in an Adult with Autism and Severe Mental Retardation. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| DAVID MATTHEW HARRISON (Bay Cove Human Services/Northeastern University) |
| Abstract: The current study assessed the effects of a novel intervention, a remote sensory device (RSD), on space invasion which was maintained by non-social consequences. The subject was an adult diagnosed with autism and severe mental retardation. A functional assessment, including staff interviews and direct observation was conducted (Figure 2) prior to the implementation of a full, alternating treatments functional analysis (Figure 3). The functional analysis revealed that space invading was maintained by non-social contingencies. A treatment was implemented during which the participant was given non-contingent access to stimulation provided through the manipulation of a remote sensory device (RSD; cf., Figure 4). Reliability measurements were taken on an average of 35% of assessment sessions with a mean agreement of 91.71%, and 46.55% of treatment sessions with an average agreement of 96.8%. Results supported past research by demonstrating the effectiveness of non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) as a treatment for automatically reinforced behavior (Figure 5). Two month follow-up baseline and treatment probes were conducted (cf., Figure 5). These data suggest that varied stimulation prolonged the treatment effects of non-contingent reinforcement. Directions for future research should consider how to better achieve lasting treatment effects with the use of the RSD or other methods in which stimulation is varied. |
| |
|
| 3. Extended Functional Analysis of Aggression Maintained by Specific Forms of Attention. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Lisa A. Studer (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the control that specific environmental variables had on rates of aggressive behavior of a 19-year-old woman. A previous assessment revealed that aggression was maintained by access to attention; therefore, an extended functional analysis was conducted to investigate the control that specific forms of negative staff attention had on maintaining high rates of aggressive behavior. Results indicated that heightened physical attention and heightened verbal attention maintained aggression. Subsequently, a social extinction procedure waimplemented and rates of aggressive behavior significantly decreased. A multiple baseline across staff showed a decrease in aggression across all staff members. A maintenance probe conducted thirty days following the last session demonstrated that social extinction continued to maintain low rates of aggression. Inter-observer agreement data were collected across 30% of sessions and averaged 96% (range 94%–100%). |
| |
|
| 4. Effects of a Knowledge and Support Intervention on Aggressive Acts in Siblings of Individuals Diagnosed with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| GWEN M. MARTIN (The May Institute) |
| Abstract: Typically-developing siblings of children diagnosed with autism have been found to exhibit high levels of externalizebehavioral problems, specifically anger outbursts and aggression (Rodrigue, Geffkin, & Morgan, 1993; Seligman & Darlin 1997; Stoneman, 2005) which can be traced back to a lack of support and knowledge about the disorder (Wolf, Fisman, Ellison, & Freeman, 1998). The goal of this study was to address this aggression by attending to the typically developing sibling’s support and educational needs. Nine participants wer recruited for this study (three typically developing sibling participants between the ages of 7 to 11 years old and 6 corresponding parent and caregiver participants). All sibling participants had one sibling diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and a significant history of aggressive outbursts related to or aimed at their sibling diagnosed with autism. A multiple probe single subject research design was used.
The study confirmed that aggressive behaviors of typically developing siblings of children diagnosed with autism towards or related to their siblings with autism can be reduced with interventions comprised of knowledge and support elements. All of the sibling participants exhibited a 70% or greater decrease in aggressive acts that was maintained throughout the length of the study. |
| |
|
| 5. Increasing Chews Per Bite in a Child with a Pediatric Feeding Disorder. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOHN GALLE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Taira Lanagan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Differential reinforcement has been demonstrated to increase the number of chews per bite (Shore, LeBlanc & Simmons, 1999), but limited research has been done to examine the effectiveness of a chewing treatment protocol that does not employ any type of differential reinforcement. The purpose of the current treatment was to increase the amount of chews per bite in a child with a pediatric feeding disorder. All chewing probe sessions were conducted using pancakes as the target food. Prior to treatment sessions, pre-session chewing was completed by chewing on a thin vinyl tube. Data were collected on the number of chews per bite during all sessions. Additionally, vocal counting was temporarily included to achieve chewing rates at the criterion level. Results demonstrated that the child was able to increase independent chews per bite to an acceptable level with pancakes. The child’s higher level of chewing was also able to be maintained when other foods were introduced. Inter-observer data was collected during this evaluation. |
| |
|
| 7. Separate and Combined Effects of Visual Schedules and Extinction Plus Differential Reinforcement on Problem Behavior Occasioned by Transitions. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| MELISSA WATERS (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
| Abstract: The separate and combined effects of visual schedules and extinction plus differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) were evaluated to decrease transition-related problem behavior of two children diagnosed with autism. Visual schedules alone were ineffective in reducing problem behavior during transitions from preferred to non-preferred activities. When extinction was introduced, problem behavior decreased for both participants, regardless of whether visual schedules were also used. |
| |
|
| 8. Problematic Urination in an Adult with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| MICHAEL R. MAYTON (Tennessee Technological University), Stacy L. Carter (Tennessee Technological University), Anthony Menendez (Cleveland State University) |
| Abstract: The participant in this study was an adult with autism whose problematic urination was found to serve a sensory function, after common medical etiologies were first ruled out. Utilizing an A-B-A-BC-A-BCD withdrawal design, a treatment package consisting of controlled fluid intake plus scheduled prompts for elimination, simple restitution, and water play was systematically introduced for the purpose of behavior reduction. Results of the intervention were very positive, as rates of the target behavior experienced an 85% overall decrease. |
| |
|
| 9. Response-Response Relations: The Effects of Blocking vs. Preventing Stereotypy on the Occurrence of Aggression. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| PAUL A. NIESEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: The interruption of automatically-maintained behavior, such as stereotypy, has been demonstrated to both occasion other destructive behaviors (Hagopian et al., 1997) and/or effectively reduce the stereotypic behavior (Lalli et al., 1996). Research studying the former relation suggests that destructive behavior functions to terminate the interruption of stereotypy. Thus, in a free-operant situation, stereotypy and not destructive behavior would be observed. The current study was conducted with a 13-year-old male who was admitted to an inpatient hospital f the assessment and treatment of severe aggressive behavior. He was observed to engage in high levels of stereotypic behavior (flapping folded pieces of paper) during the majority of his day which, when prevented, occasioned aggressive behavior. Initial attempts to demonstrate this relation by removing paper and delivering it contingent upon aggression failed. However, blocking stereotypic paper flapping did reliably occasion aggressive behavior. Thus, the outright removal of the materials necessary for the stereotypic behavior did not occasion problem behavior, but interruption of stereotypic behavior did. It is hypothesized that the presence of the paper itsefunctioned as a discriminative stimulus for stereotypic behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 33% sessions and averaged above 80%. |
| |
|
| 10. The Efficacy of ECT in Treating Catatonic Symptoms in People with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE CARMAN DEVOS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marilyn D. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: The occurrence of catatonia in people with autism, especially adolescents, has been described in recent studies (Bailine & Petraviciute, 2007). Catatonia brings an increase in the severity of behavioral features such as mutism, posturing, and rigidity that impair daily functioning. While Electroconvulsive Therapy (ECT) has been used to treat catatoni documentation of its use for people with autism is rare. Existing research lacks an objective measure of the decrease in catatonic symptoms, most often citing observation and anecdotal report (Bailine & Petraviciute, 2007; Zaw et al. 1999). A systematic method is needed for evaluating the efficacy of ECT. ECT was used to treat catatonic symptoms in a 14-year-old female with autism and self-injurious behavior. The participant was prompted to complete academic and functional tasks throughout her stay in an inpatient behavioral treatment unit. Rates of compliance and correct responding demonstrate improved performance after ECT and regression when ECT was temporarily suspended. Similar trends were reflected in rates of maladaptive behaviors. Rates of compliance with tasks and correct responding may offer a discrete measure of the effectiveness of ECT that is more replicable than observation, more practical to implement than continuous behavior counts, and sustainable over time. |
| |
|
| 11. The Use of Functional Communication Training and Differential Reinforcement to Reduce Attention-Maintained Aggression. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| AMBER BRUNS (Children's Care Hospital and School), Andrea R. Hewitt (Children's Care Hospital and School) |
| Abstract: This case study examines the use of functional communication training (FCT) plus a momentary differential reinforcement of other behaviors (mDRO) in the treatment of attention-maintained aggression. The subject was a 13-year-old female diagnosed with Angelman syndrome and autism. The study demonstrated that FCT plus mDRO was effective in decreasing aggression. |
| |
|
| 12. Decreasing Elopement Behavior While Increasing Appropriate Replacement Behaviors in a Student Diagnosed with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| PATRICIA A. FINNEY (Melmark New England), Keri Butters (Melmark New England), Colleen Mooney (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: This case study examined the effects of training alternative responses on the elopement behavior of a 14-year-old individual with autism. Although the frequency of elopement may be considered low by some standards (M = 0.4/week during baseline), the participant was successful in leaving the premises, running across busy roadways and through wooded areas, and entering stranger’s homes. A functional assessment suggested an attention function; specifically the student appeared to enjoy having staff chase him. Training consisted of the introduction of a “stop” program and teaching the student to participate in “flag football.” With regards to the “stop” program, the participant was provided a verbal cue to “stop” whenever he moved approximately 2-3 feet in front of staff and received an edible reinforcer contingent on stopping as instructed. The participant was also taught to participate in “flag football” and was able to initiate staff chasing him through a more appropriate means. Upon introduction of both programs, student bolting decreased to zero levels across two settings. |
| |
|
| 13. A Virtual Functional Analysis of Property Destruction. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JUAN-CARLOS LOPEZ (Melmark New England), Tim Biermaas (Melmark New England), Rich Cappo (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: We conducted a computer-based functional analysis of property destruction in a young man with autism and severe mental retardation. Property destruction consisted of breaking objects made of glass or clay. A prior functional assessment suggested that this behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement, but it was unclear the extent to which the sound or the sight of the glass breaking maintained the behavior. Due to safety concerns, we used audio and visual computer files that mimicked objects breaking and observed how many times the participant clicked each file. The results suggest that the sound of glass breaking was the stimulus that may represent the consequence that maintains property destruction in his repertoire. This study illustrates how computer files can be used to indirectly assess dimensions of stimuli that may be too dangerous or impractical to be assessed directly. |
| |
|
| 14. Effects of a Long-Term Treatment Package to Address Tantrum Behavior in a Child with PDD/NOS. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KERI BUTTERS (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: This case study examined the effects of a multicomponent treatment package, including function-based treatment design and differential reinforcement of low rates of behaviors (DRL). The participant was a 10-year-old girl diagnosed with PDD/NOS who exhibited high levels of tantrum behavior, which consisted of aggression and self-injury. During non-function-based treatment, tantrum behavior occurred an average of 19 minutes per day, with 117 self-injurious behaviors and 68 aggressions per day. Descriptive functional assessment indicated that escape served as the maintaining function, and an escape extinction procedure was introduced. Reductions were noted only for self-injury (tantrum M = 33.3 minutes, self-injury M = 89, aggression M = 105 per day). Significant behavior change occurred when a DRL procedure was added to the treatment (tantrum M = 1.1 minutes, self-injury M = 5.4, aggression M = 3.6 per day). The DRL also included a visual cue that signaled to the participant that the tantrum duration was approaching the criterion limit. Interobserver agreement data collected on a weekly basis for 20 months averaged 100%. |
| |
|
| 15. Reducing Pica Behavior by Teaching Functional Play Routines With Play-Doh. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ERIN WALKER BURKE (BEACON Services), Steven Rivers (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Pica behavior with young children tends to be a very resilient behavior often modified through the use of punishment techniques (Piazza et al., 1998). In this study, a 2-and-a-half-year-old child with Autism who consumed Play-Doh was the participant. Multiple strategies were unsuccessfully employed including changing the flavor of the Play-Doh by adding a non-preferred edible substance, and using a least-to-most prompting strategy to engage with Play-Doh without eating it, for increasing periods of time. After these procedures were proven to ineffective for this child, a third procedure was employed including conducting a preference assessment on other edibles and using a picture schedule and errorless teaching to have the child complete a structured play routine with the Play-Doh. Over a number of trials, marked reductions in eating Play-Doh were observed, with increasing independence on total number of steps on a task analysis. Additionally, follow-up data yielded zero rates of eating the Play-Doh across settings. |
| |
|
| 16. The Effects of Demand Manipulation on Escape-Maintained Behavior. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMANDA LYN BRIDGEMAN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of two types of demand presentations on the rate of aggression. The participant was a 12-year-old nonverbal male diagnosed with autism. The two types of demand sessions were presented within in a multielement design. Data were collected utilizing frequency recording for aggression. A functional analysis was conducted to determine the function of aggression. Once an escape function was identified, two different demand sessions were implemented. The first condition was a standard demand condition with 30 seconds of escape contingent on aggression. Hierarchical prompting utilizing verbal, model and physical prompts were provided. In the second condition, demands were presented in whole task increments, and only verbal prompts were provided. Thirty seconds of escape was given for an occurrence of aggression. The results showed that when presented with demands utilizing a whole task approach the rate of aggression was much lower. Future research will attempt to decrease the necessity of whole task presentation with the addition of differential reinforcement for compliance. |
| |
|
| 17. Evaluation of Two Communicative Response Modalities During Functional Communication Intervention for a Young Child with Autism and Self-Injurious Behavior. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| STACY E. DANOV (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota) |
| Abstract: Severe problem behavior among children with autism is common and may interfere with communicative development. Identifying the function of the problem behavior can lead to appropriate function-matched targeted intervention that are often communication based. When the child has two or more possible communicative response modalities already in their repertoire, no clear guidelines exist for selecting the appropriate form of communicative response. In this single case demonstration, two existing communication modalities were directly compared following a functional analysis of a 3-year-old boy with autism. The results of the functional analysis indicated self-injurious behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement. Two forms of communicative responding (verbal speech and picture cards) were evaluated during subsequent functional communication training. Findings indicated SIB was eliminated during sessions and mands producing the functional reinforcer were observed in all picture card sessions. Overall, the results showed the effectiveness of a picture versus a verbal response modality for this child to request preferred items as a way to compete with and functionally replace self-injury. Self-injury never occurred during the picture sessions, however, verbal sessions were not associated with any independent requests. Interobserver agreement was calculated for approximately 25% of the session with a mean IOA of 95.8%. |
| |
|
| 18. Using Structural Analyses to Identify the Influence of Competing Stimuli. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ERIC FRANTINO (City University of New York Graduate Center, Johns Hopkins University), Lauren K. Schnell (Queens College, Quality Services for the Autism Community), Ronald Lee (Quality Services for the Autism Community) |
| Abstract: Functional analyses have been effective in identifying the variables that maintain problem behavior. However, the results of functional analyses are often influenced by the presence of specific antecedent stimuli. As a result, an antecedent analysis may be required to examine the effects of these stimuli. In the present study, a functional analysis of the problem behavior exhibited by 3 participants with autism was followed by a structural analysis to identify the influence of competing stimuli on the occurrence of the problem behavior. For each participant, competing stimuli were identified and incorporated into the subsequent treatment procedure. The results showed that structural analyses and the resulting identification of competing stimuli may be helpful in forming treatment procedures for problem behavior. |
| |
|
| 19. Reduction Through Recreation: Utilizing Recreation and Leisure Skills to Decrease Self-Stimulatory Behaviors in an Individual with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| STEVEN M. NIEBLAS (Sussex Consortium - Delaware Autism Program), Edel Drevno (Sussex Consortium - Delaware Autism Program) |
| Abstract: Ezra, a 12-year-old public school student with an educational classification of autism, spent extended periods of time engaged in self-stimulatory or automatically reinforcing behaviors (ARBs), which interfered with his functioning. Due to the frequency of his behavior, physical prompting became necessary; he was not attending enough to acknowledge pictured, gestured or modeled prompts. Safety in community settings also became an issue. When Ezra engaged in ARBs, he was off-task, and unresponsive to peers, staff and environmental cues. As Ezra’s school program changed to focus on vocational goals, including new environments, increased numbers of staff and more daily transitions, the need for increased on-task behavior became critical, given the goals of job training and long-term independence. Ezra’s ARBs jeopardized his participation in vocational/community settings, a common issue for people with developmental disabilities (Carr and Carlson, 1993). A single-subject multicomponent treatment design, that included schedule manipulation and training of recreational skills, was initiated to reduce Ezra’s ARBs. A measure of latency of his ARBs in different environments and during different activities was collected. His degree of task completion was also measured. Based on preliminary data, the outcome suggests that increased and consistent use of recreational skills will result in decreasing Ezra’s ARBs. |
| |
|
| 20. Assessment and Treatment of Undesired Vocalizations Exhibited by a Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| DAVID J. SHAW (Behavior Analysis, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Environmental manipulations at the child’s home were used to validate the hypothesized function of the behavior targeted for reduction, as well as to identify potential interventions. The child’s primary caregiver assisted throughout this process with instruction provided by the behavior analyst. These probes confirmed hypotheses based upon caregiver reports, but also resulted in identification of additional maintaining variables. A multi-faceted treatment package was developed based upon the identified functions of the behavior, resulting in a decrease to near zero rates. A return to baseline conditions resulted in increased rates of undesired vocalizations, but the behavior returned to zero rates when treatment procedures were again implemented. This case demonstrates that it is sometimes feasible to utilize a caregiver with minimal training to assist with environmental manipulations that lead to accurately identifying the function(s) of a behavior, allowing for effective treatments to be developed in a timely manner at a minimal cost. |
| |
|
| 21. Treatment of Aggression Exhibited by a 10-Year-Old Child with Autism without Physical Restraint. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| GAIL WAYMAN (The Wayman Learning Center), Holly Ramsey (The Wayman Learning Center), Ashley Gomez (The Wayman Learning Center), Kelly McClendon (The Wayman Learning Center) |
| Abstract: Treating aggression often requires the implementation of procedures that may cause a temporary increase in the frequency, duration and intensity of problem behaviors. In the case of aggression, especially when treating children, some type of physical restraint is often viewed as necessary for the purpose of protecting the child and staff. This case study describes a comprehensive treatment plan for a 10-year-old child diagnosed with autism who engaged in high rates of aggression that included striking with hands and feet, biting, head butting, pulling clothing and throwing objects. The child had attended public school for seven years and was non-vocal except for a couple of mands, and had no other form of functional communication. The school district placed the child in a day program that provides intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism. Physical restraint was specifically excluded from the treatment plan and staff members shielded themselves from strikes, bites, etc. with large soft objects such as bean bags and inflatable balls. Aggression was reduced significantly and there were no serious injuries. The child was able to return to his public school classroom after four months, and was able to spontaneously communicate using manual sign. |
| |
|
| 22. The Effects of Delay to Reinforcement on Problem Behavior and Appropriate Requests for Tangibles. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ALFRED BREWIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christina M. Vorndran (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Jenna Taylor (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
| Abstract: In this study, we examined the utility of Functional Communication Training with a progressive delay to reinforcement and extinction on problem behaviors of two 13-year-old males diagnosed with autism and mental retardation. Results of a functional analysis indicated that both participants’ problem behaviors were maintained by access to tangibles. In addition, anecdotal data indicated that both partially engaged in problem behaviors when delivery of requested items was delayed. Thus, following initial training of the FCT response, delays to reinforcement were gradually and systematically increased to a terminal delay of 15 minutes. The results of reversal design indicated that this treatment procedure was effective in reducing problem behaviors by at least 91% while maintaining stable rates of appropriate requests. For Participant 2 the effects of signaled and unsignaled delays were evaluated in an alternating treatment design. Results showed that signaled delays were associated with fewer inappropriate/repeated requests. No difference was observed for problem behaviors. The implications of the use of this treatment in applied settings and future research were discussed. |
| |
|
| 23. The Effects of Noncontingent Self-Restraint on Self-Injury. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SABRINA MORALES (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Denise Marzullo (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College) |
| Abstract: Investigations of the relationship between self-injury and self-restraint suggest that access to self-restraint may reduce self-injury. The present evaluation examined the effects of noncontingent self-restraint (e.g., covering head with the hood from a sweatshirt jacket) on rates of self-injurious behavior across conditions where access to self-restraint was sequentially introduced and withdrawn. The participant was a 16-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. The effects of noncontingent self restraint were assessed within a standard reversal design. The participant was prompted by the therapist to complete academic activities during both conditions. During Condition A: No Self-Restraint, staff blocked each attempt to self-restrain, and the hooded sweatshirt was absent from the session room. This series of sessions was followed by Condition B: Noncontingent Self-Restraint. During these sessions, all topographies of self-restraint were permitted, including wearing a hooded sweatshirt throughout the session. Frequency data for self-injurious behavior and self-restraint were collected during each of the 5-minute sessions. Rates of self-injury decreased 51.84 % from baseline when access to self-restraint was permitted. Results suggest that noncontingent self-restraint may serve as a potentially effective component in treatment for self-injury. Future research will further investigate the effects of noncontingent restraint on automatically maintained self-injury. |
| |
|
| 24. Evaluating the Relationship Between Food Sensitivities and Problem Behavior. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOHN MORTENSEN (May South, Inc.), William A. Flood (May South, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Popular literature on autism frequently suggests the use of specialized diets to treat behavioral symptoms. However, at the present time there is little scientific evidence to support their effectiveness. In this study, an ABA design was used to evaluate the effects of providing certain suspect food items on the occurrence of problem behavior. Suspect food items were identified via family reports and medical evaluation. Results of the study indicated no correlation between the ingestion of suspect food items and the occurrence of problem behavior. |
| |
|
| 25. Generalizing Delays to Reinforcement Across Settings. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICHOLAS M. CIFUNI (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College) |
| Abstract: In this study, the effectiveness and generalizability of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) and extinction on problem behaviors was examined for a 14-year-old male diagnosed with autism and impulse control disorder. Results of a functional analysis suggested that the participant’s problem behaviors were maintained by access to tangible items. Phase 1 of the study utilized DRO and extinction procedures, where the value of the DRO schedule was systematically increased to a terminal delay of 10 minutes. Data were collected within a reversal design. The results indicated that this treatment value was effective in reducing problem behaviors by 91%. Phase 2 examined schedule thinning and generalization of treatment after 2 months of implementation. Delays to reinforcement were gradually increased to 30 minutes across various settings. The results illustrated that this treatment generalized and was effective in reducing and maintaining low rate of problem behavior by 98% over baseline across different settings. The results demonstrate the importance of assessing long-term treatment gains across multiple settings. |
| |
|
| 26. Comparison of Reinforcement Alone and in Combination with Redirection for Treating Automatically-Reinforced Stereotypy. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| GESELL GAVIDIA (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Aimee Giles (New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: Previous research has shown that redirection procedures alone and in combination with reinforcement-based interventions have been effective in reducing automatically-reinforced stereotypy. However, it is unclear whether contingent reinforcement (CR) for an appropriate response alone would be effective in decreasing stereotypy. In the current study, CR alone and CR with redirection were compared for reducing the motor stereotypy of a 13-year-old female with autism. Motor stereotypy included hand flapping, hair flipping, object tapping, clapping, jumping up and down, and rocking back and forth. Results of a functional analysis showed that her motor stereotypy was automatically reinforced. During treatment, reversal and multielement designs were used to compare the effects of CR alone and CR with redirection on both stereotypy and appropriate responding. During CR, a high preference edible was delivered contingent on an appropriate academic response, and no programmed consequences were provided for motor stereotypy. During CR with redirection, a redirection procedure was added, which involved the presentation of instructions to engage in motor compliances contingent on stereotypy. Results showed that CR with redirection was necessary for decreasing motor stereotypy to clinically acceptable levels. These findings suggest that direct reductive procedures, such as redirection, may be necessary for reducing automatically-reinforced stereotypy. |
| |
|
| 27. The Effects of Sensory Activities on Aggression. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JULIE A. KLUSMANN (Children's Care Hospital and School), Jodie Eining (Children's Care Hospital and School), Amber Bruns (Children's Care Hospital and School), Paul J. Graumann (Children's Care Hospital and School) |
| Abstract: This study examined the use of deep pressure, proprioception, and movement activities to decrease aggression. Two males participated in the study, a 14-year-old diagnosed with PDD-NOS and an 11-year-old diagnosed with PDD-NOS and mental retardation. Results indicated that participation in the sensory activities decreased aggressive behaviors significantly spanning a 2-hour time frame during and following the sensory activities. |
| |
|
| 28. The Importance of Setting Event Identification: The Impact of Pollen Count on Rates of Maladaptive Behavior of Learners with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| RYAN MADIGAN (Rutgers University), Suzannah J. Ferraioli (Rutgers University), Melissa Ortega (Rutgers University), David Kieval (Rutgers University), Nathan Lambright (Rutgers University), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
| Abstract: Learners with autism often engage in several topographies of maladaptive behavior including, but not limited to, aggression, self-injury, and disruption. In general, practitioners use functional assessment to determine the factors that cause these behaviors and develop function-based treatments. However, challenging behavior may sometimes be affected by settings events that are difficult to evaluate in relation to their effect on behavior. One such setting event is seasonal allergies/pollen count level. The current investigation sought to compare the seasonal pollen counts to rates of maladaptive behavior over a period of six months for several learners with autism. Pollen counts were obtained from a National Allergy Bureau (NAB) counting station based in Newark, New Jersey. The results indicate that several students displayed cyclical changes in the rate of maladaptive behavior that were highly correlated with pollen counts. Results are discussed in terms of the identification of idiosyncratic factors that may influence challenging behavior and the importance of evaluating these setting events. |
| |
|
| 29. Self-injury in an 8-Year-Old with Autism: Determining Differential Function Across Settings and Caregivers. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SHELBY EVANS (Heartspring), Jennifer Miller (Heartspring), Megan Swett (Heartspring) |
| Abstract: Functional behavior analysis was used to determine the function of face-slapping in and 8-year-old male with autism. Previous functional analysis had identified an attention function within a controlled, formal testing environment. Nevertheless, direct observation of the behavior in the natural environment yielded a different function (escape). To tease out the various functions of face-slapping so that an effective intervention could be identified and implemented, additional functional assessments were conducted with novel, known, and preferred staff in a controlled environment, in the classroom setting, and in the home setting. Results found different rates of face-slapping and different functions for this behavior contingent upon the presence or absence of preferred staff and to some degree the setting in which the behavior occurred. Implications for brief functional assessments are discussed as well as considerations for the development of interventions. |
| |
|
| 30. The Treatment of Severe Aggressive and Destructive Behavior of an Adolescent Female within a Special Education Classroom. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JONATHAN W. IVY (Intermediate Unit #13) |
| Abstract: This poster describes the assessment and treatment of the severe problem behaviors of a 13-year-old female diagnosed with Autism and Moderate Mental Retardation within a special education classroom. Due to a history of engaging in severe problem behavior, which frequently resulted in injury to staff, the student was at risk of being placed in a highly restrictive setting. A program was specially designed for the student within a special education classroom. Functional assessments suggested that most problematic behaviors were maintained by tangible positive reinforcement. A treatment package was created that included functional communication training, time-out, contingent physical restraint, and various reinforcement programs. The treatment resulted in drastic and sustained reductions in all topographies of problem behavior. |
| |
|
| 31. Reduction of Non-Communicative Vocalizations Using Response-Cost and Delayed Response. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| ERIN F. STABNOW (Children's Care Hospital and School), Vicki L. Isler (Children's Care Hospital and School) |
| Abstract: Automatically reinforced behavior has typically been difficult to treat simply due to the intrinsic value it has for the individual. This study examined the use of a response-cost token system in conjunction with a teaching program that allowed the individual to choose periods of time alone in order to exhibit the target behavior. In this case the target behavior was non-communicative vocalizations. The subject was a 17-year-old male diagnosed with autism in attendance at a special-needs school and residential program. The academic day was targeted during this study. Results showed a marked decrease in non-communicative vocalizations as compared to baseline when the individual was allowed to choose 5-minutes of alone time, contingent upon absence of the target behavior and task completion. |
| |
|
| 32. Decreasing Vocal Stereotypy of Preschoolers Diagnosed with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| CATHERINE KITTS-MARTINEZ PARRISH (Beaumont Hospitals, CARE Program), Ian M. Santus (Beaumont Hospitals, CARE Program), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Beaumont Hospitals, HOPE Center) |
| Abstract: Functional assessment indicated that the vocal stereotypy of four preschoolers diagnosed with autism was undifferentiated (i.e., occurring at high rates consistently across sessions) suggesting that the stereotypy was multiply controlled and/or maintained by sensory reinforcement. Experimental functional analyses were conducted for two of the four students. Following the assessment phase, individualized treatment packages were implemented for each child, containing one or more of the following components: (1) Response interruption and redirection (RIRD), consisting of the tutor providing vocal instructions (i.e. social questions, tact behavior) contingent on the target behavior; (2) Differential reinforcement for the non-occurrence of the behavior (DRO), consisting of providing preferred toys or edibles for the absence of vocal stereotypy during the predetermined interval; and (3) Noncontingent matched stimulation (NMS), consisting of providing preferred toys and/or music. For each child, the treatment package was successful in significantly reducing levels of vocal stereotypy. |
| |
|
| 33. Use of Independent Group Contingencies to Decrease Disruptive Behaviors in Children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| CRYSTAL D. COLES (Devereux CARES), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Devereux CARES) |
| Abstract: For special education students who have difficulty with visual perception and are more reinforced by peer social interaction than tangible reinforcers, many research-based reinforcement strategies often used to decrease inappropriate behavior are ineffective. Individual reinforcement strategies, such as a token economy, may be unsuccessful in situations where the students are more reinforced by continuing the inappropriate behavior. This causes a teacher to resort to a group-oriented contingency, which is advantageous in that it 1) saves time, 2) is more efficient than an individual contingency, and 3) is more effective in modifying group behavior (Gresham & Gresham, 2001). There is a significant lack of research on the efficacy of independent group contingencies in students with severe Pervasive Developmental Disorders. There is even less research on reinforcement systems of any kind pertaining to children with seizure disorders. In a self-contained special education classroom comprised of five students diagnosed with autism, Downs Syndrome, and myoclonic seizure disorder, an independent group contingency was implemented to decrease disruptive behavior, operationally defined as speaking out of turn. An A-B experimental design was used to determine the usefulness of the group contingency in diminishing this behavior. The results will be presented and implications will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 34. Decreasing Challenging Behavior Through Functional Communication Training. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| BRENDAN C. KEENAN (Devereux New Jersey), Amy Fredrick (Devereux New Jersey), Jessica Woods (Devereux New Jersey) |
| Abstract: The effects of a FCT intervention on rates of challenging behavior were evaluated for a 6-year-old child with autism. Training was conducted during DTI sessions in the home. FBA data supported a multi-functional hypothesis for tantrum behavior (access to tangibles and escape). FCT focused on teaching replacement responses for tantrum in restricted access situations (vocal “help” response for access to choice of CDs of music; PECS and later, vocal “music” response for access to music) as well as tantrum that occurred during task conditions (PECS and vocal “break”). Acquisition rates for all communicative responses correlated positively with decreased rates of tantrum during sessions. Generalization of vocal responses to other mands and tacts continued to show decreases in challenging behavior. |
| |
|
| 35. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Inappropriate Vocalizations Using a Speech Generating Device for a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSICA HETLINGER FRANCO (University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey Michael Chan (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Tasmania) |
| Abstract: Previous studies using Speech Generating Devices (SGD) during Functional Communication Training (FCT) have focused on treating challenging behavior based on one primary communicative function using a single choice SGD. The purpose of this study was to extend the research on FCT by examining the use of a SGD for a 7-year-old child with developmental disabilities and no spoken language who demonstrated inappropriate vocalizations across multiple functions. An analog functional analysis was used to determine the function of the behavior and the potential viability of SGD as a treatment option. The child was then taught to discriminate among multiple options on the SGD and then to choose an appropriate message in two generalization settings. When the SGD was available, the child reduced his inappropriate vocalizations across all settings, while increasing his engagement in appropriate activities with others. |
| |
|
| 36. An Attempt to Assess Response Blocking and Other Interventions as Abolishing Operations for Vocal Stereotypy. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JONATHAN W. KIMBALL (Woodfords Family Services), Laura Baylot Casey (Woodfords Family Services), Mike Bell (Woodfords Family Services) |
| Abstract: Vocal stereotypy interferes with instruction and communication. Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung (2007) demonstrated that response interruption and redirection suppressed vocal stereotypy, but did not report maintenance of effects.
We systematically replicated Ahearn et al.’s procedure with a 4-year-old boy with autism who emitted automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy 62% to 88% of 6-second partial intervals. We addressed maintenance by extending Rapp’s (2006) method for determining whether particular activities were abolishing operations for physical stereotypy.
Rapp’s protocol was: (a) establish the level of stereotypy for a given period; (b) provide a given form of stimulation for the same amount of time (stereotypy not measured); and (c) re-measure stereotypy for a period identical to the first. We employed this assessment with four potential interventions: interrupt/redirect; sensory integration (recommended by the child’s Occupational Therapist); music (reported by the child’s parents to attenuate stereotypy); and physical activity. Mean interobserver agreement for vocal stereotypy is 93% (82-98%); procedural fidelity is 100%.
While some procedures may have suppressed stereotypy somewhat while they were in effect, no single procedure emerged as a meaningful abolishing operation for this child’s stereotypy. We discuss possible reasons for this finding, and suggest future directions. |
| |
|
| 37. Using Behavior Contracting for a Function-Based Treatment for Noncompliance in a Student with Asperger's Disorder. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ERIN PERRY (The University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Sterling-Turner (The University of Southern Mississippi), Neelima Gutti (The University of Southern Mississippi) |
| Abstract: Data will be presented for a behavioral contract that served to increase compliance levels in a student with Asperger's Disorder in the home setting. Descriptive and experimental functional analysis data collected in the clinic setting revealed the student's noncompliance was maintained by attention and escape. A changing criterion design was utilized to examine treatment effects of a behavioral contract and parent training. Intervention data revealed an increase in compliance compared to baseline. Limitations and directions for future research will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 38. "Give me a Break": Teaching a Functional Equivalent Behavior to an Elementary Student Exhibiting Aggression. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Cyndi Short (Tomball Independent School District), Sara Staszesky (Tomball Independent School District), Debra Cummins Roth (Tomball Independent School District) |
| Abstract: The authors will present how a team approach was used to conduct a Functional Behavior Assessment which resulted in the development and implementation of a Behavior Support Plan for an elementary-aged student with autism who was exhibiting extremely high rates of aggressive behaviors towards peers and adults in a public school setting. The team agreed that his aggressive acts were preventing him from participation in inclusive activities across the school day and limiting his access to appropriate peer relationships. The Behavior Support Plan focused on the use of preventative measures that would decrease the likelihood the aggressive behaviors would occur in the school setting. Staff members taught him how to request a break which served as a functional equivalent behavior to the aggressive acts he exhibited for years as a means to escape from a wide variety of activities. A review of records indicated that several reductive procedures had been employed with him in the past with minimal success. Follow-up data will be presented showing how the implementation of this plan increased his ability to successfully participate across the school day in a variety of activities with more socially acceptable behaviors. |
| |
|
| 40. The Implementation of a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors Procedure in a Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ALLISON GARSKE (St. Cloud State University), Hanna C. Rue (The May Institute), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: People who exhibit behaviors that negatively affect their own lives and/or their family’s lives are candidates for behavioral intervention. Infrequent behaviors can be overlooked because they are displayed at low rates. However, when these behaviors impede a person’s quality of life, treatment is warranted. In this study, a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedure was implemented to reduce or eliminate the low rates of tantrums, self-injurious behaviors (SIB), physical aggression, and hands-to-face contact that were exhibited. The goal of this treatment plan was to reduce target behaviors in the client’s natural setting, while continuing with the typical daily routines. Overall, intervention was effective in reducing target behaviors, particularly SIB and hands-to-face contact. After treatment was implemented, SIB was eliminated and hands-to-face contact was reduced, dropping to zero occurrences in the last four sessions. Physical aggression did not occur at all throughout the analysis. This behavior change project proved to be successful in reducing the client’s inappropriate behaviors. The combination of DRO and the elimination of escape from tasks were an effective intervention for this child. |
| |
|
| 41. Establishing a Simple Simultaneous Discrimination of Letters in an Adolescent with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| DANIEL CARVALHO DE MATOS (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
| Abstract: Touchette (1971) trained teenagers with developmental disabilities to discriminate between colors and shapes, using simple simultaneous discriminations with prompt delay. Matos (2007) replicated Touchette´s procedure in regular children aged 3 to 6. In the present study, tasks of simple simultaneous discrimination were employed in an autistic participant (aged 19). An Identical MTS (pre-test) comprising some uppercase and lowercase pairs of letters (b-d; p-q; n-u) was conducted to see which letters the participant could not discriminate. These stimuli were trained using the prompt delay. Then, new Identical MTS trials were applied in order to verify a possible changing in the letters discrimination. |
| |
|
| 42. Using the Whole Blocking Procedure with Multiple Exemplars to Teach Object Selection. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| LYDIA MEKJIAN (David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Kimberly Vogt (David Gregory School), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to determine if the use of the whole blocking procedure (Pérez-González & Williams, 2002) using multiple exemplars was effective in teaching two children with autism to select objects in an auditory-visual discrimination task. The boys, ages 3 and 7, had demonstrated previous difficulties in acquiring the behavior with standard procedures to teach discriminations. Fork and block were the target objects. We presented different types of forks and blocks during the presentation of each trial in all the phases of the whole blocking procedure. The results will follow. |
| |
|
| 43. Tacting It Is and It Is Not in a MTS Task Using Color Discrimination. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Jennie W. Keller (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Daniel Carvalho de Matos (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Kimberly Vogt (David Gregory School) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to find an effective procedure to teach a prerequisite to classify items (e.g., “It is red “ versus “It is not red”) in a MTS task. An adolescent child with autism participated of this study. He showed identical matching to different red or white shapes but wasn’t able to classify a white shape as not red. The procedure consisted of an arbitrary matching to sample using 10 white and 10 red multiple exemplar shapes (e.g. circle, square, etc.) as samples. We used a shape with the red color and a card with the word NO as comparisons. The correct response was to match the white shapes to the word NO, and the red shapes to the red shape on the table. When the training was completed, we probed to see if the student could tact “it is” and “it is not" with different objects. Preliminary results indicate that the procedure may be effective. |
| |
|
| 44. Teaching Children with Autism to Behave as Listeners in the Discrimination Task of You and Me. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JENNIE W. KELLER (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Daniel Carvalho de Matos (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism have difficulties discriminating you and I. The purpose of this intervention was to teach four children with autism to behave as listeners in you and I discrimination tasks. For example, following the rule “When you see the written word ‘ME’ you stand up. When you see the written word ‘You’, remain seated The words were presented on 3x4” white index cards. The procedure consisted of several steps: (1) matching pictures of themselves and their teachers to their respective names; (2) responding to questions and their symmetries (a) What is my name? Who is ______? The correct answer was YOU and (b) What is your name? Who is ______? The correct answer was ME; (3) the final matching task was to match the written names to either YOU or ME. We used the response YOU with several adults (other teachers, parents, relatives, etc.) After that, we probed symmetry. When symmetry was accomplished, we did the final test. We asked the child to follow the rule “When you see the written word ‘ME’ you stand up. When you see the written word ‘You’, remain seated.” Preliminary results indicate that the procedure can be effective. |
| |
|
| 45. Procedure to Teach Generalized Identity Matching to Sample to a Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARIA ANGELES REBOLLAR (University of Oviedo, Spain), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (University of Oviedo, Spain) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present research was to teach generalized identity matching to sample to a child with autism after trial and error procedures were unsuccessful with him. We probed first a procedure that included prompts that were gradually faded; this procedure was not useful for teaching the discriminations after 880 trials. Thereafter, we used figures with basic forms (triangle, rectangle, square, and circle,) and colors (yellow, red, blue, and green) and taught (a) to match colors with identical figures, (b) to match figures with identical colors, and (c) to match figures and colors. The child learned the task, but failed to generalize to cards with pictures of the figures inside. We basically repeated the procedure with the cards. Then the child learned the task. Further probes with pictures and drawings showed generalization to a wide variety of stimuli. Therefore, the procedure was successful to overcome overselectivity and to teach the child to discriminate stimuli of several dimensions. |
| |
|
| 46. Testing the Effects of a Pairing Procedure on Conditioning Puzzles. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College), Jacqueline Maffei-Lewis (Columbia University Teachers College), Cyndi Giordano-Donati (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure for condition puzzles to decrease stereotypy and passivity and increase activity for three 5-year-old males. The participants functioned on pre-speaker, pre-listener/listener levels of verbal behavior. The participants attended an elementary school located outside a large metropolitan area in a CABAS school. A multiple probe across participants was used to test the effects of a pairing procedure on puzzles. The results of this study showed that a pairing procedure was effective in conditioning puzzles as reinforcers for the participants in this study. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #395 Poster Session (CBM) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 47. Treating Qatari Children with Traumatic Brain Injury for Verbal. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| HAKAM M. KAIR (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Tarek Abdullah Masood (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Bilal Ahmad Al-Shallakh (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs) |
| Abstract: We used a self-regulation Program in conjunction with a token economy in addition to extinction to treat verbal aggression and sexually inappropriate behavior in a Qatari teenager with a recent onset of traumatic brain injury. |
| |
|
| 48. Exploring the Impact of Reinforced Suppression on the Temporal Distribution of Tics. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRISTINE A. CONELEA (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Christopher C. Bauer (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Joshua James Kemp (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| Abstract: Tourette Syndrome (TS) is a neurological disorder characterized by motor and vocal tics. Research has shown that reinforcement for tic-free periods can impact tic frequencies (Woods & Himle, 2004). The current study explored whether the temporal distribution of tics during conditions of reinforced suppression (DRO) differed from baseline (BL) tic levels. Nine children with TS participated in a study comparing conditions of BL and DRO using an alternating treatments design. During DRO, children were given tokens contingent on every 10 second tic free interval. During BL, children were told to tic as much or little as needed. DRO conditions were included in the current analyses if at least 1 tic/minute occurred and if tokens were delivered with at least 75% accuracy. For each child, DRO conditions meeting these criteria were compared to BL conditions. Cumulative tic frequency graphs were visually inspected for differences in patterns of responding. Results indicated that tics during BL generally occurred at steady rates, whereas tics during DRO generally occurred in bouts. Results suggest that children who are unable to fully suppress their tics during a DRO schedule tend to redistribute the occurrence of tics into bouts. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 49. A Preference Assessment of Qualities of Attention Delivered from Care Providers to Children: An Analysis of “Saying versus Doing”. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| REBECCA A. CRAWFORD (Northern Arizona University), Micael E. Burnett (Northern Arizona University), Audra F. Gentz (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
| Abstract: Idiosyncratic qualities of attention have been shown to influence behavior (Kodak, Northup & Kelley, 2007). However, few studies have systematically identified individual qualities of attention desired by typically developing children. Preference assessments have typically been used to identify preferences for tangible items and edibles (Fisher et al., 1992) and are typically completed in vivo (versus verbal report). The current study used a preference assessment to identify and compare verbal and actual preferences for specific qualities of attention through a two-phase study with three typically developing children. In Phase 1, verbal choices for qualities of attention were recorded. In Phase 2, each child was presented with the same choices (via concurrent operants) in vivo with a parent in a clinic setting. Time allocation was the dependent variable and 30% of all sessions included IOA. Some of the qualities of attention presented to each child included: proximity, physical contact, vocal intonation, reprimands versus positive vocalizations, type of physical contact, and schedules of reinforcement for their choices. The results are discussed in terms of differences in what children may say and what they might choose in vivo, as well as a methodology to accurately identify children’s preferences for specific qualities of attention. |
| |
|
| 50. Analysis of an Attention Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) Assessment with the use of Antecedent Manipulation. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (Mississippi State University), Kristin N. Johnson-Gros (Mississippi State University), Keever Gartman (Mississippi State University) |
| Abstract: Current practice for Attention Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) assessments utilizes behavior rating scales, interviews and observations. Ideally, these assessments should occur across settings and rule out a differential diagnosis. Unsuccessful students may not only have academic deficits but possibly behavioral excesses in the instructional environment that may present similar to ADHD. To gain an accurate picture of behavior it is necessary to manipulate the tasks within the environment to show consistency regardless of the task. The present study utilized ADHD assessment reports with and without additional behavioral assessment. The reports were presented to school psychologists, clinical psychologists and pediatricians through an electronic internet survey system to determine if a diagnosis was given with or without the additional behavioral assessments. A discussion, potential limitations, and future research will be provided. |
| |
|
| 51. An Evaluation of a Concurrent Schedule to Increase Self-Feeding in Children Diagnosed with Feeding Disorders. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| VICTORIA STEWART (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kristi D. Murphy (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather J. Kadey (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: A child is diagnosed with a feeding disorder when he or she consumes an insufficient amount of food or liquid to gain weight and grow. Data from a number of research studies conducted with children diagnosed with feeding disorders has shown that negative reinforcement in the form of escape from eating maintains the inappropriate mealtime behaviors of these children. Specifically, the results of functional analyses conducted with 15 children in one study indicated that escape from eating was the maintaining variable for inappropriate mealtime behavior of 90% of the children whose functional analyses were differentiated. Furthermore, the motivation to escape eating may increase as a function of alterations in the response effort associated with eating. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of manipulation of response effort to increase the self-feeding of 2 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. |
| |
|
| 52. Clicking to Decrease Behavior: A Pilot Study on Habit Reduction in Adults. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| DIANA J. WALKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Vinh Dang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
| Abstract: “Clicker training” has been used to establish or refine behavior in humans. Clicker training appears to be effective because it provides immediate feedback for correct behavior and functions as a positive reinforcer. The present study seeks to examine whether “clicking” can be used to decrease habits, such as nail biting, hair pulling/twisting, and swearing, in adults. If clicking is effective in decreasing behavior, it may be preferable over other habit-reduction techniques, which can be time-consuming, overly aversive, or stigmatizing. In this ongoing study, adults who report that they want to reduce a habitual behavior are observed in a classroom or other naturalistic setting, or in a contrived social situation. After baseline observations, a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of clicking begins, in which clicks are contingent on each instance of the target behavior. At least one reversal to baseline is conducted, and a transfer to “self-clicking” is attempted. The data from this study will show whether clicking is effective under these circumstances and may suggest future research that can examine generalization and maintenance effects, as well as generality across populations and responses. |
| |
|
| 53. Effects of Behavioral Treatments to Children with Intestinal Failure. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| LARA BARNETT (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kristi D. Murphy (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather J. Kadey (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: Intestinal failure (IF) is defined as reduced absorption of nutrients from the gastrointestinal tract, resulting in the need for parenteral nutrition (PN) for survival. We hypothesize that behavioral feeding problems (e.g., aversions to eating) develop in many children with IF as a result of their inexperience with eating, the pairing of unpleasant experiences with eating (e.g., diarrhea), and/or their experiences with painful and/or unpleasant medical procedures, particularly those involving the face and the mouth (e.g., laryngoscopy). Prior studies have suggested that behavioral treatments are effective for increasing acceptance of food and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior in children with feeding disorders. However, there is limited research applying these procedures to children with IF. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation is to apply behavioral treatments to children with IF and food refusal to demonstrate that children with IF and food refusal can transition to oral feeding following treatment; and to treat a small group of children with IF and feeding refusal to demonstrate that transition to oral feeding is possible even in children with significant avoidance behavior. Results indicated that over 87% of the goals set for children with IF were met by the time of discharge through use of behavioral treatments that included extinction and reinforcement components. |
| |
|
| 54. Effects of Self-Monitoring on Mealtime Behaviors of a 9-Year-Old Boy with Food Refusal. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| PING WANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Sangkavasi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: Swallowing food in a timely manner is one of the ultimate goals when treating food refusal. However, packing (i.e., holding or pocketing food) often interferes with meeting the goal. Previous studies used treatment procedures including both antecedent manipulations of variables such as texture, spoon size, preference/food groups as well as reinforcement-based strategies. The current study examined the effects of self-monitoring procedures on the latency to swallow, percentage of mouth cleans and percentage of independent bites of a 9-year-old boy diagnosed with feeding disorders. Results demonstrated that latency to swallow was decreased during the self-monitoring condition compared to the baseline condition, and percentage of mouth cleans was greater during the self-monitoring condition than the baseline. The effectiveness of self-monitoring was also demonstrated on other target mealtime behaviors. |
| |
|
| 55. Effect of a Paired Choice Stimulus Preference Assessment on Decreasing Food Neophobia. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ADRIANNA M. AMARI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bridget G. Gibbons (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University) |
| Abstract: Food neophobia in young children is well-documented. Systematic research with children indicates that a minimum of 8-10 exposures may be needed to increase initial acceptance of new foods, with clear increases in acceptance after 12-15 exposures. In this study, parents of children with and without medical diagnoses (N=29) completed a Food Experience Inventory to rate the frequency of the each child’s previous exposure to 14 food items. The children then participated in an in vivo paired choice food preference assessment, in which each item was paired with every other item. Children were asked to choose and allowed to consume small amounts of the selected item from each random pair. Items that had been rated on the inventory as having never been tried were compared with results of the preference assessment for each child. Surprisingly, many previously unexposed food items were not only accepted, but were chosen by children at a frequency indicating moderate to high preference; unexposed foods were rarely avoided. Data will be presented, and these findings, which suggest a potential treatment effect of the paired choice procedure methodology on food neophobia, will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 56. A Comparison of Molar vs. Spoon Placement to Increase Mouth Cleans. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOHN P. ROCK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Danielle N. Dolezal (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Regina Meredith Elkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: We compared the effects of bite placement, with and without contingent positive reinforcement, on a child’s mouth cleans across three different food categories. Escape extinction was in place throughout the evaluation of bite placement and positive reinforcement conditions. The participant was a 2-year-old boy diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux, failure to thrive, oral-motor skill deficits and feeding difficulties. Bite placement consisted of the following two conditions (a) traditional spoon placement: a ½” x ½” piece of food placed in the mouth by a spoon or (b) molar placement: a ½” x ½” piece of food placed in the mouth by the feeders hand directly to the child’s lower molar teeth. Two different positive reinforcement conditions consisted of either noncontingent access to toys or contingent access to toys for mouth cleans. We examined the effects of bite placement across three food categories (fruits, vegetables, and starches). A multielement design was embedded within a multiple baseline across food categories to evaluate the effects of bite placement. Results showed that molar placement facilitated shorter latencies to swallow the food across all food categories when combined with DRA for mouth cleans. |
| |
|
| 57. Using a Treatment Package to Decrease Expulsion in Children with Feeding Problems. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| JENNIFER LEIGH KING (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Angela Pruett (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
| Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders may display a variety of inappropriate behaviors (e.g., pushing the spoon away, head turning) to avoid eating and in some cases other problem behaviors such as expulsion may emerge. However, it is unclear whether expulsion, like other inappropriate behaviors is maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from eating. In some cases expulsion occurs due to a skill deficit (i.e., limited oral motor skills) and in those cases an alternative treatment to escape extinction would be warranted. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment approach to decrease expulsion by using escape extinction and bolus (size of the bite on the spoon) fading. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the treatment package. Data showed that in baseline mouth cleans (i.e., swallowing) were low and expulsion was high. However, as the bolus was faded in small increments, mouth cleans increased and expulsion decreased. In addition, another procedure (keeping the spoon in the mouth) was necessary to further decrease expulsion. Responding (high mouth cleans and low expulsion) also generalized to a variety of foods and maintained in follow-up. These data are discussed in relation to negative reinforcement, escape extinction, and skills training. |
| |
|
| 58. Using an Antecedent Assessment to Treat Feeding Problems in Children. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANGELA PRUETT (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Jennifer Leigh King (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
| Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders may display a variety of inappropriate behaviors (e.g., pushing the spoon away, head turning) to avoid eating. It is unclear what properties of eating are aversive to children. Previous research has indicated the utility of escape extinction as an effective treatment to increase oral consumption in children with feeding problems. However, escape extinction has also been shown to produce some negative side effects such as extinction bursts and/or emotional responding. As a result of these side effects, escape extinction may not be considered an acceptable treatment approach to some consumers. More research evaluating alternative approaches to escape extinction is necessary. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of various antecedent manipulations for two children who were 100% gastrostomy (G-) tube dependent prior to treatment. Three different conditions (i.e., empty spoon, spoon with water, spoon with yogurt) were evaluated based on the child’s history with eating. The results showed an increase in acceptance and a decrease in inappropriate behaviors under baseline conditions as the child contacted reinforcement for a response that possibly required less response effort. Overtime responding transferred from a response that may have required less effort (acceptance of an empty spoon) to a response that required more response effort (acceptance of yogurt). In addition, generalization occurred with a variety of foods. These data are discussed in relation to reinforcement, transfer of control, and response effort. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #396 Poster Session (DDA) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 59. Treatment of Catatonic Behaviors in Two Children with Autism. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARIE ANDACHTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Atasha Jackson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin Coryat (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
| Abstract: Catatonic behaviors interfere with daily activities such as walking, eating, and talking. When these catatonic behaviors go untreated, stiffness, posturing, waxy flexibility and rigidity occur, along with severe weight loss, depression, and lack of interaction with others. In the current investigation, electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) was evaluated as a treatment for catatonic behaviors in a 15-year-old boy and 16-year-old girl. A course of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) has caused impressive and prolonged relief of catatonic behaviors in both cases. |
| |
|
| 61. Decreasing Self-Injurious Behavior During Feeding for a Child with Developmental Disabilities and Visual Impairments. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| LAUREN LLOYD WITHHART (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: Many challenges are faced when assessing and treating severe self-injurious behavior (SIB) in natural settings including controlling for extraneous variables, training multiple staff, and establishing treatment efficacy (Derby et al., 1992). These challenges were addressed in the current study wherein a feeding protocol was developed and evaluated for a child with profound developmental disabilities and visual impairments who exhibited high frequency SIB. Preference assessments (Paclawskyj & Vollmer, 1995) and a functional analysis (Iwata et al, 1982/1994) were conducted in the classroom setting, with school staff serving as therapists. Results of a functional analysis of SIB during meals indicated that SIB served to escape from demands (eating). School staff were trained to implement his feeding protocol during meals. Treatment efficacy was evaluated using an ABAB reversal design. Results indicated that escape extinction plus contingent reinforcement for independent bites decreased his SIB. Concomitant increases in food consumption and self-feeding skills were also noted. This study extends Piazza et al.’s (2003) research by including staff in programming, monitoring, and direct implementation of the feeding protocol. Interrater reliability was 100% across 60% of sessions. |
| |
|
| 62. Treatment of Disruptive Mealtime Behaviors. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANNA E. CHIRIGHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amber E. Mendrez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kimberly Strzegowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often exhibit disruptive behaviors during mealtime (O’Brian et al., 1972). The current study utilized functional communication training (FCT) and response blocking to teach a 14-year-old child to appropriately request for a meal to be terminated and to decrease inappropriate mealtime behaviors, respectively. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple baseline across settings design. Treatment effects included the acquisition of a modification of the American Sign Language sign for “finished” and decreased rates of disruptive mealtime behaviors, such as tipping and spilling food on a plate following partial consumption. The results indicated that functional communication was most effective when paired with response blocking. Furthermore, these results extend findings on the effectiveness of FCT by demonstrating its utility at increasing appropriate mealtime behaviors. |
| |
|
| 63. An Intervention Based on a Functional Assessment for a Child with PDD-NOS and Aggressive Behaviors. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MIYUKI NOGUCHI (Miyazaki Women's Junior College), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan) |
| Abstract: In this study, we implemented an intervention based on functional assessment and examined the intervention’s effect on aggressive behaviors. The participant was a 7-year-old boy who was diagnosed as PDD-NOS. He had shown many aggressive behaviors. The results of the functional assessment led to the following Hypotheses: first, he exhibited aggressive behaviors to get attention from his classmates; second, he exhibited aggressive behaviors to get tangible items and situations he wanted. Based on these hypotheses, we implemented interventions using DRA and time-out. The participant showed more than 15 aggressive behaviors weekly in the baseline period, and 13 in the DRA period. When we implemented DRA and time-out, the number of aggressive behaviors gradually decreased. These results indicate that the intervention based on functional assessment is effective for a child with PDD-NOS and aggressive behaviors. |
| |
|
| 64. Application of Differential and Noncontingent Reinforcement to Increase Compliance with Wearing Assistive Devices. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| SANDRA L. GINDER-SHAPIRO (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Tory J. Christensen (The University of Iowa), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Iowa), Jeffrey R. Luke (The University of Iowa) |
| Abstract: Two children were evaluated for treatment of refusal to wear assistive devices (i.e. hearing aid and glasses). A preference assessment was conducted to determine high and low-preferred items for each child. High-preferred stimuli were then included in reinforcement-based procedures to increase compliance with the devices. For both participants, evaluation began with noncontingent access to preferred stimuli. This approach was successful with one of the two participants when the NCR component included toys and attention. Differential reinforcement for an alternative response (i.e., compliance) with escape extinction was implemented for the second participant. This strategy resulted in a successful increase in device compliance. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of the sessions and the mean agreement was no less than 80% across sessions. |
| |
|
| 65. Examining the Efficacy of Aripiprazole With and Without Behavioral Therapy on Reducing Problem Behavior. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MELISSA M. SHULLEETA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dennis Dixon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
| Abstract: Recent research indicates that aripiprazole (Abilify) may be effective in the treatment of maladaptive behaviors such as self-injury, aggression, and disruptive behavior in individuals with pervasive developmental disabilities. Behavior interventions are also well known to afford significant problem behavior reduction in the same population. This retrospective case series reviews both the efficacy of aripiprazole alone and in combination with behavioral therapy in five children with pervasive developmental disabilities admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of severe proble behaviors. Daily rates of problem behavior were compared during three periods: (1) baseline without medication or behavioral intervention, (2) initiation of aripiprazole, and (3) aripiprazole with behavioral treatment. When aripiprazole was used alone, there was a 60-70% reduction in problem behavior for 2 individuals and 40% reduction in problem behavior for 3 individuals. However, when aripiprazole was combined with behavior treatment, there was an 80-100% reduction for 4 individuals and 60-70% reduction for one individual. These data suggest that when aripiprazole was used in combination with a behavioral treatment, more pronounced reductions in problem behavior were observed. |
| |
|
| 66. A Method for Assessing the Effects of Verbal Feedback and Reinforcement in Combination with Redirection Procedures on the Occurrence of Problem Behavior. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| TENIEKA BLAND (Kennedy Krieger Instiute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Instiute), Barbara Tomlian (Kennedy Krieger Instiute) |
| Abstract: Interventions that incorporate redirection to an alternative activity have been demonstrated to reduce problem behaviors in individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., Ahearn et al, 2007). However, redirection alone may not be sufficient in reducing problem behavior. For example, Hagopian and Adelinis (2001) found that redirection initially elicited aggressive behavior; however when the redirection procedure was modified to include a reinforcement component the procedure resulted in increased effectiveness. In the current study, a series of assessments was conducted with a 19-year-old male in order to determine the effectiveness of three redirection procedures. The first procedure consisted of redirection alone, the second procedure consisted of redirection plus immediate verbal feedback (i.e., coaching), and the third procedure consisted of redirection plus immediate verbal feedback and reinforcement for on-task behavior. Results indicated that increased effectiveness was observed with the addition of verbal feedback and further improvements were observed with the addition of reinforcement. Reliability data were collected for one half of sessions and averaged above 98%. |
| |
|
| 67. Treatment of Dropping and Aggressive Behavior During Transitions. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| JANIE E. WEBB (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
| Abstract: Previous research has shown that the use of competing stimuli, a transitional warning, and escape extinction were effective in increasing compliance with transitions in toddlers (Cote, Thompson, & Paige, 2005). The current study furthered this research by decreasing dropping and aggressive behavior during transitions when escape extinction cannot be implemented. The subject was a large 11-year-old male diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and moderate mental retardation. The subject dropped to the floor during transitions and would aggress when the caregiver attempted to implement escape extinction. We compared the effects of an antecedent manipulation consisting of competing stimuli as well as DRA for compliance with the transition. These strategies, however, proved ineffective when implemented alone. Therefore, a brief punishment procedure was implemented contingent on dropping and aggressive behaviors. The combination of competing stimuli, DRA, and punishment proved to be effective in reducing dropping and aggressive behavior and increasing compliance during transitions. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 33% of sessions and averaged above 80% for all responses. |
| |
|
| 68. Behavioral Intervention for Improving Gait of Persons with Acquired Brain Injury. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MOLLIE J. HORNER-KING (Southern Illinois University), Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Anita Daneshdoost (Southern Illinois University), Mary Ellen Garner (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Persons with brain injury often suffer from physical disabilities that limit movement from pre-injury levels of functioning. As a result, physical therapy is often needed yet is met with difficulty for the person with brain injury. Behavior analysis lends itself to the rehabilitation process by allowing for use of prompts and feedback to the individual that can allow for them to better self-manage their behavior. The present study explored who the use of a computerized gait mat coupled with verbal prompts and feedback could facilitate the post-injury recovery of individuals with difficulty walking. Using an ABAB reversal design we assessed the walking gait of three individuals with brain injury. Feedback and verbal prompts were provided to supplement the delayed feedback provided by a computerized gait mat, and this allowed for immediate correction of performance by the participant. Results suggest that changes in gait were more quickly obtained by the participants when prompts and feedback were in place. Implications for rapid rehabilitation for individuals with brain injury are presented. |
| |
|
| 70. Evaluation of Body-Pressure Intervention for Self-Injury in Autism. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ADAM H. DOUGHTY (College of Charleston), Shannon S. Doughty (Carolina Coast Behavioral Services) |
| Abstract: Weighted vests sometimes are recommended by occupational therapists, and other professionals who work with behavior analysts, to decrease inappropriate behavior (e.g., self-injury) in children with autism. If these claims were reliable, then the use of such vests would be a powerful and easily implemented intervention. However, the utility of using weighted vests as an intervention for problem behavior in autism has not been examined thoroughly in controlled research studies. We investigated the effects of a weighted vest on sensory-maintained self-injury in an adolescent with autism across various environmental conditions. In most conditions, the vest did not decrease self-injury. In conditions wherein the vest decreased self-injury, it was found that the effects were not due to the deep-pressure therapy per se. |
| |
|
| 71. The Effects of Wearing a Weighted Vest on Aggressive and Self-Injurious Behavior. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| WAYNE C. PIERSEL (Heartspring), Shelby Evans (Heartspring) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of wearing a weighted vest on the frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behavior. The participants were two males with diagnoses of autistic disorder and severe mental retardation. The weighted vest was utilized according to the ecommendations of an occupational therapist. The intended goal was to provide each participant with deep pressure. The rationale was that addressing the need for deep pressure would result in reductions in inappropriate behavior. The effects of wearing the weighted vests was evaluated using a ABAB design. No reductions in the two target behaviors were observed during the study. There were no recorded changes in other behaviors that were also recorded. |
| |
|
| 72. Behavior Analysts and the Ethics of Touch in Residential Facilities for Adults with Intellectual Disability. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JAMES KUHAGEN (Northern Virginia Training Center) |
| Abstract: The physical experience of touch can impart powerful social and emotional messages. Behavior analysts working in residential facilities for adults with intellectual disability should carefully consider the ethical implication of touch when providing services to clients. The residential setting imposes multiple roles on behavior analysts. Ambiguity regarding proper boundaries results when clients with compromised intellectual ability encounter a clinician who serves multiple functions. It is the therapist’s responsibility to maintain appropriate role boundaries. The Association for Behavior Analysis International recommends that its members adhere to the code of ethics for their respective disciplines. Results from a survey of behavior analysts’ perception and practice of ethical behavior related to physical touch with adult clients having intellectual disability are presented. Conclusions suggest that touch is most likely to be used ethically by a conscientious therapist when it is planned, follows introspection of therapist motivation, and is used in a manner that teaches appropriate boundaries. |
| |
|
| 73. Function-Based Behavior Support for Students with Batten Disease. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Wendy Bills (Murray School District) |
| Abstract: Batten's Disease is a degenerative neurological disease resulting in gradual cognitive and behavioral declines, sensory impairments, and early death. In this study functional behavioral assessments were conducted to determine the function of problem behaviors. multicomponent behavioral support strategies were then implemented in a multiple baseline design across students. Results indicated substantial improvements in problem behaviors for some students with more mixed outcomes for others. Results are discussed with regard to the role of function-based supports for students with degenerative conditions. |
| |
|
| 74. The Development of Language of Children with Down’s Syndrome (DS). |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MILAGROS DAMIAN (University Autonomus of México; Campus Iztacala) |
| Abstract: The most important function of language in children with Down’ Syndrome is being able to communicate with others, express their wishes, feelings, tears, etc, by two ways: a very expressive and significant gesture (non verbal), and verbal way. This permits them to receive adequate information and correct message. The first step in the treatment was to establish pre linguistic basics: capacity for discriminate stimulus auditive and visuals: the second consisted of establishing the babbling; the third was to stable the expression organization and the fourth step was to practice acknowledgement on the immediate world; the fifth step was to acquire the symbolic value and pronunciation of the word. The Sixth step was the correction of oral- facial dysfunctions (Perera y Rondal 1997).
Method:
Participants: Two cases of DS were described. The first case was a boy, 68 ms age before the treatment; and 85 ms after the treatment. The second case was a girl, 28 ms age at the beginning, and when the treatment concluded she was 73 ms old. Socioeconomic level was medium-low for both cases. They had never attended to any psychological treatment.
Instruments: Checklist on Psychological Development (Damián, 2003), and Table of obtained scores of this instrument.
Material: mirror, balls, puzzles, stories, music, singing songs, drawings, etc.
Location: Work spaces at the Clinic in the Campus.
Treatment:
a) First Evaluation Phase: the Checklist of psychological development in language and socialization area.
b) Intervention Phase, consisted in training language and communication skills through games and activities with physical, verbal, sensorial, and tactile aids, based on imitation and performing tasks from easy to difficult complexity.
c) Second Evaluation Phase same Checklist of psychological development in cognitive area was re-applied.
Results and Conclusions:
Data showed important quantitative and qualitative advances in the expressive, receptive language, and the socialization area in both children, after the intervention. Therefore, the procedure used was effective, since the children pronounced a word well, and spoke and reached appropriate communication skills. |
| |
|
| 75. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders (FASD) and Promising Behavioral Intervention Strategies. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| AJEET S. CHARATE (Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies), Kimberly A. Shontz (Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies) |
| Abstract: To educate participants regarding the cause, diagnostic criteria, and life-long effects of (FASD) on the individual and their families. FAS is the leading known preventable cause of mental retardation and birth defects. FASD is an umbrella term describing the range of effects that can occur when a fetus is exposed to alcohol. The effects include physical, mental, behavioral, and/or learning disabilities with possible lifelong implications. The diagnosis of
FASD is not widely known and many individuals are misdiagnosed with a mental illness, behavior disorder, or learning disability.
General treatment strategies for working with individuals with FASD include promoting structure, predictability, and a monitored level of stimulation. Using multi-modality instruction is also important.
Behavior analysis has been conspicuously absent in the literature for treatment of FASD. This is obviated by the very popular claim amongst the FASD professional community that people with this disorder “cannot learn from consequences.” This poster will present a broader understanding of the aforementioned diagnostic, demographic, and typical behavioral features of FASD, and will also discuss the effective use of consequences in a treatment milieu which utilizes Clinical Behavior Analysis interventions. |
| |
|
| 76. Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior Exhibited by Children Diagnosed with CHARGE Syndrome. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| KATHRYN ELIZABETH JANN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: CHARGE syndrome is a genetic disorder defined as a non-random association of anomalies (Coloboma, Heart defect, Atresia choanae, retarded growth and development, Genital hypoplasia, Ear anomalies/deafness). Many children diagnosed with CHARGE Syndrome engage in problem behaviors (e.g., self-injury, aggression, property destruction, tantrums, and noncompliance) that interfere with skill acquisition and social interaction. Treatment data are presented for three individuals diagnosed with CHARGE syndrome admitted to an inpatient facility for the treatment of problem behaviors. Client 1 engaged in self-injurious behavior (SIB), eye poking, aggression, disruption, and dropping which were found to be maintained automatically and by escape from demands. Treatment consisted of extinction, a token economy, functional communication, and noncontingent access to tangible items. Client 2 was an 11-year old male who engaged in SIB, aggression, disruption, g-tube pulling, and spitting to terminate adult attention as well as to escape demand situations. Treatment consisted of extinction, a token economy, and a levels treatment. Client 3 was a 9-year old girl who engaged in SIB and aggression to gain access to physical attention. Treatment consisted of extinction, DRA, response interruption, noncontingent attention, and functional communication. Individualized treatments for each client effectively reduced problem behaviors and increased appropriate alternative behaviors. |
| |
|
| 78. The Outcome of ABA Solution Program for the children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| KENJI OKUDA (Ohka Gakuen University) |
| Abstract: The ABA Solution Program was introduced to not only Japan but also other foreign countries in the past five years. The outcome of our programs will be shown with long-term data. The data indicate that IQ or DQ score was increased, and CARS score was decreased in almost all participants. The contents of this program and outcome will be reviewed. |
| |
|
| 79. Relations between Behavioural Measures and Other Factors in Impulsivity in Adolescents with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSICA CLAIRE BRADFORD (University of Plymouth), Phil Gee (University of Plymouth), Stephen Lea (University of Exeter) |
| Abstract: This study examined factors that related to impulsiveness in adolescents with emotional and behavioural difficulties. A simple computerised choice-task was designed in which different delays and outcome values were presented and subjective indifference points recorded. Data obtained using this task were compared with other measures relating to impulsiveness, including self-report scales, with classroom observations of impulsive behaviour, and with measures of reflection and mindfulness. The relationship between reflection and impulsiveness is not clear, but it might be expected that more reflective individuals are less impulsive. If this is the case, the possibility of increasing reflection through techniques such as mindfulness training may arise. |
| |
|
| 80. Emotion Recognition Accuracy and Fluency in Preschoolers with Developmental Delay. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANDREW M. DOWNS (Central Washington University), Kathryn Rau (Central Washington University), Elida Fernandez (Central Washington University) |
| Abstract: Facial emotion recognition is a basic skill that facilitates social and emotional competence, and children with developmental disabilities are at-risk for deficits in emotion recognition skill. This longitudinal study was designed to assess changes over time in emotion recognition accuracy, matching accuracy, and matching fluency across different emotions in young children with developmental delay. Participants were ten preschoolers with developmental delay. Five were randomly assigned to the experimental group and assessed at six evenly spaced time intervals over a six-month period, and five were assessed only at the beginning and end of the study. Participants in the experimental group generally showed improvements in recognition and matching accuracy across all four emotions (happy, sad, mad, and scared), but not in matching fluency. Significant variability in change over time across participants and across emotions was noted. Children in the control group did not show any consistent gains in recognition accuracy, matching accuracy, or fluency over the six-month time period. Results suggested that emotion recognition skills may develop fairly rapidly in children with developmental disabilities during the preschool years, and that such growth may be facilitated by exposure to regular performance assessments such as the one used in this study. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #397 Poster Session (EAB) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 81. Effects of Response-Pacing Contingencies on the Value of a Variable-Interval Schedule. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| WESLEY P. THOMAS (West Virginia University/Utah State), Leigh Anne Schrimpf (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: The present experiment assessed whether the value of a schedule is affected by superimposing a pacing contingency. Rats pressed a lever on a chain variable-interval 30-s variable-interval 30-s schedule. In the baseline conditions, a food pellet was delivered upon the first lever-press at the end of an interval in the terminal link, regardless of the interresponse time defined by the press. In other conditions, pacing contingencies restricted the interresponse times that were eligible for reinforcement by the variable-interval schedule. The value of these paced and unpaced terminal-link schedules was measured by response rates in the initial-link across conditions. The pacing contingencies were effective: Terminal-link response rates were raised when reinforcement depended on short interresponse times and lowered when reinforcement depended on long interresponse times. Despite substantial changes in the terminal-link response rates, however, there was little change in initial-link rates across the conditions. Two conclusions are possible: Either pacing contingencies do not affect the value of a variable-interval schedule, or the chain-schedule procedure is not sufficiently sensitive to detect the effects of pacing on value. |
| |
|
| 82. The Costs of Remembering: Effects of a “Memory Aid” on Performance in Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedure. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida), Glen M. Sizemore (University of Florida), Anthony DeFulio (University of Florida), Brian D. Kangas (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to determine the conditions under which pigeons would make use of a “memory aid” in a delayed matching-to-sample task. Sample stimuli were a green or white keylight, illuminated on the center key of a three-key operant chamber. Following a delay (retention interval) in which no keys were illuminated, two side keys were illuminated and a response on the correct comparison color key was reinforced. Following initial training, the center key was illuminated red simultaneously with the two side key comparisons. Responses on this center (observing) key reproduced the sample color, effectively converting the delayed matching-to-sample procedure to a simultaneous matching-to-sample procedure. The requirement on the observing key increased by 5 responses each trial according to a progressive ratio schedule. This was designed to increase the cost of the “memory aid” while simultaneously providing a quantitative index of the tradeoffs between remembering with and without the “memory aid” as the difficulty of the task was systematically changed across conditions. The latter was accomplished by changing the retention interval across conditions according to a geometric sequence from 1 to 16 s. Initial results show that accuracy varied inversely, and observing frequency varied directly, with retention interval. |
| |
|
| 83. Individual Differences in Reward Sensitivity during Group Foraging: Does Competitiveness Predict Sensitivity to Reward? |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University) |
| Abstract: The effects of group competition on matching behavior of individual rats across 5 competitive groups were examined. Each group (N=5) was exposed to a series of 5 conc VT VT schedules in which food pellets were released at opposite corners of an open field chamber. Both individual and group estimates of matching were obtained, and behavioral data were collected noting the location and behavioral topography of each rat at 30-s intervals. The overall mean reward sensitivity across the five groups was 0.45. However, individual reward sensitivity ranged from a high of 0.98 to a low of 0.05. The 25 rats were then grouped in highest, high, middle, low and lowest groups based on their reward sensitivity. Significant differences were found between the highest/high matchers and the middle, low and lowest matchers. Significant behavioral differences were also observed: The lower-ranked rats showed more foraging from the bottom of the pan, still behavior and rearing but less touching/pushing, fighting and walking than the rats with higher reward sensitivity. Differences in competitive behaviors of individual rats within each of the five foraging groups appear to have modulated foraging success, as measured by the sensitivity to reward parameter. |
| |
|
| 84. Response Resurgence: A Selective Review and Some New Findings. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| GABRIELLA OKEN (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
| Abstract: Response resurgence is the recovery of previously extinguished responding when more recently reinforced responding is extinguished. Although the topic of resurgence has received considerable discussion in conceptual analyses, only recently has the topic started to receive comparable empirical analysis. Here, we first present a selective review involving resurgence, where the topics include basic-behavioral-laboratory work, alcohol self-administration, severe behavior disorders in intellectual disabilities, cognitive therapy, communication training, and complex problem solving. Next, we present data from an experiment designed to assess additional conditions that might promote the occurrence of resurgence. Specifically, we show resurgence in rats following reduced reinforcer magnitude for the alternative response. |
| |
|
| 85. The Effect of Environmental Enrichment on Learning a Simple Discrimination. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| LORI BARNES (Western Michigan University), Kathryn M. Potoczak (Shippensburg University) |
| Abstract: Research on the effects of environmental enrichment in laboratory rats has used maze performance as its main measure of learning and has, in general, has found a positive effect of enrichment on learning. Fewer studies have used more traditional measures of operant learning, such as the lever press, and have produced conflicting findings, including negative effects of enrichment on learning. The present study examined the effects of enrichment on learning in rats as measured by lever press and then discrimination acquisition. Twenty male Long-Evans weanlings were placed in either individual standard housing (IS), individual enriched housing (IE), group standard housing (GS), or group enriched housing (GE) for four weeks. The rats were then trained to lever press. After acquisition, rats were trained on a discrimination procedure in which a light in the operant chamber indicated when a lever press would result in food delivery. Enrichment was found to have a positive effect on the acquisition of the lever press, though no effect on discrimination was demonstrated. A possible implication of these findings for future operant research includes improved performance on object-related learning tasks due to the inclusion of enrichment. |
| |
|
| 86. Response-Class Formation in an African Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| KAZUCHIKA MANABE (Nihon University), Takashi Kawashima (Nihon University), Naomi Yatsuda (Nihon University), Kiyoshi Asahina (Nihon University) |
| Abstract: Two African Penguins were trained to respond to four different operanda: joystick, chain, foot pedal, and photocell. In a session, only two of four responses were reinforced. In the next session, the other two responses were reinforced. After a large number of these successive reversals, one of two African Penguins responded correctly to the operanda that were assigned to the correct ones in the session following the first reinforcement to a response. This suggests that an African Penguin forms response classes. |
| |
|
| 87. The Development of Equivalence via Shared Stimulus Functions. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Akershus University College), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
| Abstract: Two male and two female adults participated in the study. Participants were presented with a simple discrimination task in which they responded to stimuli on a computer screen by saying one out of three self-chosen words out loud. Feedback was given for responses consistent with a pre-arranged division of the stimuli into three sets. This procedure was expected to give rise to three classes of stimuli. Test trials designed to assay the properties of equivalence relations were presented in a match-to-sample format with no consequences for responses in testing blocks of trials. Throughout the study, training and testing blocks alternated allowing a precise characterization of the acquisition of the simple discriminations and the development of equivalence relations. Three out of four participants responded according to the conditional relations that define equivalence. In all cases this response pattern emerged after the participant reached stable performance on the simple discriminations task. The fourth participant did not reach the stability criteria on either the simple discrimination task or the matching-to-sample task. The study supports a prediction that equivalence relations can develop from all the positive elements in a contingency, including a common response. |
| |
|
| 88. Does Simple Discrimination Training Facilitate the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations in Young Children? |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| JASON BOYE (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Rachel Kolb (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Simone Bullock (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Grace Mayer (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
| Abstract: It has been shown that some human populations have difficulty acquiring conditional discriminations. Using a match-to-sample program, simple discrimination training was given to 22 typically developing children to assess whether it would facilitate the acquisition of conditional discriminations in this population. Class-specific reinforcement was used to train simple discriminations, choosing A1 instead of two distracter stimuli produced reinforcer one, choosing B1 instead of two distracter stimuli also produced reinforcer one, and choosing A2 instead of two distracter stimuli produced reinforcer two, and so on. Simple discrimination training with class-specific reinforcement was followed by the presentation of reinforcer probes and tests for the emergence of conditional discriminations between stimuli that had been related to a common reinforcer (e.g., A1 and B1). Thus far in our study all participants have shown rapid acquisition of simple discriminations, and all four who have reached relevant testing phases have shown emergent reinforcer-stimulus and conditional discrimination performances. The next phase will test for the formation of three 3-member equivalence classes. Previous research has suggested that, based on the emergent performances seen thus far, emergent equivalence classes are likely to follow. |
| |
|
| 89. Foraging Strategies in the Radial-Arm Maze: Changes in Global Prey Density. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ROBERTO P. MACIEL (Universidad de Guadalajara), Felix A. Castellanos (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: Operant procedures simulating foraging behavior had been widely used in experimental scenarios. Most of the studies about animals searching for food have emphasized the prey choice where the forager is able to choose between poor prey vs. rich prey. In this experiment were analyzed the foraging strategies of six female rats in an environment where multiple patches were available in the Radial-Arm Maze, and where the particular prey values in patches were scheduled concurrently according to eight independent fixed intervals. The results show the pattern of choices among patches according to the systematic changes in the global prey density and the pattern of search and food procurement within the different patches. Variables such as the visit time, travel time, and time persisting to obtain food were measured. The implications for the models in foraging behavior and spatial memory are discussed. |
| |
|
| 90. Is Activity-Based Anorexia Dependent of Specific Deprivation? |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| IRIS LORENA GOMEZ SANCHEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Hector Martinez Sanchez (Universidad de Guadalajara - Mexico) |
| Abstract: It has been well documented that the model of activity-based anorexia is characterized by a loss of corporal weight, reduction of food intake and a remarkable increase in the activity wheel in rats when food restriction and free access of the running wheel is used. However, we do not know what occurs if food restriction is replaced by water restriction with the rest of experimental conditions remained the same.
Six male albino rats (2 months old at the beginning of the experiment) were exposed to water restriction (23 hours) and 23 hours running wheel access during seven consecutives days. Food was always available along the whole experiment. Before experimental conditions, rats received free access to food and water during five consecutive days. Wheel running, body weight, food and water intake were recorded. Data will be analyzed in terms of the relationship between specific deprivation and the activity-based anorexia model. |
| |
|
| 91. Transfer of Sequential Response with Compound Stimuli. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| MICHIKO NAKAMURA (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University) |
| Abstract: In Experiment 1, 20 participants were trained to complete 5-term sequences with unitary stimuli, and were then tested for transfer of sequential response to compound stimuli by adding other dimensions. All participants succeeded in this stage, and next they were tested for transfer of sequential response with stimuli by removing the primary dimension. Eight of ten who were trained with the figure dimension first and 4 of 10 who were trained with the color dimension first demonstrated successful transfer of sequential responses. In Experiment 2, 10 participants were first trained for 5- term sequences with compound stimuli (color and figure), then tested for transfer of sequential response to both color-dimension-only stimuli and figure-dimension-only stimuli. All participants demonstrated transfer to color- dimension-only stimuli and 9 of them demonstrated transfer to figure-dimension-only stimuli. These results suggest that transfer from compound stimuli to unitary stimuli is easier than transfer from unitary stimuli to compound stimuli. |
| |
|
| 92. Examining Immediate and Delayed Reinforcement in a Contingency Management. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| KRISTIN A. KIEL (James Madison University), J. Philip Erb (James Madison University), Brantley P. Jarvis (James Madison University), Jessica Greta Marie Irons (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
| Abstract: The present study examines the role of reinforcer delay within the context of a contingency management (CM) procedure using a brief abstinence test (BAT) to reduce cigarette smoking among college students. During the first baseline week, participants provide biological samples and self-report data about their smoking. During the immediate reinforcer (IR) intervention, participants receive a monetary reward if criterion-level measures are provided; a breath CO sample <4ppm, negative cotinine assessed via urinalysis, and a self-report of zero cigarette use during the previous week. During the delayed reinforcer (DR) condition, participants do not receive the reward until the following week. During a return to baseline conditions for the last week, participants again provide biological and self-report measures and all receive a small monetary reward for attending. To the extent that smoking is differentially reduced in the immediate and delayed conditions, the role of delay within the context of CM is revealed. Implications for large-scale treatment implementations are considered. |
| |
|
| 94. Pre-Ratio Pausing Following Rich-to-Lean Transitions on Multiple Schedules in Fischer 344 and Lewis Rats. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas), Jeffrey S. Stein (University of Kansas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Under fixed-ratio (FR) schedules, post-reinforcement (or pre-ratio) pauses are maladaptive—they decrease the rate of reinforcement. Perone and Courtney (1992) demonstrated that pigeons pause after a reinforcer for a longer interval when there is a discriminable shift from rich (large reinforcer magnitude) to lean (small reinforcer magnitude) components of a multiple FR-FR schedule of positive reinforcement. The generality of this rich-to- lean effect on pausing has been demonstrated across species, responses, and reinforcers (Bejarano, Williams, & Perone, 2003; Wade-Galuska, Perone, & Wirth, 2004). However, it is not known whether biological variables (e.g., neurochemical differences) might affect pausing at rich-to-lean transitions. Fischer 344 and Lewis rats, two genetically inbred strains, were selected for their known differences in brain chemistry (specifically, dopamine and serotonin neurotransmitters) and behavior (e.g., successive negative contrast, impulsivity, and drug self- administration). Both strains were exposed to a multiple FR-FR schedule with values that ranged from FR-25 to FR-150. In rich components, completion of the response requirement resulted in a large amount of food (seven pellets), while lean components resulted in a small amount of food (one pellet). Results suggest that Fischer 344 rats pause longer than Lewis rats following rich-to-lean transitions. |
| |
|
| 95. Effects of Gestational Undernutrition on Progressive Ratio Schedules of Sucrose Reinforcement: A Replication. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| CHRISTOPHER KREBS (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
| Abstract: Research suggests that gestational undernutrition is linked to obesity in offspring as adults. Previous data from our laboratory examined differences in progressive ratio (PR) schedules of sucrose reinforcement between gestationally undernourished (GU) rats and controls. In the first four sessions of PR, GU rats had higher breakpoints for food than controls. After behavior stabilized, however, a reverse effect was found: GFR rats had lower breakpoints than controls, though this finding was limited because of the low n. The current study represents a systematic replication with a larger n. We food deprived dams for 0 or 45% of their free-feeding intake for days 1-18 of gestation. We allowed selected female offspring (14 in each group; total n=28) to free-feed for one year after birth, and then placed them under 22 hours of food deprivation to establish food as a reinforcer. Then, lever-pressing was placed under a progressive ratio schedule of sucrose reinforcement. Results suggest that at one year, GU’s free-feeding weights were significantly lower than controls, and breakpoints under the PR schedule were lower. These results suggest that the GU protocol we used lead to food have having a less reinforcing property, a finding inconsistent with the GU literature |
| |
|
| 96. Water-Based Conditioned Reinforcement in a Schedule-Induced Drinking Situation. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| CHRISTIAN LOPEZ GUTIERREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
| Abstract: Previous research has shown that stimuli paired with water cannot be classically conditioned to elicit the water-producing response in a Schedule-Induced Drinking (SID) situation. By contrast, we have demonstrated that stimulus control over drinking can be established using a discriminative procedure, one where a stimulus sets the occasion for the water-reinforcement of the water-producing response. Given that the discriminative and conditioned-reinforcement functions of stimuli are interchangeable, in the present experiment we attempted the conditioned reinforcement of the water-producing response in a SID situation. After extinguishing a discrimination in a SID situation, three rats each were given the former discriminative stimulus either response-independently (SD), as a consequence of responding (Sr) or omitted during the test sessions. Response rates during testing were similar for the SD and Sr conditions, but higher than in the no-stimulus condition. These results show the water-based conditioned reinforcement of the water-producing response in a SID situation. |
| |
|
| 97. Recominative Generalization of Within-Syllable Units: Short and Long Vowel Sounds. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
| MEGAN N. SHOWALTER WEAVER (University of Kansas), Christy A. Alligood (University of Kansas), Janna N. Skinner (University of Kansas), Tanya Baynham (University of Kansas), Anna C. Schmidt (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Previous studies have demonstrated recombinative generalization of within-syllable units following multiple-exemplar training. The present study tested for generalization of sound-print rime relations involving long and short vowel sounds across different onsets. Participants diagnosed with intellectual disabilities completed training via a computerized word-construction task designed to establish relations between spoken and printed words containing the rimes “at” and “ate.” The design included word-construction pretesting of the words and nonwords used in the study and control words with different rimes. Following this, training and testing was conducted across six different word sets, each containing 4 words with two different onsets (e.g., rat, pate, pat, rate). Training included construction of the isolated rimes (at and ate). Participants demonstrated generalization by constructing novel words following training on other words. We discuss additional procedures implemented with some participants to promote generalization, and ways that training efficiency might be improved in future participants. |
| |
|
| 98. A Simple Response Model of Pavlovian Conditioning. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
| STEVEN C. STOUT (Jacksonville State University) |
| Abstract: Mathematical models of Pavlovian conditioning share the common assumption that responding to a CS directly reflects the strength of an underlying CS-US association, including in some cases an inhibitory association. Thus, in theories that subscribe to the What You See Is What You Have (WYSIWYH) response rule, any deficits of conditioning, such as those observed in cue competition paradigms as blocking, overshadowing, and relative stimulus validity effects are attributed to impoverished learning of this central association. An alternative view, originally proposed by Miller and colleagues' comparator hypothesis, is that contiguity between two stimuli always results in the formation of an association between them that is unaffected by other stimuli, and that expression of latent associations are governed by response rules more complex than WYSIWYH. Here, a mathematical formalization of the comparator hypothesis is presented and contrasted with the canonical WYSIWYH model of Rescorla and Wagner. The model presented is a subset of Stout and Miller’s SOCR model and is simple enough to be understood by undergraduates enrolled in survey courses in conditioning and learning. The model accounts for all of the phenomena of Rescorla-Wagner plus latent inhibition and recovery from cue competition phenomena which that model cannot by nature predict. |
| |
|
| 99. Dynamic Modeling of Individual Acquisition Patterns on an Operant Task in Mice. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| JAIME ROBLES (Virginia Commonwealth University), Cristina Vargas-Irwin (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
| Abstract: A multidimensional analysis of the dynamics of acquisition is presented. The dynamics are characterized by a combination of rate of change and structural change parameters. Vector autoregressive techniques alongside with structural change test for the time series of acquisition produce a parametric representation of the acquisition process. The result shows different patterns of parameter configurations that are consistent with within-subject, within-session response patterns, treated as time series processes. |
| |
|
| 100. Matching-to-Sample and Equivalence Associations in Horses. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ERIN LEIGH STEIN (The University of Illinois), Sarah Danielle Albert (The University of Illinois), Vera Christina Kazaniwskyj (The University of Illinois), Amy Fischer (The University of Illinois), Jennifer L. Sobie (University of Illinois) |
| Abstract: Matching-to-sample (MTS) procedures have been used extensively with a variety of species in both experimental analysis preparations and behavioral pharmacology assessments, but have been used in limited evaluation with domestic horses. Employing a two-choice visual MTS apparatus similar to that described in Kastak, Schusterman and Kastak (2001) and following the methodology they developed in evaluating stimulus matching and equivalence in a California sea lion, this study assessed matching behavior in one young adult (8-year-old) Quarter Horse Appendix gelding and one aged (36-year-old) Quarter Horse gelding. As in Kastak, Schusterman and Kastak, the differential outcome effect was evaluated as a technique for enhancing discrimination and initiating rudimentary equivalence associations. Data collection is in progress. |
| |
|
| 101. Conditional Discrimination and Stimulus Equivalence: Effects of Suppressing Derived Symmetrical Responses on the Emergence of Transitivity. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| AARON A. JONES (Intermountain Centers for Human Development), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Symmetry suppression was conducted for five subjects who demonstrated a tendency to derive equivalence relations based on conditional discrimination training in a match-to-sample procedure. Symmetry suppression was applied in three consecutive sessions in which symmetrical responses were suppressed for one stimulus class in the first condition, two stimulus classes in the second condition, and all three stimulus classes in the final condition. Symmetry suppression slowed the emergence of transitivity for two subjects and prevented it for the other three. Results indicated that unplanned features of stimulus configurations emerged as discriminative variables that controlled selection responses and altered the function of consequent stimuli. |
| |
|
| 102. Preference Pulses: The Effects of Post-Reinforcer Blackouts. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| MICHELLE E. BANICEVICH (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
| Abstract: Preference pulses are short-term and often extreme changes in choice following reinforcement, normally for the just-reinforced response. While initially interpreted as a local effect of the last reinforcer location, recent research has reported pulses towards the not-just-reinforced response. This experiment shows the effect on preference pulses of 5 durations (2.5, 5, 10, 20, and 30 s) of blackout - periods where no reinforcers are delivered, signaled by the offset of all experimental stimuli. It was found that increasing blackout duration creates pulses that are increasingly nondifferential towards the richer (as opposed to most recent) alternative. A possible explanation of the corresponding change in probability of reinforcement immediately after blackout is also investigated. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #398 Poster Session (EDC) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 103. ABA in Alabama's Public Schools. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| HEATHER CHANDLER (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jennifer S. Phillips (The Learning Tree, Inc.) |
| Abstract: In January 2006 the Learning Tree, Inc. began a project aimed at creating a model special education classroom for the State of Alabama. The project classroom contains 16 students, ages 15-21, with multiple disabilities including Cerebral Palsy, Down syndrome, Rubinstein-Taybi syndrome, and Mental Retardation. There are three paraprofessional staff members, one Certified Special Education Teacher, and two Board Certified Behavior Analysts who serve as Behavioral, Instructional and Vocational Support Specialists. The goal of this project is to transition staff training and monitoring, data collection and review, acquisition program development, employment development and support, student assessment, behavior plan development, and crisis management from the current BCBA’s to pertinent staff within the school district (to include a full time BCBA). This presentation will report on the improvement in classroom engagement, skill mastery, and problem behaviors in an Alabama Public High School Multi Needs Unit. |
| |
|
| 104. Professional Profile of Psychologist in Mexico: An Analysis of Job Vacancies. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| ROSALVA CABRERA (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico), Hortensia Hickman (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico), Guadalupe Mares (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico) |
| Abstract: The interest in the training of professionals with international competitiveness has increased in recent decades in the universities of Mexico. This interest has produced much research related to educational technology, curricular assessment, educational models, teaching institutions, etc. Thus our research has an aim to identify the characteristics of a professional psychologist that is required by employers. We take into account the activities to be carried out by the psychologist in the job offer to fulfill requirements demanded by employers. We examined the job vacancies in seven states of Mexico: two states with minimal social welfare, two with medium social welfare, two with maximum social welfare, and Mexico City, including the metropolitan area. The number of job vacancies is directly related to the level of social welfare. The data show that employers required psychologist prime for dozen basic in medium educations and administrative activities related to organizations. Employers required prime bachelors degrees, and masters degrees are required minimally. |
| |
|
| 105. Preparing School Psychologists for Work in Preschool Settings. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| CYNTHIA HUGHES (University of Cincinnati), Talia Miche Johnson (University of Cincinnati), David Barnett (University of Cincinnati) |
| Abstract: With an increased emphasis on prevention and early intervention in the law (IDEA, 2004), there is a greater need for school psychologists to provide effective services to preschool aged children. Response to Intervention (RtI) provides a model of service delivery aligned with the goals of prevention and early intervention. However, there has been little research devoted to training school psychologists in RtI, especially in the application of RtI to preschool settings. The current presentation will describe the training model of a school psychology program emphasizing RtI service delivery. The presentation also will describe the practicum experiences provided for trainees to gain experience developing academic and behavioral interventions through an RtI model in preschool classrooms. The presentation will provide a summary of the intervention outcomes for students served by trainees during the 2006-2007 school year. Outcome data will be used to evaluate the efforts of the trainees and the training provided by the program to prepare future school psychologists. Discussion will focus on the need for well-prepared school psychologists to support prevention and early intervention efforts in early childhood educational settings. |
| |
|
| 106. Training School Psychologists for Practice in Response to Intervention. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| TALIA MICHE JOHNSON (University of Cincinnati), Cynthia Hughes (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati) |
| Abstract: As increasing numbers of schools adopt Response to Intervention (RtI) models, school psychologists entering the field need to be well prepared for practice in RtI. However, there has been little research devoted to RtI preservice training. The current presentation will describe the training model and structured practicum experiences of a school psychology program emphasizing RtI training. The presentation will provide a summary of the intervention outcomes for school-aged (K-12) students (N = 39) served by trainees (N = 12) during the 2006-2007 school year. Summary statistics including effect sizes, percentage of nonoverlapping data points, and Goal Attainment Scaling ratings will be reported for student progress in response to the behavioral and academic interventions collaboratively developed by trainees through the RtI process. Outcome data will be used to evaluate the efforts of the trainees and the efforts of the training program to prepare future school psychologists. Discussion will highlight the challenges to structuring training experiences in RtI and suggestions for future research on preservice training in RtI. |
| |
|
| 107. Student Research at Gonzaga University 1978-2008. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
| Abstract: The basic data presented are the publication and presentation data authored by students from Gonzaga University's behaviorally-based Special Education Program. These data were blocked from 3- to 5-year periods (e. g. 1978-1980, 1981-1985, 1986-1990, 1991-1995, 1996-2000, 2001-2004, and 2005-Present). The overall student publication and presentation outcomes indicated that student publications and presentations were highest during 2001-2004 (number of publications and presentations = 48). Student publications ranged from 0 to 20 for the other four designated time periods. Gonzaga University's Special Education Program's students published in such peer reviewed journals as Child & Family Behavior Therapy, International Journal of Special Education, B. C. Journal of Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Reading Improvement, Remedial & Special Education, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavior Modification, and Psychology in the Schools. Presentations were made at the Northwest Association for Behavior Analysis, Council for Exceptional Children, and The Annual Virginia Beach Conference on Behavior Disorders and the Association for Behavior Analysis. |
| |
|
| 108. Hitting the Books: Applying Behavior Analysis to Increase the Study Behaviors of College Students. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| JENNIFER L. CSENGE (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to apply behavior analysis techniques to increase time spent engaging in study behaviors for two college students. Increasing GRE study behaviors were targeted for the first participant. Decreasing time spent engaging in video game play, and increasing time spent on homework was targeted for the other participant. The Premack Principle was used to increase the second participant’s completion of school work, inversely resulting in a decrease in video game play from over 21 hours per week to 5.6 hours per week. The other participant’s GRE study behaviors were reinforced with a block of free time the following week. To further increase GRE study behaviors, a second intervention utilizing an avoidance contingency was implemented. This successfully increased relevant study behaviors to the desired level, 3 hours per week. |
| |
|
| 109. Comparing Effects of One-Attempt versus Three-Attempt On-line Quizzes on College Students’ In-class Quiz Performance. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| MADOKA ITOI (The Ohio State University), Christopher D. Yawn (The Ohio State University), Lilian C. Rodrigues (The Ohio State University), Temple S Lovelace (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Enhancing the effectiveness of instruction in introductory-level college courses has significant applied value, given the large amount of information and background knowledge presented by the instructor. Providing structured opportunities for students to interact with that information can enhance instructional effectiveness and facilitate their studying and learning. Research indicates that active responding to instruction leads to improved academic achievement (Cavenaugh, Heward, & Donelson, 1996; Christle & Schuster, 2003; Davis & O’Neil, 2004). This study investigated the potential utility of internet technology in three sections of an introductory course for special education. Specifically, this study examined whether an increased number of on-line quiz attempts would result in improved performance on subsequent in-class quizzes. Using an alternating treatments design, undergraduate and graduate students’ in-class quiz performance was analyzed to determine if one-attempt on-line quizzes or three-attempt on-line quizzes before taking weekly in-class quizzes had varying affects on performance. In order to control for the potential influence of instructors’ lecture formats, the same instructor taught all three sections for a specific lecture. Results and implications for practice are discussed. |
| |
|
| 110. A Comparison of Interteaching and Lectures: Does the Quality of Interteaching Matter? |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| HEATHER R. MOSIER (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Melissa A. Cartun (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of interteaching by ensuring greater quality of interteaching sessions. Evaluation of whether students can tact what they know and do not know was also conducted. Forty-seven students in 2 sections of a research-methods undergraduate course participated. Before 8 classes, students answered questions on a study guide, worth 2 points of their grade. The 2 sections were quasi-randomly assigned to lecture or interteaching. In the interteaching condition, students were paired and given an additional study guide to complete for 5 points toward their grade; each member of the pair received the same grade. In the lecture condition, the instructor lectured on all of the material in the study guides. The students were given the additional study guide, but were not required to complete it. Following each class, students rated their understanding of topics. Tests were given 2 classes following each interteaching or lecture class. The students also took midterm and final examinations. Grades on tests and exam questions were compared between the two types of teaching. In addition, students’ ratings were compared to their grades to determine if students could tact what they did and did not know. |
| |
|
| 111. Training Strategies Used to Train New Researchers in Chemistry. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARIA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Veronica De Fatima Loera Navarro (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: The present work tried to identify training strategies used by researchers in the area of chemistry to train their apprentices. Six investigators of three different generations participated: 2 with more than 25 years of research experience, 2 with more than 12 years of experience, trained by the first ones, and 2 in formation who are being trained by the seconds. Three instruments designed to fit the present research purposes were used to collect data. Results showed that the most frequently used training strategy was specific training of manual abilities, regulated by constant feedback. Researchers agreed on what is required to be a good investigator in chemistry. Besides concrete abilities in the area, they mentioned motivation, self-regulation, and learning how to work in team as key requirements. The results are discussed in terms of the implications that these can have for pedagogy of science in the area of chemistry. |
| |
|
| 112. A Comparison of Contract Grading and Traditional Point-Based Grading Systems Among College Freshmen. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| DANA F. LINDEMANN (Western Illinois University), Colin R. Harbke (Western Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Contract grading encourages mastery of the material and increases students’ perceived control over their grades. Recent interest in First Year Experience (FYE) and Foundations of Excellence programs has increased the number of small classes available for freshmen students and, consequently, opportunities to incorporate contract grading for instructors. The purpose of this research is to compare contract grading to traditional points grading within a FYE program. Male and female freshmen college students (N = 40) enrolled in Introduction to Psychology participated and were randomly assigned by class to be evaluated using contract grading (n = 20) or traditional points-grading (n = 20). Participants were enrolled in the course as part of an FYE program at a rural, state university. Instructor, materials, format, and assignments were the same for all participants (only grading mechanism was manipulated). At the end of the semester, students responded to two self-report measures evaluating the course and instructor. Several advantages of contract grading over traditional grading were observed. Most notably, contract graded students were 2.4 times more likely than traditional graded students to earn an A grade. Contract grading may be an effective way to increase mastery of course material among college freshmen. |
| |
|
| 113. The Effect of Quiz Point Contingencies and Levels of Familiarity of Exam Questions on Exam Scores. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (Queens College, City University of New York), Kathleen A. Mangiapanello (The Graduate School, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| Abstract: This study assessed the effects of a point contingency for a preliminary quiz and familiarity of exam questions on exam scores in an undergraduate psychology course. The primary and secondary dependent measures were number of questions answered correctly on the exams and quizzes, respectively. The subjects were assigned to an alternating treatment design across the two quiz-point conditions, dependent and independent, using randomized blocks-of-two. The dependent-points condition required that questions were answered correctly to earn points. The independent-points condition required only that the questions were answered to receive points. Two preliminary quizzes were administered prior to each of the four exams. Exam question familiarity was manipulated such that exams were comprised of 50% previously presented questions (25% for points-dependent condition and 25% for points-independent condition) and 50% novel questions. The group mean number of correct responses for dependent-point quizzes was greater than for independent-point quizzes. The students performed significantly better on exam questions that were previously presented in the quizzes, irrelevant of dependent or independent conditions. There was no effect on performance on novel exam items as a function of whether students had studied material under the dependent- or independent-points condition. |
| |
|
| 114. Behavior Analysis and Therapy On-Line at Southern Illinois University. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JOHN C. PINGO (Southern Illinois University), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: The continuing growth in computer technology has made possible for nontraditional and unconventional means of delivering behavior analysis course material to interested students. One such method of course delivery is via the Internet. This poster will discuss the emerging trend of web-based training in behavior analysis, present a program description of such training at Southern Illinois University, and show comparative data between on-campus and off-campus students suggesting that quality control is possible in cyberspace. Strategies for developing web-based training beyond the traditional college course will be presented and include topics such as in-services, job training, and brief staff enhancement lectures. |
| |
|
| 115. Web Page as a Resource for Learning Research Skills in Psychology Students: A Preliminary Experience. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| SEBASTIAN FIGUEROA RODRÍGUEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Teresa De Jesús Pomposa Luna Domínguez (Universidad Veracruzana), Blandina Bernal Morales (Universidad Veracruzana) |
| Abstract: Twenty-one psychology students from a Public Mexican University were enrolled in this study. Since Institution´s Educational Model prescribed the need of competencies for autonomous learning, as well as the use of information and communication technology, the purpose was to identify the extent to which the above has been achieved, by administering a course in research methods, that included, among others, using a web page, in a classroom designed for that purpose. Students had to check the assigned lesson, perform the tasks required and then submit via e-mail to the teacher and their assistants. By the end of the term, students evaluated the course in all of its components, as well as their own performance. In the three-unit course, most of percentages were assigned to the positive end of the scale used, (“excellent”) in unit 1, showing preference for teacher´s traditional role. In second unit, high percentages were scored for “regular”, (in which Web Page was used), while in third unit “good” was mainly assigned. Students' self-evaluations showed a preference for those items related with high standard performance. The main impact was observed in the third unit, the one in which more human and technological resources were administered. |
| |
|
| 116. Implementation of Multimedia Clinical Psychology Course: Students and Professors' Data. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANTONIA RENTERÍA RODRÍGUEZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Landa Durán (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Lourdes Rodríguez Campuzano (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jorge Luis Salinas Rodríguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), José de Jesús Vargas Flores (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angel García Pacheco (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
| Abstract: The new information and communication technologies applied to higher education is an important issue in the contemporary curriculum of universities all over the world. The institution, teachers, and students´ opinions about curriculum are fundamental to make decisions, in order to change and improve the educational process.
The main aim of this research was to implement the feedback of a behavioral clinical psychology multimedia course. In this study, students and professors´ valuing opposite data are analyzed in the context of program evaluation. |
| |
|
| 117. Assessment of Strategic Scientific Text Analysis in Biology Students. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Carlos Santoyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Del Refugio López Gamiño (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
| Abstract: The assessment of strategic text analysis in behavioral psychology (Santoyo, 1992, 2000 & 2005) provides cues and information to become an active participant in the analysis of scientific and methodological texts. The categories of the strategy are: theoretical, social, and methodological justification; research purpose, subject matter, author’s strategy, internal and external consistency, author’s conclusions, reader’s conclusions, and alternative courses of action for the range of new research. This strategy has been successfully evaluated in different contexts and with several levels of students. In an overview students learn how to analyze and discuss the scientific article contents in a systematic way; using the methodological-conceptual scheme to identify the main and secondary ideas of the text. The aim of this work is to evaluate such strategy with Biology students. A group of sixth semester students was selected, with a pre-posttest design, which was trained in the use of Santoyo´s strategy during five sessions. Results comparing data of pre- and posttest design are discussed considering the possibilities that the strategy offers to different scientific fields. |
| |
|
| 119. Power to the Teachers! Using a Textual Prompt to Increase Teacher Completion of Performance Goals. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| JASON CORY ROSENFELD (Hawthorne Country Day School), Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School), Daren Cerrone (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
| Abstract: We investigated the effects of a textual prompt on the cumulative number of performance goals completed by teachers and the effects on the number of student objectives met in the classroom. Teachers were given a list of performance goals related to increasing their verbal behavior about ABA, contingency-shaped behaviors in the classroom, and verbally mediated skills. Using a multiple baseline design, the number of performance objectives completed each week was collected. During the intervention, teachers were given a textual prompt, which listed the behaviors necessary to identify, organize, and monitor the completion of their performance goals. The effects of the textual prompt on the completion of performance goals and the collateral effects on student behavior will be analyzed. |
| |
|
| 120. Classroom Testing of a Discrete Trial Practice System. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| PHILIP IRVIN PAVLIK (Carnegie Mellon University), Sue-mei Wu (Carnegie Mellon University), Thomas Bolster (Carnegie Mellon University), Brian MacWhinney (Carnegie Mellon University), Kenneth Koedinger (Carnegie Mellon University) |
| Abstract: Learning simple verbal behaviors (such as foreign language vocabulary translations) often benefits from practice, but research has shown us that the schedule of practice and reinforcement is an important modulator of learning. This poster will describe a new system that uses a mathematical model of the behavioral effect of practice to predict the optimal schedule of repetitions when students perform discrete trials. Interestingly performance during this optimal scheduling tends to be fast and accurate because this avoids the time and motivation costs of errors during practice. In addition to detailing the basis of this system, the poster will examine classroom results from more than 200 students who have used the system to practice vocabulary in college level Chinese I and II classes. These students had significantly better results on a vocabulary quiz using the system and practiced more compared to a control condition with a more conventional system of flashcard repetition. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #400 International Poster Session |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 121. An Examination of the Effectiveness of Immediate and Delayed Feedback on the Sitting Posture in VDT Working Environment. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| SHEZEEN OAH (Chung-Ang University), Eunjeong Yu (Department of Psychology, Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Department of Psychology, Chung-Ang University) |
| Abstract: This study examined the relative effectiveness of immediate and delayed feedback on unsafe sitting behaviors that may cause VDT syndromes. Participants were four white-collar workers (2 males and 2 females) who spend most of their working time interacting with computers. Chairs were developed particularly for the present study such that they could detect participants' unsafe sitting postures using sensors and provide feedback on the computer monitors. Under the delayed feedback condition, the feedback was provided after each 6 hour session was completed. Under the immediate feedback condition, on the contrary, whenever participants engaged in unsafe postures more than 14 seconds, the small “pop-up” windows appeared on the computer monitor. multiple baseline design across participants was adopted. After baseline phase, the delayed feedback condition was first introduced and then the immediate feedback condition was added for the next phase for two participants. For the remaining two participants, the delayed plus immediate feedback was first introduced after baseline and then the immediate feedback was withdrawn for the next phase. The results indicated that feedback, regardless of the frequency, increased safe sitting behaviors considerably. However, the immediate feedback was more effective than the delayed feedback in increasing safe sitting behaviors. |
| |
|
| 122. Assessment of Safety Discrimination Following Training of One or Two Stimulus Classes. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANGELICA CRUELLS (Queens College, City University of New York), Matthew A. Taylor (Queens College, City University of New York), Marc Olvina (Queens College, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| Abstract: This study assessed the effects of training safe, unsafe or a combination of safe and unsafe stimuli on discrimination between safe and unsafe stimuli. The subjects were enrolled in an undergraduate psychology course. This study used a between-subject design to assess discrimination between safe and unsafe behavior following: safe training, unsafe training, and a combination of safe and unsafe training. The training incorporated the following components: instructions, modeling, practice, and feedback. The data suggest that participants in the combination safe and unsafe training group showed greater discrimination than the safe only and unsafe only training groups. |
| |
|
| 123. Managing Coping Strategies to Decrease Stress Levels in Mexican Female Employees. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| LUIS MARIANO CAMBEROS GARCÍA (Monterrey Technological Institute), Karen Anacris Berlanga Villarreal (Monterrey Technological Institute), María De Los Ángeles Mendoza Perez (Monterrey Technological Institute) |
| Abstract: The objective of this research was to establish the relationship between stress levels and its reduction through coping strategies, within the applied behavior analysis approach. The target group was young Mexican female employees suffering from work related stress. The sampling of this research was intentional with three stressed women between 20 and 23 years of age working for a department store as credit analysts in the metropolitan area of Mexico City. The research was n=1 Quasi experimental. As part of the decision taken, a comparison among subjects was made by including an alternative multiple baseline design. The dependent variable (job-related stress level) was assessed by applying exploratory tests and self-recording formats. The behavior modification program used was an ABA design. During baseline, the graphics showed an important variability on the target behavior. The treatment was constituted by coping skills training, job stress management and cognitive decision making training. The results showed that the stress levels in the subjects increased during the presence of specific job stressors. By introducing the subjects how to cope those stressor factors their stress levels were modified with a decreasing tendency, although, important limitations were deadlines and working conditions of the subjects. |
| |
|
| 124. Reducing Individual Work Distress in Professional Women through Stress Inoculation. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMPARO PAGÉS UREÑA (Monterrey Technological Institute), Ana Cristina Calderón Pérez (Monterrey Technological Institute), Gina Alejandra Martínez Martín (Monterrey Technological Institute), Aixa Lanett Powell (Monterrey Techonological Institute) |
| Abstract: This research was realized using an organizational management approach. The main objective was to establish a cognitive technique to reduce work distress in professional Mexican women in mid-adulthood in the State of Mexico. The sample was represented by three professional distressed women working in a sales and logistics department from a technological educational institute. The design n=1 was based on ABA design by implementing an inoculation stress technique. The job related distress was measured by a behavioral assessment and by testing. The results have shown that distress is directly related to working environment and its conditions, the mishaps and the work overload. By self-applying the technique already mentioned, the subjects in 80% were able to learn how to face their distress so the maladapted behaviors and consequences were reduced. |
| |
|
| 125. Coping Skills Training on Structural Stressors within the Organization. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| DIANA GABRIELA NAVARRETE MANCERA (Monterrey Technological Institute), Brenda Adriana Hernández Arellano (Monterrey Technological Institute), Rebeca Gonzalez Vazquez (Monterrey Technological Institute) |
| Abstract: The objective of this research was to help the employees cope with the structural stressors that can be present within their organization.
Our sample consisted of four male subjects, between 23- and 33- years old, performing administrative roles from different enterprises. The information was collected by self-observational records as well as behavioral interviews during the assessment and evaluation phases.
The research design applied was a group-case design ABA (reversal) in which we used coping skills training techniques through the learning of efficient relaxation and stress-coping cognitive reframing.
The graphics on the visual analysis have shown a tendency of instability during baseline, a decrease of stress levels during treatment and a tendency of stability during the second baseline.
As a result of the visual analysis we could observe a reduction in stress levels in most of our subjects. The employee learned to handle the structural stressors that are present in his daily work.
The importance of this investigation relies on the relationship and negative influence that the organizational structure and processes have on the employee’s behavior, emotions and cognitions. Once the employee learned to handle the structural stressors, his performance improved and the organization was benefited. |
| |
|
| 126. Load Dispatchers Work Conditions: A Behavior Analysis. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| GUILLERMO E. YABER (Universidad Simon Bolivar) |
| Abstract: Work environment, tasks, and job-aversive related stimulus conditions that generate escape and avoidance responses are described for 138 load dispatchers working for public and private companies in Venezuela. A self-report questionnaire that measures frequency and intensity of "job stressors" was used. Load dispatchers are frequently exposed to a variety of aversive stimulus conditions. Phone and radio devices ringing constantly during the morning shift, with heavy workload and raining climate, are the combination of events that may occur simultaneously and produce maximum aversive stimulation for load dispatchers. Working for the public sector increases "stress" related verbal reports. Behavioral contingency analysis suggests that the work of a dispatcher in front of a console is equivalent to a concurrent avoidance program of reinforcement. Actions for improving the work environment and self-management strategies to manage aversive stimulation are suggested. Given that gas and oil dispatchers are similar jobs of load dispatchers, and considering the strategic importance of an adequate energy supply for all countries of the American continent, it is suggested to extend this study to those work occupations. |
| |
|
| 127. Program for the Strengthening of Administrative and Academic Behavior Requisites in a Master's Program. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Ana Miriam Herrera Jiménez (Universidad Veracruzana), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (Universidad Veracruzana), Maria E. Malott (ABAI), Rosalia Ortega Cortes (Universidad Veracruzana) |
| Abstract: As a requisite for Master's and Doctoral Program in Mexico to receive financial aid, equipment and scholarships for their students and consequently to be accredited as quality programs, a series of academic and administrative requisites established by the Secretary of Public Education (SEP) and the National Council of Science and Technology (CONACYT) must be satisfied.
The objective of the present investigation was to identify the effects of implementing Malott’s (2002) Organizational Model to improve and increase those behavioral requisites in the Masters Program in Psychological Investigation Applied to Education. These requisites are: physical infrastructure, academic staff, degrees completed, follow-ups of former students, academic communication with other programs, modernization of the course structure, research and publication of research by faculty and students, and grants obtained for research The participants were: the coordinator, teachers and students of the Master’s program.
Having identified the behavioral requisites or products, the reception and processing systems and the material required, the required actions were implemented to increase the number and quality of the behavioral requisites, thus permitting the Master’s Program to enter the National Standard of Graduate Programs and benefit with the resources provided by the SEP and CONACYT. |
| |
|
| 128. An Evaluation of Methods for Teaching Teachers to Use a Mathetics Error Correction Procedure. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
| DONNIE M. STAFF (University of North Texas), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas), Ethan A. Hahn (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Error correct is a common practice among teachers. An empirically validated and systematic approach to error correction could be a useful tool for any teacher. This experimenter evaluated the performance of 5 university-level TFs (Teaching Fellows). Following a student error, the TF implemented a 5-element error correction procedure. First, the TFs reworded the question making the student(s) response correct. Then, the TFs prompted the student(s) to repeat their previous response. Next, the TFs told the student(s) the answer to the originally posed question. Thirdly, the TF provided the student(s) with a rationale for that answer, typically by stating the critical components of the concept being discussed. Finally, the TFs tested the student(s) ability to produce the correct answer given the original question by repeating the question to the student(s). This study evaluated 2 different ways of training staff to implement element 4. The participants in 1 experimental group were simply reminded to complete the 4th element. The participants in the 2nd experimental group were trained to complete the 4th step correctly, via feedback and modeling from the principal investigator. The investigators also evaluated the effects these error correction procedures have on student test and overall grades. |
| |
|
| 129. Resources in Program Survival. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
| JEFFREY M. GORDON (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: The survival of effective behavioral programs is a prerequisite for solving socially significant behavioral problems. Program survival is defined as the continued use of an effective applied behavioral intervention under non-research conditions. Some studies have survived for extended periods. For example, Fox, Hopkins, and Anger (1987) report an intervention that survived for 25 years, Andrews and Feyer (1985) 22 years, Altus, Welsh, and Miller (1992) 15 years, and Welsh, Altus, and Miller (1994) 13 years. Program survival research has been related to many important areas of applied behavior analysis including: social validity, external validity, metacontingencies, response generalization, and institutionalization. Given the importance of program survival to behavioral research, we created the Journal of Program Survival, JOPS; an online database of 560 articles, 214 that show some evidence of program survival. |
| |
|
| 130. Changing the Behavior of the Lunch Ladies Using Feedback from the Principal. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Inc.) |
| Abstract: The lunchroom in an elementary school was known for disruptive behavior of the students and four lunch ladies yelling at the children. The room was loud and considered an aversive environment by the teaching staff. A baseline was conducted and determined that the lunch staff were rarely on-task during the four lunch periods. They engaged in yelling at students, and talking to one another about personal topics. Using a multiple baseline across the four participants and introducing one or two minute feedback sessions from the principal, the behavior of each participant improved dramatically immediately. |
| |
|
| 131. Teaching Chinese. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| HANG WU (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: This study examined how the form in which instruction is delivered to the tutors during the training section can affect the accuracy of the tutors following the instructions, and further the efficiency of Chinese teaching, which refers to the number of Chinese characters the students could learn to pronounce and make sentence correctly within the limited time. Three tutors were trained to follow the tutoring procedure by watching video training program and getting personal training. All three tutors increased their tutoring performance from pre-training session to after-training session by looking at the percentage of accuracy of the tutors following the procedures and the students' learning outcomes. |
| |
|
| 132. The Effects of a Multicomponent Package Intervention on Portion Control at an Ice Cream and Coffee Shop. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMY MURDOCK (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: Front line employees at a privately-owned ice cream and coffee shop were to control the portion sizes of ice cream served. Portions targeted for improvement were the child and adult size ice cream cones. Regulations for portion control included measurement from base to the “peak” of the ice cream cone. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) was used to determine targeted areas for improving this pinpoint. Results of the PDC suggested a performance problem with employee compliance to the manager’s regulations resulting in weak antecedents and lack of consequences contingent upon occurrence or nonoccurrence of the desired behavior. An intervention package consisting of job aids, goal setting, graphic feedback, and monetary rewards was designed to address the areas targeted by the PDC to improve employee compliance with portion control compliance. An AB design was used to introduce the intervention. Overall performance increased, suggesting the package intervention, designed by the results of the PDC, may be an effective strategy for addressing compliance issues in food service settings. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #401 Poster Session (VRB) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 133. An Analysis of Prompt Sequencing in Skill Acquisition and Problem Behavior with Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANDREW A. FULTON (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: Various prompting strategies can be applied when teaching skills to children with developmental disabilities (Coleman-Martin & Heller, 2004; Touchette & Howard, 1984). In this study, we evaluated the level of skill acquisition and the occurrence of maladaptive behavior while implementing two instructional methods commonly used to teach children with autism. Three-step guided compliance (least-to-most intrusive) or errorless teaching (most-to-least intrusive) were used to evaluate which would result in faster acquisition of novel intraverbal targets, fewer occurrences of problem behavior, and persistent levels of mastered skills. Each session consisted of 10 trials (5 intraverbal targets and 5 previously-mastered interspersed imitation targets). Reinforcers used during the study were determined by a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) assessment, and the resulting reinforcers were delivered at pre-determined prompt levels in both instructional procedures. Mastery criteria required 80% correct responding at the independent prompt levels in three consecutive sessions. A multiple baseline design across 5 intraverbal targets was used to demonstrate experimental control. A trials-to-criterion design was used to evaluate speed of acquisition. Results of the evaluation are discussed in terms of acquisition and problem behavior. |
| |
|
| 134. The Effects of Public Posting as a Token Economy on Correct Responses to PSI Learn Units. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| MINDY BUNYA ROTHSTEIN (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (The Fred S. Keller School), Svetlana Parkhomovsky (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: This experiment tested the effects of public posting as a token economy on increasing the rate of correct responses per minute for PSI (Personalized System of Instruction) worksheets of two participants with listener, speaker, beginning reader, and beginning writer levels of verbal behavior. Both participants attended a CABAS® program in a self-contained classroom with one teacher, four teaching assistants, and eleven students. Baseline data showed that the students emitted a high rate of incorrect responses to PSI worksheets, and often emitted avoidance of instructional responding during PSI sessions. The experimenters decided to use the already in place Public Posting Procedure as a Token Economy to increase the rate of correct responses. A multiple baseline across participants design was used. Results showed that the rate of correct responses significantly increased while the rate of incorrect responses decreased or remained relatively low for both participants. |
| |
|
| 135. Replication of an Intensive Tact Training Procedure to Test its Effects on the Numbers of Pure Tacts and Mands Emitted by Preschool Students in Non-Instructional Settings. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANUSHA SUBRAMANYAM (Columbia University Teachers College), Nirvana Pistoljevic (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We replicated a study by Pistoljevic and Greer (2006) to determine the effects of an intensive tact training procedure on the numbers of pure tacts and mands emitted by three preschool students in non-instructional settings. All participants were diagnosed with developmental disabilities and functioned at the listener/speaker level of verbal behavior. A multiple probe design was employed in which the dependent variable was the number of independent pure tacts and mands emitted by students in the non-instructional settings, and the independent variable was the tact training. Five-minute probes were conducted in three non-instructional settings: the toy area, the table during snack or play, and the hallway. The tact training procedure consisted of increasing the daily learn units presented to each student by 100 tact learn units. A set of tacts included five categories with four stimuli within each category. After the baseline probe, we conducted tact instruction followed by a probe in an alternating fashion as each participant mastered each set of tacts. The results showed a functional relationship between the tact training and an increase in the number of pure tacts and mands emitted by participants in the non-instructional settings. |
| |
|
| 136. The Effects of Conditioning Voices on Listener Responding. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ERIK D. GRASSO (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Victoria Sterkin (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of conditioning voices as reinforcers on listener responding, stereotypy, passivity, responding to name, the number of objectives met on speaker and listener programs, and the mean number of learn units to criterion per 5000 learn units in two male kindergarten students diagnosed with autism. Both the participants were chosen due to a low frequency of listener responding and high rates of stereotypy and the engagement in behaviors other than those being targeted during instructional sessions. The study utilized a pre- and post-probe design to measure the effect of conditioning voices on each of the dependent variables. During conditioning, the experimenter conducted sessions of twenty pair test trials of recordings of human voices paired with reinforcement delivered on a variable schedule until the students chose listening to voices over stereotypy, passivity, or a non-target behavior. The data showed an increase in the selection of voices and the number of objectives achieved, and a decrease in stereotypy and the mean number of learn units to criterion as a function of the conditioning with Student A. The data did not show the same relationship for the participant that did not complete the conditioning. |
| |
|
| 137. Evaluation of Three Methods for Teaching Intraverbals to Children with Language Delays. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (Louisiana State University and LAS*PIC), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: Previous research has begun to identify certain training conditions that result in more efficient use of instructional time devoted to language development. Specifically, incorporating mands into the instructional arrangement (e.g., Arntzen and Almås, 2002), increasing the quality of reinforcement delivered for interspersal tasks (e.g., Volkert et al., in press), and including instructive feedback stimuli into the consequences of learning trials (e.g., Wolery et al., 1991) have all demonstrated more efficient learning of targeted behavior. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare three methods for teaching intraverbals to individuals with language delays. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 25% of sessions and exceeded 80%. Preliminary results suggest that incorporating mands during intraverbal instruction may result in faster acquisition of unknown intraverbals. However, the transfer of control training condition (i.e., mand to intraverbal transfer) resulted in the shortest session duration, suggesting a more efficient method for teaching intraverbals relative to mand interspersal. |
| |
|
| 138. Comparison of Two Procedures for Teaching Receptive Discriminations to Children with Autism. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| CALLIE AMANDA SIMMS (The Wayman Learning Center), Kristina Kriticos (The Wayman Learning Center), Lauren Marie Schermerhorn (The Wayman Learning Center), Gail Wayman (The Wayman Learning Center), Lisa Hartline (The Wayman Learning Center), Michelle J. Dillon (The Wayman Learning Center) |
| Abstract: One of the common characteristics of young children with autism is a limited listener repertoire. Therefore, when designing early intervention, behavior analysts often implement teaching procedures designed to increase the listener repertoire and, more specifically, receptive discrimination of objects and pictures. These procedures usually involve pairing the spoken word with some type of gestural or positional prompt and then fading the prompt, transferring stimulus control to the spoken word alone. While these types of procedures are often effective, some children do not acquire receptive discriminations as a result of these procedures, or once acquired, the skills are not maintained. Many children with autism, including those with limited listener repertoires, exhibit extensive repertoires in visual discriminations, including matching objects and pictures. The purpose of this study is to compare a more traditional method of teaching receptive discriminations with a procedure using match to sample paired with the spoken word, and then transferring stimulus control to the spoken word alone, in order to determine which procedure is more effective in producing acquisition and maintenance of receptive discrimination targets. |
| |
|
| 139. Long Term Maintenance of Mastered Receptive, Expressive, and Pre-academic Skills Following Interspersal in a Discrete Trial Format. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| DANIELLE W. BRADLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Andrew A. Fulton (Marcus Autism Center), Meighan Adams (Marcus Autism Center), Diana Garcia (Marcus Autism Center), Christopher A. Tullis (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: The use of discrete trial training in the instruction of individuals with developmental disabilities is well established in the literature. Long-term treatment gains as a whole (e.g., increased IQ, behavioral improvements, increased social interactions) have been evaluated and show support for the benefits of discrete trial training (Eikeseth, Smith, Jahr, & Eldevik, 2007; Lovaas, Koegel, Simmons, & Long, 1973). Other studies have examined the maintenance of acquired skills such as tooth-brushing two years after acquisition (Snell, Lewis, & Houghton, 1989). These skills, although likely practiced often, were probed after months of practicing without therapist observation and correction. The current project examined the maintenance of skills acquired via discrete trial intervention. In the current investigation, students with developmental disabilities in an intensive behavioral program received one-on-one instruction aimed at increasing receptive, expressive, and pre-academic skills. Following mastery, students continued to encounter these targets through the interspersal of mastered tasks with novel targets. In the case of one client, 93 out of 101 mastered targets that were regularly interspersed with non-mastered targets continued to meet mastery criteria when probed at least one month after original mastery. |
| |
|
| 140. Developing a Mand Repertoire and Vocalizations in Children with Developmental Disabilities: An Empirical Investigation of Three Systems. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMBER L. VALENTINO (The Marcus Autism Center), Cynthia L. Dulaney (Xavier University), Kimberly Ann Kroeger (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
| Abstract: As much as 50% of children diagnosed with autism do not develop functional communication skills (Graziano, 2002). Thus, a priority of many behavioral intervention programs is the development of functional language, specifically the mand. This study investigated the effectiveness of three systems in producing communication and vocalizations in 18 children with developmental disabilities. Participants were matched according to age and diagnosis and were taught to mand using topography-based verbal behavior in the form of sign language, selection-based verbal behavior in the form of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) (Frost and Bondy, 2002), or an automatic reinforcement procedure (Sundberg, Michael, Partington, & Sundberg, 1996). Each participant received up to 24 sessions, consisting of 60-75 mand opportunities. Results indicated that children in the ARP group obtained a greater number of vocalizations and showed a greater increase in manding skills than children in the PECS and Sign Language groups as evidenced by frequency count and scores on the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills. Implications and indications for future research are discussed. |
| |
|
| 141. The Effects of Antecedent Variables on the Verbal Behavior of Children to B.F. Skinner’s Verbal Summator. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| MAT C LUEHRING (Northern Arizona University), Sarah Jeannine Schol (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
| Abstract: Latent speech is defined as speech which is present, but needing particular conditions to become active, obvious, or completely developed. In 1936, B.F. Skinner designed the Verbal Summator, an auditory device used to investigate latent speech. Skinner presented ambiguous skeletal sounds of speech (masked by white noise) and asked participants to interpret what was being said. The current study investigated whether children’s verbal responses to the Verbal Summator could be biased by providing antecedent variables prior to testing. To determine this, an ABAB design was used with two elementary school aged children as they were asked to interpret the sounds from the Verbal Summator (Gardner, Woodmancy, & Cheney, 1997). In baseline phases, responses were recorded with nothing in the room after a 5 minute period of sitting alone. In the treatment phases, a 5 minute toy play period with intense stimuli (i.e. seeing, hearing, feeling, eating items related to “Spongebob Squarepants”) was provided before being asked to interpret the sounds from the Verbal Summator. Verbal responses were compared (by two independent observers) thematically between baseline and treatment conditions to verify antecedent influence. Results are discussed in terms of biasing verbal responding by manipulating antecedent variables and implications for psychological projective tests. |
| |
|
| 142. Using the Verbal Behavior Approach to Increase the Language of Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| EDWARD D. PARKER (The Ohio State University), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University), Amanda E. Guld (The Ohio State University), Tracy L. Kettering (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: For teaching aspects of language to children with developmental disabilities (DD), there has been empirical support of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior. Although many practitioners are using the “verbal behavior approach” to teach language to these children, no research was found evaluating the effects of the entire approach on language development in children who exhibit limited or no language ability. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a verbal behavior training package, described by Sundberg and Partington, on the overall verbal communication of children with DD. In this study, we administered The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS) to determine the current level of performance of the participants. A multiple baseline across verbal operants design was used to evaluate the acquisition of the elementary verbal operants. Additionally, over the course of the project, the ABLLS was administered at least twice to monitor student progress. Results, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 143. Effect of Feedback Level on Preference for Novel Stimuli. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| MAYRA HERNÁNDEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Roberto P. Maciel (Universidad de Guadalajara), Areli Morando (Universidad de Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (Universidad de Guadalajara), Jose E. Burgos (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carolina De la Torre Ibarra (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: The present study sought to determine the effect of the level of feedback (no feedback, medium feedback, or high feedback) for interacting with certain stimuli on the preference for novel stimuli. Two-hundred forty high-school students were first given five trials where left-clicking with a mouse on a colored geometric figure that was presented on a computer screen (e.g., a blue square, a red circle) was followed by either no feedback, or a medium or high level of feedback. In the no-feedback condition, participants were just shown a “CONTINUE” button, which had to be left-clicked for the next trial to occur. In the medium level, participants were also shown the text “VERY GOOD!” In the high level, participants were shown the text “VERY GOOD! YOU HAVE EARNED A CHOCOLATE!” with a picture of a chocolate candy. Then, all participants were given a choice between the figure that had been previously given and a new figure that was different in color and shape. The results show that substantially more participants preferred the novel stimulus in the no-feedback than the medium- and high-level conditions. These results are compatible with the Law of Effect. |
| |
|
| 144. Effect of Rules and Counterfactuals on Risk Behavior. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| ARELI MORANDO (Universidad de Guadalajara), Jose E. Burgos (Universidad de Guadalajara), Mayra Hernández (Universidad de Guadalajara), Roberto P. Maciel (Universidad de Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carolina De la Torre Ibarra (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: Using a proprietary, fantasy computer game where participants role-played a virtual character, participants were first given a choice between fighting against an easy monster for a certain amount of gold (no-risk choice) and fighting a hard monster for a larger amount (risk choice). Unbeknownst to the participants, the probability of vanquishing the monsters was 1.0 for the easy and 0.0 for the hard one. Most participants chose the hard monster. Then, participants were given a feedback consisting of either a rule or a counterfactual. The rule was “NEXT TIME, CHOOSE THE EASY MONSTER.” The counterfactual was “HAD YOU CHOSEN THE EASY MONSTER, YOU COULD HAVE WON.” Then, participants were given a second choice of the same kind. The results indicate that the rule was more effective in reducing the number of participants who made the risk choice. This result could be due to fact that rules are shorter, clearer, and more direct, whereas counterfactuals are longer, more ambiguous, and indirect. |
| |
|
| 145. Peer Tutoring. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
| ALLIBERTHE ELYSEE (Columbia University Teachers College), Sheri Kingsdorf (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effects of peer tutoring on acquired academic responses across both tutee and tutor repertoires. The participants were middle school students diagnosed as having emotional disorders or other health impairments. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses emitted by both the tutor and tutee during post-peer tutoring probes. Through a multiple probe design the study found that the tutors had acquired the math concepts without direct instruction but through presenting another student learn units. The tutors were trained before presenting learn units. The study also found significant results in the reversal of the roles as later explored in the discussion session. |
| |
|
| 146. The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on the Emission of Appropriate Tacts and Conversational Units. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| RYAN WILLIAMS (Columbia University Teachers College), Karla A. Mondello (Columbia University Teachers College), Joan A. Broto (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: This study tested the effects of daily intensive tact instruction on the emission of accurate tacts and conversational units by second grade students in non-instructional settings. Both of the participants were typically developing females who were learning English as their second language. A delayed multiple probe design across two participants was used. The dependent variables were the number of accurate tacts and conversational units emitted in non-instructional settings before and after the mastery of sets of stimuli. The independent variable was the intensive tact instruction, in which the participants received additional 100-tact learn units daily. Each set consisted of 100 tacts broken down into 5 categories of stimuli, with 4 stimuli in each category and 5 exemplars for each stimulus. The first set of tacts was taught following baseline, and participants had to master a complete set of tacts before progressing to the next set. Upon mastery of a set of tacts, three 5-minute probe sessions on the number of tacts and conversational units emitted in non-instructional settings were conducted. Results showed that both participants emitted significantly higher levels of tacts and conversational units in the non-instructional settings following the intensive tact procedure. |
| |
|
| 147. Teaching Reading with Systematic Color Prompting. |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| SHELDON ROBERT EBBELER (Quest Kids, Inc.) |
| Abstract: This study was conducted to analyze the effects of systematically color-coding the correspondences between sounds and written letters on the acquisition of codic (textual) verbal behavior. This study attempts to answer several research questions: (1) with which paradigm will regular words be easier to learn to read, (2) with which paradigm will irregular words be easier to learn to read, and (3) with which paradigm will reading of the words be maintained better? The main dependent variable is the rate of acquisition for reading two sets of 48 words--one set per intervention paradigm--as measured by the number of trials to a predetermined mastery criterion. The intervention in question is the use of multicolored written words for the training of a reading (i.e, textual) response. Within this system, each sound in a word is made to correspond to exactly one color, and vice versa, regardless of the actual written symbol(s) used to represent the sound. (If we used English orthography to provide an example of this treatment paradigm, the (written) letters 'ph' in 'phone,' the letter 'f' in 'fish', and the letters 'gh' in 'rough' would all be the same color during training because they all match up to the same speech sound.) Importantly, however, though words are trained using multicolored and black text, words are tested using only black text words, to simulate real-life contingencies. Two female individuals (ages 25 and 27) participated in this study. They were native speakers and readers of English with no learning disabilities. Because they could already read English, a compilation of English words containing only three sounds were written in two sets of foreign scripts (from an actual natural language) for the subjects to learn to decode within one of the two treatment paradigms. (The symbols of the scripts were systematically assigned to the sounds of English that were represented in the words lists.) The two word lists were designed such that the lists were balanced for which sounds were presented to the subject, how many times each sound was presented, the approximate order that the sounds were presented, and the relative ease of the words' comprehension. The experiment involved a within-subject comparison, where each subject was first taught one word list in the first set of foreign symbols using either the multicolored coding system or only traditional black text. Then, the second word list was taught using different symbols as well as the alternate... |
| |
|
| 148. Rapid Strengthening and Extinction of Conditioned Avoidance and Disgust Responses to the Verbal Stimulus "Love". |
| Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
| STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University) |
| Abstract: On a two question survey students indicated their degree of disgust toward, and their degree of avoidance of, the word “Love” as a pretest, after a brief verbal conditioning manipulation, and again after a rapid massed brief exposure extinction manipulation. The brief verbal conditioning manipulation consisting of instructions to imagine two vividly described scenes greatly increased disgust and avoidance indications from baseline. The rapid massed brief exposure extinction manipulation significantly decreased disgust and avoidance indications. As a word’s meaning is contingent upon association, it is possible to decrease the meaning of a word with simple extinction procedures–repeatedly presenting the CS without a US, or repeatedly presenting the word without accompanying meaningful stimuli, verbal or otherwise. The experiment can be easily replicated in almost any classroom and serve as an effective teaching tool. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| Un Análisis Conductivista de la Entrevista Clínica |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–1:50 PM |
| PDR 4 |
| Area: CSE |
| Chair: Carlos A. Vazquez (Behavior Analysts, Inc. - Puerto Rico) |
| |
| Un Análisis Conductivista de la Entrevista Clínica |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| CARLOS A. VAZQUEZ (Behavior Analysis, Inc. - Puerto Rico), Lorena Arevalo (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), Anjali Van Drie (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.) |
| |
| Abstract: Sin importar la población, la entrevista clínica es usada con frecuencia por analistas de conducta y comportamiento para adquirir información esencial antes de desarrollar un plan de tratamiento o intervención. Gran parte del éxito de la entrevista clínica depende de la habilidad del profesional para facilitar la confianza del entrevistado, propiciar la revelación de información del cliente, y el uso correcto de destrezas sociales apropiadas en su contexto. Sin embargo, una gran crítica de otros profesionales acerca del análisis de conducta y comportamiento, es que muchos analistas conductuales no poseen las destrezas sociales apropiadas requeridas para llevar a cabo una entrevista clínica productiva. Esta presentación intentará analizar y exponer los comportamientos sociales esenciales para efectivamente completar una entrevista clínica y comunicarse adecuadamente con clientes y sus familias. Se usará un análisis descriptivo de varios componentes comúnmente utilizados para la entrevista clínica al igual que ejemplos de destrezas clínicas usadas para desarrollar una buena relación entre el practicante clínico y el cliente. También se explorarán destrezas para aumentar la adherencia del cliente o guardián al plan de tratamiento. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Tutorial: Evo-Devo |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
| International North |
| Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory |
| BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Peter Killeen, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
| Presenting Authors: : PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
| Abstract: This SIG emphasizes environmental-unit behavior-unit interactions; recent progress in evolutionary developmental biology--evo-devoprovides potentially useful templates for refining the definition of such units, and broadening possibilities of the modes in which they interact. Among these concepts are heterochrony, variation by changes in temporal sequence, such as neoteny; the role of modularity in evolution; how modifications of developmental processes lead to the production of novel features; the role of developmental plasticity in evolution; how ecology impacts development and evolutionary change; and the developmental basis of homoplasy and homology. As a familiar example, a homology in biology is any similarity between characters that is due their shared ancestry; in functional analysis, great efforts are taken to identify the variables of which behavior is a function. Is it useful to treat those that are under the control of the same reinforcer as homologs, and those that merely share a similar topography as analogs? Is the ability of the homeobox to activate correlated sets of genes enlightening for the analysis of establishing stimuli? Do the various forms of paedomorphisis and peramorphosisthe juvenilezation/senescization of morphologyhave analogs in behavior? Does the efficiency of evolution, crafting endless forms most beautiful from a meager number of genes, suggest mechanisms for the blossoming of creative behavior in homo Sapiens? In this collaborative presentation, the evo-devo concepts will be explained and serve as stimuli; groups of the audience will be encouraged to respond with behavioral analogs of the biological processes, and evaluate their potential utility. |
| |
| PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
Prof. Peter Killeen was born to a mailman and housewife on the day the Alaska Highway was completed, his mother swearing hers was the greater labor. He took a Bachelor’s degree from Michigan State University, which is not located in Ann Arbor, and left for Harvard. Distracted from the study of psychophysics and cognition by the bad behavior of the operant graduate students, he conjured data showing that the harmonic mean rate of reinforcement, not the arithmetic rate, controls choice. This was not understood by foraging theorists, but it was enough to get him from Fort Skinner to Fort Skinner in the Desert—called that because the other behaviorists deserted it soon after Killeen arrived. Arizona State University, where he behaved for subsequent decades, is not located in Tucson. At ASU Killeen met John Falk, causing him to study adjunctive behavior, Art Bachrach, causing him to study superstition, and Greg Fetterman, causing him to study time. An important influence was Bill Uttal, who, against all Killeen’s arguments, converted to behaviorism. Martha wanted Killeen to say something, and Jack thought Evo-Devo sounded better than Nugatory Null. Those are the variables of which this function is a function. |
|
| |
| |
|
The Unit of Analysis in Evidence Based Practices |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
| CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus) |
| TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (National Autism Center) |
Dr. Susan Wilczynski is the Executive Director of the National Autism Center. In her role as the Executive Director, she oversees the National Standards Project, updates public policy-makers about evidence-based practice related to educational and behavioral interventions, develops assessment clinics specializing in the evaluation of children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders, and establishes the parent education and professional training agenda of the National Autism Center.
Dr. Wilczynski has authored numerous articles on the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders. Prior to her position at the National Autism Center, she developed and directed an intensive early intervention program for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute. She has held academic appointments at the University of Southern Mississippi and the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Wilczynski holds a joint appointment with May Institute, where she serves as Vice President of Autism Services. She is an adjunct professor at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Wilczynski is a licensed psychologist and a board certified behavior analyst. |
| Abstract: The movement for evidence based practices (EBP) in education, psychology, and other human services presents a tremendous opportunity for behavior analysts. This movement is attempting to do what behavior analysts have tried to do for so long to promote practices that are supported by specific evidence demonstrating effectiveness. However, substantial challenges must be overcome if EBP are to succeed in increasing the effectiveness of human services. Among these challenges is that of identifying units of practice that might be validated as evidence-based. Potential units of practice might be relatively micro (e.g., reinforcing correct responses) or relatively macro (e.g., Direct Instruction combined with Positive Behavioral Supports). In addition, units of practice might be separately validated for each context and population, or they might be validated across such variables. Thus, the EBP movement faces classic questions of generalizability of research findings. This paper will explore several approaches to these questions including (1) Skinners discussion of basic behavioral units, (2) experimental methodologists discussions of generality of research findings, and (3) systems of EBP in other fields. Suggestions for continuing the development of EBP will be derived from this discussion. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Outcomes for Young Children with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Stevens 1 |
| Area: AUT |
| Chair: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
| |
| Project TASK: Transition for Children with Autism to School from Kindergarten. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| DIANE M. SAINATO (The Ohio State University), Sunhwa Jung (Otterbein College), Rebecca S. Morrison (Oakstone Academy), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Susan Snyder (Oakstone Academy), Nikki Kerns (Oakstone Academy) |
| |
| Abstract: As of Year Three in our model inclusive kindergarten study three cohorts of children with autism (N=30) have been recruited for participation in the study. Three separate cohorts of children with autism (N=18) from local school districts have also participated. In the Project TASK classroom a curriculum consisting of Direct Instruction Reading, peer mediated social skill interventions, behavioral interventions for challenging behavior and IEP objectives embedded into typical classroom activities was implemented. Pretest and post-test measures included standardized assessments for language, cognitive functioning, social, and academic achievement. Behavioral observations were conducted once a month for each child for a total of 540 minutes of direct observation in classrooms across each of the three years. Outcomes from the model program were as follows: The majority of children from Project TASK demonstrated an increase on standardized assessments across all areas along with increased levels of appropriate engagement in observed classroom activities as compared to the comparison subjects. Interobserver agreement measures for the direct observations yielded a mean level of 90%. |
| |
| The Effectiveness of Community-Based Intensive Behavioural Intervention: A Waitlist Comparison Study. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| HELEN E. FLANAGAN (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Nancy Freeman (Surrey Place Centre) |
| |
| Abstract: Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) has been recognized as the treatment of choice for young children with autism. However, additional research is needed that examines treatment benefits in large community samples using comparison groups. This study assessed changes over time in 79 children who received IBI and 79 waitlist controls. Information was obtained through file review at a treatment agency that provides publicly funded IBI to a diverse urban population.
At Time 1, children were 2 to 6 years of age and groups did not differ with respect to age, autism severity, adaptive functioning, and parent stress. Data from the Childhood Autism Rating Scale and the Vineland Adaptive Behaviour Scales were available at Time 1 and Time 2 and information about cognitive functioning was available at Time 2. The treatment period tended to be longer than the waitlist period and this difference was controlled in analyses.
Preliminary analyses using repeated-measures ANOVAs suggested significant differences between groups at Time 2 in autism severity and adaptive functioning (Communication and Socialization domains of the Vineland differed, but the Daily Living Skills domain did not). In addition, cognitive skills were higher at Time 2 for the treatment group. The role of initial age and functioning level when predicting outcome will also be described and implications of findings will be addressed. |
| |
| Starting off on the Right Foot: One Year of Behavior Analysis in Practice. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JEREMY H. GREENBERG (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services), Rosa C. Martinez (The Children's Center for Early Intervention) |
| |
| Abstract: Strong evidence exists for the efficacy of behavior analytic approaches with children on the autism spectrum (Carr & Firth, 2005). In general, most early intervention studies report outcomes based on pre-school populations (Smith, 1999; Mastropieri, 1986) while outcome studies for younger 0-3 populations are scarce. We reviewed one year of data from an Early Intervention (EI) center-based program using applied behavior analysis special instruction. The population served was two- and three-year-olds with pervasive developmental disorder (PDD). One-to-one instruction was provided in individual and in group formats using learn units as the basic unit of instruction. Instruction was provided within a combination of discrete trial training (DTT) and natural environment training (NET) formats. Program data are reported for 24 EI children diagnosed with PDD. Ninety-five percent of the children who participated in this program for one year progressed to lesser restrictive environments. Results were also expressed using a cost benefit analysis. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Research in Language Development, Verbal Behavior, and the ABLLS-R: Data and Challenges |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Continental A |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Sara L. Kuperstein (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
| Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
| CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium will present research efforts at Behavior Analysts, Inc., an agency that specializes in consultation and training in applied behavior analysis and verbal behavior. Data from the latest research on imitation, the ABLLS-R, and interventions at the STARS School will be presented. |
| |
| What Do We Really Know About the Development of an Imitative Repertoire in Individuals with a Diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder? |
| JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Scott W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Regardless of the conceptual analysis of human development, all theoreticians recognize the importance of children learning skills by observing the actions of others. Imitation skills are typically included in intervention programs for children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Recent research has found that a child with ASD is more likely to attain higher levels of development if he/she has some imitative skills prior to the implementation of intervention services. A review of the literature regarding the training of imitation skills reveals that there are many unanswered questions about the teaching of imitation skills that need to be addressed in order to provide the most effective intervention services for children. Data regarding imitative skills of typically developing children and children with ASD will be presented. |
| |
| ABLLS-R Research Outcomes ABLLS-R: The Evidence and the Implications. |
| PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Joel Vidovic (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Koji Takeshima (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
| Abstract: The language-based repertoires of the ABLLS-R were subjected to reliability investigations using a comparison design that utilized the ABLLS-R and a revision of the administration procedures and instructions of the current assessment tool. This presentation will disseminate the outcomes of this research, including reliability information about the repertoires. |
| |
| Research at the STARS School: Pitfalls, Challenges, and Rewards of Research Implementation in the "Real World". |
| JOEL VIDOVIC (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Kanako Yamamoto (Behavior Analysts.com) |
| Abstract: While it is important to have a robust evidence base to support behavior analytic interventions, much experimentally-controlled research in our field is completed by university-based professionals in analogue settings. This presentation will provide information about intervention studies both attempted and completed at a non-public school by its personnel. In addition to the data to be presented, the challenges associated with conducting research in applied settings will be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Teaching Higher Level Skills using Visual Prompts that are First Embedded, Then Used for Reference, Then Eliminated |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Continental C |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group) |
| CE Instructor: Elizabeth Martineau, Other |
| Abstract: Students with autism often learn behaviors more readily when presented with visual stimuli vs. auditory stimuli. However, visual prompts paired with auditory stimuli can be difficult to fade because the student attends more strongly to the visual stimuli and stimulus control is not transferred. At Nashoba Learning Group, we have successfully used, and faded, visual response prompts that must be manipulated by the student in order to produce a response to the auditory stimuli. In this case, the student must attend to the auditory stimuli in order to properly manipulate the visual stimu These visual prompts are first manipulated by the student, then are used as a reference by the student, and then are faded. We hypothesize that this technique is successful because the student must attend to the auditory stimuli and then associate it with a proper manipulation of the visual stimuli. The visual stimuli is systematically faded as the student learns to use his or her memory of the stimuli to perform the manipulation needed to produce a response. This technique has worked across a variety of learners and for a variety of skills. |
| |
| Teaching Addition, Subtraction, Skip Counting, and Multiplication using Visual Prompts that are First Manipulated, then Faded. |
| ELIZABETH MARTINEAU (Nashoba Learning Group), Crystal Seagle (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica St. Pierre (Nashoba Learning Group), Allison Smith (Nashoba Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Many students with autism struggle to learn computation skills even after mastering number object correspondence and counting quantities. Teaching techniques that rely on memorization of math fact answers that are visually prompted and then faded are very difficult to generalize to larger numbers even when they are successful. Similarly, systems such as Touch Math, which pair dots to numerals are successful for some students but not for others. At Nashoba Learning Group (NLG), students who have failed to learn computation using these methods have proven able to learn when the visual prompt is a number line with direction cues for plus and minus. The student must find the first number of the equation on the number line and count forward or backward on the line in the appropriate direction. Once this is mastered, the directional support can be faded and then the student is trained to perform the same operation on a 100 chart. The 100 chart is then systematically faded. NLG has been able to fade all supports for 6 students and the students have been able to generalize the skill to higher numbers and a variety of presentations of stimuli. Skip counting and multiplication are then taught using a 100 chart with color and shape cues for each number. |
| |
| Use of a Reference Model to Teach Receptive and Expressive Prepositions. |
| JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Tara L. Montoure (Nashoba Learning Group), Karen M. Potts (Nashoba Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Many students with autism have great difficulty learning to use prepositions functionally because they must attend to position changes of a stimuli relative to another stimuli across a wide variety of potential stimuli. For some students, use of multiple photographic exemplars for each position has been successful as a teaching tool because the photographic exemplars are more "permanent" than manipulations of 3D objects. For some students, generalizing to novel objects is still quite difficult. For these students, we have successfully used a "permanent model" with textual (or PECs) symbols for all the basic positions permanently attached so that the student can view each position relative to the others. Once the student can successfully match stimuli to the position on the model, the model is used as a reference for the student as he learns to manipulate other stimuli. Finally, the model is faded all together. |
| |
| Using and Fading Color Coding and Text Sorting to Teach Students to Answer Textually and Orally Presented Who/What/Where/When Questions. |
| TARA L. MONTOURE (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Crystal Seagle (Nashoba Learning Group), Laura Brennan (Nashoba Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Students with autism often have great difficulty responding appropriately to Who/What/Where/When questions for a variety of reasons including: difficulty wit remembering the statement for which the question is presented, difficulty in manipulating the statement, and lack of understanding of what answers are associated with each Wh question. We have successfully taught students to discriminate between Wh questions through first training the student to recognize what types of words are associated with each Wh question. Students sort and identify color coded exemplars to each Wh word. Sentences are then constructed from the exemplars and students answer questions by referring to thcategories. Over time, color coding is systematically faded and the presence of the categories is systematically faded. Finally, oral vs. textual representation is systematically introduced. |
| |
| Beyond the Mand for Items. Use and Fading of Sentence Frames to Teach Mands for Actions and Commenting Using Augmentative Communication Systems. |
| MAUREEN LACERTE (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Tara L. Montoure (Nashoba Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Many students with autism have difficulty commenting in full sentences and in multiple sentences even after they have gained a large repertoire of nouns, verbs and adjectives. In order to teach generalized sentence frames for commenting, we have utilized "fill in the blank" text supports. Once the student gains experience inserting nouns, verbs and adjectives into the blanks and using the sentence, supports are systematically faded until the student can utilize a generalized repertoire of appropriate sentence frames to comment. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Applications of the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment in Applied Settings for Children with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Stevens 4 |
| Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jamie Hughes (Autism Consulting Services) |
| Discussant: Gwen Dwiggins (The Ohio State University) |
| CE Instructor: Jamie Hughes, M.A. |
| Abstract: The VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment (Sundberg, in press) provides an analysis and assessment of 21 common language and learning barriers faced by children with autism. Research utilizing this assessment in applied settings for children with autism spectrum disorders will be presented. Three case studies will be discussed, addressing the assessment, treatment, and outcomes for learners with defective skill repertoires. |
| |
| Identifying and Treating Defective Listener Repertoires Using the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment. |
| JESSICA HETLINGER FRANCO (University of Texas, Austin) |
| Abstract: The VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment (Sundberg, in press) describes receptive language skills as "listener" behaviors. A listener behavior requires a child to both (a) attend to the speech of another person and (b) demonstrate understanding of the speech, thus serving as a listener to that speaker. Listener repertoires include basic receptive object identification or discrimination and expand to understanding of complex verbal behavior. In this study, the defective listening repertoire of a child with autism spectrum disorder was found to be a "severe problem" on the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment. Treatment was based on an analysis of the common problems associated with defective listener repertoires and recommended strategies. |
| |
| Identifying and Treating Defective Echoic Repertoires Using the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment. |
| JAMIE HUGHES (Autism Consulting Services) |
| Abstract: A child's ability to echo sounds and words on command is an important measure of his/her potential for language development. Transfer of control of a spoken word from echoic control to mand, tact, or intraverbal sources of control (Sundberg, in press) is often used as an effective prompting strategy. However, the inability to echo words may present a critical barrier to future language development, and thus it is often a key component of most early language intervention programs. This case study used the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment to identify various causes of an absent, weak, and defective echoic repertoire for a young child with autism. Direct and automatic reinforcement teaching procedures were used to increase vocal production and help establish vocal stimulus control. |
| |
| Identifying and Treating Defective Intraverbal Repertoires Using the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment. |
| LUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Analytic Solutions, LLC), Jamie Hughes (Autism Consulting Services) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism fail to acquire a functional intraverbal repertoire. It is often assumed that intraverbal skills will develop from training on receptive and expressive skills alone. Intraverbal relations, by nature are continually changing, including both the stimulus and response. This case study used the VB-MAPP Barriers Assessment (Sundberg, in press) to identify potential causes of a weak and defective intraverbal repertoire for a young boy with autism. Data will be presented discussing the child's baseline measures, defective repertoire, treatment and outcomes. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Building Social Repertoires and Ensuring Their Generalization in Children and Adolescents with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| International South |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement) |
| Discussant: Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute) |
| CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: It is often difficult for individuals with autism to effectively interact with others because of their deficits in social skill development, difficulties in reading social cues, and the often too common failure of skill generalization and maintenance. Yet, social interaction with others is critically important in all aspects of life. In this symposium, researchers will share data from three studies targeting the development and generalization of social skills. The presenters will highlight the importance of behavior analytic teaching strategies, such as modeling, script and script-fading procedures, prompting, and reinforcement, when targeting social skills. Specifically, data collected through the conduct of single-subject experimental investigations will be presented in reference to the development of greeting skills, sharing, and empathetic responding. In addition, the researchers will describe the extent to which such skills were acquired during training conditions, as well as the extent to which skills generalized from training to non-training situations. Finally, the presenters will discuss the importance of programming for the development of important social and language responses when educating individuals with autism. |
| |
| Teaching Adolescents with Autism to Initiate Greetings with Script-Fading. |
| KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Yolanta Kornak (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
| Abstract: Impairments in social interactions are a core deficit for learners with autism. Delays and disturbances in language development add to the difficulties of interacting with others that many learners with autism display. Recent research on the use of scripts and script fading procedures has been effective for increasing language skills of people with autism in social situations (e.g., Krantz & McClannahan, 1993,1998 ) This paper will describe the use of a multiple baseline design across learners to assess the effects of scripts and script-fading procedures to teach three adolescent learners with autism to initiate appropriate greetings. Learners were taught to read written scripts or activate audio scripts when a visitor approached the learner in his classroom. Upon meeting criterion for imitating the scripts, learners’ scripts were faded one word at a time from the last word to the first. Throughout the study, generalization to untrained visitors was assessed and interobserver agreement measures were obtained. Results showed that all three learners acquired greeting skills and generalized their skills to the presence of unfamiliar visitors without scripts. |
| |
| Teaching Children with Autism a Generalized Repertoire of Offering to Share. |
| DENISE MARZULLO (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
| Abstract: The development of prosocial behavior in general, and of sharing specifically, in early childhood is important, but often difficult in children with autism because of an impairment in prerequisite social skills, difficulty in learning through observation, and the failure of prosocial skills generalizing or remaining durable over time. The present study extended the procedure and design used by Reeve, Reeve, Townsend and Poulson (2007) to teach a generalized repertoire of offering to share in four children with autism, ages 7 and 8. A multiple probe baseline design was used across participants to assess the effectiveness of a treatment package consisting of multiple exemplars from four stimulus categories, video modeling, prompting and reinforcement on offers to share. Offers to share increased across all three children following the introduction of the treatment package, and sharing generalized to a novel setting, novel stimuli and novel adults and peers. Within-stimulus-category generalization was also demonstrated by all participants. Results demonstrate that a compact version of the teaching package used by Reeve et al. (2007) can be extended to other areas of prosocial behavior in children with autism. |
| |
| Empathetic Responding to Affective Stimuli: Video and In Vivo Modeling Along with Prompting and Reinforcement. |
| PAUL ARGOTT (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that children with autism have deficits in differential empathic responding to affective stimuli, but that these skills can be taught through behavior analytic techniques. The current study analyzed the effectiveness of a treatment package consisting of video modeling, in-vivo modeling, prompting, and reinforcement to increase empathic responding by children with autism to affective stimuli. Responses taught included statements of empathy, gestures, facial expressions, and correct vocal intonation, all four of which had to be present for a complete empathic response to be scored. A multiple baseline across empathic response categories design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment package with four students with autism. In the treatment phase, correct responding produced tokens exchangeable for preferred snacks and toys, while incorrect responding produced a correction procedure. Generalization was measured from reinforced training trials to nonreinforced probe trials every session. Furthermore, generalization from the instructor to a non-training adult was measured once a week. The number of complete empathic responses increased systematically with the successive introduction of the treatment package. The data illustrate that differential responding with complete empathic responses to affective stimuli can be taught to students with autism using modeling, prompting, and reinforcement. |
|
| |
| |
|
| EIBI: Treatment Modifications Under a Waiver and Follow-Up of Treated Children as Teens |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Stevens 2 |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
| CE Instructor: Glen O. Sallows, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: When first described by Lovaas, EIBI involved high intensity, about 40 hours per week. Due to shortages in funding, this is not always possible. Studies of lower hours have been quite low. What is the result of 25 hours per week? For families on a waiting list for funding, what is the effect of parent training plus 10-15 hours of 1:1? There have been many studies of the immediate effects of EIBI, but what are the children like as teens? Finally, we present an observation of the effect of no treatment for approximately 1 year. |
| |
| The Effectiveness of an EIBI Intervention Based on 25 Hours per Week. |
| CHRISTINE WILKINS (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
| Abstract: When a waiver replaced the previous funding system in WI, the number of allowable 1:1 hours was decreased to a maximum of 25. We continued to collect data including annual assesment of IQ, language, and Vineland scores. In the current paper, we compare these results with those of children in treatment prior to the waiver, when hours of treatment were between 30 and 35. |
| |
| The Effect of Parent Training Plus 10-15 Hours per Week of EIBI While on a Waiting List for Services. |
| MICHELLE SHERMAN (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
| Abstract: Parents who were on a waiting list for funding participated in a parent training program including demonstration and rehearsal of behavioral intervention practices. In addition, therapists provided 10-15 hours of 1:1 intervention. Measures included IQ, language, and Vineland. |
| |
| Changes in Test Scores Over a One-Year Period without Treatment. |
| TAMLYNN SALLOWS (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
| Abstract: The presence of a waiver in WI created a waiting list that gradually grew longer than one year. We began to retest children just prior to the start of treatment when they finally were approved for funding, creating an opportuniy to examine changes in scores over a long period of time without treatment. Tests included IQ, language and Vineland. |
| |
| Follow up of Children who Received EIBI at Age 10-13. |
| GLEN O. SALLOWS (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
| Abstract: Thirty-five children received EIBI between ages 3 and 7. Almost half showed large gains and were able to enter regular classes. The present study reports on the progress of these children at age 10-13 as well that of the other half of the children who showed more modest gains. Measures include IQ, language, Vineland, and tests of social skills at home and school. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Expanding Support for Children with Autism through Specialized Training |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Continental B |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jennifer B.G. Symon (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| CE Instructor: Jennifer B.G. Symon, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) present with specific challenges in their social communication skills and behaviors. Many educational team members lack specialized training in autism while they have many students with ASD on their caseloads. This symposium will describe a federally funded, multidisciplinary training program for a variety of professionals working with children with ASD. Early childhood special education teachers, school counselors, school psychologists, agency ABA therapists, speech pathologists and other professionals have received training through this program. Outcome data from graduate research projects will also be presented demonstrating improved skills for children in educational settings. |
| |
| Training Professionals to Support Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
| JENNIFER B.G. SYMON (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: This presentation will describe the grant funded program which provides specialized training to professionals who support students with ASD. The training model will be presented along with participant and evaluation data. |
| |
| Improving Social Skills for Children with Autism through Applied Behavioral Analysis and Visual Support. |
| ELIKA SHAHRESTANI (California State University, Los Angeles), Jennifer B.G. Symon (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: More research is needed to determine the effects of Social Stories as visual support for children with autism. The present study expanded on the work of Delano and Snell (2006) by utilizing an Individualized Social Story intervention to promote three target social skills in children with autism. These three target skills include: initiating comments, initiating requests, and making contingent responses (Thiemann & Goldstein, 2001; Delano & Snell, 2006). Young children with autism spectrum disorders participated in a multiple baseline across behaviors research design. The participants were taught to initiate and respond to their peers in structured play sessions through the use of Individualized Social Story interventions combined with techniques of applied behavior analysis. Results suggest that participants learned to independently make spontaneous initiations and responses to peers following intervention. Generalization of skills to novel stimuli are also presented. |
| |
| Effects of Providing Choice between Assignments to Increase On-Task Behavior for Independent Work Assignments. |
| SEBOUH J. SERABIAN (Behavior Building Blocks), Jennifer B.G. Symon (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: Providing opportunities to make choices has received increasing support as an antecedent intervention to improve the performance of students with disabilities. Additional research in this area is needed to determine under what circumstances the application of choice making as a curricular intervention is appropriate and produces meaningful outcomes. The present study extended this line of research and investigated whether providing choice opportunities to three children in a general education classroom would impact their performance during teacher-assigned work activities. An ABAB reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of offering a choice between the order of independent work assignments on task completion, latency of responding, and disruptive behaviors made by the participants during two independent academic tasks (journal writing and spelling). |
| |
| Functional Assessment and Self-Management to Reduce Disruptive Behavior in Educational Settings. |
| ANTHONY JENKINS (Long Beach Unified/California State University, Los Angeles), Jennifer B.G. Symon (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism engage in challenging behaviors that interfere with effective educational instruction in classroom settings. Self-management strategies have been well documented to reduce disruptive behaviors in clinical settings and more research is needed to demonstrate the effects of this approach in school settings. A functional assessment was conducted to determine the function of the behavior for each participant and then a self-management program was designed to teach replacement behaviors to meet the student’s needs. Through a multiple baseline design, this study examined the effects of self-management to reduce the occurrence of disruptive target behaviors (e.g., aggression, non-compliance) of three students with autism. Results show that following the self-management intervention participants decreased intervals of disruptive behavior and increased desired replacement behaviors in classroom and school settings. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Clinical Conditions: Randomized Controlled Trial Outcomes |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Boulevard C |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Jesse M. Crosby (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: This symposium will include four presentations of the effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in randomized controlled trial research. The first presentation will describe the results of an ACT group psychotherapy intervention targeting the self-stigma of individuals with substance use disorders. The second presentation is an evaluation of an integrated health model comparing ACT to Yoga for the treatment of refractory seizures. The third presentation will report on two trials comparing ACT with wait list or multidisciplinary controls (including psychopharmacology) for the treatment of chronic pain. Finally, the fourth presentation will compare ACT to Progressive Relaxation Training for the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. |
| |
| Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Self-Stigma in a Residential Substance Abusing Population: Results of a Randomized Trial. |
| JASON BRIAN LUOMA (Portland Psychotherapy Clinic, Research, & Training Center, PC), Barbara S. Kohlenberg (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Lindsay B. Fletcher (University of Nevada, Reno), Alyssa Rye (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: As part of a NIDA-funded project, we have developed a six hour group psychotherapy intervention targeting the self-stigma of individuals with substance abuse disorders. The intervention development process was informed by basic research on a theory of language and cognition called Relational Frame Theory that examined the nature of stereotyping, judgment, and evaluation. Using a version of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) that was specifically modified to target self stigma, we went through a two year manual development process, followed by a randomized controlled trial conducted in a residential treatment setting that (N=134) compared ACT plus treatment as usual to treatment as usual. Assessments were taken pre intervention, one week later, and at a four month follow up. Initial outcomes are moderately supportive of an ACT approach to self-stigma with towards positive effects on some outcome variables at follow up, including improved attendance of therapy after discharge and improved substance use outcomes. Findings on process variables measuring change in shame and ACT-related variables were mixed. |
| |
| Evaluation of an Integrated Health Model for the Treatment of Refractory Epilepsy in India and South Africa. |
| TOBIAS LUNDGREN (University of Uppsala, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Nandan Balkrishna Yardi (Yardi Epilepsy Clinic), Lennart Melin (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
| Abstract: Epileptic seizures can be traumatic, stigmatizing and disabling for the persons who have a tendency to seize. The aim of this study was to evaluate an integrated health model for the treatment of refractory seizures in India. The design of the study was a RCT ABC group design (n=18) with two conditions; ACT and Yoga. The inclusion criterion for participation was: at least 4 seizures the last three months, age 15 or older, no other ongoing illness, able and willing to participate in the study. Each condition consisted of one individual session, two group sessions, and one more individual session. The ACT condition consisted of the treatment principles: Values identification, cognitive diffusion, exposure, commitment and behaviour modification. The Yoga was based on 5 positions that stimulated the vagus nerve, which has documented effect on decreasing seizures. Treatment effects were measured by means of looking at life quality, experiential avoidance, seizure Index, Bulls-eye and EEG. The result of the posttreatment, 6 month, and 1 year follow up showed a significant difference between the groups in seizure index in favour of the ACT condition as compared to Yoga. There was a significant increase in life quality and life function for both conditions. |
| |
| Exposure and Acceptance to Increase Functioning in People with Chronic Pain. |
| RIKARD K. WICKSELL (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital, Karolinska Un), Gunnar Olsson (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital, Karolinska University Hospital, Sweden) |
| Abstract: Despite recent advances, chronic pain still results in debilitating effects for many patients. Traditional pharmacological and psychological strategies are often insufficient in reducing symptoms and facilitating recovery. In developing a behaviour medicine treatment based on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for people with chronic pain, avoidance of pain-related stimuli is considered central to disability. Rather than focusing on alleviation of pain and distress by using control-oriented techniques, acceptance of pain and distress and defusion strategies are emphasized as a means to facilitate values-oriented exposure. In the current presentation, two randomized controlled trials will be presented. In the first study (n=20), adults with chronic pain due to whiplash injuries were treated with a 10-session protocol, and compared with a wait-list control group. In the second study (n=32), adolescents with longstanding pain syndromes were treated with either a 10-12 session ACT-approach or a multidisciplinary approach including amitriptyline. Results from both studies supporting the clinical model will be presented. In addition, core components of the treatment and clinical experiences will be addressed. Psychological flexibility as the possible mechanism of change as well as implications for future research and development will be discussed. |
| |
| A Randomized Clinical Trial of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for OCD. |
| JENNIFER PLUMB (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael P. Twohig (Utah State University), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Larry Pruitt (University of Nevada, Reno), Angie Sailer (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Hazlett-Stevens (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael Levin (University of Nevada, Reno), Dahlia Mukherjee (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: This study compared ACT for OCD to Progressive Relaxation Training (N=34). Results showed that ACT for OCD produced significantly greater decreases in OCD severity at post and follow up than PRT as measured by the Y-BOCS. These results were also clinically significant because a statistically greater number of participants in the ACT group had clinical improvement at post and follow up than the PRT condition.
There were statistically significant changes on measures of thought action fusion, the amount one attempts to control one’s thoughts, and experiential avoidance at post and follow up for the ACT group compared to the PRT group. These findings are consistent with the purported mechanisms of change in ACT for OCD and not in PRT. Weekly changes in OCD severity and purported ACT processes were measured at the beginning of each therapy session, and it was found that changes in ACT processes decreased more quickly than OCD severity, and that changes in ACT processes predicted changes in OCD severity better than vice versa. The participants found the presentations of the two treatments to be equally credible; the two treatments were also rated as equally acceptable at posttreatment; and there was not a significant difference in withdrawal rates. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Treatment of Persons with Acquired Brain Injuries: Skill Acquisition and Behavior Change |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Boulevard A |
| Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Maria N. Myers (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
| Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Learning Services Corporation) |
| CE Instructor: Michael P. Mozzoni, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium will highlight behavioral interventions with children and adults with acquired brain injuries (ABI) and neglect. Treatment methodologies including fluency training to decrease aphasia, reinforcement to decrease response latency and DRH to decrease problematic mealtime behaviors will be discussed. |
| |
| Decreasing Out-of-Seat and Noncompliant Behavior in a Brain Injured Child through Verbal Praise Reinforcement. |
| MARIA N. MYERS (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effects of positive verbal praise to increase the in-seat behaviors and decrease noncompliant behaviors of a 5 year old male with environmental neglect. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used. In-seat behavior was measured by the subject remaining seated throughout the meal. Noncompliant behavior was considered aggressive and non-aggressive behaviors that were not allowed in a mealtime setting. Three stages of treatment were used to implement the verbal praise starting with a 20 second interval and fading to a 3 minute interval. Physical assistance was also faded during these stages to verbal redirection in the final phase. The results showed that the verbal praise system was successful in increasing the in-seat behavior and reducing the noncompliant behaviors. |
| |
| Speaking Their Language: Fluency Training for People Diagnosed with Aphasia Secondary to Brain Injury. |
| BRITNI E. LIPSMEYER (Timber Ridge Ranch) |
| Abstract: The current study involved utilizing the methods of precision teaching for the purpose of fluency training among persons suffering from aphasia or language of confusion secondary to brain injuries. Five individuals diagnosed with aphasia or language of confusion secondary to brain injury took part in the study. As with all people who present with these communication disorders, the participants’ ability to correctly tact items in their environment was inaccurate and inconsistent. The goal of this project was to increase participant’s accuracy and rate of response of the identification of ADL (Activities of Daily Living) items. |
| |
| Decreasing Latency Through Reinforcement in a Child with an Acquired Brain Injury. |
| MEGAN RAE HEINICKE (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: This study replicates and extends the work of Fjellstedt and Sulzer-Azároff (1973) in which the application of a token system decreased the latency of direction-following in an 8-year-old boy enrolled in special education. The present study investigated the effects of a token system to decrease the latency to respond to instructions by a 16-year-old female with an acquired brain injury. A multiple baseline design across 7 different behaviors was used. Latency was measured by timing the interval between a given verbal instruction and the completion of the associated behavior. The results showed that the addition of a token system was successful in reducing the latency to respond to instructions across all behaviors. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Behavior Analysis and a Science of Culture |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| PDR 2 |
| Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: The analysis of cultural practices and cultural survival has broadened the scope of behavior analysis considerably. A number of formulations have benefited from interdisciplinary contacts; significant among these have been commerce with behavioral anthropology. Others have proceeded on more specifically behavioral grounds. We have assembled a series of presentations on the application of technologies associated with concepts such as behavioral contingency, metacontingency, and macrocontingency for the analysis of cultural phenomena. The underlying goal of these presentations is to be pragmatic and context specific to current economic and political outcomes reflecting survival contingencies while maintaining coherence with aforementioned concepts. In short, the selected papers demonstrate the effects of cultural change in the form of art, laws, policies, cooperation, and other contingencies that determine change, from within small organizational groups to larger national and worldwide groups. |
| |
| Metacontingencies of Survival in Art Movements. |
| MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI) |
| Abstract: The Mexican muralist movement represents one of the most significant achievements in public art during the 20th century. It was the largest muralist movement in art history after the Renaissance. It started in 1921 and it lost its strength as an artistic drive in 1955. It took place in a country devastated by a 10-year civil war, which at the time, experienced tremendous social, political and economic instability. As a matter of illustration of behavioral systems analysis and cultural evolution, this paper reflects on critical conditions and metacontingencies that contributed to the initiation, development, and vanishing of the movement, with the hope that such analysis can aid the study of other social/cultural phenomena. |
| |
| Behavior Analysis of Non-Experimental Data Associated with Cultural Practices. |
| JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade Católica de Goiás) |
| Abstract: The experimental analysis of individual behavior has been the trademark of behavior analysis, either in basic research or applied work. When working with social issues however, the focus on single subject can be expanded to the analysis of cultural practices. One way to study cultural practices which can be defined as similar patterns of behavioral topographies that result from similar environments is to analyze large sets of data that are gathered by private and public organizations. In short, this presentation will focus on the analysis of cultural phenomena and associated cultural practices by using methods described by Skinner in Science and Human Behavior. |
| |
| Reducing Corporate Externalities. |
| ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
| Abstract: An externality is a cost that a corporation’s actions impose on society. A power plant may emit mercury, but may not pay for the cost of that pollution to the people living near the power plant. A diverse range of problems of society can be analyzed in these terms, including the health effects of corporate practices, and the unsustainability of manufacturing processes, the marketing of products that contribute to environmental damage, and economic policies that maintain high levels of poverty due to effective lobbying by members of the business community. This paper will examine the problem of externalities in terms of metacontingencies. Externalities continue precisely because there is no cost to the organizations for practices that impose these costs on third parties. The presentation will describe procedures that economists have defined for reducing externalities and will examine the cultural practices that are needed to increase the degree to which governments are motivated to make corporations bear the true costs of practices whose costs are now imposed on others. |
| |
| Balancing the Commonwealth and Corporate Survival. |
| MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Joseph Charles Dagen (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Purchasing co-operatives may be a means to systematize counter-control relations to powerful conglomerates. Little has been done by behavior analysts and OBM practitioners/researchers to examine how consumers (and employees) can be organized to effectively counter the unintended consequences of corporate initiatives that serve selected special interests (their stakeholders) but unintentionally disserve the many individuals (like consumers and workers) who, alone, have little or no viable options to affect change. Interlocked contingencies are designed to maximize corporate profit but may also establish and maintain dangerous, wasteful, or unhealthy practices. Activists might pool the collective purchasing power of organizational members and manage contingencies in the marketplace that establish and maintain a balance of human affairs with corporate survival. Analysis of contingencies lies at the foundation of organized efforts to design cultural practices in the context of potent corporate influences and promote the greatest good for the commonwealth. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Improving Community Safety: Preventing Injuries both on the Street and in the Hospital |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| PDR 1 |
| Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
| Discussant: Chris S. Dula (East Tennessee State University) |
| Abstract: Community safety remains one of the foremost areas of concern as evidenced by the inclusion of unintentional injuries as a leading health indicator for gauging our nation’s health, according to Healthy People 2010. The current symposium addresses three specific areas within the community; motorist safety, pedestrian safety, and hospital patient safety. The first paper examines the use of two behavioral prompts, the Flash for Life technique and "Click it or Ticket" message, to increase safety-belt use in a diverse community setting with an already highly compliant population. The second paper is focused on increasing pedestrian-motorist communication and awareness for improved crosswalk safety on a university campus with a history of pedestrians being struck by vehicles. The final paper addresses the safety of prescribing medications to patients in a hospital setting by increasing technology adoption. While these papers address diverse issues, they comprehensively deal with community safety at large. The necessity for behavioral interventions across many levels of a community is highlighted in this symposium. |
| |
| A Comparative Approach to Increasing Safety-Belt Use: Examining Intervention Effectiveness in a Diverse Community. |
| MATTHEW G. COX (Virginia Tech), Rosemarie Anne Capps (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
| Abstract: Safety-belt use in the United States has steadily increased to 82% this past year (NHSTA, 2006), but the remaining non users constitute a significant area of concern for communities. The current method of choice for increasing safety-belt use throughout the nation is the selective traffic enforcement program known as the “Click it or Ticket” campaign. While this method had proved effective in many states, there are many limitations. An alternative method for increasing belt use includes the “Flash-for-Life” technique. Previous findings have suggested that the Flash-for-Life technique may be more effective at getting resistant unbuckled student-drivers at a large university to buckle up. The current paper compares the efficacy of the two interventions at two community supermarket locations. These locations offer a more diverse sample of participants that allow for a better generalization of results. Additionally, the paper focuses on positive and negative facial expressions and hand gestures to each of the respective signs. Data to be collected. |
| |
| Look Both Ways Before Crossing: Will an Elementary Message Affect Street Crossing Behavior among University Students? |
| KATHRYN GENEVA-FRANCIS EIDE (Virginia Tech), Madison R. Earnest, III (Virginia Tech), David Michael Harris (Virginia Tech), Thomas R. Cunningham (Virginia Tech), Steven W. Clarke (Virginia Tech) |
| Abstract: In 2005, 4,881 pedestrians were killed in traffic crashes, and 64,000 pedestrians were injured in traffic crashes. This means that every 108 minutes, a pedestrian was killed in a traffic accident, and a pedestrian was injured every eight minutes (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007). The present study aimed to promote safer behaviors at the crosswalk for both the driver and the pedestrian. Researchers observed certain non-intersection crosswalks across a college campus, checking off pedestrian behaviors including: stopping before entering the crosswalk, looking both ways, waving to the driver, using a cell phone, and using ear phones. Driver behaviors observed included stopping, passing through the crosswalk at the same time the pedestrian was in it, signaling to the pedestrian, use of headlights, and the type of vehicle. After the completion of collecting baseline data, a package intervention was implemented to increase drivers stopping at crosswalks, and pedestrians stopping and looking before entering crosswalks. This intervention consisted of posting fliers, posters, table cards in dining halls, and person-to-person communication. In addition, social networks such as Facebook and email listservs were utilized to increase campus ‘buzz’ about the intervention. Results will be discussed with implications for future pedestrian safety initiatives. |
| |
| Accelerating Healthcare Technology Adoption: Implications for an OBM Approach to Patient Safety. |
| REMMIE LEROY ARNOLD (Virginia Tech), Thomas R. Cunningham (Virginia Tech), David Michael Harris (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
| Abstract: It is estimated that 7,000 people die annually due to preventable medication errors in hospitals (Institute of Medicine, 1999), and a majority of medication errors have been linked to the medication ordering process, especially at the prescribing phase where physicians traditionally write medication orders by hand. Handwritten medication orders are often illegible, incomplete, or do not meet standards for compliance, and they may hinder the efficiency of care delivery by delaying medication delivery and administration. Previous research indicates that adoption of CPOE will reduce medication errors in a hospital setting and therefore improve patient safety. Current research evaluated the effectiveness of feedback during a natural intervention. Feedback was presented to self-selected groups of doctors during prearranged department meetings. The dependant variables compared were percent of CPOE use between doctors who received feedback and those who did not receive the intervention. Comparisons within and between departments will be included in discussion of results along with limitations. Future directions for research will be also be discussed in relation to current ongoing OBM applications at another location. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Observing Responses as Related to the Sequential Application of Pre-Listener and Listener Verbal Developmental Protocols |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| 4D |
| Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| CE Instructor: Dolleen-Day Keohane, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: These studies tested the effects of a sequential application of a selected series of pre-listener and listener verbal developmental protocols, and changes in the participants observing responses and related levels of verbal developmental capabilities. Pre- and post-probes tested for increases in observing responses, rate of acquisition of new learning, and changes in verbal developmental levels for each participant. The results demonstrated the effectiveness of implementing the protocols according to a verbal developmental sequence as related to the induction of pre-listener and listener verbal capabilities or developmental cusps. |
| |
| Increasing Observing Responses through the Sequential Application of Pre-Listener and Listener Verbal Developmental Protocols. |
| NICOLE LUKE (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College), Petra Wiehe (Columbia University Teachers College), Victoria L. Sterkin (Columbia University Teachers College), Jacqueline Maffei-Lewis (Columbia University Teachers College), Kristen Leigh Pelick (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effects of the application of a series of pre-listener and listener verbal developmental protocols, and changes in the levels of verbal developmental capabilities for eight children diagnosed with autism and developmental delays. The children were between the ages of five and seven. A time-lagged, multiple probe design across participants and settings was used. Pre- and post-probes tested for increases in observing responses, rate of acquisition of new learning, and changes in verbal developmental levels for each child. The results demonstrated the effectiveness of implementing the protocols according to a verbal developmental sequence and the induction of pre-listener and listener verbal capabilities or developmental cusps. |
| |
| Increasing Observing Responses through a Verbal Developmental Protocol Using Conjugate Reinforcement to Condition Faces. |
| DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Columbia University Teachers College), Jacqueline Maffei-Lewis (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: Increasing observing responses through a verbal developmental protocol using conjugate reinforcement to condition faces. |
| |
| The Effects of Teaching Imitative Responses Using a Mirror and the Induction of Generalized Imitation and Observing Responses in Children with Autism. |
| VICTORIA L. STERKEN (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: Gross motor imitative responses were taught using a mirror to increase correct auditory and visual observation responses. Four students diagnosed with autism between the ages of five and six were participants in the study. Prior to the study, the learn unit was used to teach imitative responses; however, the students had not acquired generalized imitation as a result of the teaching procedures. As a replication of Pereira Delgado, Greer, and Speckman-Collins, (2006), it was hypothesized that the delivery of imitation learn units while looking in the mirror would increase the number of correct responses for generalized imitation, and body padiscrimination, as well as increase the student’s observation of events and social interactions in the environment. Emission of vocal behavior was also measured. Following the implementation of the mirror protocol in a delayed multiple probes across behaviors design, criterion was achieved for generalized imitation, and body part discrimination. An increase in the duration of observation of events and social interactions in the environment was also demonstrated. |
| |
| Rate of Learning and the Emergence of Developmental Capabilities in Preschool Aged Children with and without Autism. |
| DR. SHIRA A. ACKERMAN (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: A study was conducted to investigate the rate of learning and the emergence of developmental capabilities with typically developing preschoolers and children with autism using researched based protocols. Four children with autism and two typically developing peers ages 3 and 4 participated. A multiple probe design was used across all participants. Baseline measures included pre probes for the verbal developmental milestones identified by Greer and Ross, 2008. Learn units to criteria were utilized as the measure of rate of learning. The interventions consisted of conditioning visual stimuli, teaching the capacity for sameness, and listener literacy. The data showed that the rate of acquisition across both groups of students increased significantly, as well as, the assessed developmental capabilities for both typically developing preschoolers and for preschoolers diagnosed with autism. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Taming the Domestic Beast: Shaping Friendly Behavior in Aggressive Dogs and Feral Cats with Negative Reinforcement |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Chicago & Alton |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Kristy Muir (University of North Texas) |
| Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
| Abstract: Shaping with negative reinforcement has seldom been studied and used in applied research. This is partly because of the ethical dilemmas that arise from the use of not very sophisticated procedures that rely on unnecessary degrees of aversive stimulation as well as the problems associated with competing responses evoked by the aversive stimulation used. However, shaping with negative reinforcement does not necessarily have to be that way. This symposium will show an experimental analysis of a procedure to shape alternative behaviors to aggression and avoidance in dogs and cats with minimal aversiveness (i.e., at least no more than is required in systematic desensitization procedures). The first presentation will review the current basic and applied research on the use of negative reinforcement during shaping. The second presentation will show an experimental study of the use of negative reinforcement to shape friendly behavior in aggressive dogs. The third presentation will show the application of the same shaping procedure used with dogs to shape friendly behavior in feral and fearful cats. |
| |
| Shaping with Negative Reinforcement: Problems and Solutions. |
| JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas), Kellie S. Snider (University of North Texas), Angela Drake (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: The strategies and guidelines to shape with negative reinforcement are not different than the ones used with positive reinforcement. That is, one will still specify terminal behavior, the beginning behavior, the steps or approximations to the terminal behavior, the maintaining consequences and focus on reinforcing movement. In shaping with negative reinforcement, however, the nature of the response to be shaped, the consequences used, the experimental space used, and the nature of the incompatible responses generated by the procedures require some special considerations. This paper will present a review of the current problems of shaping with negative reinforcement and the solutions offered. The presentation will offer guidelines for the humane and ethical application of shaping procedures using negative reinforcement. |
| |
| From Aggressive to Friendly: Shaping Sociable Behavior in Aggressive Dogs with Negative Reinforcement. |
| KELLIE S. SNIDER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Aggression in dogs is a significant public health concern with 7.2 mortality cases per 100 million inhabitants (Di Donato, Ricci, Panarese, & Turillazzi, 2006) and approximately 4.7 million dog bites annually (Sacks, 1996). Canine aggression is typically viewed as a genetic trait and treated as pathology through the use of medical or respondent behavioral procedures (e.g. Saetre, Strandberg, Sundgren, Pettersson, Jazin & Bergsrom, 2006). In this study we evaluated the effects of the differential negative reinforcement of safe, alternative behaviors to aggression using distancing as the reinforcer. Aggressive dogs were tethered on 6 foot leashes. During the procedure the experimenter walked toward the dog until the dog performed an aggressive behavior. She stood still until the behaviors stopped, then walked away contingent upon a desirable behavior such as looking toward the owner, or turning away from the experimenter. To evaluate the shaping procedure a multiple baseline across five dogs was used. The results demonstrated that even when the aggression was in evidence throughout most of the dog’s lifetime, it responded readily to changes in reinforcement contingencies. Positive results were seen between 36 minutes to about 2 hours. |
| |
| From Feral to Friendly: Shaping “Tameness” In Felines with Negative Reinforcement. |
| ANGELA DRAKE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: In most animal shelters, feral felines that are relinquished to the shelter are subsequently euthanized. The development of a procedure for “taming” feral and fearful felines has the potential to save lives. This research demonstrates the effectiveness of an errorless shaping procedure using negative and positive reinforcement for “taming” feral and fearful felines. Taming includes training a feline to allow people to approach it and brush it and training the feline to approach people and to allow people to pet it. The participants included feline subjects of any breed or sex that were less than a year of age. During the procedure the experimenter walked toward the cat until the cat performed an aggressive behavior. She stood still until the behaviors stopped, then walked away contingent upon a desirable behavior such as looking away, or turning away from the experimenter. To evaluate the shaping procedure a multiple baseline across four cats was used. The results showed that shaping with negative was an effective method for taming the subjects in this study. The treatment took anywhere from 70 to 161 trials or about 1 to 3 hours. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Issues in Timing: Procedural Standards, Theoretical Concerns and Acquisition of Temporal Control |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Metra |
| Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Erin A. McClure (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Time is ubiquitous and therefore an obvious subject matter. And yet it has been strangely elusive. Much controversy surrounds the best ways to test the impact of time on behavior and even what questions to ask. The two major areas of timing research are temporal discrimination, or classifying time passed, and temporal production, or responding in a free operant procedure as time of reinforcement approaches. Many variations can be made to these commonly utilized procedures and may hold the key to discrepant results within the timing literature. This symposium will cover a wide range of issues within the timing literature, including procedural standards that are used in behavior analysis and other experimental fields, assessment of theories of timing with regard to dimensions of stimulus dynamics, and how stimulus conditions facilitate the acquisition of temporal control over behavior. |
| |
| Rapid Acquisition of Temporal Control in a Multiple-Peak Procedure. |
| ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
| Abstract: Kyonka and Grace (2007) showed that temporal control can be acquired rapidly when reinforcer delays are changed unpredictably across sessions. However, in Kyonka and Grace’s concurrent-chains procedure the delays always summed to 30 s and thus were negatively correlated. Here we asked whether the correlation of delays within sessions facilitated the acquisition of temporal control. Pigeons were trained in a peak procedure with two fixed intervals signaled by the left and right keylights. Schedule values and the location of the shorter interval were determined pseudorandomly each session. In the correlated condition, schedule values always summed to 30 s, whereas in the uncorrelated condition schedule values were determined independently. Six no-food trials for each alternative were distributed throughout the session so that acquisition of temporal control could be observed. After pigeons had had extensive experience with correlated and uncorrelated pairs of intervals, start and stop times calculated on individual no-food trials were linear functions of the interval operating on the same key during that session. There was no evidence of any systematic difference in responding on no-food trials of correlated and uncorrelated conditions, which suggests that temporal control developed independently for each alternative. |
| |
| A Review of Procedural Differences that Contribute to the Varying Effects of Amphetamines Observed in the Timing Literature. |
| KATHRYN A. SAULSGIVER (University of Florida), Erin A. McClure (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Recent literature has highlighted many procedural differences used across labs in studying timing behavior (Cheng et al., 2007; McClure et al., 2005, 2007). One procedural inconsistency discussed is the varied amount of training allowed for each subject prior to administration of a drug. Cheng et al. (2007) proposed that the varying amount of training allowed in studies using the peak interval (PI) procedure contributed to the effect of drug. Cheng et al. varied the training history of subjects before administering methamphetamine. They concluded that extensive histories led to timing behavior becoming a learned habit, thus altering the “classic” dopamine agonist curve-shift effect. We propose that the variability observed by Cheng et al. is due to the amount of control that the schedules exerted over behavior when drug was given, rather than behavior becoming a learned habit. PI distributions, as well as other parameters, for individual subjects with varying amounts of training will be reviewed in relation to drug effects. Other procedural differences used in timing procedures will also be examined. |
| |
| The Role of the Pacemaker in Duration Discrimination of Dynamic Stimuli. |
| JOSHUA BECKMANN (Western Kentucky University), Michael Young (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
| Abstract: The present study examined the relationship between stimulus dynamics and duration discrimination in humans. Dynamics were defined by how quickly a sphere rotated on its Y-axis. A many-to-one bisection task (Stubbs, 1968) was used to divide short stimulus durations (500 ms to 1700 ms) into two categories, short and long. In Experiment 1, the impact of dynamics was tested over four sphere rotation rates (0, 22.2, 44.4, and 88.9 degrees/second). In Experiment 2, the impact of dynamics on temporal discrimination was examined across a wider range of sphere rotation rates (0 – 711.1 degrees/second). The results indicate that stimulus dynamics influence the point of subjective equality (PSE) and the sensitivity of the discrimination function. Two predominant models of timing behavior, the behavioral theory of timing (BeT) and Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) were unable to capture the change in the PSE across the tested range of rotation rate. Modifying each model with the inclusion of a stimulus dynamics measure allowed each model to better encompass the effects of dynamics on temporal discrimination. |
| |
| Differential Disruption of Timing Due to Procedural Variations in Temporal Discriminations. |
| ERIN A. MCCLURE (University of Florida), Kathryn A. Saulsgiver (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Temporal discrimination is typically assessed using a discrete trial, retrospective timing task in which choice alternatives are matched to short or long durations of a stimulus. In one procedure, the response alternatives are defined by the location of response keys; in the other by their color. This minor variation in procedure has been suggested as a cause for a large discrepancy within the temporal discrimination literature. [if you have the words available you might want to spell out what this ‘large discrepancy’ is] The current study compared the effects of several non-pharmacological disruptors, specifically pre-feed, inter-block interval food, and extinction, on temporal discrimination in both of these procedural variations. The results show little effect of the disruptors in the spatial alternative task, while temporal discrimination is affected significantly in the color alternative task. These results add to the evidence that disruptors of a pharmacological and non-pharmacological nature can have similar effects on temporal discrimination, but vary greatly depending on the procedural variation that is used. These results are useful in developing a conceptual framework of timing that focuses on stimulus control, rather than a specific timing mechanism. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Comparative Behavior Analysis: Toward a Cross-species Analysis of Adaptive Choice |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Barbershop |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Rachelle L. Yankelevitz (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Cross-species continuity in behavior patterns is often assumed in behavior analysis, yet very little research has been directed at species comparisons per se. The present session brings together four lines of research on choice across three species (pigeons, rats, humans), calling attention to methodological and conceptual issues in comparing behavior across species. |
| |
| Delay-Amount Tradeoffs by Pigeons and Rats. |
| JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University), Dawn R. Biondi (Southern Connecticut State University) |
| Abstract: An adjusting-delay procedure was used to study the choices of pigeons and rats when both delay and amount of reinforcement were varied. In different conditions, the choice alternatives included 1 versus 2 reinforcers, 1 versus 3 reinforcers, and 3 versus 2 reinforcers. The delay to one alternative (the standard alternative) was kept constant in a condition, and the delay to the other (the adjusting alternative) was increased or decreased many times a session so as to estimate an indifference point—a delay at which the two alternatives were chosen about equally often. Indifference functions were constructed by plotting the adjusting delay as a function of the standard delay for each pair of reinforcer amounts. Consistent with a hyperbolic decay equation, but not with an exponential equation, the slopes of the indifference functions depended on the ratios of the two reinforcer amounts for both pigeons and rats. However, quantitative differences in the data from the two species suggest possible differences in the rates at which reinforcer strength decreases with increasing delay for these species. |
| |
| Saving the Best for Last? Cross-species Analysis of Choices between Reinforcer Sequences. |
| LEONARDO F. ANDRADE (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: When given choices between sequences of reinforcers distributed over time, humans and non-humans show different patterns of preference: humans tend to prefer sequences that improve over time whereas non-humans tend to prefer sequences that worsen over time (i.e., sequences with more-highly valued reinforcers available early). The differences in performance may be due to fundamental differences in the way reinforcer sequences contribute to reinforcer value. Alternatively, the differences may be attributed to methodological differences, specifically in the nature of the reinforcers used with humans (hypothetical or conditioned reinforcers) and non-humans (consumable reinforcers). The aim of the present study was to compare choice patterns across pigeons and humans between sequences of token and consumable reinforcers that provided the same overall rate, delivered at different delays. The consumable reinforcers were mixed grain and video clips for pigeons and humans, respectively. The results showed generally similar choice patterns across species, with both preferring sequences with the shortest delay to the initial reinforcer in the series. The results are consistent with prior data on temporal discounting with non-humans but differ from prior data with hypothetical reinforcers with humans. |
| |
| Varying the Costs of Sunk Costs in Pigeons and People. |
| RAUL AVILA (National University of Mexico), Rachelle L. Yankelevitz (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: While pigeons’ performance in a sunk-cost task depends, among other variables, of the relative effort required by the task, humans’ data are insufficient to sustain a fair comparison between the two species. Therefore, in the present study undergraduate students were exposed to a computer-based sunk-cost procedure in which participants earned money according to a variety of fixed-ratio schedules, whose specific values varied among four groups of three participants each. The probability of a given fixed ratio in each trial was systematically varied across conditions. Persistence, the main dependent variable, was defined as the percentage of trials in which the ratios higher than the short one were completed. When the probabilities were .5, .25, .125 and .125 for the two groups with the lowest fixed ratios (2, 10, 20, 40, and 5, 20, 40, 80, respectively) persistence was almost 100%. With the same probabilities but higher fixed ratios (10, 40, 80, 160, and 20, 80, 160, 320) persistence was very low. When the probabilities were changed such that higher ratios in each set were more likely, persistence remained near 100% in the group with the lowest fixed ratios and increased to between 50% and 100% in the group with the highest fixed ratios. These results suggest that sunk-cost decisions are determined by the relative magnitude of the response requirement, and are consistent with prior published data with pigeons. Work currently in progress aims to more systematically explore comparisons with pigeon data. |
| |
| Rats, Pigeons, and People Discount Delayed Rewards, But... |
| LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University), Amanda L. Calvert (Washington University, St. Louis) |
| Abstract: The discounting of delayed rewards by rats, pigeons, and people is, in each case, well described by a hyperboloid function. We report studies examining the effect of amount of delayed reward on rate of discounting in all three species. Interestingly, a magnitude effect (in which larger delayed rewards are discounted less steeply than smaller delayed rewards) was observed only with humans. Humans consistently discounted larger delayed rewards more steeply than smaller delayed rewards, regardless of whether those rewards were monetary or directly consumable in nature. In contrast, nonhumans showed equivalent discounting of both large and small rewards as well as of both more- and less-preferred rewards. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Contemporary Issues in Stimulus Control II |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| El |
| Area: EAB |
| Chair: Brent Maxwell Jones (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
| |
| Right versus Wrong Feedback in Second-Order Matching-to-Sample II: The Case of Contextual Stimuli. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| MARIO SERRANO (Universidad de Guadalajara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gustavo Garcia (Universidad Franco Mexicana-Satellite) |
| |
| Abstract: Three groups of college students were exposed to a contextual second-order matching-to-sample task and intramodal, extramodal, and extradimensional transfer tests. Contextual second-order stimuli consisted in single geometric shapes that signaled the ongoing matching relation in each trial. For different groups, only right, only wrong or both right and wrong matching responses produced the correlated feedback during the training. Percentage of correct responses in both training and transfer tests were higher for participants exposed to the procedure in which only wrong matching responses produced feedback, while no difference between the other two groups was observed. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments in which feedback for both right and wrong matching responses was scheduled in either intermittent or delayed fashion. |
| |
| Interactions between Stimulus and Reinforcement Variables on Matching-to-Sample Performance. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| BRENT MAXWELL JONES (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
| |
| Abstract: Four pigeons were trained using food reinforcers to perform a matching-to-sample task involving two samples and two comparisons that differed in their luminance. After stable accuracies had been obtained under conditions involving equal rates of reinforcement for correct responses following either sample, conditions arranged either CRF for correct responses after Sample 1 and extinction for responses after Sample 2, or vice versa. Exactly which was arranged alternated across successive conditions. The disparity between the samples and the disparity between the comparisons was varied across conditions in a factorial design. Contrary to extant quantitative models, Comparison 1 to Comparison 2 selection ratios were not equal after the two samples, and were affected by sample disparity in addition to comparison disparity. Furthermore, the measures of discrimination accuracy and response bias afforded by those models changed in undesired ways with stimulus disparity manipulations. The implications of these results for the 4-term contingency approach proposed by Jones (2003) will be explored. |
| |
| Correspondence Training and Matching-to-Sample. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| MARIA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| |
| Abstract: Correspondence training (CT) started, as a research area, with Risley and Hart’s (1968) work. CT has been widely used to alter, suppress, establish, or modify a target nonverbal behavior by providing reinforcement contingent upon fulfilling a promise or accurately reporting own behavior. CT research has stressed the functional role of verbalizations on the establishment of verbal – nonverbal correspondence. Different approaches have been drawn: as a generalized response class, as a behavioral chain, as rule-governed behavior or as controlled by private speech. Lloyd (2002) has argued that CT should be combined with other research areas and procedures such as Matching-to-Sample while contrasting these correspondence approaches. In the present work, several studies were carried out using CT with an adapted second-order matching-to-sample task. Data showed that feedback plays a key role for the establishment of say-do-say correspondence. Its functional role is not unique, though. |
| |
| Mind Reading: Predicting Novel Behavior of Another Person Through a Shared History. |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| |
| Abstract: Mind reading has been defined as a type of interpersonal communication where one person knows another well enough to be able to suggest what the other is thinking. Studies have been conducted in the area of social psychology to explore this phenomenon, which emphasize the nature of the relationship between persons as a determinant in mind reading accuracy. Though mind reading is commonly characterized as a subjective phenomenon, the present study addresses this activity as a type of observable behavior. Studies have observed analogs of social behavior in the lab, a popular form being stimulus equivalence. This paper proposes how mind reading could be conceptualized through the equivalence paradigm, describes the methodology employed and reviews preliminary data. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Effective Interventions for Urban Learners At-risk for or Who Have Severe Reading Deficits |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Williford C |
| Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University) |
| Discussant: Mary Damer (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: The symposium will present three papers on implementing effective instructional reading strategies to improve the skills of urban learners at high risk for or who have severe reading deficits. Urban learners are at increased risk for reading failure. Two papers will focus on preventing reading failure by teaching phonological and phonemic skills to preschool children at risk of reading failure. Students who have strong phonological skills upon entering kindergarten are more likely to become proficient readers. In the first study the Direct Instruction (DI) program, Language for Learning, was implemented to improve the phonological skills of preschool urban learners. The results demonstrated significant gains as measured by, Get It Got It Go. The second study used Torgesen’s, Phonological Awareness Training for Reading, to improve the phonemic and phonological skills of preschoolers with special needs. Results of this intense intervention were important gains in phonemic and phonological awareness skills. The third paper is a study involving urban middle school learners with severe reading deficits. This study used gifted peers as tutors who implemented the DI Corrective Reading program to improve the reading skills of students with severe reading deficits. Each tutee in this study demonstrated important gains in reading fluency. |
| |
| Effects of Phonological Awareness Instruction on the Pre-reading Skills of Preschool At-Risk Children. |
| YI-WEI HSIN (Yu Da College of Business), Natalie Baker (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: This study investigated whether phonological awareness instruction based on the Phonological Awareness Training for Reading (Torgesen & Bryant, 1994), was effective in improving the phonemic-blending, phonemic-segmenting, and word reading skills of pre-school children at-risk for reading disabilities. Three preschool children at-risk for reading disabilities participated in this study. Their instruction took place during classroom free time period in a separate room. The first presenter developed series of systematic lesson plans based on the Phonological Awareness Training for Reading program that were implemented by a graduate student. The students received fifteen minutes of instruction five times a week. A multiple probes across subjects design was used to analyze the effects of the intervention. The researchers used both a curriculum based measure and DIBELS to assess the target behaviors. All three students showed improved phonemic awareness and phonological skills both keys for reading success in kindergarten. The students’ at risk status decreased according to their DIBELS assessments. |
| |
| Preventing Reading Failure in At-Risk Preschool Students: Targeting Language and Literacy. |
| TEMPLE S LOVELACE (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Early literacy skills are essential for the success of all young students. The “alphabetic principle,” which states that: (a) letters represent speech sounds, (b) letters go together to make words and (c) a change in letters results in a change in both sounds and words (Neuman, 2006), is fundamental for young students’ reading success. In other words, students need phonemic and phonological awareness skills in order to develop reading skills.
The purpose of this study is to analyze the effects of rhyming and alliteration instruction on phonological awareness. Prior to implementing the rhyming and alliteration portion of the intervention, participants were instructed using Language for Learning, a curriculum focused at increasing the words, concepts and statements important in oral and written language (Englemann & Obsorn, 1999). All participants in this study are identified as at-risk due to their low socio-economic status. Multiple baseline design across skills demonstrated that each of the participants made important gains in phonological awareness, rhyming, and alliteration skills closing the achievement gap between their skill level and that of their more affluent peers as determined by the Get It, Got It, Go assessment. |
| |
| Using Gifted Middle School Students as Peer Tutors for Sixth Graders with Reading Deficits. |
| CHRISTOPHER D. YAWN (The Ohio State University), Kiesha Whitfield (The Ohio State University), Julie Herner (The Ohio State University), Robert Turner (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: In the United States there remains a struggle to teach all children to become proficient readers. Low performing urban schools throughout the United States are in critical need of remedial reading instruction due to higher reading failure rates. The Nations Report Card: Reading 2005 indicates that 44- 58% of Black, Hispanic, and poor children are reading below a basic level (Perie, Grigg, and Donahue, 2005). Poor reading skills often results in a decreased probability that one will be able to achieve academically or sustain employment in a typical job (Moats, 1999). Consequently, for many individuals reading failure can result in school dropout, unemployment, and incarceration.
It is critical teachers and reading specialists provide effective reading interventions in urban schools. Peer-mediated instruction has proven to be an effective tool for improving a variety of academic skills. This study using a multiple baseline design across participants demonstrated the effectiveness of gifted peers as reading tutors. The tutors were trained by the researcher to tutor reading using the Direct Instruction: Corrective Reading Curriculum. All of the tutees made substantial gains during the course of this 12-week intervention. Tutees demonstrated improved reading achievement scores as well as increased reading fluency. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Applied Behavior Analysis in Public Schools: Applications, Challenges and Solutions |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Stevens 3 |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| CE Instructor: Nicole Ciotti Gardenier, M.S. |
| Chair: Nicole Ciotti Gardenier (The New England Center for Children) |
| FRANCIS J. CICCONE (The New England Center for Children) |
| ELISE COOKE (Holliston Public Schools) |
| LAURA L. DUDLEY (Westwood Public Schools) |
| JOHN D. MOLTENI (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
| Abstract: An important goal for behavior analysts is the dissemination of the principles of behavior analysis to the community. Part of this process is the incorporation of behavior analytic practices in public school settings. Common challenges to this process include planning and delivering staff training, the incorporation of effective and appropriate data collection systems, balancing student schedules and conducting functional assessments. Additionally, the delivery of services in the public school environment often means working as part of a multi-disciplinary team. The variables presented by a public school environment are such that effective communication is often as important as the intervention itself. The goal of this panel discussion is to bring together a number of individuals in the field of applied behavior analysis who are delivering services in public schools in a variety of roles. The panel will answer questions related to effective applications of ABA in public school settings, challenges they have encountered, and solutions they have developed. The panel will also take questions from the audience. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Teacher Preparation, Knowledge and Execution of Effective Classroom Management Principles: Implications for Behavioral Consultation |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Williford B |
| Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Regina M. Oliver (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: Effective classroom organization and behavior management are highly endorsed by educators. Many new teachers, however, report inadequate training and little assistance from colleagues and supervisors in establishing positive and productive classroom environments (Baker, 2005; Siebert, 2005). Teachers who feel unprepared to handle classroom management challenges, or report a low ability to address challenging behaviors, are (1) less willing to implement individualized behavior support plans and reinforcement strategies, (2) vary reinforcement schedules, or (3) document student progress for systematic evaluation (Baker, 2005). This has implications for behavioral consultation efforts with teachers; teachers may not have adequate skills to create contexts that support effective implementation of behavior support plans.
This symposium will focus on research examining the preparedness and capacity of teachers to utilize effective management practices at the classroom level. Data on teacher preparation, knowledge, and skills related to effective classroom management strategies will be presented. Descriptive analyses of teachers’ behavior toward students identified to exhibit problem behavior will be discussed. A consultation-based classroom management intervention is outlined; follow up data on teachers’ continued use of classroom management strategies will be presented. Implications for behavioral consultation and reforming preservice and inservice teacher training will be identified. |
| |
| Teacher Preparation in Classroom Management: Are Teachers Prepared for Behavioral Consultation? |
| REGINA M. OLIVER (Vanderbilt University), Daniel J. Reschly (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: Classroom organization and behavior management is necessary as a preventative approach for students who are at-risk for or identified with emotional and behavioral disorder (EBD). It is also an important antecedent to behavioral consultation efforts because effective classroom organization creates contexts that support implementation of behavior support plans. Adequate teacher training in effective classroom organization and behavior management is essential and should begin during pre-service teacher training.
Examining teacher preparation in the area of classroom management provides data regarding pre-service teacher knowledge with implementing behavior management principles. The course syllabi and experiences of students in special education teacher preparation programs were examined with an innovation configuration reflecting principles of effective classroom management across 26 institutions of higher education (IHE) in a large state. The innovation configuration was based on 7 principles of effective classroom management. For each principle, five levels of implementation were defined ranging from no evidence to supervised practice.
The vast majority of university course syllabi did not address classroom organization and behavior management principles to a sufficient degree. Data indicate most content covered in course syllabi concentrate on reactive rather than preventive approaches. Implications for behavioral consultation efforts and for reforming preservice teacher preparation are identified. |
| |
| Teachers’ Knowledge and Use of Effective Classroom Management Strategies: Prerequisites to Consultation-Based Behavioral Interventions. |
| TARA C. PARTIN (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Maggin (Vanderbilt University), Rachel E Robertson (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: Teachers’ knowledge about effective classroom management strategies will be examined. Participants will include general and special education teachers from three school districts who are working with students who exhibit problem classroom behaviors. Teachers’ educational and teaching experience will be recorded. In addition, data on teachers’ reports of implementation of positive behavioral supports at the classroom level will be presented. Results will be discussed related to teacher preparation and how the level of confidence that teachers’ report in their use effective classroom management strategies impacts the implementation of student-specific behavioral interventions. Implications for preparing teachers to work with behavior consultants will be discussed. |
| |
| Teacher Praise and Opportunities for Students to Respond to Academic Questions: Pre and Post Intervention. |
| DANIEL MAGGIN (Vanderbilt University), Tara C. Partin (Vanderbilt University), Rachel E Robertson (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: Teachers are often ill prepared or lack the knowledge to employ effective classroom management strategies. Two methods that have been shown to be effective for increasing student engagement and decreasing disruptive behaviors are providing opportunities to respond to academic questions (OTR) and praise (Sutherland, 2000; Sutherland, Alder, & Gunter, 2003). In fact, these interventions have been recognized as beneficial classroom management techniques for over 30 years (e.g., Shores, Cegelka, & Nelson, 1973). The purpose of this presentation is to report the pre and post-intervention rates of teacher OTR and praise following the implementation of a teacher-focused classroom management program. Data from a multi-site intervention project designed to assist classroom teachers reduce the occurrence of behavior problems for children with and at-risk for developing emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) was analyzed. The sample consisted of 108 teachers from both general and special education classrooms. Results demonstrated that (a) teachers had low rates of pre-intervention OTR and praise, (b) teachers assigned to the intervention condition had a significant improvement in OTR and praise rate, and (c) teachers in the intervention condition were able to provide significantly increased duration of instruction. |
| |
| A Teacher-Focused School-Based Intervention in Classrooms with Students with E/BD: Teacher Maintenance of the Intervention. |
| RACHEL E ROBERTSON (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Maggin (Vanderbilt University), Tara C. Partin (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: Sixty-three elementary school teachers instructing students with or at risk for emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) were randomly assigned at the school level to a one-year multi-component classroom management intervention. The intervention included weekly consultation in program implementation. Data on teacher fidelity and maintenance of the intervention will be presented, along with an analysis of variables that may have served to increase or decrease maintenance of intervention components. The presentation will outline the components of the intervention: the Good Behavior Game, teacher self-monitoring, a two day classroom management training, and supplemental reading tutoring. Results of data analysis of maintenance levels of each component will be presented, as well as a discussion of how the components of the intervention could have affected teacher maintenance. The use of maintenance data as social validity will also be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| School-Wide Positive Behavior Support Programs Across the K-12 Continuum |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Williford A |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Kathleen L. Lane (Vanderbilt University) |
| Discussant: James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University) |
| CE Instructor: Kathleen L. Lane, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: To date most school-wide positive behavior support (SW-PBS) have been implemented in elementary schools, with limited attention to implementation in middle and high schools. Furthermore, too often SW-PBS programs do not include the use of systematic screening procedures to identify students for targeted supports. This symposium includes three papers. The first paper reports baseline, 1st, and 2nd year implementation data on a successful application of SW-PBS in a rural high school of 1,200 students. Outcome data revealed a reduction in office daily referrals, a reduction in expulsions, and an increase in attendance. The second paper reports findings of two studies, one conducted with middle school students (n = 500) in a rural setting and a second conducted with middle school students (n = 528) in an urban setting, of the reliability and validity of the Student Risk Screening Scale (SRSS; Drummond, 1994). Results revealed high internal consistency, testretest stability, and convergent validity with the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 1997). The third paper reports findings of PBS implemented in two rural elementary schools, with an emphasis on the role of systematic screenings. We conclude with a discussion of the importance of systematic screenings as core component of SW-PBS programs. |
| |
| The Application of School-Wide Positive Behavior Support at a Rural High School to Decrease Disruptive Behavior for Both Typical Students and Students Identified with Special Needs. |
| LEIA D. BLEVINS (East Tennessee State University), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University), Kim Allison (East Tennessee State University) |
| Abstract: This presentation will report baseline, 1st, and 2nd year implementation data on a successful application of SWPBS in a rural high school of 1,200 students. The school leadership team identified four classes of positive behavior (cooperation, responsibility, pride in school appearance, and respect). These target behaviors were then defined, taught, and reviewed with students. A token reward system, Mo-Bucks, was developed and implemented. Data collected included office daily referrals, suspensions, expulsions, attendance, and the number of Mo-Bucks distributed by each faculty member and the behavior class for which the ticket was awarded. Outcome data indicated that compared to the year prior to the SWPBS program’s implementation, there was a reduction in office daily referrals, a reduction in expulsions, and an increase in attendance. The present study appears to confirm the positive effects of school-wide indices on challenging behaviors (office referrals & expulsions) and attendance for both typical students and students identified with disabilities. The presentation will outline a SWPBS program in a rural high school; discuss SWPBS team processes, and results of baseline and two years of implementation data. The data provides further support for SWPBS as a best practice in addressing the school-wide need for effective discipline practices and development of systems for the positive socialization of students. This presentation will also report the challenges of obtaining data, converting data, and treatment fidelity. |
| |
| School-wide PBS at the Middle School Level: The Importance of Systematic Screening. |
| KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: This article presents findings of two studies, one conducted with middle school students (n = 500) in a rural setting and a second conducted with middle school students (n = 528) in an urban setting, of the reliability and validity of the Student Risk Screening Scale (SRSS; Drummond, 1994). Results revealed high internal consistency, test–retest stability, and convergent validity with the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 1997). In addition, short-term predictive validity was established; namely, students with risk statuses of low (n = 422), moderate (n = 51), and high (n = 12) according to the SRSS could best be differentiated by behavioral variables (e.g., ODR, in-school suspensions). Although academic variables could differentiate between students with moderate or high risks and students without (low) risk, these variables did not differentiate between students in the moderate-risk group and students in the high-risk group as did the behavioral variables. Limitations and future research directions are discussed. |
| |
| Primary Prevention Programs at the Elementary Level: How Do Students Respond? |
| KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: One task facing the research and teaching communities is to determine how different types of students respond to school-wide positive behavior support (SW-PBS) efforts given that it is likely that not all students react uniformly. However, only a few studies have been conducted at the elementary level to determine how different types of students respond to the SW-PBS plan (Cheney et al., 2004; Lane & Menzies et al., 2005; Walker et al., 2004). Our goal in this study was to extend this line of inquiry by examining how different types of students attending four rural elementary schools responded to SW-PBS.
This paper examines (a) the level of treatment fidelity and access to reinforcement for the different student groups and (b) the degree to which students with internalizing, externalizing, and typical behavior patterns as identified by the Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders (SSBD; Walker & Severson, 1992) responded to a SW-PBS intervention program. Results will be analyzed using multivariate procedures. Limitations and directions for future research are offered. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Recent Curriculum Developments in Mathematics |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Waldorf |
| Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University) |
| CE Instructor: Philip N. Chase, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The current crisis in mathematics education recognized by a variety of reports, studies, and commentators could have serious long-term effects on children world wide. In response to this crisis a number of behavior analysts have targeted mathematics as a curriculum area for developing evidence-based practices. In particular, with recent advances in computer technology, there has been a strong interest in developing and evaluating internet and other forms of electronic curricula. Two examples are iPASS a middle school mathematics curriculum from iLearn,Inc., and Morningside Mathematics Foundations, a program from Morningside Academy. This symposium will present the current data used to evaluate these programs, methodological developments used to gather data, and systems issues related to school adoption and teacher use. Emphasis will be given to descriptions of the how these programs have integrated single-subject methods with program evaluation methods, methods for evaluating teacher and other professional implementation, and more traditional random controlled studies to create a thorough method of empirical validation. |
| |
| Methods of Inquiry for Computer-based Mathematics Curricula. |
| PHILIP N. CHASE (West Virginia University), Chata A. Dickson (West Virginia University), Vennessa L. Walker (West Virginia University), Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University), Andrew Lightner (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: While there may be little disagreement on whether intervention in mathematics education is needed, it is critical that decisions regarding interventions be based on systematic and thorough evaluations. Markle (1967) described key components of an evaluation strategy in a chapter that influenced much of the work in the empirical testing of programs of instruction. This description is still useful in the current context of evaluating computer-based mathematics curricula, but a few details might be helpful for developing an evaluation technology. Markle’s three levels of evaluation will be described and a synthesis of single-subject, small n, and large n random controlled methodologies will be discussed. Procedures from recent evaluations of curriculum from iLearn.com will be used to illustrate these methods with an emphasis on pragmatic methods to achieve both internal and external validity. Additional emphasis will be given to methods for evaluating student preference. |
| |
| Developmental Evaluation of iPASS. |
| CHATA A. DICKSON (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University), Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University), Vennessa L. Walker (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: Single-subject studies were conducted to evaluate a middle-school mathematics curriculum, IPASS. Accuracy data were used to analyze individual student progress within the curriculum. Accuracy and rate-correct data on achievement tests constructed from retired items of the California Standards Tests also were examined. Student and parent surveys were administered to assess satisfaction with the curriculum. In Study 1, all seven students made rapid and successful progress through the curriculum. A multiple-baseline-achievement-test design suggested that five of seven students showed improvement in these achievement tests following instruction, but problems with the design of the tests prohibited firm conclusions concerning standardized achievement. In Study 2, three of four students successfully progressed through the curriculum. Rate correct on the post-test for these three students was 9 to 42% higher than on the pre-test. Percent correct accuracy for these students increased between 7 and 13% from pretest to posttest. For each student, improvement on achievement tests was positively related to the number of iPASS units completed. Students and parents reported overall satisfaction with the curriculum. Together the studies demonstrated the efficacy of the curriculum, led to suggestions for improving the curriculum and strategies to be used in future curriculum evaluations. |
| |
| Field Evaluations of iPASS: Adoption and External Validity. |
| ROBERT L. COLLINS (iLearn, Inc.), Kristin Mayfield (iLearn, Inc.) |
| Abstract: In the most recent statewide mathematics textbook adoption cycle, California became the first state to formally recognize the need for courses to address the needs of students performing below grade level. They included textbooks for an Intervention Course for students in grades 4-7, and an Algebra Readiness Course for students in grade 8 not enrolled in Algebra. The iLearn software, called iPASS, was submitted for adoption as a textbook for these courses and was approved. This adoption is unique in that it is the first statewide adoption of a totally-automated curriculum with no printed materials, and the first known adoption of a program specifically developed from behavior-analytic principles. This presentation will describe some of the key features of the design of iPASS and discuss the relevance of these features to the evaluation criteria for the adoption process. |
| |
| Morningside Mathematics Foundations: A Description and Some Data. |
| KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
| Abstract: “Morningside Mathematics Foundations” is a program for teaching mathematics in elementary and middle schools. It returns arithmetic to its proper, front and center position in mathematics instruction. The program has five components: (1) tool skills, including number reading & writing and math facts, (2) arithmetic computation with whole numbers, fractions, decimals and percents, (3) the vocabulary and conversation of mathematics; how to talk about the math you are doing or need to do, (4) solving standard word problems with algebraic equations & arithmetic computation, and (5) a generalized problem solving method for more complex problems involving quantities. I will describe and illustrate each of these components, and show preliminary, pre/post data on the effectiveness of program, as measured by learner performance on two national, standardized tests, the Iowa Test of Basic Skills, and the Woodcock/Johnson Tests of Achievement III. |
|
| |
| |
|
| System and Behavioral Measurement in OBM |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Marquette |
| Area: OBM |
| Chair: Tamina A. Stuber (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Using Six Sigma and Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) Tools to Address Performance Issues in a Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Environment. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JENNIFER ONEA HOLTMAN (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Abstract: Performance improvement in the workplace is a priority in organizations today. Six Sigma tools and Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) tools were utilized in a pharmaceutical manufacturing facility. Six Sigma is a systematic methodology for problem solving which uses the Define/Measure/etc. (DMAIC) process. BSA is a methodology which approaches performance improvement from a systems point of view and includes behavior analytic principles. These methodologies have similarities and differences. The differences between the methods make the tools more applicable in different situations. |
| |
| Using the PDC and Performance Matrix to Improve Employee Behavior in a Non-Profit Organization. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| SEASON ALMASON (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Jessica L. Fouch (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Abstract: This study employed a BAB design to evaluate the effects of an intervention package on employee performance in a non-profit organization. Four behaviors were targeted for a total of 30 employees, 20 of whom were high school students. The intervention package evaluated in this study included goal setting, individual written feedback, group graphic feedback, and reinforcement (a group pizza party and a raffle for individual prizes). The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) was used to determine the components of the intervention package and the Performance Matrix was used to provide a quantitative measure of employee behavior as well as individual written feedback. The study occurred over a period of approximately 6 weeks and the intervention was applied and evaluated across 7 sites. In all cases the target behaviors occurred more often during the intervention phases than during the baseline phase. Pilot data showed that employees were engaging in the target behaviors about 50% of the time (i.e., they would have earned 50% of the possible points on the Performance Matrix). The overall percentage of points earned in the first intervention phase was 89.9%. It decreased to 67.7% in baseline and then increased to 79.2% when the intervention was reinstated. |
| |
| Measuring Toy Cleaning Practices in a Pediatric Hospital Playroom. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| TAMINA A. STUBER (Western Michigan University), Krista Gabriau (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Abstract: Infection control and environmental safety in hospitals is necessary in order to ensure that a high level of quality care is being provided and that the children and their family members are minimally exposed to infectious bacteria and viruses. The purpose of this project was to create and implement an objective measurement system to investigate current infection control standards for the cleaning of toys and playroom equipment on an in-patient pediatric unit at a local hospital. Our approach was positive, focusing on performance pinpoints rather than outcomes of behavior. During the project, the Toy Contamination Checklist was created based on the principles of behavioral systems analysis and served as a quantitative measurement tool, which allowed investigators to quantitatively evaluate the frequency of removal of used toys from the pediatric playroom after classifying them as either low risk or high risk for infection transmission. This paper provides a discussion of the pre- and post-intervention findings based on the implementation of the Toy Contamination Checklist. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional Development Series: Aspects of Being a Board Certified Behavior Analyst |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| 4A |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jennifer Sweeney (Columbus Children's Hospital Autism Center, Kent State) |
| PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| RITA HONAN (Trinity College, Dublin) |
| CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
| KAREN E. GOULD (May Institute, Northeastern) |
| Abstract: As our field continues to grow and expand into many more applied areas, it is becoming increasingly important for practitioners to be held to professional standards. Presenters will discuss some of the important aspects of becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Case Study - BA Training at a Large Local Authority |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Joliet |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Howard John Lees (Hollin) |
| Discussant: Bruce Faulkner (3 Simple Rules) |
| Abstract: This paper and discussion will centre around the delivery of BA training to workers in a large local authority and its effect on the delivery of service. The workers had not previously been exposed to any form of modern training course and therefore had no expectations regarding the effort required to learn BA and deliver workplace efficiencies following the training. |
| |
| The Clients Perspective. |
| ANDREA MCHUGH (Edinburgh City Council) |
| Abstract: The client took a brave decision to roll out training to a cross section of staff at Edinburgh City Council. This paper discusses the expectations of the course and also the results since the first wave graduated the course. |
| |
| Designing and Delivering a Course for a Mixed Ability Local Authority Group. |
| RACHEL EDWARDS (Hollin) |
| Abstract: This course had to be relevant for a group of 30 staff from the Edinburgh City Council. There were senior managers, middle managers, and workforce supervisors within the course attendees. Care had to be taken to be as inclusive as possible, this paper describes how this was designed into the course and how effective the R/F feedback response cards were in achieving high performance from the students. |
| |
| Lessons l Learned from this Case Study and Similar Case Studies in 2007. |
| HOWARD JOHN LEES (Hollin) |
| Abstract: This paper reviews how the material has developed over time and how the lessons learned here have contributed to a complete re-write of the training materials used. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Science in Practice in Teaching Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Astoria |
| Area: TBA |
| Chair: Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland) |
| |
| Observer Accuracy with Continuous Recording. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| OLIVER C. MUDFORD (University of Auckland), Neil T. Martin (The Treehouse Trust) |
| |
| Abstract: A majority of research articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis concerning free operant human behaviour present data obtained by continuous recording from observers using portable or handheld computers. There is a paucity of research on observer accuracy with this type of behavioral recording. Our paper presents data from observations of functional analysis sessions. Observer performance was compared with criterion records to assess accuracy. A variety of methods for computing accuracy will be compared. |
| |
| The Games We Play. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| INNA GLAZ KANEVSKY (San Diego Mesa College) |
| |
| Abstract: Interactive teaching methods are widely acclaimed as the most effective. This presentation compares a number of teaching activities used in a low level learning class at a two-year college, and examines variables that are affecting the success of such activities. Team games, group activities, competitions, and the use of student response devices (clickers) for instant feedback quizzes and other activities are examined. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Behavior-Analytic Interpretations of Traditional Psychological Concepts |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| PDR 3 |
| Area: TPC |
| Chair: Mitch Fryling (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| |
| A Behavior Analysis of Motivation and Emotion. |
| Domain: Theory |
| MASAYA SATO (Seisa University) |
| |
| Abstract: In this paper, I defined motivation and emotion in terms of behavior analysis and pointed problems to be solved in motivation and emotion. A behavioral definition of motivation: The conditions which strengthen the reinforcing power of a specific positive or negative reinforcer and increase the probability of the emission of the operant that has been reinforced by the reinforcer. A behavioral definition of emotion: The activation of autonomic nerve system and the manifestations of specific expressive behavior by the appearance or disappearance of positive or negative reinforcer. In humans, emotion usually accompanies the naming of emotion such as joy, sadness, surprise, fear, anger, or disgust. Problems to be solved in motivation: What kinds of unlearned positive and negative reinforcers are there, and what is the interaction among them? Problem to be solved in emotion: What kind of establishment operation does each emotion function as? |
| |
| Memory, Memorizing and Remembering. |
| Domain: Theory |
| MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| |
| Abstract: The field of memory is large and studied by many in the field of psychology. The work in this area is dominated by theories involving mentalism and biological reductionism. In addition, this work often focuses on a particular type of remembering interaction that can be characterized as memorization. This paper distinguishes between different types of remembering interactions from an interbehavioral perspective. The role of stimulus substitution is described in the context of more common remembering interactions. |
| |
| Revisting The Milgram Experiments: Obedience or Rule-Governed Behavior? |
| Domain: Theory |
| JOHN E. GLASS (Collin County Community College) |
| |
| Abstract: Milgram's classic experiments were intended to probe obedience to authority. But did they? An alternative interpretation of the dynamics and outcomes of the experiments suggests that they did not reveal obedience to authority, but rather provided profound evidence for rule-governed behavior. This paper reinterprets Milgram's findings from a behavior analytic perspective; specifically, a reinterpretation utilizing Skinner's notion of controlling agencies and empirical and theoretical work on social rules that govern behavior. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| We're Ready to Learn Now! Protocols and Tactics for Establishing Pre-reader Verbal Capabilities |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| Stevens 5 |
| Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School, Columbia University Teachers College) |
| CE Instructor: Jeanne Marie Speckman, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: We report on five protocols and tactics that have been shown to be effective in (1) altering the reinforcement value of teacher consequences, (2) inducing pre-reader verbal capabilities, and (3) exapanding existing pre-reader verbal repertoires. All participants were students with disabilities between the ages of 2 and 7. The verbal capabilities presented include generalized imitation, pure tacts, and naming. |
| |
| The Effects of Playful Physical Contact as an Establishing Operation on Preschoolers’ Correct Academic Responses. |
| HYE-SUK LEE PARK (The Fred S. Keller School), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (The Fred S. Keller School), Jinhyeok Choi (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of physical contact as an establishing operation (EO) on the correct academic responses of 3 four-year-old preschoolers with developmental delays. The participants functioned at pre-speaker and pre-listener levels of verbal behavior and were selected to participate due to low percentages of correct responses to teacher instruction. Analyses of teacher-student observations showed that the instructional problems were likely due to motivational factors. A multielement design followed by an AB design was used to test the effects of an establishing operation. The dependent variables were participants’ responses to 7 acquisition programs and 1 performance program. The independent variable in this study was the delivery of physical contact prior to delivery of instruction. The data showed a functional relation between the delivery of physical contact and the number of correct academic responses emitted by participants. |
| |
| The Effects of a Mirror Procedure on the Emergence of Generalized Imitation. |
| JEANNE MARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School, Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (The Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We report on two experiments that tested the effects of teaching children to imitate adults’ actions in a mirror on the emergence of generalized imitation. The participants were 6 children between the ages of two and five who were receiving preschool special education or Early Intervention services. The current study was conducted across two campuses of a publicly funded special education preschool and Early Intervention program outside a major metropolitan city. The dependent variable was the number of untaught or emergent imitation responses emitted by participants following treatment phases. The independent variable was teaching the participants to imitate sets of adults’ motor actions while looking at adults in a mirror. The participants were also able to view themselves throughout the procedure. The results showed that for all participants, teaching imitation of sets of motor actions in a mirror was functionally related to the emergence of generalized imitation. |
| |
| The Effects of Reciprocal Peer Tutoring on the Emission of Verbal Operants by Children in Generalized Settings. |
| KIMBERLY VOGT (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of reciprocal peer tutoring, during which tacts were the teaching stimuli, on participants’ vocal verbal behavior in a play setting. In the first study, four participants with autism were grouped into two dyads. All of the participants emitted vocal verbal behavior, specifically mands and tacts with autoclitic frames. However, they emitted low numbers of sequelics and conversational units. After the participants were taught to tact a set of five objects or pictures, the independent variable, reciprocal peer tutoring, was implemented. The dependent variables in this study were the numbers of echoics, mands, tacts, intraverbals, sequelics, and conversational units emitted with a peer or with one’s self (self talk) in a free play setting. A multiple probe design was used. The results of the first experiment showed that reciprocal peer tutoring increased peer verbal operants for all participants during subsequent probes. |
| |
| The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction and Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Naming. |
| NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Columbia University Teachers College), Mindy Bunya Rothstein (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We tested the effects of an intensive tact instruction procedure on numbers of pure mands, pure tacts, sequilics and “Wh” questions emitted in non-instructional settings (NIS) using a multiple probe design across three 4-year-old participants diagnosed with autism. Also, as a collateral effect, we tested for the emergence of a full naming repertoire following the Intensive Tact Procedure. The first dependent variable was vocal verbal operants (pure tacts, pure mands, sequilics and “Wh” questions) emitted in NIS before/after the mastery of sets of 5 different stimuli. The second dependent variable was the acquisition of a full naming repertoire for 2-dimensional stimuli. The independent variable was Intensive Tact Instruction, which involved increasing the tact instructions to 100-tact learn units above the daily learn units students were receiving. The intervention increased independent vocal verbal operants emitted by the target students in NIS and all the participants acquired a full naming repertoire. The effects of multiple exemplar instruction across match to sample, selection, and production responses on the acquisition of naming will also be presented. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Efectos de Nombres Comunes y Respuestas Comunes en la Emergencia de Clases de Equivalencia II: Protocolos Verbales |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:00 PM–2:20 PM |
| PDR 4 |
| Area: EAB |
| Chair: Yors A. Garcia (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
| |
| Efectos de Nombres Comunes y Respuestas Comunes en la Emergencia de Clases de Equivalencia II: Protocolos Verbales |
| Domain: Basic Research |
| YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Anna Neises (Southern Illinois University), Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
| |
| Abstract: El objetivo del presente estudio fue comparar dos procedimientos para facilitar la emergencia de clases de equivalencia en estudiantes universitarios de pregrado. En un grupo, los participantes fueron entrenados primero en nombrar clases de estimulo los cuales fueron posteriormente condicionalmente relacionados. En el segundo grupo, los participantes fueron entrenados primero en emitir respuestas fijas comunes en la presencia de estímulos los cuáles fueron posteriormente condicionalmente relacionados. Después de este entrenamiento, los participantes completaron un entrenamiento en discriminación condicional, seguido por la prueba de equivalencia. En el grupo de control, los participantes fueron entrenados en discriminaciones condicionales, seguido por la prueba de equivalencia. Un procedimiento de "think aloud" fue implementado en los tres grupos unicamente en el entrenamiento en discriminación condicional y equivalencia de estímulos. Los resultados sugieren que ambas propuestas fueron igualmente efectivas en facilitar la emergencia de clases de estímulo. Igualmente, las transcripciones de los protocolos verbales demostraron que la mayoría de participantes en el grupo uno y dos utilizaron nombres para relacionar los estímulos. Sin embargo, la mayoría de participantes en el grupo de control utilizó solamente nombres para relacionar estímulos en el entrenamiento mixto y la prueba de equivalencia. Los resultados sugieren la importancia de nombres en la adquisición de clases de equivalencia. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Factors Contributing to the Development of Tolerance and Sensitization to Drugs of Abuse |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
| Inspiration Studio |
| Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Matt Locey (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: The following symposium is comprised of four presentations examining the development of tolerance and sensitization in rats to effects of drugs that are commonly used by humans. All of the presentations revolve around the idea that the expression of either tolerance and/or sensitization depends greatly on the context in which the drug is delivered. The presentations will cover tolerance and sensitization to drug effects on lever pressing, locomotion and stereotypy and will explore drug effects on a variety of schedules of reinforcement. Furthermore, the identification of tolerance and sensitization may depend on whether it is investigated at the individual or group level. |
| |
| Is Cocaine Locomotor Sensitization a Within-Subject Effect? |
| JULIE A. MARUSICH (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: A series of three experiments investigated effects of cocaine on lever pressing and locomotor behavior in rats. In Experiment 1, rats lever pressed on an FR 20 schedule of reinforcement and, after assessments of acute effects, were administered chronic cocaine. Tolerance to lever pressing developed in all subjects. Some subjects developed locomotor tolerance, but none developed locomotor sensitization even when the operant contingency was removed. Experiment 2 examined effects of chronic cocaine administration again, after acute assessments, in rats with no exposure to an operant contingency. Tolerance developed to locomotor effects of cocaine in some subjects, but no subjects developed locomotor sensitization. In Experiment 3, rats were exposed to a shorter drug regimen, and given time off before a sensitization-test session. Only one subject of eight in the cocaine group showed locomotosensitization during the test session. Based on these results and other similar research, locomotor sensitization to cocaine in rats is a common finding only when comparing a cocaine group with a control group, indicating between-group sensitization rather than within-subject sensitization. |
| |
| Chronic Nicotine Adminstration Produces Sensitization to Increases in Locomotion and Tolerance to Decreases in Lever Pressing. |
| BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Repeated exposure to nicotine increases locomotion in rats, which is often referred to as “sensitization” to the locomotor increasing effects of nicotine. A recent study with cocaine suggests that sensitization to the locomotor increasing effects of cocaine could be masked by the simultaneous availability of an operant task in pigeons (Pinkston & Branch, 2003). No study on the locomotor increasing effects of nicotine included the simultaneous availability of an operant task. The present study exposed 4 male Long-Evans rats to a multiple schedule alternating every 5-min between a variable-interval (VI) 20-sec schedule of food delivery for lever pressing and extinction. Locomotion and lever pressing were recorded simultaneously in an open field activity chamber. Effects of acute exposure to various doses of nicotine were evaluated first, and then one dose (0.56 mg/kg) that initially decreased lever pressing was delivered repeatedly for a minimum of 20 days to evaluate the chronic effects of nicotine. Chronic exposure to nicotine resulted in tolerance to the lever press decreasing effects of nicotine during the VI component. Interestingly, locomotion increased during both the VI and extinction components during chronic nicotine exposure. The results suggest that the simultaneous availability of an operant task does not mask the expression of sensitization to the locomotor increasing effects of nicotine. The current study differed from previous studies in the use of an interval schedule rather than a ratio schedule. It is possible that the nature of the contingency (e.g., ratio versus interval) may play a role in determining whether sensitization develops. |
| |
| Modulation of the Topographical Characteristics of Amphetamine-Induced Hyperactivity by an Operant Contingency. |
| JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Amphetamine at 5.0 mg/kg induces a syndrome of stereotypy followed by hyperactivity. Over repeated administrations, the stereotypy phase onsets earlier following drug administration, and the hyperactivity phase persists for longer periods of time. Such changes have been termed “sensitization” to reflect the enhanced effectiveness of amphetamine. Typically, sensitization has been studied in isolated settings, where the animal has very little in the environment to engage its repertoire. The present experiment sought to examine the development of sensitization in an operant context, which provides a comparably more complicated environment than that usually seen in sensitization research. Eight rats were trained to respond on a fixed-ratio (FR) 20 Extinction schedule of water delivery. Once a stable baseline of responding was attained, each rat received 5.0 mg/kg d-amphetamine prior to experimental sessions. Each injection was spaced by 4 days; a total of five administrations were given. Consistent with previous research, repeated d-amphetamine induced profound stereotypy followed by hyperactivity. The hyperactivity, however, was limited to the extinction component of the multiple schedule. During the extinction component, rats circled about the chamber and covered more surface area of the chamber floor. During the FR component, each rat’s locomotion was constrained and they engaged the operant task. Interestingly, operant responding was elevated during the period of hyperactivity. On the surface, it appears that the operant contingency blocked the expression of post-amphetamine hyperactivity. On the other hand, heightened levels of operant responding may indicate that the hyperactivity was not simply blocked during the ratio component, but was manifest in the different topographies engendered by the ratio schedule. Supported by MH043429. |
| |
| Supported by MH043429.
Contingencies Affecting the Development of Tolerance and Sensitization: Random-Ratio vs. Random-Interval Schedule. |
| ADAM KYNASTON (Utah State University), Wesley P. Thomas (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Sensitization to the effects of stimulants may be more likely to occur when the effects of the drug do not interfere with earning reinforcers. In this experiment, we are interested in whether random-ratio (RR) and random-interval (RI) schedules can produce differential tolerance and sensitization to the effects of d-amphetamine. In a ratio schedule, responding is directly related to the rate of reinforcement, and therefore, rate-decreasing drug effects are directly incompatible with einforcement. In an interval schedule, the relationship between responding and reinforcement is nonlinear, and a relatively low rate of responding can still earn the maximum available food. In our first experiment, 4 rats responded on a multiple RR RI schedule of food delivery. All four rats showed some degree of sensitization to the rate-decreasing effect of d-amphetamine, however, the use of a multiple schedule did not allow us to determine the contribution of each schedule to the development of sensitization. In our current experiment, eight rats are responding on either a RR or RI schedule of food delivery. Acute doses of d-amphetamine will be administered before and after a 30-day period of chronic injections, and the development of tolerance or sensitization will be assessed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - New Developments in the Assessment of Clinically Relevant Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
| Boulevard B |
| Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Jordan T. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: These presentations hold the use or development of new ways of assessing clinically relevant behavior in common. They also represent the different ways that basic research can influence our attempts at understanding clinical problems. The first presentation focuses on the development of a self-report instrument for depression that is based on behavior analytic conceptualizations of depression. The second presentation investigates the relationships between performance on seven different discounting tasks and a variety of measures of psychological health and distress. The third presentation compares the effects of training individuals to either observe or control their emotional responses on their ability to tolerate distressing events. The final presentation uses an equivalence preparation to illustrate the effect of an ACT-based intervention of avoidance responding across directly trained and derived relations within equivalence classes. |
| |
| Developing a Functional Assessment of Depression. |
| SABRINA DARROW (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno), Jordan T. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan Oser (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: This is a presentation on the development of a self-report measure to identify different typologies of depression. The items were derived from behavior analytic conceptualizations of depression. The creation of this measure was inspired by the need to have an assessment that provides treatment utility. Data will be presented on the new measure’s relationship to other measures of psychopathology and psychological health. |
| |
| Discounting Performance and its Relation to Psychological Health and Distress. |
| THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: We will be presenting data from a large correlational study investigating the relationship between a discounting task performance and scores on a variety of measures of psychological health and distress. Subjects completed delay and probability discounting tasks that involved small ($10) medium ($1000), and large ($25,000) monetary denominations. They also completed a social discounting task identical to that of Jones and Rachlin (2006). We will discuss the relationships observed and future research aimed at integrating behavioral dynamics into clinical assessment. |
| |
| Examining the Effect of a Self-as-Context Intervention on Multiple Measures of Task Persistence. |
| MICHAEL LEVIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno), James Edward Yadavaia (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: The ability to persist in distressing tasks has been related to many clinical problems. Recent analogue studies have demonstrated that acceptance-based interventions can improve task persistence using a variety of behavioral measures. Self-as-context, relating to experiences as distinct from an observing self, represents another feature of psychological flexibility that may help one to persist in distressing tasks. The current paper will present the results of a study which examined the impact of a self-as-context intervention compared to a controlling one’s emotions condition on two measures of task persistence. A hold your breath task was used as a measure of acute distress. The Paced Auditory Serial Addition Task - Computerized (PASAT-C), a difficult math task, measured participants’ ability to persist in a distressing task for longer periods of time as well as their performance in the task. The current study presents data on a modified version of the PASAT-C in which participants are provided with the option to pause in order to measure task persistence. The paper will conclude with a discussion of how various measures of task persistence may provide useful information that relates to different features of clinical problems. |
| |
| The Effect of an ACT-Based Brief Protocol in Altering Avoidance Responding. |
| SONSOLES VALDIVIA-SALAS (University of Almería, Spain), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almería, Spain), Francisco Jose Ruiz-Jimenez (University of Almería, Spain), Francisco Cabello Luque (University of Murcia, Spain), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico), Miguel Rodriguez-Valverde (University of Jaen, Spain), Olga Gutierrez Martinez (University of Granada, Spain) |
| Abstract: Avoidance is one of the behaviors that most characterizes and limits the life of the individuals suffering from anxiety disorders. Several strategies have been employed in the clinical context to undermine avoidance responding, for instance those based on the respondent extinction of aversive functions. In a previous study by the same authors, it was shown that this strategy had little effects on altering avoidance. The present study aims to extend the previous findings by exploring alternative ways of diminishing avoidance. Twenty adults participated. In the first phase, two 6-member equivalence classes (A1 to F1; A2 to F2) were trained. Then, A1 and B1 were aversively conditioned to shocks, and A2 and B2 positively conditioned to points. Subsequently, participants were taught both to avoid the shocks and to gain points. Once transfer of the respondent and the avoidance response had occurred, participants were randomly assigned to either one of two conditions. In the experimental condition, an ACT-based protocol focusing in the value of not avoiding, and defusion was implemented. In the control condition no protocol was implemented. Results showed a clear effect of the ACT-based protocol in altering avoidance to both direct and derived aversive stimuli. |
|
| |
| |
|
| ¿Porqué los datos no son suficientes para aumentar el uso de las practicas efectivas? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:30 PM–2:50 PM |
| PDR 4 |
| Area: TPC |
| Chair: Jessica Paredes (New England Center for Children) |
| |
| ¿Porqué los datos no son suficientes para aumentar el uso de las practicas efectivas? |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSICA PAREDES (New England Center for Children), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (Eastern Connecticut State University), Tricia Heavysides (Eastern Connecticut State University), Melissa Michaud (Eastern Connecticut State University), Mapy Chavez-Brown (Wagner College), Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (Universidad Almeria, Spain) |
| |
| Abstract: En la disciplina de Análisis del Comportamiento, las pruebas y evidencias científicas son las que motivan nuestras investigaciones y dirige nuestro trabajo. Las pruebas científicas son la base de la disciplina tanto en nuestros métodos de evaluación como en el diseño e implementación de las intervenciones. Sin embargo, estas mismas pruebas científicas no convencen a los consumidores de nuestros servicios. Los analistas de comportamiento a menudo encuentran que aun teniendo evidencias empíricas contundentes, los consumidores eligen tratamientos que no se basan en datos. La discusión del presente trabajo se centra en el porque de estos casos. Se propondrán maneras para aumentar la aceptación de intervenciones de corte conductual. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Idiosyncratic Response Relations in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
| International North |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa) |
| HENRY S. ROANE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Dr. Henry S. Roane received his Ph.D. in 2000 from Louisiana State University in School Psychology with an emphasis on the assessment and treatment of behavior disorders in individuals with developmental disabilities under the supervision of Timothy Vollmer and Dorothea Lerman. He completed a pre-doctoral internship in pediatrics and psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in 1999 with Cathleen Piazza and Wayne Fisher. From there he served in various positions at the Marcus Institute. At present Dr. Roane is an Associate Professor at the University of Nebraska Medical Center and is the Director of the Severe Behavior Disorders program at the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute in Omaha, Nebraska. He is a licensed psychologist in the State of Nebraska and is a Board-certified Behavior Analyst. He is an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, is on the Editorial Boards of the Journal of School Psychology, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, and Behavior Analysis in Practice, and is on the Board of Directors for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His clinical and research interests focus on the treatment of severe destructive behavior problems in children and adolescents and the evaluation of reinforcement schedules in applied settings. |
| Abstract: Autism is a neurological disorder characterized by several core symptoms (e.g., social withdrawal, repetitive behavior). Many individuals with autism also display associated destructive behavior (e.g., self-injury, aggression). Functional analysis has emerged as the primary method of assessing those variables that maintain destructive behavior (e.g., positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement). However, among some individuals with autism, functional analysis outcomes are sometimes ambiguous. This presentation will describe several cases in which initial functional analyses did not identify the maintaining reinforcement contingency for destructive behavior. For all cases, descriptive observations yielded information that led to the identification of an idiosyncratic maintaining reinforcement contingency. Specifically, destructive behavior was maintained by contingent access to repetitive behavior. Following these assessments, treatments were developed in which the participants were taught an alternative method of accessing repetitive behavior. Finally, we developed alternate, more socially appropriate forms of repetitive behavior for each participant. The results of these cases will be discussed in relation to examining interactions between core symptoms of autism and the occurrence of destructive behavior. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Licensing of Behavior Analysts |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida) |
| CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
| Panelists: T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout), JAMES A. MULICK (The Ohio State University), MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation and Gordon College), JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
| Abstract: In recent years, the need for qualified behavior analysts meeting has been growing nationally. A particular need area for services for children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders, and Aspergers syndrome is on the rise. There appear to be many more individuals, providers, and schools in need of services by qualified behavior analysts, which is exemplified by the data indicating alarmingly high rates of autism in the United States. Thus, there has been a strain on systems that are unable to provide needed services, in part due to fewer available BACB certificants than need may dictate. Additionally, behavior analysts typically are not eligible for third party payment by Medicaid or managed care, and there is a need to ensure consumer protection and adherence to ethical standards. One approach that has been proposed to address these concerns is pursuing licensure for behavior analysts. Proponents of licensure believe it would permit service delivery by qualified behavior analysts, will allow for greater assurance of meeting ethical standards and enhanced consumer protection, and increase likelihood of third party payment. The panel will present both pro and con views, and permit the audience to form its own opinions on this important issue. |
| T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout) |
Dr. T. V. Joe Layng co-founded Headsprout and serves as the company's Senior Scientist where he led the scientific team that developed Headsprout’s patented Generative Learning Technology. This technology forms the basis of the company’s Headsprout Early Reading program, for which Joe was the chief architect.
From 1991 to 1996, Joe was the Director of the Academic Support Center, and then Dean of Public Agency and Special Training Programs and member of the President's Executive Committee at Malcolm X College in Chicago. At Malcolm X College, Joe founded the Personalized Curriculum Institute (PCI), based on the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, for those students with high school diplomas who had skills below the eighth-grade level. He served as CEO for a computer software development and publishing firm in the 1980's.
Joe has extensive experience in instructional design, both animal and human learning sciences research, and clinical behavior analysis. His clinical practice has focused primarily on adult therapy, though not exclusively. Joe, along with others at the Behavior Analysis Research Laboratory at the University of Chicago, collaborated with Israel Goldiamond in the development and application of Systemic versus Topical functional analysis and treatment. He has provided training and served as a learning science and clinical behavior analysis consultant to corporations, universities, public agencies, and mental health facilities for over thirty years.
With Dr. Paul T. Andronis and Dr. Israel Goldiamond, Joe helped perform and publish the basic experimental work and lay the conceptual foundation for contingency adduction. Contingency adduction provides an account of how behavior shaped in one set of circumstances can be recruited for an entirely different function in another set of circumstances. He also performed and published basic experimental research on some of the variables leading to the relapse of clinically significant behavior, as well as on constructional approaches to clinical intervention. Joe holds a Ph.D. in Behavioral Science (Biopsychology) from The University of Chicago. |
| JAMES A. MULICK (The Ohio State University) |
Prof. James A. Mulick received his B.A. degree in psychology from Rutgers College in New Brunswick, NJ, and then completed graduate studies at the University of Vermont, where he received his M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in general psychology, specializing in learning and behavioral development. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in clinical child psychology at the Child Development Institute, Division for Disorders of Development and Learning, at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He has held clinical supervisory positions at Murdoch Center, Butner, NC, the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center for Mental Retardation in Waltham, MA, and the Child Development Center of Rhode Island Hospital in Providence. Dr. Mulick has taught and held graduate faculty appointments at Northeastern University, the University of Rhode Island, and the Brown University Program in Medicine, and presently has a joint appointment as Professor in the departments of Pediatrics and Psychology at The Ohio State University, Columbus.
Professor Mulick has published over 100 articles, chapters and books in the areas of learning, developmental psychobiology, behavior analysis, mental retardation and developmental disabilities, policy analysis, and curriculum development for advanced and postdoctoral professional education. He is co-editor of the award winning Handbook of Mental Retardation, as well as the books Parent-Professional Partnerships in Developmental Disability Services, Manual of Diagnosis and Professional Practice in Mental Retardation, and Prevention of Developmental Disabilities, Controversial Therapies for Developmental Disabilities, Handbook of Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. He was the Series Editor of the four-volume Transitions in Mental Retardation monograph publication sponsored by Northeast Region X of the American Association on Mental Retardation. He is a member of the editorial review boards of Disability and Health Journal and Behavioral Interventions and reviews for many scientific journals. Dr. Mulick has served in elected and appointed leadership roles in several scientific and professional societies, is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (APA), the American Association for Applied and Preventive Psychology, and the American Psychological Society, and a Clinical Fellow of the Behavior Therapy and Research Society. He has been elected to the APA Council of Representatives representing the Division of MRDD. He served as a founding board member of the Association for Science in Autism Treatment until 2002 and continues in an advisory role, and he serves on the advisory board of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He received the Karl F. Heiser Presidential Award for Advocacy on Behalf of Professional Psychology from APA in 1998. Research interests include basic and applied behavior analysis, ecological methods in behavior analysis, early childhood and developmental psychopathology, mental retardation, psychopharmacology, and policy analysis relating to children and the handicapped. |
| MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation and Gordon College) |
Dr. Michael F. Dorsey is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst® and a licensed Psychologist. He is the Director of Clinical Services in the Mental Retardation Division of the Vinfen Corporation, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and the Director of Graduate Instruction for the Summit Academy Institute at Gordon College. Additionally, Dr. Dorsey is the Founding President of the Greater Boston Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Dorsey earned his Ph.D. in Psychology, with a specialization in applied behavior analysis, from Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Michigan in 1979, where he was one of Dr. Brian Iwata’s first doctoral students. During his career, Dr. Dorsey has had the unique privilege to serve on the faculty of several prestigious Universities and Colleges, including The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He is an author/co-author of many professional publications, including participating with Dr. Iwata in the seminal article in the development of the Functional Analysis/Assessment methodology. Currently Dr. Dorsey spends much of his professional time conducting Independent Educational Evaluations for parents and school districts. He has testified as an Expert Witness in numerous Bureau of Special Education Appeals (BSEA) cases, as well as an Expert Witness in various Probate, Superior, and Federal Court cases involving the education and treatment of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Dr. Dorsey is an authority in the area of functional analysis, the education of children diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder and the treatment of severe challenging behavior. |
| JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
Dr. Joseph D. Cautilli received his first masters from Temple University in Counseling Psychology and his second through Temple University’s Applied Behavior Analysis program in Special Education. He completed his Ph.D. in 2005 in school psychology from Temple University. He is licensed in Pennsylvania as a counselor and is board-certified in behavior analysis. Dr. Cautilli has served as adjunct professor at two major universities. At Temple, he taught over a dozen courses in regular education, special education, and applied behavior analysis including courses on Behavioral Consultation over the course of seven years. Currently, he serves as faculty in the Applied Behavior Analysis Masters sub-track within the Criminal Justice Program at St. Joseph’s University, a program he designed. Dr. Cautilli has extensive editorial experience and severed as the Lead and founding editor for 6 journals to date. Dr. Cautilli has extensive experience in both the clinical and managerial aspects of behavioral health rehabilitation programs for children. He has written numerous articles on the subject. Dr. Cautilli also serves as an appellate due process officer in the state of Pennsylvania. He has decided on more than 100 opinions and has written more than 30. He is an active member of the behavioral community and has founded over 10 list serves on behavior analysis. In addition, he has been an active ABAI member founding three Special Interest Groups and serving as the chair of an additional special interest group. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Biological Causation, Big Pharma and the Duping of the American People: Update 2008 |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–3:20 PM |
| Boulevard C |
| Area: CBM |
| Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| |
| Biological Causation, Big Pharma and the Duping of the American People: Update 2008. |
| Domain: Theory |
| W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
| |
| Abstract: This presentation follows up on presentations made at the ABA conference during the past two years on the same topic. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional Development Series: Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
| 4A |
| Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
| LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: As behavior analysis continues to grow, it is important to understand where the field is headed. To encourage dialogues on the development of the field, this panel will discuss the history of the field, current research and application trends, and the directions that the panel members feel are most important with the continued evolution of the field. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Addressing Problem Behavior: Ethical and Clinical Issues |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Stevens 4 |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Monika M. Suchowierska (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
| Discussant: J. Helen Yoo (New York State Institute for Basic Research) |
| CE Instructor: Monika M. Suchowierska, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The symposium will consist of a presentation discussing ethical and clinical issues that guide work on problem behavior and data-based presentations showing applications of treatment plans to reduce problem behaviors in two children with autism. In the first presentation, the least restrictive treatment model will be debated and an intervention triad to address problem behavior will be presented. In the second and third presentation, results of using non-aversive and aversive procedures will be shown. |
| |
| Addressing Problem Behavior: Ethical and Clinical Issues. |
| MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
| Abstract: In the presentation, the author will discuss ethical and clinical issues that guide work on problem behavior. The least restrictive treatment model will be debated. An intervention triad to address problem behavior will be presented. |
| |
| Reduction of Vocalizations and Hyperactivity of a Girl with Autism. |
| MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology), Agnieszka Aksamit-Ramotowska (Center for Early Intervention Step by Step) |
| Abstract: In the experiment, the authors present data that stands contrary to the evaluation of the participant’s problem behavior done by non-behavioral providers. Study presents results of a treatment plan that consisted of stimulus control procedures, differential reinforcement, and punishment Type I. Vocalizations and hyperactivity were addressed in a sequential manner. Rates of problem behaviors were reduced to acceptable levels. Study presents an example of a decision-making process with respect to the least restrictive therapy model. |
| |
| Reduction of Self-aggression and Temper Tantrums of a Boy with Autism. |
| AGNIESZKA AKSAMIT-RAMOTOWSKA (Center for Early Intervention Step by Step, Polish) |
| Abstract: In the experiment, the authors present an example of a decision-making process with respect to the least restrictive therapy model. Two behaviors of a young child with autism were addressed: hitting in the head and other parts of the body, and temper tantrums when being undressed. In the case of both behaviors, differential reinforcement procedures did not bring changes that were satisfactory. Punishment Type I procedure was introduced. The results show a marked reduction in problem behavior. Results of the intervention did not generalize to the home environment, thus the intervention package was turned over to the parents. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Current Topics in Autism Intervention |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Stevens 2 |
| Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
| CE Instructor: Kelly J. Ferris, M.Ed. |
| Abstract: This symposium will cover topics in autism intervention in both center-based and home-based programming for a range of skills. Papers will include designing instruction for advanced pragmatic skills, programming for teens, generalization tracking across home and school instruction, and a case study on student outcomes after years of Precision Teaching based instruction. |
| |
| Precision Teaching Intervention Related to Theory of Mind and Perspective Taking Skills. |
| HEIDI CALVERLEY (Organization for Research and Learning), Krista Zambolin (Organization for Research and Learning), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
| Abstract: The complex component skills that encompass perspective taking are ones that are often deficient in individuals with autism. These deficiencies can play a significant role in the proper development of Theory of Mind in individuals with autism. Being able to understand the relationship between beliefs and behavior, to interpret and predict the perspectives of other people, and to “put yourself in someone else’s shoes” are all important skills in developing Theory of Mind, and consequently more complex social relationships. This symposium will show the steps taken to successfully teach perspective taking skills to a 4-year-old boy with high functioning autism. It will also show how improvement was seen on Theory of Mind tasks involving “false-beliefs”. Data were collected daily using Precision Teaching methods and all data were graphed on Standard Celeration Charts. |
| |
| Transition Programming for Adolescents with Autism. |
| ANDREW M. SYVERTSEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and FEAT of Washington), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning), Sara J. Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Shane D. Isley (FEAT of Washington) |
| Abstract: Families for Effective Autism Treatment (FEAT) of Washington provides clinical services to adolescents with autism through their Transitions for Teens program. Transitions for Teens utilizes three instructional arrangements (Community Based Instruction, Group Instruction and Component Skill Instruction) to address performance objectives for adolescents across ten critical repertoire areas (self-advocacy, self-management, communication, academics, production, navigation, safety, leisure, social, and hygiene). This presentation will focus on providing (1) example objectives from each repertoire area across a range of abilities, (2) student data from the different repertoire areas, and (3) examples of how data from the three different instructional arrangements are used to make data-based decisions within the repertoire areas. |
| |
| Coordinating Home-School Consultation across Behavior Analytic Programs. |
| KATHLEEN S. LAINO (Organization for Research and Learning), Rebecca E. Phillips (FEAT of Washington), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research and Learning) |
| Abstract: When building skills in learners with autism and related disabilities, obtaining certain outcomes can predict if skills are likely to be useful to the learner outside of the instructional setting. For example, it is well recognized that measuring retention, endurance, stability, and application of skills is not only important, but results in empirically validating skill fluency. However, such outcome measurement often occurs following a long period of instruction on a given skill, not necessarily throughout the many phases of instruction. The ongoing usability of target skills requires measurement outside of the teaching environment on a regular and frequent basis and may require careful collaboration and planning between multiple existing programs. The current paper will document ongoing efforts of collaboration between a school and home-based behavior analytic program for a young child with autism. Data will be presented on Standard Celeration Charts showing daily frequency-building at home and generalization of skills across environments, instructional arrangements, and teachers. Data will be presented across multiple skills. Discussion on data-based changes to the definitions and procedures to achieve the desired outcomes will be shared. |
| |
| Student Learning Outcomes from Precision Teaching Based Instrucitonal Programs: Four Data-based Case Studies. |
| KELLY J. FERRIS (Organization for Research and Learning), Holly Almon (Organization for Research and Learning), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
| Abstract: The field of Precision Teaching has been sharing data on student learning outcomes for years. Data on empirically validating student outcomes for learners with autism have been presented. This paper will take a close look at four case studies of children with autism receiving Precision Teaching based instruction. Meta level and Macro level data will be presented on student intervention profiles and norm referenced assessment data throughout the course of intervention. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Data Collection and Autism Service Delivery |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Stevens 5 |
| Area: AUT |
| Chair: Kathryne Balch (BEST Consulting, Inc.) |
| |
| Data Collection in Early Autism Intervention: An Investigation of Frequency, Percent Correct and Rate. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| KATHRYNE BALCH (BEST Consulting, Inc.), Mark Adams (BEST Consulting, Inc.), Dena Mendoza (BEST Consulting, Inc.), Alyson Padgett (BEST Consulting, Inc.) |
| |
| Abstract: Precision Teaching and Fluency Based Instruction have contributed advances to data collection systems and reminding behavior analysts to focus on dimensions of behavior other than frequency. This presentation will describe the process of changing the data collection system from frequency and percent correct to a system that incorporates rate measurement, charting and within-session goal setting. Topics of discussion include a visual analysis of frequency and percent correct versus rate, differences in charting/graphing, new target introduction, target mastery, and similar clinical programming decisions both within and across sessions. |
| |
| Interobserver Observer Agreement (IOA) in Clinical Application: IOA Competition Between ABA Treatment Teams. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| SARAH CHO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jamie Gibson (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Laura Weigel (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| |
| Abstract: The reliability of observational behavior data in everyday clinical settings is inherently flawed because it depends on the behavior of human observers. Because of this, researchers often plan to have two or more individuals collecting observational data at the same time. Then a measure of validity and objectivity of the data is derived by the extent to which the observers agreed upon what happened. The level of agreement between observers viewing the same event is often referred to as “interobserver agreement” (IOA). The current study describes the implementation of a large-scale application of IOA procedures in the clinical environment at a CARD clinic in Sacramento, CA. Approximately 30 therapy teams entered into an IOA competition with each team attempting to score the highest IOA. Therapy teams were comprised of the case supervisor, senior therapist and team therapists. Each therapy team conducted IOA on one teaching program during client treatment meetings which occurred bi-weekly. Teams scoring between 85-100% IOA advanced into the IOA Semi-Finals and then the top 3 teams entered into the IOA Finals. The leading therapy teams continued conducting IOA during client treatment meetings until the highest IOA score was achieved. High IOA was achieved across treatment teams and employees reported that they enjoyed the process of learning how to assess IOA and integrating it into their everyday clinical work. |
| |
| Using Portable Web-Enabled Devices for Real-Time Data Recording: Low-Cost and No-Cost Solutions You Can Do. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Lisa M. Manthey (Wayne State University) |
| |
| Abstract: The effectiveness of behavioral interventions is often compromised by the lack of timely and accurate information about behavior. Even when the importance of good data is acknowledged, good data are not often found. The data might be taken incorrectly, lost, not collected at all, recorded “from memory” at the end of a shift, guessed at, and even just made up. The practical difficulties of getting accurate information sometimes causes good behavior analysts to go bad, giving up on data entirely, resting on the assumption that the intervention “just works.” Many others go down fighting in their attempt to heed Sherman’s dictum: “Good therapy is good research.” Modern electronics offers a way out. The new class of wireless Internet browsers—the iPod Touch, the iPhone, BlackBerry PDAs, and web-enabled telephones—provides almost anyone with some server space and an email account with the capability of creating simple and reliable online, real-time data recording applications that can be run on web-enabled devices without proprietary software or costly software licensing fees. This presentation provides an introduction to the implementation of some of these simple server-based solutions for real-time data recording. Technical requirements will be discussed. Working examples will be demonstrated and made freely available. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Simulation-Based Training to Improve Communication and Teamwork and Reduce Medical Errors |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Boulevard A |
| Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
| Discussant: Terry E. McSween (Quality Safety Edge) |
| CE Instructor: R. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Errors in the delivery of health care services are estimated to account for 90,000 deaths per year in the United States. Many of these deaths are traceable to failures in team coordination and communication among health care workers. Other high risk industries, such as aviation, have greatly reduced error rates through comprehensive simulation-based skill assessment and training programs. We suggest that many of the simulation-based training and quality control strategies developed in aviation can be extrapolated to health care, if, and only if, a number of modifications are made to reflect unique aspects of health care (non-standardized work environments, rotating team composition, poorly delineated roles and chains of command, absence of systematic training in key skills). We describe the preliminary stages of the development of a simulation-based assessment and training system for heath care workers, known as in-situ simulation. The features of this model include the development of scenarios composed of a number of event sets designed to challenge critical health care skills (e.g., problem solving, team coordination, error detection and correction). Simulations are orchestrated in the health care setting in an effort to increase the fidelity of the surrounding environment and to sample the real-world interface between health care workers and support services (e.g., lab and blood services). We describe the development and validation of a taxonomy of health care skills that can be used to evaluate the performance of health care teams. We also describe a facilitated debriefing strategy that is used to promote self- evaluation of critical communication, problem solving and error detection skills by health care workers who have completed an in-situ simulation. |
| |
| Reducing Medical Errors: In Situ Simulation to Assess and Train Team Management Skills in Health Care Settings. |
| R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), William Hamman (Western Michigan University), Jeff Beaubien (Aptima, Inc.), Amy M. Gullickson (Western Michigan University), Rick Lammers (Michigan State University/Kalamazoo Center for Medical Studies), Beth Seiler (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Errors in the delivery of health care services are estimated to account for 90,000 deaths per year in the United States. Many of these deaths are traceable to failures in team coordination and communication among health care workers. Other high-risk industries, such as aviation, have greatly reduced error rates through comprehensive simulation-based skill assessment and training programs. We suggest that many of the simulation-based training and quality control strategies developed in aviation can be extrapolated to health care, if, and only if, a number of modifications are made to reflect unique aspects of health care (non-standardized work environments, rotating team composition, poorly delineated roles and chains of command, absence of systematic training in key skills). We describe the preliminary stages of the development of a simulation-based assessment and training system for heath care workers, known as “in-situ simulation.” Thefeatures of this model include the development of scenarios composed of a number of event sets designed to challenge critical health care skills (e.g., problem solving, team coordination, error detection and correction). Simulations are orchestrated in the health care setting in an effort to increase the fidelity of the surrounding environment and to sample the real-world interface between health care workers and support services (e.g., lab and blood services). We describe the development and validation of a taxonomy of health care skills that can be used to evaluate the performance of health care teams. We also describe a facilitated debriefing strategy that is used to promote self-evaluation of critical communication, problem solving and error detection skills by health care workers who have completed an in-situ simulation. |
| |
| Designing Simulation-Based Assessment and Training: Behavioral Principles and Applications. |
| AMY GROSS (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Behavior analysis researchers have used a range of simulations including those with low fidelity to those with very high fidelity. In this context, “fidelity” refers to the correspondence between the critical stimulus features of the “real world” situation in which a target behavior occurs and the corresponding features of the simulation. Examples at the lower end of the fidelity continuum include, actor-based role plays used to assess and train social skills, to polymer breast models that approximate the density of human breast tissue and the size and location of embedded lumps used to train breast self-exam skills. Simulations have long been used in behavior analysis research to (a) assess behavior, (b) to train behavior and (c) to identify causal variables for a problem behavior. We then discussed the application of behavior analysis principles to the design of high-fidelity simulations for research, assessment and training purposes. We suggest that the design of high-fidelity simulations can be guided by consideration of contextual, physiological and historical variables that have been identified by learning theory and behavior analysis researchers as important determinants of behavior. We identified and gave examples of a range of variables that should be considered in designing high-fidelity simulations including the stimulus events that define a response opportunity, more distal setting events, historical events, emotional and physiological variables, distracting events that control competing behavior, and the naturalistic and programmed consequences (e.g., reinforcers and punishers) for behavior being sampled in the simulation. We also discussed the range of response dimensions that might be considered in efforts to obtain an accurate assessment of a behavior, including response topography, magnitude, frequency, latency, sequence and duration. We then reviewed factors that influence generalization and maintenance for simulation-based training. Finally, we discussed strategies to assess social validity, or consumer satisfaction with simulation-based assessment and training. |
| |
| Training and Assessing Team Skills: A Review and Synopsis of the Empirical Literature. |
| KRYSTYNA A. ORIZONDO-KOROTKO (Western Michigan University), Amy M. Gullickson (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: This presentation identified a range of team skills and discussed strategies for the assessment and training of skills that are related to health care safety issues. There are different ways that teams are formed, and in order to determine which team skills are necessary, it is first essential to identify the various models of team organization and functioning. Among the variables that merit consideration are whether teams are intact and stable or fluid, whether teams are organized around a flat vs. hierarchical structure, and finally the extent to which team members have common skills or unique, not overlapping skill sets. Observationof team performance in health care settings reveals that most hospital-based health care teams have a fluid structure (the membership of the team varies across time), with some hierarchical elements (one or more designated or implicit leaders) and specialized skill sets for each team member. Knowing the most common team structure in health care, we were then able to determine what skill sets (called domains) were most relevant to effective team performance. An important prerequisite to implementing any team skill training intervention is developing an adequate assessment procedure, collecting baseline performance data and identifying the team skills that characterize exemplary team performance (and presumably improve the health care outcomes produced by a given team). We then described the manner in which a matrix of team skills was developed, refined and validated for this particular project. Finally, we previewed the three different methods of training team skills that will be tested in this project: (1) information-based, including role clarification; (2) demonstration-based; and (3) practice- and feedback-based. Different tools will also be used during training: classroom instruction, the use of simulations, and the postsimulation debrief. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavioral Interventions for Tobacco: Prevention, Treatment and Advocating Strategies |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| PDR 1 |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Allison Y. Lord (Tobacco Outreach Technology, Inc.) |
| SHERMAN YEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
| ZACHARY P. SHOEMAKER (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC) |
| MICHAEL E. ROHR (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC) |
| ALLISON Y. LORD (Tobacco Outreach Technology, Inc.) |
| Abstract: During the past years behavioral intervention and movements have made considerable impact on tobacco use, especially in the areas of prevention and cessation procedures. Although great strides have been made a need still exist for the continued experimentation of both prevention and cessation technologies. Some areas of concern include the threat of secondhand smoke in open air places and in homes as a result of clean air bills and the harmful effects of thirdhand smoking. It is important that behavioral analyst focus on these issues. Although strides are being made in efforts to prevent the harmful effects of smoking, approximately only half of the states passed clean indoor bills. The proposed panel will discuss and share strategies on how we can assist in making the United States a totally clean-air country. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Applications of Cultural Analytic Science to Social Change |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| PDR 2 |
| Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
| Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute) |
| Abstract: Many behavior analysts entered the field because they wanted to have an impact on institutional, structural, and professional arrangements in ways that would contribute to social change. Behavior analysis and the science of cultural analysis has much to offer in terms of analyzing and changing socially important cultural practices. In this symposium, the presenters will offer data-supported conceptual analyses of conservatism vs. liberalism in American politics as exemplified by the capital punishment debate, the use of consequence analysis procedures to increase flexibility of verbal behavior related to substance abuse treatment procedures, and the development of a rigorous science of nonviolent social action. The analyses presented draw from equivalence and relational frame theory, analyses of interlocking contingencies and metacontingencies, principles of cultural design, Rachlin’s teleological behaviorism, and Guerin’s analyses of social behavior. Collectively, they suggest that behavior and cultural analytic science has substantial potential to contribute to social change and social justice. |
| |
| Behavior Analytic Understanding of Conservatism versus Liberalism in American Politics: The Example of Capital Punishment. |
| RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
| Abstract: Jost (2006, American Psychologist) presents a cognitive-motivational analysis of “conservatism” and “liberalism” that uncovers and substantiates many important overt and covert behavioral differences between adherents to the two major American political ideologies. However, Jost’s analysis relies primarily on attitudinal and personality factors and genetic predispositions to understand the observed behavioral differences; situational factors are of importance only to the extent that they arouse fear or threat and thereby cause a shift in ideology (e.g., 9/11). An alternative approach is to examine the ideological positions through behavior analytic concepts, including meta-contingencies, contingency-shaped versus rule-governed behavior, sensitivity to aversive stimuli, types of consequences, schedules of reinforcement, complexity of behavioral repertoires, ability to respond to complex discriminative stimuli, and range of reinforcing stimuli. Concepts from evolutionary psychology and traditional personality theory (Horney, Erikson, Rogers, Freud) are employed to strengthen the behavioral analysis. The value of the behavioral analysis is then demonstrated by applying it to the issue of capital punishment. Finally, several implications for cultural design suggested by the analysis, particularly in terms of child-rearing, are discussed and future research questions identified. |
| |
| Stimulus Relations, Consequence Analysis, and Social Change. |
| SARAH K. MOORE (National Development and Research Institute), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
| Abstract: Many socially important behaviors involve derived stimulus relations including equivalence relations as elaborated by Sidman. Further, Relational Frame Theory has demonstrated that a stimulus can acquire new functions on the basis of a derived relation other than equivalence. This paper will provide a behavioral account of equivalence and relational frame mechanisms hypothesized to underlie the effectiveness of consequence analysis technology, as originally developed by Sanford and Fawcett, for facilitating noncoercive shifts in socially important verbal behavior. Data from our recent consequence analysis study will be used to highlight these mechanisms. In that study, after consequence analysis intervention (designed to shape more flexible approaches to substance use treatment, including harm reduction approaches), a sample of social work students derived relations of opposition between traditional abstinence-oriented approaches to treatment and what they consider effective social work. For many, the pre-intervention preference for the traditional model acquired aversive functions. Implications for the use of consequence analysis as a means of non-violent social change will also be presented. |
| |
| The Science of Nonviolent Social Action II: Strategic Action. |
| MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
| Abstract: Gandhi and other nonviolent theorists have often asserted that nonviolence is a science. Enormous financial and human resources have been dedicated to elaborating the science and practice of collective coercion and killing—at appalling collective cost. By contrast, vanishingly few resources have been dedicated to elaborating a practical, rigorous science of nonviolence. Both collective violence and nonviolent social action emerge from sets of interlocking cultural practices; however, so analyses of both violence and nonviolent alternatives are possible. The findings of such investigations might then contribute to identifying and strengthening more effective and less costly nonviolent alternatives to violence—a collective analogue to differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) arrangements. One strategy for this research, similar to that used in other sciences in which the phenomena of interest extend broadly over space and time (e.g., astrophysics and some forms of historical research), is to analyze available data from multiple, well-documented cases, develop hypotheses from those examples, and then test and refine those hypotheses with additional cases. Historical analysis of case exemplars will be emphasized in this paper, drawing on emerging perspectives from cultural analytic science, Rachlin’s teleological behaviorism, and Guerin’s analyses of social behavior. |
|
| |
| |
|
| The Treatment of Refractory Severe Problem Behaviors |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Stevens 3 |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Individuals who exhibit chronic, high frequency and/or high intensity problem behaviors are often treated with combinations of pharmaceutical, antecedent, reinforcement, and other interventions based on behavior function. The repeated failure of these interventions often results in high doses of psychotropic medications and a highly restrictive environment. Here, we describe the effectiveness of contingent skin-shock, administered via the Graduated Electronic Decelerator, combined with a dense schedule of reinforcement in treating refractory problem behaviors. In addition, common myths and omissions associated with contingent shock are discussed. Finally, the behavioral treatment of non-mentally retarded/autistic persons will be discussed. |
| |
| Systems of Reinforcement at the Judge Rotenberg Center. |
| RACHEL NICOLLE MATTHEWS (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Primary and conditioned reinforcers are an essential component of any behavioral program or intervention. The Judge Rotenberg Center has a comprehensive system of rewards that are used to reinforce appropriate behaviors. The system includes three components: an immediate rewards, token reinforcement, and point reinforcement. Each component is described and discussed in the context of the treatment of severe behavior disorders with particular attention to implementation. |
| |
| Myths and Omission Regarding Contingent Skin-Shock. |
| NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Contingent skin-shock, combined with reinforcement procedures, is an extremely effective in reducing and/or eliminating refractory severe problem behaviors. However, some have argued that contingent-skin shock in particular and punishment procedures in general, should not be used because of reasons such as undesirable side-effects and lack of long-term effectiveness. Here, a variety of myths and omissions regarding contingent skin-shock are explored and discussed in the context of severe behavior disorders. |
| |
| The Effectiveness of Contingent Skin Shock in Reducing Refractory Aggressive Behaviors. |
| ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: We evaluated the effectiveness of contingent skin shock (CSS) in reducing the frequency of aggressive behaviors of 53 participants who had not improved with the use of pharmaceutical, antecedent, reinforcement or behavioral treatments based on behavior function. The results suggest that CSS reduced the frequency of aggressive behaviors by 95% or more for 96% of the participants (100% for 78% of participants). |
| |
| Treating Severe Behaviors Emitted by Non-MR/Autistic Individuals. |
| PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism and mental retardation are often treated with behavioral interventions. This is not surprising considering that these individuals often exhibit problem behaviors. However, there are many other groups of people who exhibit severe problem behaviors that can be successfully treated using the principals of behavior. This presentation will focus on the treatment of people with IQ’s in the normal range who lack a diagnosis of mental retardation or autism. Rule governed behavior, counter control and other factors commonly found in this population will be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Service Delivery in Developmental Disabilities II |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Stevens 1 |
| Area: DDA |
| Chair: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
| |
| The Prone Holding Controversy: Is it Dangerous? |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
| |
| Abstract: Many states are moving towards the banning of all prone immobilization for persons with developmental disabilities. These decisions are not based on a risk/benefit analysis of using these types of procedures. There has been no in-depth analysis of the conditions under which individuals have died, but their deaths have been primarily attributed to a prone position with little attention to other variables such as staff training, restraint procedures, clinical oversight, or psychotropic medication usage. The authors will provide an analysis of the variables that have led to the banning of these procedures and the consequences of an inability to stop severe aggressive and destructive behavior. |
| |
| The Differential Effects of Synthesized and Digitized Voice Output in an Augmentative Communication Device Used to Establish Vocal Tacts. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| NICHOLAS HAMMOND (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
| |
| Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices have often been instrumental in allowing those with autism as well as other developmental disabilities to learn functional communication skills. These devices have been used to teach tacts as part of the communication learning process. Two voice output options available in AAC devices are those that use synthesized speech and those that allow human voice to be digitized. This study compares the two voice output options in AAC devices when establishing vocal tacts. This paper discusses the results of these comparisons, along with implications for applied practice, and future research. |
| |
| The Effects of Paraprofessional Proximity on the Social Interaction of Children With and Without Disabilities. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JOANIE GARRO (Private Consultant) |
| |
| Abstract: The proximity of an adult may affect the social interactions of children with and without disabilities in inclusive education settings (Werts, Zigmond, & Leeper, 2001;Young, Simpson, Myles, & Kamps, 1997). In the current study, a multielement design was used to examine the relationship between the location of a paraprofessional and the frequency of social interactions between children with and without disabilities. Participants were two children diagnosed with autism and mental retardation, along with their typically developing peers. The amount of distance between the paraprofessional and the child with disabilities was manipulated in two conditions. In the proximal condition, the paraprofessional remained at arm’s length from the student with disabilities. In the distal condition, the paraprofessional remained at least 10 feet from the student. Total social initiations and responses of all participants were examined under the two conditions. The children with and without disabilities interacted more frequently when the paraprofessional was in the distal position. The general education teacher also generally directed more social initiations to the child with disabilities when the paraprofessional was in the distal condition. The paraprofessional interacted more frequently with the child with disabilities when positioned within arm’s length of the student. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Evolutionary Developmental Biology |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| 4D |
| Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory |
| CE Instructor: Peter Killeen, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
| SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Florida International University) |
| CLIVE D. L. WYNNE (University of Florida) |
| JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University) |
| PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
| Abstract: This panel discussion will emphasize environmental-unit behavior-unit interactions. According to Peter Killeen, recent progress in evolutionary developmental biologyevo-devoprovides potentially useful templates for refining the definition of such units, and broadening possibilities of the modes in which they interact. Among these concepts are heterochrony, variation by changes in temporal sequence, such as neoteny; the role of modularity in evolution; how modifications of developmental processes lead to the production of novel features; the role of developmental plasticity in evolution; how ecology impacts development and evolutionary change; and the developmental basis of homoplasy and homology. As a familiar example, a homology in biology is any similarity between characters that is due their shared ancestry; in functional analysis, great efforts are taken to identify the variables of which behavior is a function. Is it useful to treat those that are under the control of the same reinforcer as homologs, and those that merely share a similar topography as analogs? Is the ability of the homeobox to activate correlated sets of genes enlightening for the analysis of establishing stimuli? Do the various forms of paedomorphisis and peramorphosisthe juvenilezation/senescization of morphologyhave analogs in behavior? Does the efficiency of evolution, crafting endless forms most beautiful from a meager number of genes, suggest mechanisms for the blossoming of creative behavior in Homo sapiens? The members of this panel discussion will address these evo-devo concepts. The audience will be encouraged to participate with behavioral analogs of the biological processes, and evaluate their potential utility. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Symposium - Time and Timing: Experimental Analyses |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Metra |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: John M. Hyland (University of Ulster, Coleraine Campus) |
| Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
| Abstract: Conceptually, the phenomenon of time exists on several human dimensions. Psychologically, the means in which individuals verbalize the sequencing of events has an affect on the accuracy of temporal judgment and subjective temporal estimation. Furthermore, from a biological standpoint, previous research examining the manipulation of sequences, durations and other factors associated with temporal judgment, yields similar effects in the internal clock. The three papers presented in this symposium discuss findings that further our understanding of both dimensions. The first paper briefly summarizes the current literature on responding in accordance with temporal relations and furthermore presents a novel dual-task empirical approach to investigating such performances. The second paper examines the effects of multiple stimulus durations on temporal judgment through the utilization of dual-task conditions. Obtained temporal judgments from both experimental procedures are discussed in relation to internal clock mechanisms of time. The third paper investigates the effects of fear on temporal estimation in observant individuals. Temporal estimations were obtained through a dual conditional approach, and examined in relation to effects on the internal clock and temporal perception. |
| |
| Time after Time: Analyzing Temporal Relational Responding using a Dual-task Procedure. |
| JOHN M. HYLAND (University of Ulster, Coleraine Campus), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
| Abstract: Previous research on derived relational responding supports the position that temporal patterns of human behaviour may be established in part through responding in accordance with temporal relations. The current study utilized two types of temporal relational task: a prescriptive task and a descriptive task. Prescriptive tasks required participants to pick stimuli in a particular order (e.g., Circle then Square) based on particular arrangements of similar stimuli and a relational contextual cue (e.g., Circle Before Square). Descriptive tasks required participants to observe a temporal relation between two or more stimuli (e.g., Circle … Square) and then arrange similar stimuli in the presence of a relational cue (e.g., Circle Before Square), making a “relational statement”. Tasks were gradually increased in complexity across training blocks. In general, accuracy decreased as complexity increased and training on one task-type facilitated training on the second task-type. These findings will be discussed in light of current research on derived stimulus relations. |
| |
| The Effects of Mixing Sample Duration on Time Judgments. |
| PATRICIA A. D'ATENO (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| Abstract: The effect of mixing stimulus durations on time judgments was examined in two experiments. All temporal judgments were obtained under dual-task conditions. In both experiments, stimulus duration and the context in which sample intervals were manipulated in a mixed factorial design. In Experiment 1, two sample durations (12 and 24 s) were presented, while in Experiment 2 the number of sample durations was increased to three durations (6, 12, and 24 s). Sample durations were presented under both single and mixed duration conditions. Under the single duration condition, one sample interval was presented throughout an experimental session. Under the mixed duration condition, all the sample durations were presented in each experimental session. In both experiments, temporal judgments were shorter at the longest sample duration under the mixed duration condition when compared to the single duration condition, and standard deviations were smaller under the mixed duration condition relative to the single duration condition at the longest sample duration. Relative measures of variability, coefficients of variation, did not differ between the two conditions. Moreover, flatter functions relating log temporal judgments to log sample duration were obtained under the mixed duration condition, although differences were significant only in Experiment 2. The flatter functions resulted from both a lower slope and higher intercept value under the mixed duration condition. These findings are discussed with respect to attentional clock models of timing. |
| |
| The Effects of a Fear Cue on Time Estimation. |
| ERICH K. GROMMET (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), A. Harvey Baker (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| Abstract: The present proposal investigates the effects of a fear cue on time estimation in human observers. Participants who meet a criterion-level of fearfulness in the presence of a given animal will provide time estimates under two conditions that differ in presence versus absence of the feared animal. Participants will be assigned to one of two groups in a pretest-postest control group design. The control group will experience the following sequence of conditions: no animal, no animal, and animal. The experimental group will experience the following sequence: no animal, animal, and animal. Under all conditions, participants will provide estimates of four stimulus durations (2, 7, 12, and 17 s) signaled by a tone. One goal of the study is to assess the prediction that the fear cue will produce an increase in time estimates relative to the control condition. The experimental design and the use of multiple stimulus durations permit an analysis that relates to the second goal of the study: to distinguish between two alternative accounts of the fear-cue effect. The arousal hypothesis predicts an interaction between group and duration in phase 2, a multiplicative effect; in contrast, the attentional hypothesis predicts additive effects of the fear cue. A multiplicative effect implies that the fear cue influences the speed of the internal clock presumed to govern time perception, while an additive effect implies the involvement of an attentional clock mechanism. Significant effects of the fear cue could permit the use of time estimation as an objective measure of fear. |
|
| |
| |
|
| The Role of Reinforcement in Classroom Settings |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Waldorf |
| Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College) |
| Discussant: Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee) |
| CE Instructor: David L. Lee, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Reinforcement is certainly one of the most pervasive principles of behavior analysis. Unfortunately, in classroom settings many practitioners (a) fail to effectively apply this principle, (b) do not account for extraneous sources of reinforcement (thus rendering programs ineffective), and (c) do not understand the link between environments rich in reinforcement and persistence of behavior. Three papers will be presented in this symposium. In the first presentation, pilot data will be presented on an instructional program designed to teach pre-service teachers how to effectively use positive reinforcement in the classroom. In the second, a study that examined the effects of interspersing brief academic tasks within long academic tasks will be presented. In the final presentation, we present data for a model of resilience based on Nevins theory of behavioral momentum. The basis of this theory is that behaviors emitted in environments rich in reinforcement are more resistant to change than behaviors emitted in environments associated with relatively low levels of reinforcement. Descriptive and analog experimental data are presented in support of this behavioral model of resilience. The common link among these three presentations is the importance of accounting for, and taking advantage of all sources of reinforcement in the classroom. |
| |
| Teacher preparation: Teaching the Principles and Application of Positive Reinforcement. |
| JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, San Bernardino), Doreen J. Ferko (California State University, Fullerton) |
| Abstract: The principles of positive reinforcement are a key aspect of Applied Behavior Analysis in classroom settings. These principles are frequently not considered in the application and use of positive reinforcement in the
classroom resulting in overuse of ineffective reinforcement. This address will
provide a rationale for explicit instruction in the principles governing the effective use of positive reinforcement in special education teacher preparation programs. A method for implementing such instruction as well as evaluating its effectiveness will be discussed. Pilot data will be presented and discussed in light of effective practices for teaching ABA principles in teacher pre-service preparation. |
| |
| Time-Based versus Task-Based Contingencies: Which are More Effective for Independent Academic Assignments? |
| YOUJIA HUA (Pennsylvania State University), Samuel Stansbery (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
| Abstract: Task interspersal is an academic material modification procedure designed to make task completion more reinforcing. It is implemented by adding a sequence of brief tasks prior to more difficult or nonpreferred target academic tasks. This procedure results in an increase in the number of conditioned reinforcers available for completing a given task. However, one limitation of the studies examining these effects is that researchers exclusively use time-based contingencies to study academic choice behavior. This procedure may (a) inadvertently limit student opportunities to respond to the target problems and (b) not accurately reflect the real contingencies in applied settings. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of time- and task-based contingencies on student choice of academic materials. In this study a concurrent-schedule design with a reversal was used to compare the students’ choice of worksheets when working under different task contingencies. Student choice of contingency and task performance data will be presented. |
| |
| The Role of Classroom Environment in Persistence. |
| DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College), Douglas Dexter (Pennsylvania State University) |
| Abstract: Research in the area of resilience seeks to determine factors that are related to success under difficult circumstances. However, much of the literature on resilience is correlational in nature. That is, we know that there are risk factors (e.g., poverty, dysfunctional home), but we are unsure why many of these risk factors cause poor outcomes. The purpose of this study was to investigate the utility of the theory of behavioral momentum as a model to explain resilience. The theory of behavioral momentum, much like its counterpart in physics, suggests that behavior with a high level of momentum is likely to persist during changes in the environment. Behavior with a high-level of momentum is often associated with conditions rich in positive reinforcement, whereas behaviors that do not persist are often associated with low levels of reinforcement. In Phase One of this study we observed and documented positive and negative teacher behavior. In Phase Two students completed math problems when the teacher was both in (baseline) and out (resilience test) of the classroom. Results show that student persistence was greater when teachers left the room, for those teachers who delivered fewer negative consequences compared with teachers who delivered more positive consequences. |
|
| |
| |
|
| School-Wide Positive Behavior Supports at the Classroom Level |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Williford A |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Rachel L. White (University of Kansas) |
| CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: School-Wide Positive Behavior Support (SW-PBS) represents a hierarchical system of proactive interventions to increase positive behaviors in the school setting. At the school-wide level, supports address promoting positive behaviors for all students. Supports at the classroom level increase student engagement and decrease disruptive behaviors. Individual supports are designed for students whose behavior has not responded to school-wide and classroom interventions. In this symposium, 4 papers will be presented on various aspects of classroom level interventions. Natural rates of praise and reprimands found in elementary classrooms and the effects of teacher attention on student engagement will be discussed. A measurement tool for classroom level interventions will be presented and classroom level interventions will be described. Finally, methods for changing the classroom environment will be discussed. |
| |
| Natural Rates of Teacher Praise and Reprimand in Elementary Schools. |
| HOWARD P. WILLS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rachel L. White (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Numerous studies have looked at the occurrence of teacher approval and disapproval in the classroom. These studies report ratios of approval to disapproval between 19:1 to 1:17, with the average ratio falling at 1:1 approvals to disapprovals. Reviews of studies on the natural rates of approval and disapproval in the classroom suggest that approval rates are higher for academic behaviors than social behaviors. Also, while teachers may maintain a positive ratio of approval to disapproval for academic behaviors, social behaviors often receive more disapproval than approval. This presentation will present natural rates and ratios of teacher praise and reprimands over three years in six Midwestern urban and suburban elementary schools. |
| |
| Student Engagement as a Consequence of Teacher Attention to Positive and Negative Behaviors. |
| RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Researchers have attempted to decrease problem behavior and increase engagement by changing the rate of teacher approval in the classroom. Studies have increased appropriate behaviors by increasing positive teacher attention towards those behaviors and have found that in general, as rates of teacher praise increased, so did attending behavior of elementary school students. This study manipulated teacher attention to positive and negative behaviors to determine the effects teacher attention had on student engagement at the classroom level. Group on-task/off-task data will be reviewed and the effects of teacher attention on student engagement will be discussed. |
| |
| The Use of a Classroom Atmosphere Scale (CLAS) to Measure Classroom Level Positive Behavior Supports. |
| LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas), Rachel L. White (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
| Abstract: Classroom level interventions are designed to increase student engagement and decrease disruptive behavior. However, in order for interventions to be successful, there are several classroom strategies that can be implemented to create a more effective learning environment. This presentation will outline several strategies reported in the literature that have been demonstrated to be effective at increasing student engagement and decreasing disruptive behaviors. In addition, this presentation will describe a hand-held observation system for measuring their use in elementary school classrooms. Finally, this presentation will describe the use of the data obtained from these observations on predicting which classrooms have higher rates of engagement and lower rates of student disruptive behavior based on the characteristics of the classroom and class-wide strategies employed. |
| |
| Changing the Classroom Environment. |
| KIMBERLY K. BESSETTE (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rachel L. White (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Research has shown that student behaviors can be changed by environmental arrangements and changes in teacher behaviors. Additionally, many strategies are recommended to improve student behavior in the classroom. However, observations still indicate that the typical elementary school classroom does not regularly employ these strategies. This presentation will discuss methods for systematically modifying the elementary classroom environment and the subsequent effect on student engagement and levels of disruptive behaviors. Methods for changing and maintaining teacher behavior will also be discussed. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Using an Evidence-Based Practice Decision Making Process to Bring Best Practices to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Learners |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Williford B |
| Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Trina D. Spencer (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Evidence based practices need to align with the cultural and linguistic diversity (CLD) of the individuals we serve. This symposium presents a model for making decisions about appropriate practices for individual children and families. The first paper introduces evidence-based practices and the specific decision-making model applied in these papers. Two papers will address the following questions while demonstrating the process: How do practitioners select an appropriate form of alternative communication for individual students who present cultural and linguistic differences? Is choice making as an intervention validated by research and suitable for my students? The final paper presents ideas of how single subject design studies can allow for appropriate extension of findings to individuals who are not well represented in randomized control trials. Suggestions for merging evidence based practices with cultural and linguistic diversity are presented, as well as implications for research. |
| |
| An Evidence-Based Practice Decision Making Process. |
| DOUGLAS B. PETERSEN (Utah State University), Trina D. Spencer (Utah State University), Erin Horrocks (Utah State University), Lee L. Mason (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Evidence-based practices refer to assessments, interventions and other practices that are informed by quality research. Several organizations have developed or are developing guidelines by which research is evaluated. In this process, once each study is evaluated and judged appropriate for inclusion, a research synthesis is created for the identified intervention or practice. These syntheses and/or the level of evidence to support each practice are compiled in databases or some other form of dissemination medium. For the evidence to be useful, it must directly inform practitioners regarding what they can do to produce positive outcomes. The success of an evidence-based practice depends on its appropriateness for the individual of interest. It is possible that multiple practices have sufficient evidence to support their use. One practice may potentially be a more suitable match for a particular set of circumstances (i.e., child-family and practitioner-agency factors). How do practitioners implement evidence-based practice when a research synthesis is not available for the intervention in question? In addition to available evidence-based research syntheses, an evidence-based decision-making process can directly inform practitioners about what will work with individuals. This paper will address these issues and introduce a model for making evidence-based decisions. |
| |
| Topography-Based or Selection-Based Communication: An Evidence-Based Decision Making Example. |
| TRINA D. SPENCER (Utah State University), Douglas B. Petersen (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: The importance of facilitating the development of functional communication for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is reasonably a high priority for practitioners and families. Often, due to the lack of oral language these children acquire, educational teams are faced with the task of selecting an appropriate augmentative and alternate communication (AAC) form. In order to answer the question, “Which AAC communication modality is the most appropriate for the child?” practitioners should rely on clinical judgment, the needs of children, and on external research evidence. Moreover, using practices that are supported by research will likely have the greatest impact. Evidence-based practices involve synthesizing research to inform practitioners, as well as integrating research evidence with individual child and agency factors. The current paper provides 3 case examples of how to apply an evidence-based decision-making process to select the most appropriate communication modality for individual children. |
| |
| Decision Making: How to Incorporate Evidence Based Practices about Choice Making Interventions. |
| LEE L. MASON (Utah State University), Erin Horrocks (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Behavioral interventions are used extensively in applied settings to treat problem behavior. However, with the wide array of behavioral interventions available to practitioners, utilizing interventions that are evidence-based is becoming increasingly important. Because research-based interventions will likely have the greatest impact on problem behavior, practitioners should base their decisions on existing evidence, An emphasis on the evidence-based decision-making process provides practitioners with a model for systematically collecting and reviewing research evidence and making informed decisions by integrating the best empirical evidence with student and family characteristics, personal experience, and agency factors. The current paper provides a case example of how to apply a systematic model of making an evidence-based decision regarding choice-making as an intervention to reduce problem behavior. This case example incorporates both research outcomes (external evidence) and individualized characteristics (internal evidence). |
| |
| Merging Evidence Based Practices and Cultural and Linguistic Diversity. |
| ERIN HORROCKS (Utah State University), Douglas B. Petersen (Utah State University) |
| Abstract: Evidence based practices need to align with the cultural and linguistic diversity (CLD) of the individuals we serve. Some current systems of synthesizing research place randomized controlled trials (RCT’s) as the top level of evidence. Non-responders and CLD learners may be “lost” in the RCT analyses, and therefore, may be left out of the decision on what is considered to be evidence based. Other forms of evidence, such as single subject design studies may provide valuable evidence in terms of analyzing non-responders and outcomes for CLD participants. The current paper summarizes the evidence based decision-making process and highlights its inclusion of cultural and linguistic factors. Suggestions for merging evidence based practices with cultural and linguistic diversity are presented, as well as implications for research. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Writing Interventions from Middle School to Middle Age |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Williford C |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Writing is a synergy of complex skill, and thus difficult to teach. Writing poses a problem for people of all ages and skill levels. In this symposium, we will discuss interventions that were aimed at improving writing fluency, handwriting legibility, writing quality, and scholarly productivity. Interventions were aimed at improving skills across a wide range of ages (e.g., middle school through middle age) and ability levels (e.g., severe mental retardation, learning disabilities, at-risk, typically developing college professors). |
| |
| The WIP (Writing Intervention Project) for Middle School. |
| TERRI HESSLER (The Ohio State University, Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Madoka Itoi (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Two inclusion classrooms and one Resource Room in a low achieving urban school participated in this study. A multiple baseline design across groups of students was used to determine the effects of a direct instruction curriculum, Expressive Writing Level 2, on writing quality and fluency. Specifically, the curriculum based measures—total words written and correct word sequences—were examined in weekly, three minute writing probes across the school year. Implications for practice and research will be discussed. |
| |
| Improving Handwriting of High School Students with Mild to Moderate Developmental Disabilities Using Repeated Practice. |
| EDWARD D. PARKER (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: The practice of handwriting has often been ignored or overlooked as students progress through their educational careers. When students reach high school, little or no time is spent on handwriting instruction, yet the research shows that legible handwriting can aid students in academic studies and in the working world. This study utilized repeated practice with mini-lessons to improve handwriting legibility. Three students identified with mild-moderate disabilities were selected from an urban high school. The students attended sessions three to four days a week for 15 to 30 min blocks of time. A multiple baseline across letter categories was employed. The data were studied and the findings and results are discussed. This intervention was successful, because all three participants made gains in handwriting accuracy. |
| |
| A Review of the Writing Intervention Literature for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities. |
| MOIRA KONRAD (The Ohio State University), Laurice Joseph (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Students with disabilities are increasingly held to higher academic standards. We conducted a comprehensive review of the literature and found a paucity of published studies investigating the effects of writing interventions for children and young adults with intellectual disabilities. Results indicated that students with intellectual disabilities (up to age 18) can learn written communication skills with the appropriate instruction and accommodations. Discussion will focus on the need for further investigation in this area and recommendations for practitioners. |
| |
| Self-Management of Scholarly Productivity in Higher Education. |
| TERRI HESSLER (The Ohio State University, Newark), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University) |
| Abstract: Four tenure-track faculty at a research extensive institution examined the effects of various self-management techniques on writing productivity over one academic year. Interventions were individualized and included some or all of the following: goal setting, public posting, group contingencies, self-graphing, and using a clock light. Practical tips and suggestions will be provided and audience participation will be encouraged. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Applications of OBM and BBS Techniques in Privately-Owned Businesses |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Marquette |
| Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Marisa Snow (Florida State University) |
| Discussant: Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University) |
| CE Instructor: Marco D. Tomasi, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Applied behavior analysis can offer small business owners solutions to challenges they face on a daily basis. Employee performance can be improved by working with owners and managers to implement techniques based on the fundamental principles of behavior through proven scientific methodologies. The current session shares three investigations of behavioral technology in privately owned small business settings. Two studies focused on customer service behaviors of employees at privately-owned businesses. The third study targeted safety behaviors at privately-owned business. |
| |
| The Effects of Performance Management on Customer Service Behaviors at a Private Airport. |
| ALLISON C. BLAKE (Florida State University), Sarah E. Casella (Florida Institute of Technology), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this project was to increase customer service behaviors at a general aviation airport. Target behaviors for customer service included customer greeting upon entry and exit, smiling, naming and up selling of fuel. Interventions included task clarification and employee contract, followed by the use of visual prompts for up selling and smiling, graphic feedback and performance matrix. Results demonstrated increases in customer service behaviors as a result of the interventions. Smiling, naming and up selling remained variable, while introduction and exit greetings showed the greatest improvement after task clarification. |
| |
| Have a Safe Flight: Using Behavior-Based Safety Interventions at a General Aviation Facility. |
| SARAH E. CASELLA (Florida Institute of Technology), Allison C. Blake (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (FSU, BMC, FABA) |
| Abstract: The airfield of a general aviation facility can be a dangerous place. Propellers, turbines, fuel, and a high number of civilian and military pilots in a wide range of small aircraft all within close proximity to each other can increase the potential for injury. The purpose of this project was to increase safety behaviors at a general aviation airport. The target behavior for linemen was speeding. A hand-held device utilizing Doppler radar was used to assess speed both around and away from aircraft on the airfield. The intervention package for speeding included the posting of speed limit signage, manager speed demonstration and graphic feedback. Overall, speeding percentage and average speed decreased. |
| |
| Order Up! An Investigation of Task Clarification and Feedback on the Efficiency of Beverage Order Completion. |
| MELISSA A. WILSON (Furman University), Jeanine P. Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effects of task clarification and manager-delivered verbal feedback on bartender order completion efficiency at a privately-owned restaurant. The dependent variables included the time to serve a multiple-drink order, time to serve a single-mixed drink order, and time to serve a single bottled drink order. Results reflect a modest increase in efficiency across all three DVs during intervention. Further research is suggested with attention to employee-customer interaction, and individual responses to feedback. |
|
| |
| |
|
| International Paper Session - Training Methods and Research Internationally |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| Astoria |
| Area: TBA |
| Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Instituto de Salud Carlos III) |
| |
| ABA Student Research in Auckland, New Zealand: Examples from a Scientist Practioner Framework. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| ANGELA M. ARNOLD SARITEPE (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
| |
| Abstract: The University of Auckland, New Zealand's, BACB approved ABA training program is in it's sixth year. In this time it has graduated nine students who have either obtained Board Certification or are eligible to sit the exam. In the final year of the program students participate in supervised fieldwork in a variety of settings; schools for students with special needs, residential facilities for persons with brain injury, dementia, developmental disabilities, and conduct disorders. Students are challenged to develop new and innovative programs to meet the individual client needs and demonstrate the value of ABA. This paper will present examples of student research. |
| |
| BACB Approved Course Sequence Program by ABA Spain: A Gateway for Accreditation for the Spanish-Speaking World. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Instituto de Salud Carlos III), Tomas Jesus Carrasco-Gimenez (Universidad de Granada) |
| |
| Abstract: ABA Spain was created to offer specialized training to graduated students interested in further education on behavior analysis. The main goal of ABA Spain is to provide a high quality education on applied behavior analysis. There are very few graduate programs on behavior analysis in Spain and the ones available lack focus and provide fieldwork-training opportunities. Our recently launched program provides in class and distance learning opportunities for students in Spain and Latin American countries including Argentina, Mexico and Venezuela being a first step for the expansion of BACB credentials in Spanish-speaking countries. The latter is a major step considering there are no BCBAs in South America. The program supplies in class education but also supervised fieldwork experience through a number of associated centres throughout the country. The structure and particular features of the program will be described and discussed. |
| |
| Bridging Instructional Divides in Multi-cultural Nigerian Society: Applied Behavior Analysis. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| STELLA ADA KANU (University of Ibadan) |
| |
| Abstract: Traditional approaches to teaching practice and supervision have only succeeded in producing teachers and supervisors with poor repertoires of pedagogy and tactics relevant in promoting functional teaching practice in the education industry in Nigeria. This has consequently impacted negatively on the achievement of functional academic and social learning outcomes for both average and poor learners. As a result, many children and youths drop out of school, or finish with very low grades from both primary and secondary schools, while the majority of children and youths with disabilities are permanently shut out of functional school experiences.
Academic and social goals must be related to changes in behavior of individual learners before it can be functionally relevant to both the individual and the society. To achieve such objectives, a focus on the training of teachers on the science of pedagogy that will ensure structured curricular for teacher training and supervision fashioned along philosophy of Applied Behavior Analysis is most implicated.
The paper discusses various instructional divides in Nigeria‘s complex educational system, teaching practices that have strengthened them, and also highlights possible ways the systematic application of behavior analysis can be adapted in Nigerian context to produce teachers who are strategic scientists. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Observational Methods: Some Must-Knows and Some Ought-to-Considers |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
| PDR 3 |
| Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: Jessica M. Ray (University of Central Florida) |
| Discussant: W. Kent Anger (Oregon Health & Science University) |
| Abstract: This symposium reviews various issues attending observational coding methodology, including an overview of an expert system designed for near-errorless training of observers and a taxonomy for systematizing the complex array of alternative sampling and recording methods. Also reviewed are issues attending the use, and potential conflation, of functional vs. structural categories, numbers of categories within a common domain of reference, numbers of concurrent category domains, as well as assessment strategies for determining accuracy and agreement. In addition, the use of observation to assess and evaluate client training effectiveness in applied field settings is reported. |
| |
| Train-to-Code: An Adaptive Expert System for Errorless Training of Coding Skills. |
| JESSICA M. RAY (University of Central Florida), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc./Rollins College) |
| Abstract: Problems in training behavioral observers to high degrees of inter-individual accuracy/agreement and intra-individual stability in such measures are fundamental in descriptive research and behavioral intervention services. This paper presents design characteristics and results of formative evaluations of an artificially intelligent adaptive computerized expert system, called Train-to-Code, which shapes an individual’s observation and recording behaviors using nearly-errorless training strategies to maximize both coding accuracy and stability. Using instructor-generated videos and corresponding expert coding files for supplying prompting and feedback, Train-to-Code adaptively presents five alternative feedback-based training levels until expert-equivalent levels of interobserver accuracy and satisfactory intra-individual stability in coding accuracy occurs without prompts or feedback. |
| |
| Alternative Observational Recording Methods and Their Implications. |
| DAVID A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc./Rollins College), Jessica M. Ray (University of Central Florida) |
| Abstract: Behavior analysts prefer direct to indirect measures of behavior and prefer direct measures produced by physical transducers such as a lever. Yet, when no physical transducer can be arranged to capture an aspect of behavior under study, combined observation by two or more humans can often provide direct behavioral measures of acceptable validity and reliability, especially when recording technology is used. How observations are made and recorded, however, determines what behavioral conclusions can be drawn. Alternative observational methods will be described, along with their strengths and limitations. Implications will be drawn for operational (vs. ostensive) as well as functional (vs. structural) definitions of categories and mutually exclusive (vs. non-exclusive) and exhaustive (vs. non-exhaustive) categories. Advantages of time-tagged vs. time- grouped behavioral measures will be compared, and their implications for a sequential analysis of different types of behavior will be explored. |
| |
| Issues in Observational Training and Accuracy/Agreement Attainments. |
| ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc./Rollins College), Laura Marie Milkosky (Rollins College), Nicole Catherine Hogan (Rollins College) |
| Abstract: Observational methods for coding behavior accurately and consistently are replete with difficulties and caveats. In addition to the use of different terms for describing and references for measuring accuracy/reliability within and between different observers, different disciplinary fields within psychology also use different statistical evaluations and critical values within those measures. Also to be considered are the impacts of numbers of categories for classifying behaviors and alternative frequencies of each type of behavior within the corpus of training and research data. This paper reviews and illustrates these issues with concrete data both from the literature and from our laboratory. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| International South |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
| CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: Problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement can be difficult to treat because the reinforcer is directly produced by the response. Reinforcement based interventions, such as noncontingent and contingent reinforcement for an appropriate response, have been found effective for reducing automatically-reinforced behavior. However, often more direct interventions, such as response blocking and overcorrection, are required for obtaining successful outcomes. This symposium will include four presentations discussing research on the assessment and treatment of automatically-reinforced behavior. A variety of response topographies will be reviewed, including rumination, vomiting, echolalia, motor stereotypy, and self-restraint. |
| |
| Functional Analysis and Treatment of Chronic Rumination and Vomiting. |
| SARAH E. BLOOM (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: This study describes the assessment and treatment of four individuals who engaged in chronic rumination and/or vomiting. Results of functional analyses indicated that rumination (3 participants) was maintained by automatic reinforcement but that vomiting exhibited by the fourth participant was maintained by social-positive reinforcement (access to attention). Reinforcement-based interventions for the 3 participants who exhibited rumination were developed based on their assessment results but were ineffective. Response cost (2 participants) and overcorrection (1 participant) subsequently were effective in eliminating or greatly reducing rumination. The fourth participant’s vomiting was treated successfully with a differential reinforcement procedure. Results are discussed in terms of the progression from assessment to treatment and practical implications for the use of reinforcement and punishment. |
| |
| Functional Analysis of Echolalia and its Treatment Using Script Fading. |
| AMANDA KARSTEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
| Abstract: Many individuals with autism display echolalia, the parrot-like repetition of words or phrases spoken by another individual either in the preceding moments (i.e., immediate echolalia) or after a substantial period of time has elapsed (i.e., delayed echolalia). Although a number of hypotheses have been proposed regarding causes and correlates of immediate and delayed echolalia, a limited number of investigations have used controlled functional analysis methods (a) to systematically evaluate the function(s) of these aberrant responses or (b) to develop effective treatments. In this investigation, a functional analysis was conducted with a 15-year-old male with autism, which confirmed that his delayed echolalia (e.g., repeating scripts from TV shows) persisted independent of social contingencies and was presumably maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, appropriate social conversation was prompted using textual scripts and reinforced with descriptive praise. This intervention resulted in marked increases in appropriate communication and concomitant decreases in delayed echolalia and other vocal stereotypy's, and functional control of the treatment effects was established using a reversal design. Scripts were subsequently faded while maintaining high levels of appropriate vocalizations and low levels of echolalia and other vocal stereotypy's. These results are discussed relative to the function(s) of echolalia and its treatment via the promotion of appropriate social communication. |
| |
| A Comparison of Redirection with and without Response Interruption for Reducing Stereotypy Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
| AIMEE GILES (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Sacha T. Pence (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
| Abstract: Previous research has shown that response interruption and redirection can effectively reduce stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement. The current study evaluated the effects of a response redirection procedure implemented in isolation and in conjunction with response interruption on the stereotypic responding of two participants. Results of a functional analysis for both participants showed that their stereotypy was not maintained by social consequences. During the treatment assessment, response redirection alone and response redirection with interruption were evaluated using an alternating treatment and reversal design. Response redirection consisted of instructions to engage in motor tasks contingent on motor stereotypy, whereas the response redirection and interruption procedure also consisted of the therapist physically blocking the participant from engaging in the stereotypic response prior to implementing the redirection procedure. Results for one participant showed that both redirection and redirection plus interruption resulted in comparably low levels of motor stereotypy when compared to baseline, and results for the second participant showed lower levels of stereotypy only when response redirection was implemented in conjunction with interruption. The implications of these findings for treating behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement will be discussed. |
| |
| Analysis of a Self-Restraint Response Hierarchy. |
| DARREL MORELAND (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
| Abstract: A response hierarchy is a class of behaviors that occurs within a predictable order. Within the hierarchy, certain responses are more probable than others, and when these high-probability behaviors are prevented, other less-probable responses are likely to occur. Previous studies have demonstrated response class hierarchies with topographies of destructive behavior (e.g., screaming, aggression, self-injury). In the current study we examined the occurrence of two individuals’ self-restraint which occurred in a hierarchical manner. For both participants, self-restraint was maintained by automatic reinforcement and occurred in a predictable order. Multiple baseline and reversal designs were conducted to show that the use of response blocking to prevent highly-probable self-restraint responses led to an emergence of other, less frequent topographies of self-restraint. This study also examined the efficacy of providing non-contingent access to preferred items for reducing overall levels of self-restraint. Reliability data were collected for a minimum of 25% of sessions and averaged at least 80% for all dependent measures of self-restraint and object-interaction. These results will be discussed in terms of identifying the variables that influence the formation of response classes. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Empirical Investigations and Conceptual Analyses of Verbal Behavior Training for Children with Autism |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Continental A |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
| CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: This symposium contains presentations on verbal behavior training for children with autism. The first paper will review approaches to mand training. The second paper will present data on a chaining procedure for increasing the complexity of echoics. The third paper will compare picture exchange to manual sign in the acquisition of mands. The symposium will be concluded by a discussion. |
| |
| Using a Chaining Procedure to Increase Complexity of Echoics in Children with Autism. |
| SARAH M. NIEHOFF (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Barbara C. Aguilar (University of Nevada, Reno), Wendy Sanchez (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Wendy Jacobo (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Vocal imitation is classified as echoic behavior in Skinner’s taxonomy of verbal operants (1957). A well-established echoic repertoire can be useful for vocal language training in children with autism because it allows for frequent, low-effort use of modeling prompts. Several behavioral procedures have been empirically demonstrated to increase echoic behavior in children with autism but little research has been done on procedures for increasing complexity of existing echoic behavior. In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of a chaining procedure for increasing the complexity of echoics in four children with autism. The procedure was effective and gains maintained after treatment was terminated in most cases. |
| |
| Comparing Picture Exchange and Manual Signs for the Acquisition of Mands in Young Children with Autism. |
| MEGAN D. NOLLET (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Maria T. Stevenson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Language and communication skills are a vital part of an individual’s way of life. However, children with autism often display a delayed ability to acquire communication skills, if any are acquired at all. Skinner (1957) presented an analysis of verbal behavior and suggested that teaching each verbal operant (e.g., mands, tacts, and echoics) independently from each other is the ideal way to train language skills. Furthermore, because a mand specifies the desired reinforcer, it may be the ideal operant to focus on first during communication training. The current investigation taught participants to mand (i.e., request) for highly preferred items, using both picture icons and sign language, in an effort to determine which communication modality resulted in the quickest acquisition. Moreover, we also evaluated the modality each participant preferred to use in a natural setting when both modalities were available concurrently. |
| |
| A Comprehensive Analysis of Mand Training. |
| MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Robert Haupt (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: Given the high prevalence of speech and language disorders in children, a comprehensive analysis of how one can predict and control verbal behavior related to such delays is warranted. Thus, the intent of this article is to expand upon Skinner’s analysis of one specific form of verbal behavior, the mand, by synthesizing the current research and providing a detailed analysis (i.e., elucidating the variables) regarding the functional relations related to teaching individuals to mand. Several mand training approaches are reviewed including: single operant approaches (e.g., incidental teaching, choice making, and interrupted behavior chains) as well as facilitative operant approaches. Moreover, suggestions for effective mand training are provided along with avenues for future research. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Further Examination of the Use of Motivating Operations when Working with Persons with Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Continental B |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
| CE Instructor: Mark O'Reilly, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: In this symposium we present recent research regarding use of motivating operations when working with persons with autism and developmental disabilities. The first presentation summarizes the effects of motivating operations on the leisure activity of playing games with peers. Results show that prior access to reinforcers for challenging behavior reduced that challenging behavior during the leisure activity for three participants. The second presentation examines the effects of pre-session access to reinforcers for challenging behavior on such behavior during regular classroom activities. The third presentation summarizes the effects of prior access to reinforcers on the acquisition and generalization of mands across a variety of classroom settings. The final presentation explores methods for determining indicators of satiation with tangible items. |
| |
| An Examination of the Behavior-altering Effect of the Motivating Operation during Leisure Activities. |
| JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Texas, Austin), Russell Lang (University of Texas, Austin), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Texas, Austin) |
| Abstract: We examined the behavior-altering effect of the motivating operation on challenging behavior during leisure activities for three individuals with severe disabilities. Functional analyses indicated that challenging behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of attention or tangible items for all participants. During leisure sessions, each participant played preferred games with two individuals without disabilities. The discriminative stimuli for challenging behavior were present during leisure sessions but challenging behavior was never reinforced. Immediately prior to leisure sessions, the participants received either access to the reinforcers that maintained challenging behavior or no access. Access versus no access to reinforcers for challenging behavior prior to leisure sessions was alternated in a multielement design. Results demonstrated higher levels of challenging behavior during leisure sessions when the participants did not have access to the reinforcers prior to the sessions. Little challenging behavior occurred during leisure sessions when the participants had prior access to the reinforcers. Arguments for further examining the behavior-altering effects of the motivating operation in future applied research are presented. |
| |
| Influences of Motivational Operations on Challenging Behaviors in the Classroom. |
| MANDY J. RISPOLI (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Texas, Austin), Russell Lang (University of Texas, Austin) |
| Abstract: Antecedent interventions for challenging behavior have received attention in recent literature. This study extended the literature on antecedent interventions in applied settings by examining the influences of motivational operations on the challenging behaviors of three participants with autism spectrum disorders in their classroom. Functional analyses were conducted with each participant and demonstrated that challenging behavior was maintained by access to positive reinforcement in the form of preferred toys. In a multielement design, students participated in one of two pre-session conditions: access to preferred tangible or no access to preferred tangible. Immediately following the pre-session condition, the participant was observed during group instruction in the classroom. Data were collected on percent of intervals engaged in challenging behavior during group instruction. Results are presented and implications for the inclusion of motivating operations in applied antecedent interventions for students with autism are discussed. |
| |
| A Systematic Analysis of the Influence of Motivating Operations on the Acquisition, Maintenance and Generalization of Mands. |
| TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
| Abstract: n this three-phase study we examined the influence of motivating operations on the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of mands for three children with autism who displayed challenging behavior. In the first phase of the study the consequences maintaining challenging behavior and their associated motivating operations were isolated. In Phase 2, we taught replacement mands and systematically examined the influence of motivating operations (identified in Phase 1) on the efficiency and effectiveness of the instructional process. Finally, we probed for generalization of these new mands across persons, settings, and activities while again systematically examining the influence of motivating operations on this generalization process. The results are discussed in terms of the importance of including motivating operations during functional communication training. |
| |
| Evaluation of a Functional Assessment Methodology for Determining Behavioral Indicators of Satiation. |
| WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Russell Lang (University of Texas, Austin), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey Michael Chan (University of Texas, Austin), Tonya Nichole Davis (University of Texas, Austin) |
| Abstract: Pre-session access to a reinforcer that maintains challenging behavior has been shown to have two possible and contradictory effects; a reduction in challenging behavior (O'Reilly et al.,2007) and subsequent increase in challenging behavior (Roantree & Kennedy, 2006). This discrepancy could be explained by whether satiation on the maintaining reinforcer was reached during presession access conditions. This study demonstrates a potential methodology for determining behavioral indicators of satiation. A functional analysis (FA) indicated that a child with autism engaged in challenging behavior to obtain preferred tangibles. Interviews with parents and teachers identified topographies associated with rejection of stimuli. An alternating treatment design was used to compare the occurrence of this rejecting topography with a high versus low preferred item. Results indicated higher levels of rejecting with the low preferred item than with the highly preferred item. This rejecting behavior was considered a behavioral indicator of satiation. This assumption was tested in tangible FA conditions consisting of: (a) 5 min. pre-session access to preferred item (b) pre-session access to preferred item until occurrence of rejecting behavior and (c) no pre-session access (control). Results provide insight to previous discrepant findings and suggest this methodology may be effective in identifying behavioral indicators of satiation. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Recent Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypy |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Continental C |
| Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
| CE Instructor: John T. Rapp, Ph.D. |
| Abstract: The extent to which noncontingent access to structurally matched stimulation decreased stereotypy in children diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities was evaluated in each study. Lanovaz and Rapp evaluated the extent to which both unconditioned and conditioned motivating operations could be used to alter stereotypy. Swanson and Rapp evaluated the within-session patterns of stereotypy to determine if competing stimulation exerted differential effects at the beginning, middle, or end of each session. Smith and Rapp assessed whether conjugate-controlled vs. experimenter-controlled noncontingent preferred stimulation was more efficacious for decreasing stereotypy and also which intervention was preferred by the participants. Finally, Frewing and Rapp used a conditional percentage analysis from a free-operant preference assessment to accurately predict which stimuli would be most effective for decreasing stereotypy. The behavior changes produced in each experiment are discussed in terms of the utility of procedures for altering the value of automatically reinforced behavior. |
| |
| An Evaluation of Events that Alter the Value of Stereotypy: Some Preliminary Effects of Conditioned Motivating Operations. |
| MARC J LANOVAZ (Centre de Réadaptation Lisette-Dupras), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: The effects of unconditioned and conditioned motivating operations (CMOs) on the vocal stereotypy of three participants were evaluated in two experiments using a three-component multiple-schedule. The results from Experiment 1 showed that two participants typically displayed lower levels of stereotypy in the third component than the first component, suggesting that prior access to stereotypy functioned as an abolishing operation (AO) for later engagement in stereotypy. Based on this outcome, a stimulus was subsequently paired with the third component to determine if that stimulus could acquire properties of a CMO. After several pairings, presentation of the stimulus in the first component altered vocal stereotypy for both participants, suggesting that it functioned as a CMO. The results from Experiment 2 varied across the three participants but generally showed that preferred stimulation functioned as a temporary AO for later engagement in vocal stereotypy. The behavior changes produced in both experiments are discussed in terms of the utility of procedures for altering the value of automatically reinforced behavior. |
| |
| Changes in Stereotypy as a Function of Antecedent Stimulation and Access to Stereotypy. |
| GREGORY J. SWANSON (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: The percentage of time two participants engaged in stereotypy in the presence and absence of alternative stimulation (toys and music) was evaluated using three consecutive components. For one participant, the results showed that alternative stimulation increased stereotypy and that stereotypy typically decreased across the 3 components in the presence or absence of alternative stimulation. For the other participant, data indicated that antecedent stimulation decreased one form of stereotypy and increased another. The results are briefly discussed in terms of interactions between establishing operations and abolishing operations for stereotypy. |
| |
| The Effects of Conjugate Reinforcement versus Noncontingent Reinforcement on Levels of Stereotypy. |
| DEAN SMITH (UK Young Autism Project), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: Research has shown that conducting functional analyses can identify whether or not stereotypy is maintained by automatic reinforcement, and preference assessments can be conducted to identify reinforcers that can be used to compete with stereotypy and reduce levels of the behaviour. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) procedures that use stimuli that are matched to the stereotypy have been shown to reduce levels of stereotypy. The current study aims to compare NCR procedures with conjugate reinforcement procedures to determine whether participants’ control over levels of stimulation is more effective than response-independent procedures using a brief reversal design. In addition, this study aims to determine whether participants show a preference for the two conditions using a concurrent operants design. |
| |
| Using a Stimulus Preference Assessment to Predict the Effects of Noncontingent Access to Preferred Stimulation on Levels of Stereotypic Chin-Tapping. |
| TYLA M. FREWING (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: A mulitelement design with an extended baseline condition was used to evaluate the effects of noncontingent access to preferred stimuli on levels of stereotypical chin-tapping in a five-year-old boy. A 30-min free-operant stimulus preference assessment (FOSPA) was used to identify preferred stimuli that were correlated with either high or low conditional percentages of stereotypical chin-tapping. The results showed that the conditional percentages that were generated from the FOSPA accurately predicted the efficacy of preferred stimuli for decreasing stereotypy. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Factors Influencing the Modulation of Psychomotor Stimulants Effects on Operant Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Inspiration Studio |
| Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Matthew T Weaver (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Stimulus and procedural conditions can impact the effect a particular drug has on operant behavior. In some cases these important features of an experiment are not taken into consideration either because there is a lack of information on the topic or because of variation across laboratories in conducting experiments. The results from various areas of research that use drugs in the investigation of behavior, such as choice, timing, and tolerance, could be affected by these various procedural differences across experiments. This symposium will review four experiments that investigate how various procedural or stimulus control conditions modulate the effect of drug on behavior. Delay between drug dosing and behavioral testing, stimulus control variations, and locomotion will be the focus of three studies conducting research with d-amphetamine. A fourth study investigates how the capacity to eat effects the development of tolerance with cocaine. |
| |
| Modulation of d-Amphetamine’s Effects on Behavior Based on Delay of Administration. |
| KATHRYN A. SAULSGIVER (University of Florida), Erin A. McClure (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: The time between drug administration and behavioral testing can have a large impact on the effect of drug. Varying delays between administration and testing can be imposed directly (a set delay between injection and testing) or indirectly (allowing session time to vary or examining behavior over an extended period of time). In order to investigate how these delays influence results we measured the acute effects of d-amphetamine on a concurrent peak interval (PI) random ratio (RR) schedule was examined across several directly programmed delays (0, 30, 60, and 90 minutes). Sessions were terminated after a minimum of 50 PI trials and 40 minutes or a maximum of 60 minutes, which ever came first, in order to hold the behavioral testing interval constant. The effect of d-amphetamine varied across each delay. When there was no delay behavior under the PI schedule was more affected than behavior under the RR schedule. When the delay was extended to 90 minutes responding under the RR schedule was suppressed at the highest doses for most subjects while responding under the PI schedule was less effected. The behavioral effect at each delay for all subjects will be discussed. |
| |
| Evaluation of IRT > t Performance Following the Recovery from Amphetamine-Induced Focused Stereotypy. |
| JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Acute 5.0 mg/kg d-amphetamine induces a reliable sequence of behavioral effects. For the first two hours after administration, rats display stereotypy. When the stereotypy subsides, rats are hyperactive. The period of hyperactivity has some interesting behavioral consequences that have received little experimental attention. The present experiment sought to examine the impact of the hyperactivity phase on operant behavior. Three groups of rats were trained to respond on one of three interrresponse time (IRT) > t schedules (8-, 24-, or 72-s) prior to tests with amphetamine. For the first two hours after amphetamine, rats displayed focused stereotypy, and operant behavior was suppressed. Once the stereotypies subsided, operant responding recovered, but there were differences across groups. Performance of animals trained on the DRL 8-s recovered to baseline levels of performance. Animals trained on the DRL 72-s schedule, on the other hand, revealed the emission of many more short inter-response times (IRT’s). Previous research has offered varied interpretations for disrupted DRL performance, such as increased impulsivity or errors in timing. The different interpretations will be discussed. Additionally, we put forth the idea that the hyperactivity following focused stereotypy may be a previously unexplored test bed for antipsychotic action. Supported by MH042429. |
| |
| Effects of d-Amphetamine on Delay Discounting: Role of Delay Signals. |
| CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
| Abstract: In laboratory “self-control” procedures, individuals choose between a smaller, more immediate reinforcer and a larger, more delayed reinforcer. As the delay to the larger reinforcer increases, choices for that reinforcer decrease. Delay-discounting functions can be obtained within individual sessions. In such procedures, stimulants, such as amphetamines, have been shown to increase choices of the larger, more delayed reinforcer (increase “self-control”). It has been shown that this effect can be modulated by the stimulus conditions present during the delay. In this presentation, I will review some of the data on the effects of amphetamine under self-control procedures and will describe some of our work investigating the potential role of delay signals in drug-induced shifts in the delay-discounting functions. |
| |
| Capacity and Initial Sensitivity to Cocaine. |
| MATTHEW T WEAVER (University of Florida), Jonathan E. Friedel (University of North Texas), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: It is assumed that multiple factors affect an animal’s sensitivity to cocaine. The current discussion focuses on the value of measuring an animal’s capacity to eat as a predictor of between-subject variability in the sensitivity to cocaine’s effects. First the capacity of eight White Carneaux pigeons was determined. Capacity assessments were conducted once a week for eight consecutive weeks. Assessment sessions entailed the animal having free access to 200 g of mixed grains. The weight difference in the grain following the 65 minute session served as the measure of capacity. Following the capacity assessment, seven of the eight subjects were trained to peck a key for 3-s access to mixed grain under a fixed-ratio 20 schedule. Once a stable baseline was established the effects of cocaine on responding were determined. This included doses of cocaine ranging from 1.0 to 13.0 mg/kg. Following dose-effect determinations the results were correlated with the capacity measures. The results revealed a weak correlation between capacity and the initial effects of cocaine. To conclude, it would be dubious to advise the use of capacity alone as a predictor of cocaine sensitivity, however, it may be one of a number of factors contributing to between subject variability. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Human Objectification, Part II: Applying ACT for Stigma |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Boulevard C |
| Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Lindsay B. Fletcher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Human objectification, or stigma, is a universal process that occurs when we categorize people based on a particular attribute, whether it is weight, a personality disorder, or a substance abuse problem. The results of acting on stigmatizing thoughts range from abusing oneself to large-scale acts of violence. Stigma can be addressed at the level of the individual, when a person buys into the label that has been placed on them, or at the interpersonal level, for example, when staff are faced with their own stigmatizing thoughts towards clients. This symposium will begin with a review of published studies on how ACT has been applied for stigma, and will then discuss three recent studies that examined how ACT can impact stigma in different populations. |
| |
| Review of the Research on ACT and Stigma. |
| LINDSAY B. FLETCHER (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Stigma and prejudice are usually considered to be outside the scope of psychological science. However, the process of stigma begins with the individual and can be understood using ACT theory. Furthermore, healthy individuals may begin with healthier communities. With this in mind, ACT has been used successfully to target stigma. This talk will review the completed research in this area, including studies targeting stigma towards people with mental illness and racial prejudice among undergraduates. |
| |
| Examining the Relationship between Obesity-Related Stigma, Quality of Life, Psychological Distress, and Avoidant Coping. |
| JASON LILLIS (VA Palo Alto Healthcare System), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Obesity-related stigma is both pervasive and debilitating. This study presents selected results from a medium-sized (n = 84), randomized controlled trial for the treatment of obesity-related stigma and weight control. A measure of obesity-related stigma will be introduced and evaluated. Exploratory analyses showing a relationship between stigma, quality of life, and psychological distress will be presented and discussed. Changes in all three variables were mediated by decreases in avoidant coping. A conceptual discussion of the relationships of these constructs will conclude this talk. |
| |
| An RCT Comparison of ACT and Psycho-educational Training for Staff Working with Personality Disordered Clients. |
| SUSAN ELIZABETH CLARKE (Dorset HealthCare NHS Foundation Trust, Bournemouth University), Georgina Fradgley (University of Southampton), Bob Remington (University of Southampton) |
| Abstract: People with personality disorder (PD) often engage in various forms of addictive behaviour and self-harm, including suicide. Front-line staff working with such challenges frequently have little specialised psychological knowledge and are consequently unable to understand their clients’ problems or build effective relationships. PD clients in turn report being stigmatised by staff as manipulative and attention seeking. We describe a randomised control comparison of two training packages designed to help such staff develop a more informed and empathic understanding of clients’ difficulties and manage their own stigmatising judgements. Participants were randomly allocated to either Acceptance and Commitment Training or Psycho-educational Training, which drew heavily on the understandings and principles of Dialectical Behavior Therapy. Participants (N=99) completed a series of assessments before and after training, and at 3-month follow up. Preliminary results show positive changes in attitude, believability of stigmatizing thoughts, social distancing and helping alliance in both groups. These data provide support for the effectiveness of ACT, compared to a more established and conventional training for front-line staff working with PD clients. follow up data are currently being collected and will be available for the conference. |
| |
| ACT for Self-Stigma with Substance Use Disorder. |
| BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Jason Brian Luoma (University of Nevada, Reno), Lindsay B. Fletcher (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| Abstract: Individuals with substance use problems often bear the multiple burdens of the deleterious effects of their substance abuse both enacted and self-stigma. In this paper, we will discuss NIH funded research focused on developing an ACT treatment protocol for self-stigma in people with substance use disorder. We will describe both the treatment itself, and will review outcome data demonstrating the impact of ACT focused on stigma in this population. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Evidence Based Practice Reviews: Clinical Psychology |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Boulevard B |
| Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Mike P. Twohig (Utah State University) |
| ANDREW BUSCH (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| CLINT FIELD (Utah State University) |
| JASON BRIAN LUOMA (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| DOUGLAS W. WOODS (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| Abstract: Behavior therapy has played a major role in the development of empirically supported interventions for clinical psychology. In fact, the majority of clinical interventions that are considered empirically supported have come out of the behavioral tradition. Currently, procedures exist that help determine whether a treatment package is considered empirically supported. This is a fantastic advance in helping determine effective treatments, but it does not capture all aspects of clinical interventions that are considered important for good clinical outcomes. Just as behavior therapy played a major role in the development of empirically supported treatments, we can continue to play a role in the refining of the evaluation process. This panel will discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the current system, discuss alternative possibilities for evaluation of treatments, look at therapeutic practices that are known to be important in clinical psychology such as the therapeutic relationship, and discuss best practices for dissemination of these interventions. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Experimental Analysis of Human Social Behavior: Symposium in Honor of David R. Schmitt |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| El |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: David R. Schmitt has been a pioneer in the experimental analysis of human social behavior, particularly in the areas of cooperation and competition. In 2007, Dr. Schmitt was given a Distinguished Career Award by the EAHB-SIG, but unfortunately could not attend ABA. In this symposium researchers will present a variety of studies on cooperation, competition, and sharing, to showcase current research on human social behavior and to honor Dr. Schmitt’s contributions to the field. |
| |
| The Bargaining Problem: A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Reinforcer Allocation in Human Exchanges. |
| RALPH SPIGA (Temple University), Steven R. Hursh (Institute of Behavior Resources & John Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
| Abstract: How do individuals distribute the surplus reinforcers produced by cooperative responses? This is the bargaining problem. Individual members of 3 dyads completed Fixed Ratio (FR) schedules to earn money. The magnitude of the FR requirement was varied systematically. An exponential demand curve with the magnitude of the FR schedules as price and earnings as consumption was fit to each individual’s data. During the second experimental phase, the FR schedules for one
participant were interlocked with the FR of the second dyad member. In this interlocking arrangement individuals could increase or decrease FR magnitude. When one participant decreased the magnitude of the FR
requirement, the magnitude increased for the paired participant. Individuals were not informed of the other’s FR magnitude and the process continued until both individuals agreed to the FR combination. The FR requirement combination agreed to by the participants converged to the price point at which the individual demand curves intersected. The PA Department of Health supported this research. |
| |
| Social Responses During a Modified Prisoner’s Dilemma: Effects of Nicotine Withdrawal. |
| DEBORAH ANNE HAAS (Headsprout, Inc.), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Evan Roberts (Temple University) |
| Abstract: This experiment examined the effects of abstinence, 0 mg, 2 mg, 4 mg nicotine gum, and ad lib smoking on choices during a modified Prisoner’s dilemma procedure. Each member of an interacting dyad could cooperate, compete, punish, reward, or withdraw from the interaction. Choices determined monetary payoffs. Nicotine dependent smokers were recruited and paired. During sessions 3 to 8 both members of the dyad were abstinent, smoked, or received a nicotine gum dose. During sessions 9 to 13, one randomly selected member of the pair was abstinent, smoked ad lib, or received a nicotine gum dose while the other member smoked ad lib on all 5 occasions. The mean number of cooperative and reward choices following 4 mg nicotine and ad lib smoking was greater than during abstinence, 0 or 2 mg nicotine gum. The mean number of competitive, punitive, and withdrawal choices was greater following abstinence, 0, or 2 mg nicotine gum, respectively, than after ad lib smoking or 4 mg nicotine
gum. Abstinent smokers were less likely to follow a tit-for-tat strategy. This was replicated with THC. NIDA supported this research. |
| |
| Functional Dimensions of Social Behavior: The Cases of Partial Altruism (Cooperation) and Competition. |
| NORA RANGEL (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
| Abstract: Three general dimensions of analysis of any social interaction are proposed. These dimensions are linked to power relations, exchange relations and sanction relations. From this point of view, it is proposed a
methodological preparation that allows to evaluate social interactions in a task, whose solution has an intrinsic value. This preparation allows for a distinction between individual and social responses in a free choice situation, under contingencies of competition, total altruism, and partial altruism (cooperation). Using this procedure, participants showed a preference for an individual contingency, although responding to the social contingency generated greater earnings for them. It also was observed the fundamental role of the verbal agreements between the participants in the preference for social responses. |
| |
| The Sharing Game: Social Factors. |
| ARTHUR KENNELLY (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego) |
| Abstract: Economic games involving allocation of resources have been a useful tool for the study of decision-making for both psychologists and economists. In the Sharing Game, students distributed resources between themselves and an unseen, passive other by choosing between two allocation options, one that gave the allocator more and the other participant still more (the "optimal" choice) and one which gave the allocator less and the other participant still less (the "competitive" choice). Across multiple repeated-trials experiments, context played an influential role on allocators' choice behavior: students acted more optimally when distributing real versus hypothetical money, and displayed greater competitive behavior when terms such as "game" and "player" were used during the session. In both between- and within-subjects Sharing Games, men allocated optimally more often than women, and a gender/incentive interaction was observed in which men behaved more optimally than women when playing for real versus hypothetical money. Surprisingly, being told that the putative other participant was male, female, or even a computer did not affect students' choices. Within-subjects results suggest that individuals do not exhibit stable preference patterns that reflect personality and / or experience. |
|
| |
| |
|
| The Structure of Behavior in the Domestic Dog |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Chicago & Alton |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| Chair: Monique A. R. Udell (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Domestic dogs, Canis familiaris, are an ever-present part of our society. However, until recently there has been relatively little scientific literature on the behavior of the species. Given the large population of dogs that coexist with humans and the vital working roles dogs serve in our community, a better understanding of canine behavior is necessary. Current empirical research on the behavior of the domestic dog will be discussed. |
| |
| The Use of Human Given Cues by Canids: Factors that Predict Success or Failure on an Object Choice Paradigm. |
| MONIQUE A. R. UDELL (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: Domestic dogs have been shown to perform above chance on object choice tasks involving human given cues. However past methodology has made it difficult to distinguish between behavior established in the home and learning that occurs during testing. By reducing the number of trials and looking at trial by trial performance we were able to identify several performance patterns that individual dogs display in response to specific stimuli. Our data shows that pet dogs utilize specific human cues, but not topographically similar non-human cues in an object choice paradigm. The size of the human given cue is also important. Pet dogs are typically tested in their owner’s homes without regard to rearing environment or individual history. The importance of rearing environment, testing environment, and the presence of key stimulus properties in predicting individual performance on tasks requiring the use of human cues is discussed. |
| |
| Who’s your master? Imitation and Social Learning in Dogs (Canis familiaris)? |
| NICOLE R. DOREY (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
| Abstract: According to Miklosi, Topali & Csanyi (2004), studies of dog cognitive behaviors have more than doubled between 1991 and 2001. Very few studies, however, have looked at social learning in dogs, and none have successful applied the two-action method. This method best controls for other social learning processes such as stimulus enhancement. We investigated whether a dog would manipulate an object (door) to obtain reinforcement after having observed a demonstrator do so. Some observers saw a trained conspecific use either its paw or snout to open the door; others saw the door opened by a human (their owner) using either her arm or nose. The dog observers saw the door opened five times before being allowed to attempt it themselves. Preliminary results indicate that dogs do not imitate either type of demonstrator. However, a human demonstrator, but not a conspecific, induces social learning. |
| |
| Can Domestic Dogs Locate a Disappearing Object After Altering their Orientation? |
| SYLVAIN FISET (Université de Moncton in Edmundston) |
| Abstract: The objective of the present study was to determine whether domestic dogs can relocate a disappearing object after a 180 degrees self-produced movement around an array of potential hiding locations. Two opaque containers were placed at each end of a board facing the dog and an attractive object was hidden inside one of the two containers. Then, the dog was guided along a semi-circular path to the opposite side of the apparatus where he was released. In Experiment 1, the dogs could see the target hiding location as they walked around it and all dogs (N = 15) solved the problem without difficulty. In Experiment 2, the dogs were still guided along the semi-circular path but a barrier prevented visual tracking of the target hiding location during the dogs’ movement. Results showed that the dogs, as a group (N = 13), performed above chance but individual data revealed that some dogs failed to locate the hidden object. The present results are discussed in a comparative perspective and various factors are examined to determine why some dogs failed the task. |
| |
| Toys as a “Natural” Stimulus Class in the Domestic Dog. |
| ERICA FEUERBACHER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Studies of animals suggest they respond differentially to positive and negative instances of human beings. For example, pigeon behavior came under the control of “humanness” so quickly that the researchers suggested that they did not teach the pigeons this concept, but rather the pigeons had already formed this stimulus class and their procedures merely tested for a “natural” concept (Herrnstein & Loveland, 1964). Domestic dogs, especially those that reside in home settings, have extensive exposure to a variety of stimuli that can potentially constitute other “natural” stimulus classes or concepts. One diverse group of stimuli that dogs come into regular contact with are toys. To test for such class formation, the experimenter placed toy and non-toy objects on the floor and cued the dog to retrieve the object. The results showed that the dog only retrieved toy objects. We further tested the class by training a new response to one member of the class and later expanded the class by providing experiences similar to the ones with the toy class (e.g., chase them, tug on them, or chew on them). The results are discussed in terms of procedures to build stimulus classes. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Selection by Consequences: A Computational Theory of Behavior Dynamics |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Barbershop |
| Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: Jack J. McDowell (Emory University) |
| Abstract: A computational theory of selection by consequences that implements Darwinian principles of selection, reproduction, and mutation with respect to a population of potential behaviors yields equilibrium behavior in single and concurrent schedules that is consistent with matching theory. In addition to its relevance for behavior analysis, this theory may be of interest to researchers in artificial intelligence who seek to produce adaptive behavior in virtual and mechanical agents (McDowell). The fine structure of behavior generated by the theory is similar to the fine structure of behavior generated by live organisms on similar schedules. This is evident from inspection of cumulative records, and from studies of interresponse time distributions in the form of log survivor plots (Kulubekova). A competing computational theory, proposed by Catania, does not fare as well as the evolutionary theory in describing steady-state behavior, although it produces some behavior with fine structure similar to that produced by live organisms (Berg). Detailed analyses show that the evolutionary theory in fact produces steady-state behavior that is consistent with the modern theory of matching, which has been proposed to replace the classic version of matching theory. Steady state behavior produced by the evolutionary theory shows systematic deviations from classic matching theory, but not from the modern theory (Caron). |
| |
| The Evolutionary Dynamics of Selection by Consequences: Theory and Data. |
| JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
| Abstract: A computational theory of selection by consequences that implements Darwinian principles of selection, reproduction, and mutation with respect to a population of potential behaviors yields equilibrium behavior in single and concurrent schedules that is consistent with matching theory. In addition to its relevance for behavior analysis, this theory may be of interest to researchers in artificial intelligence who seek to produce adaptive behavior in virtual and mechanical agents. |
| |
| Fine Structure of Behavior Produced by the Evolutionary Theory. |
| SAULE KULUBEKOVA (Emory University) |
| Abstract: The cumulative records for random interval and random ratio schedules of reinforcement suggest that the fine structure of behavior generated by the computational model is similar to the fine structure of behavior generated by live organisms on similar schedules. The behavior of the computational model on RR schedules of reinforcement appears to be consistent with characteristics of VR (RR) responding in live organisms, such as the decreasing form of the response rate versus mean ratio function, ratio strain, and a boundary mean ratio beyond which responding ceases. Log survivor plots for the computational model did not show a sharp change in slope indicative of the “two limb” pattern of response bouts and pauses. Instead, the transition was gradual. Increasing the reinforcement rate increased the slope of the right-hand limb in log survivor plots, implying an increase in bout-initiation rate. These findings suggest that the fine structure of behavior generated by the theory is similar to the fine structure of behavior generated by live organisms. |
| |
| Comparison of the Evolutionary Theory to Catania’s Computational Model Based on the Operant Reserve. |
| JOHN PEDER BERG (Emory University) |
| Abstract: Skinner proposed a dynamic theory of behavior that conceptualized the function of reinforcement as setting up potential future responses. The total number of potential responses was the “reserve.” Responses emitted without reinforcement drew down the reserve while those with reinforcement increased the reserve. Catania implemented Skinner’s theory of the “operant reserve” in a computational model where the total reserve size was fixed but had an internal, variable level. The probability of response at each computational moment was proportional to the reserve level. All responses depleted the reserve. Behaviors immediately previous to a reinforcement event contributed to the reserve in decreasing amounts as determined by a reciprocal decay function. Catania qualitatively demonstrated correspondence between the operant reserve computational model and established molecular and molar behavioral phenomenon. The present study replicated the operant reserve computational model and quantitatively tested the equilibrium results for correspondence with the classic and modern theories of matching. Although some fine structure behavior was qualitatively similar to live organisms, the operant reserve model did not produce behavior consistent with matching theory. These results suggest that the operant reserve does not provide a plausible account of dynamic behavioral processes. |
| |
| Relationship of the Evolutionary Dynamics to the Classic and Modern Theories of Matching. |
| MARCIA LYNN CARON (Emory University) |
| Abstract: A computational theory of selection by consequences that implements Darwinian principles of selection, reproduction, and mutation with respect to a population of potential behaviors, yields equilibrium behavior in single and concurrent schedules that is consistent with matching theory. However, detailed analyses show that the evolutionary theory in fact produces steady-state behavior that is consistent with the modern, rather than the classic, theory of matching. The modern theory has been proposed to replace the classic version of the theory (as defined by Herrnstein’s original hyperbola) by allowing for bias and undermatching in separate bias and exponent parameters, respectively. Steady state behavior produced by the evolutionary theory shows systematic deviations (i.e., non-random residual profiles) from the classic theory of matching, but not from the modern theory. In addition, bias parameters obtained from fits to computational data vary with properties of the model believed to be related to the magnitude of reinforcement (i.e., the mean of the parental fitness function). Finally, undermatching appears to be an emergent property of the evolutionary theory, inasmuch as estimated exponents of about 0.8 are obtained from fits to the computational data, a value that is comparable to exponents obtained from live organisms. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Studies in Behavioral Safety |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| Joliet |
| Area: OBM |
| Chair: Kristen Rost (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| |
| The Effects of Social Modeling on Safety Behavior. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University), Ariel Grosshuesch (Western Michigan University), Sara Schmidt (Portland State University), Mary Gray (Portland State University) |
| |
| Abstract: The current experiment asked whether social modeling would increase the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) during a simulated work task. Participants (N=56) were recruited to complete a “luggage screening study” where they worked in isolation at a computerized vigilance task for 40 minutes. White noise played in the background at 70 decibels and participants had access to bright yellow over-the-ear sound mufflers. Prior to beginning the computerized task, participants watched a training video where a researcher and three confederate participants demonstrated the task. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four video conditions with different levels of social modeling of PPE use (0, 1, 2, and 3 confederate participants wearing PPE). Each participant was observed unobtrusively through a lab window with partially closed blinds at five time intervals. The percentage of individuals with one or more intervals of PPE use was 21%, 14%, 43%, and 71% across groups exposed to 0, 1, 2, and 3 social models, respectively [X2(3, N=56) = 11.8, p = .01]. The results suggest that social modeling may be an important determinant of initial PPE use in work environments. |
| |
| The Long-Term Effects of Behavioral Safety in a Petroleum Refinery. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| KRISTEN ROST (Queens College and The Graduate Center, CUNY), Wanda Myers (Quality Safety Edge), Terry E. McSween (Quality Safety Edge), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
| |
| Abstract: This paper describes the implementation of the Values-Based Safety Process (VBSP) in a petroleum oil refinery of a major petroleum company in the United States. The components of the behavioral safety consultation are described in detail. Safety-related data that span from 1987 to 2007 are presented to show the long-term effects of the implementation on recordable incident rates, lost-workday case rates, and direct costs of injuries. The implementation was correlated with decreases in recordable injuries, lost workday cases, and workers' compensation costs. An interview with the Vice President of the refinery is presented to highlight the impact the implementation has had on the organization's safety culture. |
| |
| Self-Solicited Feedback: Effects of Hourly Pay and Individual Monetary Incentive Pay. |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| JULIE M. SLOWIAK (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
| |
| Abstract: Giving employees frequent performance feedback is the most common intervention used by managers to improve employee performance. With the advent of electronic monitoring and tracking systems, it has become possible for employees to self-solicit their own performance feedback. Findings from early studies warrant further investigation to determine the conditions under which workers will self-solicit feedback. Additionally, because feedback is typically combined with other performance improvement techniques such as monetary incentives, research is needed to determine the effects of different types of pay on the self-solicitation of feedback. The primary objectives of this study were to determine: (1) whether workers self-solicit feedback more when they are paid monetary incentives than when they are paid hourly wages (2) whether the self-solicited feedback improves performance, and (3) whether the self-solicitation of feedback is influenced by the extent to which individuals are competitive with themselves and/or others. College students, assigned to either an hourly pay condition or a monetary incentive pay condition, performed a computerized data entry task modeled after the job of a proof operator at the bank. During experimental sessions, participants were able to “click” on a button to obtain feedback about their performance whenever they liked. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| The Role of the Listener in the Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
| International North |
| Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory |
| Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
| CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
| Panelists: MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University), HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: Listening is action, as one can plainly see when someone abruptly turns off the stereo in the middle of a stirring passage of music. We sing along to music, and we speak along with speakers, but the dimensions of this behavior are obscure, and the role it plays in the complex effects verbal behavior has on the listener is unknown. A common misunderstanding about Skinner's(1957) analysis of verbal behavior is that he neglects the behavior of the listener. It is true that he shifts the primary focus of the analysis to the speaker. However, the listener still plays a critical role in a behavioral analysis of language. For example, in reacting to autoclitics, if autoclitic relations are to be operative, the listener's discriminations must coordinate with those of the speaker. This panel will explore the range of potential listener behavior and discuss the extent to which interpretations of complex behavior require an understanding of it, and whether the domain is experimentally too intractable to bring into order. |
| MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates) |
Dr. Mark L. Sundberg received his doctorate degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University (1980). He is the founder and past editor of the journal The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and co-author of the books Teaching Language to Children with Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities, The ABLLS, and A Collection of Reprints on Verbal Behavior. He has published over 40 professional papers, given over 400 conference presentations and workshops, and taught 80 college courses on behavior analysis, verbal behavior, sign language, and child development. He is a past-president of the Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis, and a past-chair of ABA’s Publication Board. Dr. Sundberg has received numerous awards, including the 2001 “Distinguished Psychology Department Alumnus Award” from Western Michigan University. |
| DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Dr. David C. Palmer held a bachelor’s degrees in geology and English, while devoting his post-graduate years to avoiding the draft when he chanced to pick up a copy of Walden Two from a friend’s bookshelf. He read the rest of the Skinner canon and spent the next decade trying to start an experimental community and preaching radical behaviorism to anyone who would listen. Eventually he entered graduate school under the guidance of John Donahoe. He was happy in grad school and would be there still if the University of Massachusetts had not threatened to change the locks. He has spent the last 18 years as the token behaviorist at Smith College. During that time he co-authored, with Donahoe, Learning and Complex Behavior. He continues to puzzle over the interpretation of memory, problem-solving, and, particularly, verbal behavior. He still thinks Skinner was right about nearly everything. |
| PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University) |
Dr. Philip N. Hineline received a BA from Hamilton College and a Ph.D. from Harvard University and spent three years at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research before moving to Temple University, where he is now a Professor. While developing the “interteach format” for use in classroom teaching, he has maintained a laboratory-based teaching environment, where much of the mentoring occurs between graduate and undergraduate students. He has served as Associate Editor, as Editor, and as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has been President of ABA International, as well as of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, the Eastern Psychological Association, and the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has received several awards for excellence in teaching, research, and service to the field, the most recent being the Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award, from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. His conceptual writing has addressed the characteristics of explanatory language and the controversies that have confronted behavior analysis. His basic research has focused upon temporal extension in behavioral/psychological processes, with recent applied work evaluating behavioral interventions and addressing skill acquisition for persons who implement those interventions. |
| HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Dr. Hank Schlinger received his Ph.D. in Psychology from Western Michigan University where he also completed a post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology. He was a professor of psychology at Western New England College in Massachusetts before moving to Los Angeles in 1999. He is now Assistant Professor of Psychology and Coordinator of the M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has authored (or co-authored) three books Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998) and more than forty scientific articles. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Tutorial: Licensure for Behavior Analysts: Has the Time Arrived? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
| BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
| Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
| Presenting Authors: : MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
| Abstract: This tutorial will focus on the comments made in the preceding panel discussion on the topic of licensure of behavior analysts by Joseph Cautilli, Ph.D., BCBA. In his presentation, Dr. Cautilli presented a comparison analysis of the professionalism of Behavior Analysis and other professions, with regard to licensure and their histories. This tutorial will present some parallel histories of development with other professions including psychology, social work, speech, and the NBCC (certification for counselors). The issue of licensure for behavior analysts is indeed a controversial one with myriad guild, professional and legal ramifications and considerations. Given the now 50 year history of Behavior Analysis flagship journal, JEBA, and 40 years if JABA, as well as the creation of the BACB in 2000, now the standard for behavior analyst practitioners in the United States and other countries, has the time come for licensure? The reasons for licensure and what makes it different from certification will be presented. Ethical and legal ramifications (protecting the public), as well as third party payment, are among the main distinctions, and reasons for pursuing licensure. |
| |
| MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
Dr. Michael Weinberg is editor and a co-founder of the Behavior Analyst Today, and Behavior Analyst Online journals, and founder and president of Orlando Behavior Health Services, L.L.C., a BACB approved CE provider. He received his Ph.D. in 1985 in the experimental analysis of behavior program at Temple University, and B.A. in psychology in 1977 with an ABA focus at the E.K. Shriver Center and Northeastern University. Dr. Weinberg is a licensed psychologist in three states, and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, with over 30 years of experience in the field, providing treatment to children and adults with developmental disabilities, autism, emotional and behavioral disorders, and other disorders. He has been on the part-time faculty of Temple University, Psychology Department, adjunct at Rutgers University, and Penn State University. He was also a BACB approved independent instructor of certification courses in Florida. Dr. Weinberg has published articles and book chapters in behavior analysis in the areas of juvenile justice, functional analysis, and reactive attachment disorder. He conducts workshops and training on OBM, behavioral counseling approaches, and other areas. A Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and collaborated in the development of an accreditation process for programs providing ABA services. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional Development Series: How to Obtain Grant Funding |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
| 4A |
| Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
| Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno) |
| JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida) |
| WILLIAM V. DUBE (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
| KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
| Abstract: There are a variety of funding options available for students. Presenters will discuss how to search for funding sources, how to write a successful grant proposal, and how to manage funding. Presenters will give recommendations and advice drawn from their experience for being successful in the grant writing process. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Presidential Address: Why Be a Behavior Analyst? |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
| Grand Ballroom |
| Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout) |
| |
| Presidential Address: Why Be a Behavior Analyst? |
| Abstract: In her 2007 Presidential Address, Janet Twyman urged us to think objectively about the status and health of behavior analysis as a science. For me, the most profound and important question she posed was this: “Why be a behavior analyst today and not something else?” Although in some respects our field has changed dramatically in recent decades, I believe the answer to this question has not. Consider that today’s behavior analyst has access to conceptual tools, behavior change strategies, and measurement and evaluation tactics that are more powerful and sophisticated than ever before. As a result, behavior analysis has a greater capacity than ever before to help make the world a better place. Several examples of how behavior analysis is contributing to the betterment of humankind will be presented to illustrate this potential. In sizing up the contributions of contemporary behavior analysis, current and potential, it is easy to overlook the fact that the behavior analyst’s toolkit, while quite different on the surface than that of several decades ago, is derived from fundamental principles and techniques that have long been part of our field’s heritage. All behavior analysts, whether they work in the conceptual, basic, or applied branches of the science, share a common empirical and philosophical ancestry. One way to understand and communicate this heritage is to examine some of the wisdom about the study and practice of behavior analysis from our field’s founders and pioneering researchers. These axioms will be well known to this organization’s veteran members (though it won’t hurt any of us to review them). Such a review takes on special urgency in a growing organization with one half of its members having entered the field in the last decade. Some of ABAI’s younger members—those whose work will determine the future directions, vitality, and usefulness of behavior analysis—may have had limited exposure to these timeless lessons about science, behavior, and the science of behavior. The process of examining some of the contributions of contemporary behavior analysis alongside the wisdom of those who made such advancements possible answers the question, “Why be a behavior analyst?” |
| |
| WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
| |
Dr. William L. Heward is Professor Emeritus of Education at The Ohio State University (OSU) where he taught for 30 years. Internationally recognized for his work in applied behavior analysis and special education, Dr. Heward has served as a Visiting Professor of Psychology at Keio University in Tokyo and as a Senior Fulbright Scholar in Portugal. His publications include more than 100 journal articles and book chapters and nine books, including the widely used texts, Applied Behavior Analysis (co-authored with John O. Cooper and Timothy E. Heron) and Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special Education, which is in its eighth edition and has been translated into several foreign languages. In 1985, he received OSU’s highest honor for teaching excellence: the Alumni Association’s Distinguished Teaching Award. A Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Dr. Heward received the 2006 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. Dr. Heward’s current research interests include “low-tech” methods for increasing the effectiveness of group instruction and adaptations of curriculum and instruction that promote the generalization and maintenance of newly learned knowledge and skills. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| #472 International Poster Session (AUT) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 1. Using Video Simulation of Social Situation to Help Social Happiness for Children with ASD. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JEONGIL KIM (Daegu Cyber University, South Korea), Yunhee Shin (Daegu University, South Korea), Mihyang Choi (Daegu University, South Korea), Eun-Jung Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Jung Hee Park (Daegu University, South Korea), Kyung Hee Kang (Daegu University, South Korea), Min Kyoung Cho (Daegu University, South Korea), Won Ok Gu (Daegu University, South Korea) |
| Abstract: The present study examined the effect of utilizing a video simulation of social situation to help children with autism spectrum disorders to have social happiness. Five boys with autism, in the range of 6–7 years old, who were reported as showing qualitative deficits in socialization and social skill deficits. Using a mixed experimental design of a multiple baseline design and an alternative-treatments design, each subject's social contexts and detailed situations were simulated and modeled on a video for the subject. The study had outcomes that the intervention improved appropriate social skills and social adaptiveness with all the subjects. Also, the intervention was a cost-effective and time-saving tool compared with other interventions for children with autism. |
| |
|
| 2. Step-Wise Parent Training to Generalize Feeding Treatment Gains to Caregivers. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), John Galle (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Parent training is an important component in pediatric feeding programs. Given the implications of inadequate parent training, research concentrating on the stimulus generalization of behaviors learned with therapists to environments including parents is warranted. Parent training using the written protocol, verbal instruction, modeling by therapist, rehearsal and post-session feedback has shown to produce high levels of treatment integrity (Mueller, et al., 2003). The purpose of the current study was to generalize feeding behaviors learned with a clinical team to the client’s parent. The child’s feeding protocol was broken down into stepped components which designated parent and therapist feeding responsibilities. As the parent reached mastery criterion for each step, her required responsibilities in the feeding treatment increased as therapists’ responsibilities decreased. Results indicate that although the parents delivered prompts and consequences consistent with the training protocol, the client’s behavior established with the therapists did not immediately generalize with the parents. Inter-observer agreement was collected during this evaluation. |
| |
|
| 3. A Further Comparison of Contingent versus Non-contingent Reinforcement Delivery. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| PAUL A. NIESEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: Schedules of reinforcement delivery are crucial towards the success of function-based interventions. Contingent delivery (e.g., FCT) and non-contingent delivery (e.g., NCR) are commonly employed schedules in applied settings. A primary difference between the two schedules is control over reinforcement delivery. Some research has demonstrated that control is not critical (Kahng et al., 1997), while other research has shown that control is preferred (Hanley et al., 1997). In the current study, contingent delivery of reinforcement within a comprehensive communication-based intervention was compared to a yoked non-contingent schedule with a 12-year-old male diagnosed with autism. During the initial phase of the analysis, the time of presentation and specific item presented in the non-contingent condition was yoked to the item requested and the time of the request in the preceding contingent delivery condition. In the contingent delivery condition, the participant used a communication system (i.e., Print & Communicate) to request both edible items and leisure activities. High rates of problem behavior were observed in the non-contingent delivery condition when compared to the contingent delivery condition, suggesting control over reinforcer delivery was important for this individual. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 33% of sessions and averaged above 80% for all responses. |
| |
|
| 4. Increasing Acceptance Using Differential Reinforcement Across Multiple Foods. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOHN GALLE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Feeding disorders, characterized by inadequate food or liquid consumption and extreme selectivity, are seen in a significant proportion of children with developmental disabilities (Munk 1994). Differential reinforcement and escape extinction are two common interventions that have been proven to be effective in increasing food acceptance (Coe et al, 1997, Patel et al., 2002, Piazza et al., 2003). In the current investigation, a treatment package of differential reinforcement and escape extinction was implemented in a multiple baseline design across foods to increase acceptance in a child with a pediatric feeding disorder. Results indicate that the treatment package was needed to increase acceptance to very high levels for all foods. However, some amount of generalization across foods was able to be seen before the treatment package was implemented. Data were collected on acceptance and swallowing. Inter-observer data was collected during this evaluation. |
| |
|
| 5. Decreasing Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors through Competing Non-Contingent Reinforcement. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ARTHUR E. WILKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), John Galle (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Inappropriate behaviors during mealtimes are often associated with children with feeding disorders (Munk 1994). Even if food acceptance is no longer an issue, behaviors such as banging on the table, taking food off of the fork and standing up in the chair cause parents significant stress and limit the places the child would be welcome to eat. The use of non-contingent competing stimuli have been shown to reduce other inappropriate behaviors such as pica (Piazza et al, 1998, 2002, Roane et al, 2003). The purpose of the current treatment was to decrease the rate of inappropriate behaviors during a meal in a child with a pediatric feeding disorder. Competing stimuli were matched to assumed sensory input that the inappropriate behavior produced. Data were collected on the frequency of inappropriate behaviors during each meal, as well as independent eating. Results demonstrated that the child’s inappropriate behaviors decreased significantly with non-continent reinforcement. Interobserver data was collected during this evaluation. |
| |
|
| 6. Feeding Problems in Young Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SOYEON KANG (University of Texas at Austin) |
| Abstract: Feeding problems resulting in serious health issues have been one of the challenges for parents and teachers of children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD; Kerwin, Eicher, & Gelsinger, 2005; Legge, 2002; Raiten & Massaro, 1986). Therefore, effective intervention for this issue is getting attention. This paper reviews 13 studies examining the interventions for feeding problems in children with ASD from birth to eight years old, published in peer reviewed journals between 1997 and 2007. The procedures of the interventions have been classified into three categories: (a) antecedent manipulations, (b) combined consequences, and (c) multicomponent intervention. The findings of the studies suggested that the three types of intervention procedures were effective for feeding problems of children with ASD. The findings are discussed in relation to intervention context, implementation of functional behavioral assessment, and social validity. Recommendations for future research are discussed. |
| |
|
| 7. A Comparison of Simultaneous and Consecutive Electronic Media Reinforcement for Reducing Food Selectivity. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KELI A. KROK (May Institute), Erica R. Webster (May Institute), Shannon Kay (May Institute) |
| Abstract: This study examined the effects of two reinforcement procedures on the food selectivity of a 10-year-old boy with autism. An alternating treatments design was used to compare procedures for reintroducing foods that had once been consumed by the child, but were currently refused. At baseline, the child refused to consume the foods, then, the foods were introduced using a shaping/changing criterion procedure. For two of the foods, the child was reinforced with the movie after making contact with or consuming the food item depending on the criterion; for the other two foods the child was reinforced with the movie during the time that he made contact with or was actively consuming the foods. Dependent measures included both trials to criterion and frequency of problem behaviors including vomiting. |
| |
|
| 8. Increasing Play Initiations by Embedding them within a Photographic Activity Schedule. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SARAH KINGERY (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Photographic activity schedules have been an effective tool for teaching independent play, academics, and self-help skills. More recently, the use of photographic activity schedules in developing social skills with children with disabilities has been examined. The present study employed the use of photographic activity schedules to teach three children with autism spectrum disorders to initiate play with peers. All three children had large verbal and play repertoires, but did not initiate with peers. A multiple probe across subjects design was employed across five phases. Initial baseline data on play initiations was taken both during free play in the natural environment and with the initial presentation of a photographic activity schedule. After training, frequency of play initiations was assessed in the classroom, with and without a schedule. Results suggest that photographic activity schedules may be an effective tool for teaching play initiations. These results also extend the literature on teaching children with autism to interact socially with their peers. |
| |
|
| 9. Increasing the Eating of Non-Preferred/Novel Foods in a 2.5-Year-Old Boy with Autism |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| GILAH HABER (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Many children with autism eat a limited repertoire of food and often resist trying novel foods. The present study examined the effectiveness of embedding a pictorial representation of an eating routine into a visual activity schedule to increase the intake of non-preferred and novel foods. The procedure involved creating an activity schedule where the activities consisted of non-preferred and novel foods embedded between two preferred foods, with the final preferred food also serving as reinforcer for completion of the whole schedule. The present study used an errorless procedure to systematically shape and reinforce independent food consumption. The results demonstrate that the child was able to increase acceptance of both novel and previously non-preferred food items. |
| |
|
| 10. Negative Reinforcement (Escape) and Token Economy. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JANE MORTON (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center), David L. Jaquess (Marcus Autism Center), Philip Cook (Marcus Autism Center), Brian M. Hinchcliffe (Marcus Autism Center) |
| Abstract: Previous research has suggested that one function of inappropriate mealtime behaviors is to provide escape from the meal setting (O’Brien, Repp, Williams, & Christophersen, 1991). Treatments based on escape from aversive stimuli (e.g., spoon presentation) during meals have been demonstrated to be an effective means to increase appropriate mealtime behaviors (Ahearn, et al., 1996). Previous studies have also used escape from the meal itself as a means to increase rate of acceptance (Kahng, Boscoe, & Byrne, 2003). However, this line of research has not focused on behaviors that follow acceptance which contribute to the duration of a meal, such as mouth cleans. Using a changing criterion design, the current study evaluated the effectiveness of an intervention that used negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from meal) and a token economy to decrease the latency to clean mouth and meal duration. Results indicated latency to clean mouth gradually decreased from 108 seconds to less than 30 seconds, while the number of target bites systematically increased from 5 to 20 bites. Data support the use of negative reinforcement and token economy to reinforce appropriate mealtime behaviors such as mouth cleans. Follow-up data are reported as well. |
| |
|
| 11. The Use of Siblings as Establishing Operations in Feeding Refusal Programs for Two Children. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| CYNTHIA R. BLACKLEDGE (Lizard Children's Center/UHS Schools), Michelle A. Furminger (Lizard Children's Center), Elizabeth Watson (Lizard Children's Centre) |
| Abstract: Feeding refusal, both food and liquid, has been investigated more thoroughly over the past twenty years. Previous research suggests that positive reinforcement alone is insufficient for increasing consumption, and that escape extinction often is necessary to increase and maintain food acceptance. NCR may decrease inappropriate behavior for some participants in feeding programs.
In this present study two children, ages 4 and 7 years, were participating in feeding refusal programs with the goal of establishing flexibility in their eating and drinking repertoires. Escape extinction with NCR was implemented. Due to the challenging behaviors observed with each child and the concerns of program implementation with family members, an additional component, each child’s sibling joining the program and functioning as an establishing operation, was added to the intervention. The number of food items, the variety of food items and the rate of mastery for food items with each child increased. In addition, challenging behaviours decreased. |
| |
|
| 12. Treatment Outcome after Admission to an Interdisciplinary Feeding Disorders Program: Comparison of Children with and without Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rinita Laud Roberts Laud (Louisiana State University/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tina R. Goldsmith (Western Michigan University), James H. Boscoe (Columbus Organization), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
| Abstract: Recent research has focused on the differences between children with autism and other subgroups of children with feeding disorders. For example, studies have demonstrated that children with autism tend to be more selective, consume narrower diets, and exhibit highly idiosyncratic eating behavior than other children with feeding issues. The purpose of this study was to describe the clinical outcomes of a six-year sample (N=32) of children diagnosed with autism after receiving intensive behavioral treatment for feeding disorders. Outcomes for these children were compared with outcomes of a group of children (n=32) without autism matched on several variables (e.g., age, gender, admission date). Differences in topography of food refusal, treatment(s) implemented, success of treatment (e.g., increased consumption, greater variety/texture, decreased problem behavior during meals, weight gain, parent satisfaction), and maintenance of treatment gains at follow-up are discussed. |
| |
|
| 13. Use of Power Cards with a Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| HEIDI HAGEN (Gonzaga University), Laura A. Swanson (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
| Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have deficits in understanding social cues and effectively using social skills to interact with others. Some common intervention programs that address deficits are visual supports, scripted speech, and social stories. These interventions have been found to be highly successful in increasing social verbal initiations in children with ASD. Visually cued instruction involves the use of pictographic and written language as an instructional support in structured and natural learning contexts. For example, using scripts has been found to be an effective way to increase communicative initiations between developmentally delayed children and their peers. In addition, social stories have been shown to support individuals with autism to better cope with social situations. Social stories are homemade pictographic/written short stories that describe social situations, dictate social responses, and explain social perspectives The intervention termed “Power Cards” use the elements of visual cues, scripted speech, and social stories with preferred self-initiated topics. Specifically, the Power Card serves as a visual aid that incorporates the child’s special interest in teaching appropriate social interactions. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate a functional relationship between the Power Card intervention and social initiation by two students with high functioning autism. |
| |
|
| 14. Can Children with Autism Learn to Protect Themselves From the Lures of Strangers? |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NURGUL AKMANOGLU (Anadolu Üniversitesi), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu Üniversitesi) |
| Abstract: The present study was designed to investigate the effects of instructional package consisting of video modeling and community-based teaching arrangement with graduated guidance on teaching children with autism to protect themselves from the lures of strangers. The maintenance and generalization effects of the instructional package were also examined in the study. Furthermore, parents’ opinion regarding the social validity of the study was investigated. A multiple probe design with probe trials across subjects was used in the study. Two males and a female student with autism whose ages were between 7–11 participated into the study. The findings of the study showed that all students learned to protect themselves from the lures of strangers, and maintained the acquired skill 1, 2, and 4 weeks after training and generalized the acquired skills across different settings and persons. Furthermore, it was evident that social validity findings were positive overall in the study. The recommendations for further research will be shared with the audience based on the findings of the study. |
| |
|
| 15. Play and Joint Attending in Autism: Does a Social Communication Intervention Have an Effect? |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
| JENNIFER A. LONCOLA WALBERG (DePaul University), Lesley Craig-Unkefer (University of Minnesota) |
| Abstract: Examining the effect of a social communication intervention on six young urban children with autism, this poster describes changes to play and joint attention. Five boys and one girl, with an age range of six to eight years and a diagnosis of autism, participated in the study. Children were recruited from a Chicago Public School and four of the six children were of minority decent. A single-subject, multiple baseline design was used to determine whether a plan-play-report intervention which targeted social-communication skills was also effective in increasing complexity of play. Unique because twchildren with autism were paired together and received intervention at the same time, results indicated that the intervention was successful in increasing peer-directed commenting, language complexity and diversity, and reducing some inappropriate language. Additionally, the method of providing intervention to two children with autism at the same time resulted in gains for both children. This poster explores the success of th intervention in changing play behaviors which are often notably absent in children with autism. Further this poster looks at pre- and post-intervention levels of joint attending. |
| |
|
| 16. Teaching Initiation of Conversation to Children with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk), Marta Wojcik (Institute for Child Development), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development) |
| Abstract: The study shows the use of script and script fading procedure in teaching initiation of conversation to two four - year old boys with autism. Initiation of conversation was defined as showing an object to the teacher, looking at the person and saying the name of activity or object. A multiple probe design across materials was used to assess the effects of script, script fading and prompting procedures. |
| |
|
| 17. Use of a Visual Activity Schedule to Promote Interactive Play in Children with ASD. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KATIE H. ARTIANO (BEACON Services), Ann Filer (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Many children with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) do not readily acquire play skills. While a wide variety of interventions have been shown to result in the acquisition of these skills, often meaningful interaction may be absent.
The current study expanded on the use of activity schedules (McClannahan & Krantz,1999) by using a modified activity schedule format to support interactive activity (social engagement) rather than independent activity. Two children with ASD were taught to make statements, ask questions, and answer questions in the context of a visual activity schedule. The results show that after instruction via the modified activity schedules, the participants generalized these skills to classroom activities where the schedule was neither trained nor present. |
| |
|
| 18. Use of a Conversation Box to Increase Social/Verbal Interaction in Children with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMIE HAEGLE (BEACON Services), Ann Filer (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: The spontaneous production of social language is a challenge for many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Ricks & Wing, 1975). Visual supports have been shown to facilitate language production in children with ASD (Sarokoff, Taylor, Poulson, 2001). The current study assessed the effects of a conversation box to support production of social language as well as responses (question asking and answering) to the social bids in two children with ASD. When criterion for learning was met, generalization of social verbal interaction was assessed with untrained topics of conversation, novel peers, and other settings. The results indicated that both prompted and unprompted speech increased as well as generalized to novel contexts when specific strategies were used. This study supports the use of an easily implemented strategy that proved to be as a rapid and effective procedure for teaching complex verbal skills such as conversational speech. |
| |
|
| 19. Teaching Tone of Voice Discrimination to a 7-Year-Old with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
| KARA BERNIER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Individuals can be taught to discriminate volumes that are soft and loud (Linwood, 2006). Expressive vocal language can vary in pitch from very low to extremely high. Some children who acquire vocal production abilities demonstrate difficul modulating volume and pitch in certain settings. The purpose of this study was to determine if a 7-year-old boy with PDD-NOS could learn to discriminate different voice volumes and pitches in specific environments. The discriminations were taught using visual cues representing a targeted volume and pitch. When the student provided an approximate match of the desired volume and pitch, he was reinforced. Once the child had acquired the ability to correctly match volume and pitch to the specified visual cue, the visual cues were introduced in the targeted settings. The cues were provided on a fixed interval schedule in an effort to support correct volume and pitch as well as increasing vocal production in these settings. The procedure resulted in an increase in the frequency of appropriate volume and pitch speech sounds, a decrease in non-desired volumes and pitches and a collateral benefit of increased interaction with peers due to increased intelligibility. |
| |
|
| 20. Improving Social Skills for Children with PDD and their Typical Peers in a Reverse Integration Preschool Setting. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRISTINA STUART (Weymouth Public Schools), Kim Klemek (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: A common approach for improving social skills for children with PDD is to increase their opportunities to interact with typically developing peers. In public schools, this frequently entails integrating children with PDD into general education settings or including typical peers in special education settings. In the present study, several interventions designed to promote socials skills in three children with PDD were evaluated. During Experiment 1 a reversal design was used to compare the effects of the presence of typical peers in the classroom with and without contingent reinforcement. In Experiment 2, a multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of a social skills training program for children with PDD. Results of Experiment 1 suggested that reinforcement alone was not sufficient to improve social skills for the students with PDD. Results of Experiment 2 indicated that the treatment package resulted in increased initiating and responding by the children with PDD. Implications for providing social skills training for children with PDD within an integrated setting are discussed. |
| |
|
| 21. The Use of Thematic Scripts to Decrease Verbal Perseverations and Increase Conversation Skills in an Individual with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| HESTER BEKISZ (The Genesis School), Piera Interdonati (The Genesis School), Michelle Nucci (The Genesis School), Mary Bainor (The Genesis School), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to assess the effects of the use of thematic scripts in a conversation book to decrease verbal perseverations and to increase on topic conversation skills in a male adolescent student diagnosed with autism. The book contained a number of thematic scripts about multiple preferred topics. During baseline, the student selected both a topic and a teacher with whom he would like to talk. The conversation book was not available. Topic maintenance, mean length of utterance (MLU) and verbal perseverations were recorded during baseline. During the treatment condition, the student was provided the conversation book in a setting outside of his regular classroom and practiced the scripts with a staff member who was not a member of his classroom. He selected a topic and then used scripts from the book to have a conversation with the staff member. The staff member reciprocated conversation after the script was read by the participant. Generalization of these skills to the classroom with novel adults was also recorded. Results indicated that there was a systematic increase observed in a number of conversational skills after implementation of the conversation book, as well as a decrease in verbal perseverations. |
| |
|
| 22. A Comparison of the Use of Visual Cues and Video Modeling to Increase Social Behavior. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| EMILY LOOKNER (BEACON Services), Amy Muehlberger (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: The use of visual cues (text prompts combine with a picture) was compared with a video modeling procedure to increase social behavior (initiation of greetings) in a 4-year-old boy with autism. The procedures were compared using an alternate treatments design. During the visual cueing sessions, a visual sentence strip with the word "Hi" and a photograph of a familiar person was placed in front of the participant one at a time paired with a verbal greeting. In the video modeling sessions, the participant watched a video of a different familiar person saying, "Hi___ (participant's name)”. The number of trials to mastery criterion for greetings in each condition was compared. The results suggest that both procedures were effective in supporting the acquisition of greetings. |
| |
|
| 23. Video Modeling Procedures to Increase Food Acceptance in a Young Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| STEFANIE ALLEN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: Video modeling is a simple, inexpensive, effective technique to teach children with disabilities a variety of skills. Video modeling has been used to teach pretend play skills, toileting routines, and literacy skills. This study evaluated the use of a video modeling procedure to increase food acceptance in one child at home. Prior to intervention, the participant only ate chips, grilled cheese, and French fries. The participant also had a history of gagging at the sight, taste, and smell of all other foods. The participant was exposed to a video that showed the experimenter eating a particular food. When the video ended the participant was told "it is time to eat your banana." The banana was already placed on the table in the same room the video was being viewed. The procedure was successful in increasing the number of food items eaten without gagging. These findings suggest that video modeling may be an effective technique for increasing food acceptance in some children with autism. |
| |
|
| 24. Teaching Functional Gesture Use to Children with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JAMIE WALDVOGEL (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), John D Hoch (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Jacqueline M. Harth (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), James E. O'Neill (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Nancy G. Schussler (Behavioral Dimensions - MPLS) |
| Abstract: Although impairment in gesture use has been recognized as a core deficit in Autism Spectrum Disorders, few studies have systematically evaluated whether children with autism can be taught the use of communicative gestures through discrete trials procedures. This study uses a multiple baseline across gestures design replicated with N=3 participants to determine whether gestures can be taught using a standard discrete trials approach. Further, the study examines whether sequential modification of the discriminative stimulus that evokes the gesture may increase generalization. Child learning was examined using visual analysis augmented by two other commonly used indices of multiple baseline performance: Percentage of Non-Overlapping Data (PND) and Percentage of Non-Zero Data (PNZD). Results showed that all three participants learned some basic communicative gestures and quickly learned to generalize the gestures to novel prompts and in some cases novel therapists. Results are discussed in terms of functional communication training theoretical approach in which gestures provide a lower response effort method to request items and assistance from caregivers that may compete with problem behavior. |
| |
|
| 25. The Effects of Multiple-Exemplar Instruction on the Acquisition of Empathy. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE A. PIECHOWICZ (Columbia University Teachers College), Tracy Reilly-Lawson (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: This study tested the effects of multiple-exemplar instruction implemented to teach empathy. Five elementary- school-aged children, aged nine and ten, diagnosed with developmental disabilities participated in this study. The study was a time-lag multiple-probe design. The participants responded to 3 questions: “What happened?” “How does the person feel?” and “What could you do to help?” Pre-probes were conducted on student responses to these questions to pictures and real-life situations. Intervention consisted of rotating responses to these questions in instructional sessions to 4 sets of 5 pictures. The results showed a significant increase in correct responses to empathy questions. |
| |
|
| 26. Statistical Comparison of Three Effect Sizes of Peer-Mediated Interventions for Young Children with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JIE ZHANG (Tennessee Technological University), John J. Wheeler (Tennessee Technological University), George Chitiyo (Tennessee Technological University) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this poster presentation is to investigate the differences among three effect sizes of peer-mediated interventions for promoting social interactions among young children from birth to 8-year-old diagnosed with autism. A meta-analysis using single-subject studies was conducted. A total number of 45 studies from 19 journals between 1977 and 2006 were analyzed for calculation of effect sizes. The regression-based method (Allison & Gorman, 1993) and another two non-regression methods including percentage of non-overlapping data (PND) and d (Gierick, 1984) were used to calculate the effect sizes for each study. The overall intervention effect sizes between the intervention phase and baseline, the overall follow-up effect sizes between the follow-up phase and baseline, the overall generalization effect sizes between the generalization phase and baseline, and the intervention effect sizes due to different intervention types were conducted using each of the three methods for statistical comparison. Pearson’s correlations were calculated between each of the PND, d, and the regression-based effect sizes in order to determine the degree of relationship. |
| |
|
| 27. Generalization Effects of Social Story Interventions for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JENNIFER ABRAHAM (The University of Southern Mississippi), Britney Mauldin (The University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Sterling-Turner (University of Southern Mississippi) |
| Abstract: Social Stories™ (Gray, 2004) is a relatively new intervention designed to reduce inappropriate behaviors in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. While there are only a few well-designed studies, there is preliminary evidence of the effectiveness of Social Stories. However, this intervention has typically been implemented in one target setting. As a result, there are no data to support whether or not the effects of Social Stories will generalize to other settings. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of Social Stories in improving the social skills of individuals with autism spectrum disorders while systematically programming for and assessing generalization. |
| |
|
| 28. Teaching Foundational Perspective-Taking to Children with Autism Using Relational Frame Theory. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| EVELYN R. GOULD (Centre for Early Autism Treatment), Stephen J Noone (University of Wales, Bangor) |
| Abstract: An inability to take the perspective of another appears to lie at the root of the social and communicative difficulties in children with autism. However, few research findings have been clearly translated into effective clinical interventions. A Relational Frame Theory (RFT) account may provide a promising alternative to the traditional “Theory of Mind” (ToM) approach. A procedure adapted from RFT, was used to teach gaze-following in three autistic children, aged 2 to 5 years. This is thought to be an early constituent behaviour of broader perspective-taking skills. A multiple baseline across participants evaluated its effectiveness. All children failed to demonstrate gaze-following during baseline. Intervention resulted in two participants demonstrating match-to- sample relations indicative of following eye- and face-gaze, and the third demonstrating gains after an additional error-correction procedure was introduced. Generalisation of skills to a more natural environment was limited for all participants. The mixed results observed across participants highlight the complexity of developing effective interventions. Findings must be interpreted with caution, however, the study may provide a starting point for new insights and the development of effective perspective-taking interventions for children with autism. |
| |
|
| 29. Teaching Employability Skills to Individuals with Autism: A Synthesis of the Literature. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| KYLE BENNETT (Florida Atlantic University), Charles Dukes (Florida Atlantic University) |
| Abstract: A systematic review of the literature was conducted from 1990 to 2007. A general search was conducted of databases using specific search terms (see below). Databases included, ERIC: FirstSearch, Education Full Text: H. W. Wilson, and PsychINFO. Common key words were used to identify possible intervention studies for analysis. These keywords and phrases included: employment/employability, training and employment/employability, training and vocational, teaching and employment/employability, teaching and vocational, video prompting and adolescent/adult, video modeling and adolescent/adult, static picture and adolescent/adult, audio recording and adolescent/adult.
In addition, specific journals were selected for “hand searches.” Each journal selected has been known to publish intervention studies and/or program descriptions focusing on individuals with autism and related disabilities. All issues of seven journals known to report intervention studies and program descriptions were searched from 1990 or the first year of publication to the year 2007. These journals included: Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Focus on Autism and Related Disabilities, Behavior Modification, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities.
There were two goals of the review: (a) identify evidence-based interventions used to teach employability skills to individuals with ASD (secondary and post-secondary) and (b) identify program descriptions in the literature that reported outcome data. The investigators developed an original coding instrument and subsequently analyzed intervention studies meeting specific criteria. Results of the review indicate that very few studies are currently available in the literature. These studies are reviewed, and implications of the gaps in literature are discussed. |
| |
|
| 30. Increasing Accuracy with Vocational Tasks: Using a Stimulus Prompt to Teach Numeral to Quantity Correspondence. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| BARBARA HOFFMANN (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Kahn (Alpine Learning Group), Caroline Elizabeth LaMere (Alpine Leaning Group), Katherine T. Redden (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
| Abstract: Adolescents with autism may have limited opportunities for vocational activities due to the lack of prerequisites of certain academic skills. For example, an inability to match quantity to numeral can prohibit a learner from participating in tasks that require him to attend to amounts of items (e.g., restocking supplies). A reversal design was used to investigate the use of a tally counter as a stimulus prompt to teach three adolescents with autism to match quantity to numeral when getting a designated number of items during vocational tasks. During baseline, each learner was presented with a box of items (e.g., spoons), a numeral card, and an instruction to get the amount and place the items in a bin. During intervention, learners used a tally counter to “mark” each item as they placed it in the bin, and continue until the number on the tally counter matched the number on the card. Results indicated that use of the tally counter enabled participants to accurately match quantities to larger numerals when completing vocational tasks. |
| |
|
| 31. Teaching Adolescents with Autism to Mand for Materials During Vocational Tasks. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KARISSA MASUICCA (Alpine Learning Group), Laura Jane Tolve (Alpine Learning Group), Erin B. Richard (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
| Abstract: An important employment goal for individuals with autism is to utilize natural supports (e.g., coworkers) found at the job site. A necessary step in reaching that goal is to teach adolescent learners to approach job supervisors for assistance, such as when the learner does not have enough of a material to complete the assigned task. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of an audiotaped prompt to teach learners with autism to ask for more materials during vocational tasks. The participants were four adolescents with autism who attended a behaviorally-based school program for learners with autism. Graduated guidance was used to teach the participants to approach an adult. An audiotaped stimulus was used to prompt learners to ask for more materials when the materials ran out while completing a vocational task. The audiotaped prompt was eventually faded. A multiple baseline design was used across four learners. Results indicated that after intervention, learners were more likely to independently approach an adult and request assistance. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. Results are discussed in terms of future research for increasing learners’ independence in job settings. |
| |
|
| 33. Training "Advanced" Tact for Children with Developmental Disorders. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| YUNO TAKEUCHI (Keio University), Hiroshi Sugasawara (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
| Abstract: One of the characteristics of autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) is said to be detail-captured cognitive style. But few studies investigated this tendency in quality of tact, in fact they make mention only about details of a picture or not. The present study investigated (1) whether there are any differences between students with ASD and typically-developed in the frequency of detail tact, and (2) the effects of tact training with story-mapping procedure, teaching strategies of tact to children with ASD. Three students with ASD aged 5-8 years and three MA-matched typically-developed children participated in this study. In assessment, participants were required to describe two pictures freely for evaluation of quantity and quality of tact. As the intervention participants were trained with story-mapping procedure, they were required to sort cards of description of the training picture according to the strategy, from global to local and from up to down, and read them. As a result, students in ASD group describe more detail in pre-assessment. After intervention, students showed better performance for not only the training picture but also the never-trained picture. The results suggest that story-mapping procedure is effective to teach advanced tact skills to children with developmental disorders. |
| |
|
| 34. Teaching Students the Value of a Buck: An Application of the Matching Law. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| VALERIE A. EVANS (Devereux C.A.R.E.S.), Virginia Plum (Devereux C.A.R.E.S.) |
| Abstract: The matching law (Herrstein, 1961) has been validated as an effective teaching tool for students with developmental disabilities (i.e., Hoch, et al, 2002; Mace, Mauro, Boyajian, & Eckert, 1997). This study applied the matching law to teach adolescents with autism the value of money, an important skill for the transition to adulthood. All participants were students at a private school for autism. For each trial, participants were presented with a list of work task choices, each with a different whole dollar pay assignment. Upon completion of a chosen work task, participants were paid in dollars and then provided with the opportunity to buy a reinforcer of their choice. Reinforcers were assigned prices based on a preference assessment conducted prior to the study. Highly preferred reinforcers were assigned high dollar prices and less preferred reinforcers cost the least. A number line was used to count out the dollar bills and visually mediated the relationship between earnings and spending. As students learned to discriminate higher-paying jobs, dollars and differential pricing assignments were adopted as a token economy used throughout the school day for vocational work tasks and community-based instruction. Results will be presented and implications will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 35. A Comparison of Two Backward Chaining Procedures to Teach Independent Play Skills. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| DANIEL B. SHABANI (Shabani Institute), Ashley Smeester (Shabani Institute) |
| Abstract: Independent play and social behavior are important parts of early intervention programs given that one of the most significant aspects of autism involves deficits in social development. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate two variations of a backward chaining procedure to teach independent play skills (i.e., completing a puzzle). The first condition set a time requirement for completion of each backward chaining step. The second condition required that a specific percentage of the puzzle be completed before additional pieces were removed. Both procedures resulted in participants learning to complete a puzzle. Implications for early intervention programs will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 36. Enhancing Attention to Stimuli to Facilitate Conditional Discrimination. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| AARON J. FISCHER (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami), Jennifer Stella Durocher (University of Miami), Michael Alessandri (University of Miami) |
| Abstract: Applied clinical work has shown that attending to relevant stimuli is oftentimes a difficult skill for learners with developmental disabilities, and can interfere with the acquisition of conditional discriminations. While observing and attending behavior are considered necessary for discrimination learning, strategies to improve attending are somewhat limited. The present study evaluated the effects of an intervention to increase attending, as a means for improving receptive identification discrimination of picture cards. Using an ABA design, the participant was required, in the intervention phase, to engage in a more effortful response resulting in improved performance during conditional discrimination training. Results from the present study showed that reinforcement contingencies alone were not sufficient to increase attending behavior and that requiring the participant to engage in a more effortful response improved performance during the conditional discrimination task. These preliminary data showed that increasing the response effort may have played a role in the emergence of attending behavior during a conditional discrimination task. |
| |
|
| 37. Teaching a Child with Autism to Describe Features of Objects. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| RYAN BERGSTROM (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: One skill that some children with autism lack is the ability to talk about and describe their environment. This poster will describe a method used to teach children with autism to describe objects. One child with a diagnosis of autism was included in this study. A multiple baseline design across targets was used. The child was presented with 1 of 3 pictures in a discrete trial training (DTT) format, and asked to “tell about it”. A most-to-least prompting procedure was used to teach descriptors for each target. Effects of the teaching procedures are discussed. |
| |
|
| 38. Assessing for Generalization from Receptive Preposition Training to Expressive Preposition Tacting in a Young Child with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| SUSIE BALASANYAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
| Abstract: “Receptive” and “expressive” language training is a core component of early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism and prepositions are a common content area targeted. However, little previous research has evaluated procedures for teaching prepositions to children with autism. Further, little is known about the relation between receptive and expressive language and few studies have evaluated it in children with autism. In this study, we taught receptive prepositions to a young child with autism and assessed for generalization to tacting of the same prepositions. Generalization to tacting did not occur and direct training was required to establish tacts. Results suggest that training in receptive responding may not lead to emergence of untrained tacts and that these two repertoires may be functionally independent, at least in early learners. |
| |
|
| 39. A Comparison of Discrete Trial and Fluency Training to Teach Sight Words. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICKIE LAU (California State University, Los Angeles; Autism Behavior Consultants), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Helen Donnelly (Autism Behavior Consultants), Heather Unger (Autism Behavior Consultants), Carolyn Leigh Zemlick (Behavioral Building Blocks, Inc. (B3) & California State University, Los Angeles), Marissa R. Martinez (California State University, Los Angeles), Veronica Oneto (California State University, Los Angeles) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate whether children with autism have a higher acquisition and retention rate of sight words when Discrete Trial Training (DTT) or Fluency Training (FT) is utilized. Three elementary aged students, previously diagnosed with autism, were taught to expressively label sight words using a DTT format and a FT format. A standard multielement with a multiple baseline across participants was used to compare treatment effects. A comparison per treatment of the total number of sight words learned (acquisition) were contrasted between DTT and FT. To assess retention, a between-treatments comparison of the total number of sight words retained at 5 days, 10 days, and 15 days post intervention were conducted. Results are discussed with respect to the benefits of improving acquisition rates and retention of sight words for children with autism. |
| |
|
| 40. Comparing the Effects of Single- and Multiple-Target Trials in Teaching Skills to Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KRISTINA VARGO (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Nicholas Vanselow (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
| Abstract: Children with autism generally have difficulty communicating with others. Therapists working with these children must decide how to most effectively teach verbal behavior. This research focuses on two teaching procedures. The first is to teach one target until mastery before beginning a second target. The second is to teach multiple targets at the same time. The two procedures will be compared in an experimental single-subject design. Results will suggest differences between procedures regarding errors during teaching, training time, the number of trials, generalization, and maintenance. |
| |
|
| 41. Comparing Verbal, Textual and Auditory Cues to Increase Social Language in an 11 Year Old with Autism. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| STEPHANIE BEARD (BEACON Services), David M. Corcoran (BEACON Services) |
| Abstract: The subject of this study was an 11-year-old boy with a diagnosis of autism who inconsistently responded to social solicitations (e.g. “Hi, how are you today?” or “What did you do in gym today?”) from adults and peers. In addition he virtually never independently initiated social interactions. Three different topographies of prompting social language were compared: textual prompts, verbal prompts and a combination auditory-visual prompt (a talking picture book). The dependent measures for solicited social interactions were correct responding (verbal response matching prompts), number of trials to fade prompts, and unprompted social language and interactions. Social interactions were taught with a variety of both adults and peers and in two settings (home and school). Data will be presented comparing correct responding, trials to criterion (fading of prompts), unsolicited social interactions and comparisons between peers and adults and home and school settings. |
| |
|
| 43. Comparison of Progressive Time Delay and Errorless Teaching. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KRISTIN LESLEY MCCOLE (Vanderbilt University), Erin M. Elfers (Vanderbilt University), Mark Wolery (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: The effectiveness and efficiency of a progressive time-delay and errorless teaching procedure are being compared. Four preschoolers with autism spectrum disorders participated. Target skills were receptive (1 participant) and expressive (2 participants) identification of object labels, and spelling words using a keyboard (1 participant). An adapted alternating treatments design is being used. For each participant, one set of target behaviors was taught with a progressive time-delay procedure; and a second equally difficult set of target ehaviors was taught using an errorless teaching procedure. A third behavior set was identified and probed before and after instruction to detect maturation and history threats. The design includes four sequentially implemented phases: (a) initial probe condition (pre-test/baseline), (b) comparison of the two instructional procedures in alternating daily sessions, (c) a post-test probe condition, and (d) maintenance condition. Efficiency is being measured by number of minutes of instruction, trials, sessions to criterion; and the number and percentage of instructor and participant errors. Two participants are completed and two are being taught. Preliminary results indicate both procedures were effective and small differences exist on efficiency measures. Findings will be discussed in terms of selecting instructional strategies. |
| |
|
| 44. Behavioral Interventions for Improving Accuracy of Response in Academic Tasks for Adolescent with Autism and Developmental Disability. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| KIRK CHANG (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13), Lacey R. Bailey (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13), Jonathan W. Ivy (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13), James Nicholson Meindl (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13), Kathryn M Peterson (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13) |
| Abstract: Making errors is a part of the learning process. In fact, errors provide learners with feedback and learning opportunities to rectify their incorrect responses. Upon the discovery of an error, a typical learner would be able to independently generate methods to help retain the correct information and respond accurately to the same problem/question in the future. However, it is rather difficult for persons with autism and developmental disability to apply the same ability to acquire skills and/or information. This poster examines the effectiveness of two error-correcting interventions in improving the accuracy of response in academic tasks in an autistic support classroom. The result of the comparative analysis will determine which intervention is more effective. |
| |
|
| 45. Using Principles of Behavior Analysis to Teach Students with Autism to use AAC. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
| LINDSAY RANDLE (Heartspring) |
| Abstract: Behavior and communication go hand in hand for many students with ASD. If a functional communication system can be created, the frequency of behavior often decreases and the occurrence of appropriate behavior increases. By applying ABA strategies and procedures, you can teach students to use a functional communication system rather than engaging in maladaptive behaviors throughout their day to express themselves. How can a communication system be created for a student that engages in behaviors most of his day? What kind of skills can be probed and tools used to help decide which AAC avenue to take? What happens to the communication system when the behaviors improve? These questions will be answered using examples, data, and case studies of students ages 5–21 with a diagnosis of autism and other multiple disabilities. |
| |
|
| 46. Aggression and Self-Injury: Snapshots of a Successful Intervention. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (Intermediate Unit #13) |
| Abstract: The severe aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of a deaf preteen boy with autism were successfully treated within a special education context. The author will select periods of time from the intervention and examine in-depth the factors related to the overall and ongoing success. Specific procedures and their effects on behavior will be identified, as will seemingly unexplainable changes in behavior. |
| |
|
| 47. System Changes to Teach a 7-Year-Old Boy with Autism in his Home School. |
| Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE L. BANK (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.), David B. Hatfield (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.) |
| Abstract: A third party provider was hired by a public school in rural eastern Colorado to consult on the special education program provided to a 7-year-old student with autism. Through observation and interview, key program deficits were identified including no prompt fading, no approximations accepted, preferred objects provided following inappropriate responses and withheld following correct responses, teaching targets lacking mastery of prerequisite skills, and no agreement of mastered performance between school and home. System changes include, but are not limited to job-aid data sheets, an IEP progression data system, in-house skill acquisition and behavior reduction monitoring, cooperative data-based weekly staffing. System samples and progress data will be reported. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #473 Poster Session (CBM) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 48. Parent and Child Exact Agreement and How it Relates to Diabetes Treatment Adherence. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
| BLAKE M. LANCASTER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
| Abstract: Medical regimen adherence significantly influences the patient’s health and impacts the health care providers’ ability to treat any disease or medical problem (Allen & Warzak, 2000). Adherence levels are particularly low in the pediatric population among young patients with diabetes (Anderson, Ho, Brackett, Finkeistein, & Laffel, 1997; Jacobson, et al., 1990; Lask, 1994). In the current investigation, data were collected from over 100 diabetic parent-child dyads (children ages 7-18). During their regular clinic visit, parents and children completed the Diabetes Family Responsibility Questionnaire (DFRQ) independently in separate rooms to determine the degree to which parents and children agreed on who was responsible for the various aspects of daily treatment adherence. A measure of Glycohemoglobin (HbA1c) was also obtained by drawing blood samples at the time of the visit to determine the patient’s glycemic control, or levels of treatment adherence. Exact agreement regarding daily treatment responsibilities was then compared to levels of treatment adherence for both individuals and as a group. Results of this investigation suggest that exact agreement between parents and their children regarding who is primarily responsible for completing treatment tasks on a daily basis may be a significant predictor of adherence levels measured using HbA1c levels. |
| |
|
| 49. Exploring the Use of Visual Prompts to Assist with Orientation Following Traumatic Brain Injury. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRISTINA M. PETERS (ReMeD Rehabilitation) |
| Abstract: This project explores the efficacy of use of visual prompting systems to help increase orientation for clients who have sustained traumatic brain injury. Systems explored include various scheduling systems, visual cues (environmentally embedded and more overt) and the use of visual timers. |
| |
|
| 50. A Behavioral Interpretation of Factitious Disorder. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| SEAN M. CORIATY (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center), Tina M. Trudel (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center) |
| Abstract: Factitious Disorder (FD), also known as Hospital Addiction Syndrome or Munchausen Syndrome, is defined as a diagnosis by the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM-IV). FD is diagnosed if the following criteria are met: (a) intentionally producing or feigning physical or psychological symptoms; (b) motivation for the behavior is to assume the sick role; (c) external incentives for the behavior (e.g., avoiding work) are absent. The psychological literature informs that the diagnosis is relatively rare, the condition is chronic, treatment is difficult, and prognosis is poor; there exist no documented successful treatment attempts. The current study re-frames the diagnosis in behavioral terms, provides data derived from a case study of an 18-year-old female diagnosed with FD, documents behavior analytic treatment attempts, and discusses relevant case history. The potential treatment benefit of re-framing the disorder in behavior analytic terms is discussed. |
| |
|
| 51. Adherence to Exercise Regimen in Response to Behavioral Contracting and Public Posting. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ALBERT MALKIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John P. Smagner (University of Chicago), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
| Abstract: Exercise is a healthy behavior that can decrease weight and the occurrence of some illnesses. The purpose of this ongoing study is to increase exercise behavior of adults through goal-setting, self-monitoring, a behavioral contract, and/or public display of exercise data. Participants set exercise goals, and baseline consists of gym records of participants' attendance prior to intervention. During the first intervention phase (self-monitoring), participants self-report on their gym attendance. Gym records serve to corroborate self-reports in this and subsequent phases. The second phase starts if goals are not met; this involves a behavioral contract, requiring a deposit, part of which is refunded weekly if goals are met. If exercise goals are met for 4 consecutive weeks, there is a $50 reward plus the remaining deposit. Public posting begins if goals are not met for two consecutive weeks. If participants do not meet exercise goals and money is left over, it is donated to a cause, organization, or institution that participants are "morally opposed to." There is a one-month follow up. Preliminary results show that one participant met his goals during the self-monitoring phase, but this was not maintained at follow-up. Data will be presented on other participants, as well. |
| |
|
| 52. Bowel and Bladder Regimen Adherence for Young Adults with Spina Bifida. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| BRIDGET G. GIBBONS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa A. Meyers (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University) |
| Abstract: The majority of children and adults with Spina Bifida utilize clean intermittent catheterization (CIC) and/or enemas and suppositories to maintain bowel and bladder continence. However, people with Spina Bifida may have cognitive deficits impacting attention, problem-solving, memory, and organization, which can negatively impact adherence to a bowel and bladder regimen. In this study, a treatment package designed to increase adherence with bowel and bladder program was implemented with three young adults with Spina Bifida. Treatment consisted of the implementation of a daily schedule and self-monitoring logs, an electronic medication reminder which served as both an auditory and visual prompt, and positive reinforcement for following a daily bowel and bladder routine. All 3 participants increased their adherence to their bowel and bladder regimens following treatment. Maintenance of treatment gains and follow-up data will be presented. |
| |
|
| 54. Toward More Precise Prediction and Control of Health Behavior: A Functional Analysis of Emotion in Cardiac Rehabilitation. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| PAULETTE J. CHRISTOPHER (University of New Mexico), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico), Laura Bouldin (University of New Mexico), Bruce Smith (University of New Mexico) |
| Abstract: The role of emotional responding in complex behavior is important yet often ignored by behavior analysts (Dougher & Hackbert, 2000). While many studies examine the occurrence of anxiety, depression, and emotion after cardiac events (Frazure-Smith et al., 1995) and their relation to cardiac rehabilitation (Guiry et al, 1987), few examine the effects of emotion at non-pathological levels. To our knowledge, none describe emotion functionally as the effects of relevant establishing operations or as factors that occasion behavior that may interfere with rehabilitation. The present study aims to better predict outcomes in cardiac rehabilitation by differentiating between depression and anxiety, examining the role of non-pathological levels of emotion, and offering a behavior analytic account of the relation between emotion and health behavior. Seventy-five patients enrolled in a 12-week cardiac rehabilitation program will be assessed for positive and negative emotion (Emotion Scale; Larsen & Diener, 1992) depression and anxiety (Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale; Zigmond, & Snaith, 1983) diet and exercise behavior (Block et al., 2000) and adherence. Increasing the precision of assessing emotional effects on cardiac outcomes and explaining these effects from a BA perspective could allow for greater prediction and control of health behavior. |
| |
|
| 55. A Fear Reduction Intervention on Behaviorally Limited Functional Movements for Patients with Chronic Back Pain. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANDREW H. HAWKINS (West Virginia University), Alan Nasypany (University of Idaho) |
| Abstract: Patients with chronic pain syndrome often present with kinesiophobia, a fear of movement which constrains functional movement beyond limitations imposed by any particular pathology. In this study, graded exposure, a fear reduction intervention, was applied to kinesiophobic patients with chronic low back pain (CLBP) in an attempt to increase functional movements. Three subjects (1 female, 2 males; ages 32-50) with CLBP were enrolled in a multi-disciplinary functional restoration physical therapy program. Graded exposure was a brief explanation to patients of the “fear avoidance” model of kinesiophobia, after which they were encouraged to exercise in spite of pain since no further damage would result. This model was presented following stable baselines, and patients were occasionally reminded of the model throughout the intervention. Target behaviors included two movement tasks (1) repeated forward flexion and 2) sit to stand and walk) both of which were measured by repetitions in one minute. Two multiple baseline designs were used to assess effectiveness: 1) across participants within movement tasks, and 2) across movement tasks within each participant. Visual inspection yielded unequivocal demonstrations of effectiveness in all three participants for both target behaviors. The use of simple verbal interventions in movement therapy settings is discussed. |
| |
|
| 56. Treatment of Childhood Obesity: An Opportunity for Behavior Analysts. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE M. SWEENEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Teresa Troiano (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| Abstract: It is reported that that approximately 15% of all children and adolescents in the U.S. are overweight or obese. Childhood obesity most likely results from an interaction of nutritional, environmental, and physiological factors. The risk of becoming obese is greatest among children who have two obese parents (Dietz, 1983). This may be due to parental modeling of both eating and exercise behaviors, indirectly affecting the child's energy balance. Previous research has suggested that the use of family-based, behavioral weight management programs may be an effective intervention for children who are overweight or obese (Epstein, Wing, Koeske, Andrasik, & Ossip, 1981). These family-based interventions are also effective in promoting long-term maintenance of weight loss (Epstein, Valoski, Wing, & McCurley, 1985). The current investigation examined the effects of a behavioral family-based treatment on the percent overweight of obese children and their parents. Several behavioral procedures including contracting, self-monitoring, and modeling were utilized to increase the consumption of healthy foods and increase overall physical activity. Findings replicate previous studies that show that family-based, behavioral weight management programs are an effective intervention to treat childhood obesity. |
| |
|
| 57. CB Ferster and Bad Feelings: Functional Analytic Models of Depression Among Prostate Cancer Patients. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRISTOPHER F. SHARPLEY (University of New England), Vicki Bitsika (Bond University), David Harry Christie (East Coast Cancer Centre) |
| Abstract: The incidence of depression is rising in the western world and applied behaviour analysis offers effective ways of understanding and treating this disorder. Ferster and others have described depression as an adaptive response to the presence of noxious environmental events and/or the withdrawal of previously-available social reinforcers. To test this model among a specific sample with health-related depressive behaviour, data from 195 prostate cancer patients’ responses to a standardised depression inventory were factor analysed. Four major factors were revealed. These were: (1) loss of functional capacity, sense of worthlessness and hopelessness; (2) fear plus sympathetic nervous system activation; and (3, 4) somatic symptomatology across two aspects of autonomic nervous system activation. There are also data that indicate that these patients had developed self-maintaining behaviours that in turn acted as antecedents for further unpleasant environmental events and removal of valued interactions with others. These data provide support for a Functional Analytic model of depression among this population that may be applied to other groups and which argue in favour of ABA approaches for treatment of depression. |
| |
|
| 58. Toward Increasing the Cost-Effectiveness of Contingency Management: Using Percentile Schedules and Escalating Quality of Reinforcement in an Intervention Designed to Reduce Smoking in College Students |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| BRANTLEY P. JARVIS (James Madison University), J. Philip Erb (James Madison University), Kristin A. Kiel (James Madison University), Jessica Greta Marie Irons (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
| Abstract: The present study addresses the feasibility of implementing a contingency management program to reduce cigarette smoking in college students. Participants enrolled in a 4-week ABA design study. During baseline weeks, participants are paid contingent upon attending at data collection sessions. During treatment weeks, participants are paid contingent on a criterion level of reduced smoking as set according to a percentile schedule. Reinforcers are gift certificates and other items donated from the community that each participant rank-ordered in a preference assessment during the first data collection session. All reinforcers are equal in monetary value and delivered in an escalating order from least to most preferred contingent upon successive reductions in smoking. These data will provide information on the effectiveness of manipulating quality of reinforcement rather than magnitude of reinforcement within the context of a contingency management intervention, as a mechanism for reducing cost and provide further evidence on contingency management as an appropriate treatment for reducing cigarette smoking in a college population. |
| |
|
| 59. The Function of Behavior Analysis in Health Psychology: Cross-Citations and JABA Publication Analyses. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| ALEK JOSEPH REED (University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign), Derek D. Reed (Syracuse University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Melmark New England), Travis Cos (Drexel University), Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England) |
| Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is a subfield within psychology that approaches behavior change through operant techniques based upon the experimental analysis of behavior. Since the inception of this discipline, behavior analysts have been interested in the treatment of health concerns through the use of behavioral techniques based upon the principle of reinforcement. This poster highlights an analysis of the publication trends of treatment studies related to health psychology in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis between the years of 1968 and 2006. A total of 81 treatment studies met inclusionary criteria and were coded on variables concerning demographic information and treatment methodology. A supplementary analysis of cross-citation relationships between top behavior analysis and health psychology journals were conducted using the 2004–2006 Journal Citation Reports® database. Results of these bibliometric examinations revealed limited citations between health psychology and behavior analysis. A summary of all analyses and a discussion of how behavior analysts can improve in their study of health psychology treatments will be provided. |
| |
|
| 60. HSF: A Case Study: Smoking Cessation, Increasing Physical Activity (Exercise), and Weight Loss Reduction. |
| Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| VICTORIA FOGEL (University of South Florida) |
| Abstract: The participant in this study was a 44-year-old woman who smoked an average of 18 cigarettes per day, engaged in zero minutes of physical activity (exercise) per day, and was overweight. This study utilized self-recording, goal-setting, positive reinforcement (money was contingent on meeting daily goal and engaging in replacement behaviors), and TAGteaching (using an acoustical sound [conditioned reinforcer] to mark replacement behaviors immediately as they occur) to decrease smoking behavior, increase physical activity, and reduce calorie intake. Results show that smoking decreased to zero and the results were maintained over time; physical activity increased from 0 minutes per week to an average of 300 minutes per week, and the client lost a total of 23 inches (bust, arms, waist, hips, and thigh measurements combined). Ongoing data are being collected as well as IOA. Limitations to this study are that indirect measures (self-reporting) have been used as the primary means of data collection (client is out-of-state), IOA did not occur for the smoking procedure, and client is a family member (dual-role relationship). Poster will address when it may be appropriate to work with a family member and propose best practices for working in a dual-role relationship. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #474 Poster Session (CSE) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 61. Swimming Skill Acquisition via iPod Video Modeling. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOANNA M. KOOISTRA (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Kionne A. Feaster (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale) |
| Abstract: Four typically functioning adults, who had experience in the water but were not skilled swimmers, were taught to swim the freestyle stroke via iPod video modeling. Participants’ ability to swim the freestyle stroke was assessed through task analyses, time, and distance swam. After instruction, all participants met training criteria, which was completing 90% of the steps on the task analysis and swimming the full length of the pool (75 ft) across three consecutive sessions. Post-test, 2-week, and 4-week follow-up data showed maintenance of the swimming skills. Reliability data were obtained for 33% of all test trials and averaged 97% agreement (range 96-100%). Results of the study demonstrate the effectiveness of an alternative method for adults to acquire swimming skills through the use of a video iPod. This method of instruction may be useful for those who do not have access to organized swimming lessons or who may prefer a more individualized instructional format. The use of a video iPod may be successful at teaching other skills in a discreet manner as well. |
| |
|
| 62. Possible Influences of Behavior Function on the Daily Patterns of Problem Behavior in Educational Settings: A Retrospective Descriptive Analysis. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| KENDRA L. WICKLAND (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Amanda M. Colby (St. Cloud State University), Nairim C. Rojas Ramirez (St. Cloud State University) |
| Abstract: Conditional rates of problem behavior in educational settings were evaluated in two studies. Study 1 analyzed conditional rates of problem behavior across each day of the week for six individuals in a residential treatment facility. The results show that individuals whose problem behavior was maintained by escape from academic demands displayed the highest rate of problem behavior on Monday and the lowest rates on Saturday and Sunday. By contrast, individuals with attention-maintained problem behavior did not exhibit these same patterns. Study 2 evaluated rates of or the percentage of time with problem behavior, attention from teachers, and demands from teachers across weekdays for five individuals in public school settings. The results of study 2 were consistent with Study 1 and showed that individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior displayed higher rates of problem behavior on the first school-day of the week. In addition, the results indicated that daily patterns of problem behavior did not vary as a function of attention and demands from teachers. Several possible operant processes that may account for these behavior patterns are discussed. |
| |
|
| 63. ABA on the Run: The Use of a Premack Contingency to Increase Running Behaviors. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSICA L. FERGUSON (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University) |
| Abstract: The benefits of running include increased energy, feelings of well-being, weight management, and decreased depression. However, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 62% of the population is not engaging in vigorous leisure-time physical activity. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the effects of applying the principles of behavior analysis and self-management techniques to increase running behaviors. A Premack contingency was implemented to maintain running at a specific weekly goal. A changing-criterion design was used to demonstrate the functional relationship between running and access to homework. The target behavior was assessed daily. As a result of the intervention package, running behaviors systematically increased from 0.0 minutes daily to 30.0 minutes daily. |
| |
|
| 64. Behavioral Observation Used to Estimate Pesticide Exposure for Farm Workers in Brazil. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| DAVID A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Cristiano Coelho (Universidade De Brasilia), Erick Rôso Huber (Universidade Católica de Goiás) |
| Abstract: Long-term exposure to low levels of pesticides has been shown to impair behavior (Eckerman, et al., 2007; Kamel & Hoppin, 2002). Obtaining a quantitative measure of this level of exposure for an individual, however, is a challenge. The validity of retrospective self-reports is suspect for many reasons. The validity of biochemical measures is suspect as well, since these measures assess short-term rather than long-term effects of exposure. We provide an additional measure that may be helpful in indexing the level of exposure for an individual by making weekly observations of the type of activity this individual engages in while working on a farm. Each of these activities is assigned an exposure-risk factor based on expert judgment. An additional adjustment is made depending on the kind of protection an individual is seen wearing (e.g., mask, gloves, type of shoes, special clothing). Each observation thus provides an estimate of momentary exposure. A sum is made of these momentary exposures obtained over a 12 week period, and this sum is multiplied by the worker’s reported job attendance. This sum is cross-validated as a measure of exposure by comparing its correlation to behavioral deficits to those based on other measures of exposure. |
| |
|
| 65. Relation between Depression and Family Conflicts in Adolescents of Mexico. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Monica Alvarez Zuñiga (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria de Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Arturo Silva Rodríguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
| Abstract: From a clinical and epidemiological view, those factors which influence an adolescents’ mental health may be considered as risk factors, since they are tied to certain type of behaviors, manifested in a voluntary way, with an enormous probability of causing negative consequences in their mental health, concerning to a personal- subjective and a social-community perspective, affecting their family relationships (Irwin, 1990). Also, depression, unstable academic records, chaotic relationships with parents and friends, drug abuse and another kind of negative behaviours may be included in a depressive state. Some symptoms could be a lot of sleep, alimentary disorders, and even pre-delinquent conducts. Based on this, the aims of the present study were to identify differences in adolescents´ depression, according to their gender and community (urban or rural), in which they live. The Family Environment Scale (FES) and the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) were used to evaluate 3291 participants with a mean age of 13.4 years. Results show that depression was found to be negatively related to the familial cohesion. T student test showed a clear difference by gender. |
| |
|
| 66. A Needs Assessment and Intervention to Increase Fluorescent Lamp Recycling Behaviors within Commercial Properties. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| MEGAN MARIE LYONS (Virginia Tech), Rachael E. Budowle (Center for Applied Behavior Systems, Virginia Tech), Elise A. Drake (Virginia Tech) |
| Abstract: Human behavior is a factor that contributes significantly to the degradation of our environment. Conversely, there are many changes in human behavior which can have a meaningful impact on environmental protection. The literature has called for community-based interventions to decrease environmentally destructive behaviors and also to increase environmentally protective behaviors. Fluorescent lamp recycling among commercial businesses is an environmentally protective behavior that is not well researched. Fluorescent lamps contain mercury. If lamps are not disposed of correctly, the mercury can contribute to the degradation of the environment. Despite this fact, lamp recycling rates remain low. Approximately 600 million fluorescent lamps are disposed of each year in the United States alone. Of these disposed fluorescent lamps, 82% go to landfills, 16% are incinerated and only 2% are recycled. Interventions aimed at increasing fluorescent lamp recycling in commercial properties are clearly necessary. A needs assessment was conducted to collect data on lamp disposal methods in the community, as well as ratings related to fluorescent lamp recycling concerns, motivations and intentions. Following the needs assessment, pledge cards were used as a commitment strategy, and incentive strategies were implemented. Results and implications of both the needs assessment and the intervention will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 67. A Large-Scale Community Approach to Increase Recycling Among Apartment Residents. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| LINDSAY ELIZABETH BERG (Virginia Tech), Madison R. Earnest, III (Virginia Tech), Amanda Wormington (Virginia Tech), Anya Morgulis (Virginia Tech) |
| Abstract: The negative consequences of human behavior on the environment have become a serious issue. Certain behaviors having positive consequences on the environment have been popular targets for intervention. Recycling is a targeted behavior because of the significant impact it has on diverting waste from our limited landfills as well as preserving our natural resources. In order for recycling to be effective, however, it must be a recurring behavior. Various interventions, including feedback, prompts, goal setting, and reward programs, have been proven to increase recycling behaviors; however, long-term response maintenance is a problem after the removal of the intervention. This study aimed to increase recycling behaviors in apartment complexes in a college town by first conducting a needs-assessment of recycling programs already in place, as well as the use of these programs and their availability to tenants. An intervention using pledge cards as a commitment strategy was then developed to target property managers’ implementation of suitable programs allowing for proper recycling by tenants. Tenants were also targeted to increase long-term recycling behaviors. Results of the needs-assessment and the efficacy of the interventions will be discussed as well as implications for the community and future research. |
| |
|
| 68. Efficacy of a Self-Management Intervention for Increasing Healthy Weight-Related Behaviors among Adolescents. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| DANA F. LINDEMANN (Western Illinois University), Colin R. Harbke (Western Illinois University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University) |
| Abstract: During the last three decades, adolescent obesity rates have more than tripled, and as such, prevention programs increasing healthy weight-related behaviors are needed. The purpose of this research is to develop and evaluate a behavioral self-management intervention for increasing healthy exercise and eating behaviors among adolescents. Approximately 80 male and female adolescents, ranging from 13 to 16 years of age will participate in a 6-week self-management program. Following sessions on self-management, healthy exercise, and healthy eating, participants will develop and implement their own self-management plans. Participants will respond to several pre- and post-test measures related to eating and exercise behaviors and maintain weekly food and exercise diaries. Data will be collected November 2007 through February 2008. The primary outcome variables are exercise and healthy eating behaviors, will be compared between pre- and post-testing and across the weekly food and exercise diaries. This intervention may result in a long-term change in healthy eating and exercise behaviors, and because of its low cost it is feasible for large samples of adolescents in both community and school-based populations. |
| |
|
| 69. A Review of Video Modeling with Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| SONIA DENISE BAKER (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin) |
| Abstract: This review examined the efficacy of using video modeling as an intervention for improving the social and behavioral skills of students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Seventeen studies were included in the review. The review was organized according to the behavior targeted during intervention. Behaviors were classified as (a) increase peer interaction, (b) increase on-task behavior, (c) a combination of peer interaction and on-task behavior, and (d) decrease in inappropriate behavior. This review explored the effectiveness, feasibility, and suitability of video modeling as an intervention. Limitations and implications for future research will be discussed. The results suggest that video modeling is an effective intervention strategy for addressing social and behavioral skills of students with emotional and behavioral disorders. |
| |
|
| 70. Effects of Functional Communication Training Using a Contrast Demand. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
| ADAM KARLSGODT (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
| Abstract: Historically, functional communication training (FCT) has been regarded as an effective intervention for treatment of problem behavior in the natural setting (Carr & Durand, 1985; Wacker et al., 1990; Durand & Carr, 1992). One concern surrounding its practice in the school setting is the perceived decrease in task completion once a functional response has been learned to escape demands appropriately. A potential solution to this problem would be to arrange a contingency where one could escape increased demands to engage in pre-selected daily activities, which were previously escaped through aberrant behavior. In the present investigation, the effects of FCT using a contrast demand and FCT with extinction were compared. Results indicate that FCT using a contrast demand was effective in decreasing aberrant behavior. |
| |
|
| 71. Follow-Up Study of Former Students of the Judge Rotenberg Center. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
| NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Center), Courtney Jean McHugh (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Center), Rosemary Silva (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
| Abstract: Examining post-treatment outcomes of residential care clients remains an important aspect in assessing the long-term durability of treatment that clients receive while in the care of a facility and the generalizability of treatment effects to natural environments. This study is an ongoing investigation of the post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming for children and adults with severe behavior problems, including conduct disorders, emotional problems, brain injury or psychosis, autism, and developmental disabilities. The students are evaluated after leaving JRC using objective measures of quality of life indicators and subjective measures of life adjustment. It is anticipated that approximately 60 former students from several months to years post-treatment will be included in this study. |
| |
|
| 72. A Review of Sensory Integration Intervention on Self-stimulatory and Self-injurious Behaviors. |
| Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
| PEI-YU CHEN (University of Washington), Takanori Koyama (University of Washington), Nicole Lynn Casillas (University of Washington) |
| Abstract: Self-stimulatory behavior (SSB) and self-injurious behavior (SIB) are characteristics displayed by children with severe disabilities and have been a major concern of teachers and parents. Sensory integration (SI) intervention has been one of the treatments implemented to decrease SSB and SIB with a lack of evidence-based studies supporting its efficacy. We analyzed nine empirical studies on SI with two purposes. First, we appraised the definition of SI coined by Ayers (1972) and examined how the literature applied the principles of SI interventions. Findings revealed that 55.5% of the studies did not conduct pre-assessment prior to intervention. Twenty-two percent created sensory profiles of the subjects, and 22.2% of the studies conducted a Functional Behavior Assessment. Second, the effectiveness of SI on SSB and SIB was investigated. Treatment procedures varied with 89% of the studies providing controlled vestibular, tactile, and other stimulation input during treatments. More than half of the reviewed studies found positive effects of SI intervention in reducing SSB and SIB with four studies indicating mixed results over control treatments. Half of the reviewed studies reported behavior generalization across time or settings. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #475 Poster Session (DDA) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 73. Effectiveness of Matching to Sample Training on Teaching Value with the Use of Preferred Items. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| KATHY JOHNSON (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
| Abstract: In this study we hypothesized that with matching stimulus, preferred items, matched with a stimulus, coins with equivalent money values of dollar, half dollar, quarter, dime, nickel, and penny, a child with developmental disabilities would learn the value of money, more or less. We also hypothesized that the child would generalize that value across pairings. After training, the child was able to determine more or less and generalize across all pairings. |
| |
|
| 74. Assessing the Effects of Corrective Reading Decoding Level B1. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (Eastern Washington University), Ronald C. Martella (Eastern Washington University), James Peterson (Central Valley School District) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to determine the effectiveness of Corrective Reading Decoding Level B1 on the reading skills of a high school student with developmental disabilities. Pre- and posttest data were collected by administering five reading subtests under three reading clusters from the Woodcock Johnson III: Tests of Achievement as well as one supplemental subtest. Within-program assessments were also completed. Results showed that Corrective Reading Decoding B1 had an educationally significant impact on all three reading clusters as well as on four of the six reading subtests of the WJ III. The results of the within program assessments showed mastery of skills taught within the Corrective Reading Decoding B1 program. Implications for future research are discussed. |
| |
|
| 75. Compare the Effectiveness and Efficiency of Direct Instruction and Simultaneous Prompting Procedure on Teaching the Concepts. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| SEMIHA CELIK (Ilgi Private Special Education Center), Sezgin Vuran (Anadolu University Egitim Fakultesi) |
| Abstract: In this study, a parallel treatments design, which is one of the methods of the single-subject research model, was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of direct instruction and simultaneous prompting procedure on teaching the concepts of long, old, few and thick to students with intellectual disabilities. All sessions were conducted in a one-to-one teaching arrangement. Sessions were set up two days in a week, and one direct instruction session and one simultaneous prompting session were conducted each day during the intervention period. Daily probe sessions were conducted before every single daily training session. According to the effectiveness results of the study, both direct instruction and simultaneous prompting procedures were effective on 3 of the subjects, while direct instruction was effective on 1 of the subjects. As the two procedures were compared for the efficiency data, simultaneous prompting procedure was found more efficient than direct instruction in terms of the number of trials and incorrect. The subjects maintained the concepts presented to them during instruction and after the 11 mounts to the level of criterion. In this study, social validity data supported the results of the study. |
| |
|
| 76. Use of Videotaped Modeling to Teach Vocational Skills to Young Adults with Asperger’s. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Dustin Wallace (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
| Abstract: Individuals with Asperger’s Syndrome experience unemployment and underemployment because of difficulties responding appropriately to the social demands of the workplace. This investigation evaluated the use of videotaped modeling to teach social-vocational skills to individuals with Asperger’s Syndrome. Participants were 5 young adults, ages 17-22, diagnosed with Asperger’s Syndrome. Each participant attended a promotional event at a large discount store. Participants were asked to wear an inflatable costume as a part of the event to promote sales and new products. In a multiple baseline design across subjects, each participant was directly observed at the event wearing no costume, wearing a costume but without training, and then wearing the costume after watching a 5 minute videotape modeling of the social-vocational behaviors required of individuals wearing the costumes (e.g, waving, pointing, shaking hands, dancing, imitating, etc). Results reveal that the participants quickly acquired the targeted social-vocational skills after watching the videotaped model, that the participants and parents found the “job” to be highly rewarding, and that the employers rated the participant performances as competent. Implications are discussed. |
| |
|
| 77. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| KAREN STONE (Southern Illinois University), Rocio Rosales (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: The effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) has been met with enduring success in teaching several skills. In this study, three individuals with no prior training in implementing the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) were trained in the first three phases of this technique using a BST package. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of using a video, written and verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to teach these skills. Participants were provided with copies of relevant chapters of the PECS manual prior to conducting baseline sessions. Training sessions were conducted with a confederate learner, and followed up with generalization tests conducted with an adult with severe mental retardation. Results for all participants demonstrated significant improvements from baseline performance over a short period of training time. |
| |
|
| 78. Conditions Related to Simple Discrimination in a Man with Profound Multiple Disabilities. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANNE K. STULL (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kimberly D. Willis (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Martin Thomas Ivancic (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center) |
| Abstract: A highly distractible 34-year-old man with profound multiple handicaps was assessed for his ability to discriminate during a simple discrimination task. His diagnoses included nonvocal, Angleman's Syndrome, recurrent essential tremors, seizures, and swallow deficits necessitating a gastric tube for nourishment. The task involved presenting two items (a toy block and egg) that were counterbalanced on his left and right sides. If he touched the targeted item, he received vocal and physical interaction previously identified as reinforcement for disruptive behavior. Although correct discriminations were negatively correlated with days during which he tremored most of the day, when he was not tremoring he failed to achieve training criterion even when sessions were adjusted to minimize activity following incorrect answers (trainers and materials briefly removed) or when consequence conditions for correct answers were maximized (auditory click or "tag" bridged response and social consequence). When the discrimination task (with tag) was switched to selecting a consistent side (regardless of object) rather than a consistent object (regardless of side), he was able to meet training criterion with few errors when the discrimination objects were placed on the right side, but no training criteria were reached when the objects were placed on the left side. |
| |
|
| 79. Using Video iPods® to Teach Functional Skills to Students with Special Needs. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Katie Grider (Plainfield Consolidated Community School District), Kristin Grider (Plainfield Consolidated Community School District) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of using Video iPods® as an instructional tool to teach functional skills to students with developmental disabilities. Specifically, we were interested in determining if video iPods could be effective tools for increasing the independent functioning of students with developmental disabilities. We were also interested in determining if students with developmental disabilities could learn to use video iPods independently. Finally, we were interested in comparing the relative effectiveness video and pictures when displayed on a video iPod during instructional sessions.
An alternating treatments design was used to assess the relative effectiveness of video vs. pictures when using video iPods to teach functional skills to students with developmental disabilities. Four high school students with developmental disabilities were each taught two functional skills while using a video iPod in a school setting. One skill was taught using a sequence of brief video segments modeling the successful performance of the target skill. A second skill was taught using a series of photographs of the skill being performed. Both video and pictures were displayed on an iPod during instructional sessions.
All four students acquired both functional skills using an iPod during instruction. For two of the four students, video was more efficient than pictures; for the two remaining students, video and pictures were equally effective. In addition, three of the four students learned to operate the video iPods independently. |
| |
|
| 80. Functional Assessment of Learning Styles in Autism: Linking Assessment and Treatment. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANDREA STEARNS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
| Abstract: Conditional discriminations (e.g., if-then discriminations in which the correct response varies dependent on which sample stimulus is presented) are fundamental building blocks for the development of language and social skills, and children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) often have particular difficulty learning them (Sidman, 1994). Four function-based procedures for teaching conditional discriminations to individuals with ASD that have empirical support in the extant literature include: (a) using an empirically-identified reinforcer to increase motivation, (b) adding an extra-stimulus prompt to guide correct responding (i.e., errorless learning), (c) insuring that the individual is attending to the relevant characteristics of the sample or comparison stimuli through reinforcement of a differential observing response, and (d) repeatedly presenting each sample stimulus in isolation (i.e., in blocks of trials) until criterion-level performance is achieved. Although each of these procedures has been shown to be effective with at least some individuals with autism, it is not clear which procedure should be selected for an individual student with autism who fails to acquire conditional discriminations using typical training procedures. Therefore, an important next step in this line of research is to determine when these four specialized treatments should be used and with which participants. The purpose of the current project was to refine and validate a rapid assessment for (a) identifying the function of a child's poor performance on conditional discrimination tasks and (b) selecting the intervention from the four approaches described above that was functionally related to the child's performance. |
| |
|
| 81. The Effects of Speech Output on Graphic Symbol Combination Learning. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| RAVI NIGAM (Governors State University), Janice A. Grskovic (Indiana University Northwest), Jessie B. Grskovic (Indiana University Bloomington) |
| Abstract: Individuals using augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems successfully learn to use graphic symbols for communication. With advancement in technology, individuals with severe expressive communication disabilities can use assistive devices that use speech synthesizers to provide speech output (SO). Synthetic speech has been shown to improve the learning of graphic symbols and may facilitate the expressive communication of AAC users. Empirical investigations have indicated that the use of synthetic speech results in efficient learning of single graphic symbols (Romski & Sevcik, 1996; Schepis & Reid, 1995; Schlosser, Belfiore, Nigam, Blischak, & Hetzroni, 1995). The efficacy of speech output in learning graphic symbol combinations is not yet known.
This study investigated whether speech output (SO) enhanced the learning of graphic symbol combinations using an invented language. Using a single-subject alternating treatments design, five participants were taught modifier-object combinations of an invented language under speech output and no-speech output conditions (NSO). Each experimental condition had six modifier-object combinations. The efficacy of the treatment procedure was assessed with the percent correct during probe sessions, number of trials to criterion, and number of prompts during SO and SVO conditions. Implications of results for users of AAC are discussed. |
| |
|
| 82. A Comparison of the Effectiveness of Prompting Strategies in Teaching Self-Help Skills to Children With Developmental Disabilities. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| BRYAN F. FIRLEIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Denise Marzullo (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Erin Bereheiko (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Elonda Jackson (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Sandra F. Kokolis (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Kate O'Brien (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Loyda Santiago (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of least-to-most prompting strategies and most-to- least prompting strategies in teaching self-help skills to children with developmental disabilities. Least-to-most prompting strategies included hierarchical prompting with a verbal, model, and physical prompt. Most-to-least prompting strategies included graduated guidance of physical prompts and spatial fading. The participants
included children with developmental disabilities living in an inpatient neurobehavioral stabilization unit. A multiple baseline across skills design was used and replicated across participants. Baseline data have been collected for one participant using least-to-most prompting strategies for tooth brushing and showering. Data collected during the treatment phase using most-to-least prompting strategies have yielded increased independence with both tooth brushing and showering. Data collection is ongoing for several other participants. Results indicate most-to-least prompting strategies reduced errors and promoted faster skill acquisition. Future research will attempt to replicate the effectiveness of most-to-least prompting strategies for additional participants, thereby allowing caregivers to use more effective techniques when teaching self-help skills. |
| |
|
| 83. Rapid Teaching of a Visual-Visual Non-Identity Matching Task. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| COLLEEN MARGARET ANNE MURPHY (University of Manitoba), Maria Figueroa (St. Amant Research Center/St. Cloud University), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba/St. Amant Research Centre) |
| Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) test assesses an individual’s ability to learn a simple imitation task and five two-choice discrimination tasks. These tasks, called levels, are hierarchically ordered in terms of difficulty. Research has shown that failed levels are difficult to teach using standard prompting and reinforcement, but have been taught using a multiple-component training package. ABLA level 5, an auditory-visual discrimination, has been found to be uninformative because most participants who pass level 5 also pass level 6. However, a visual-visual non-identity matching (VVNM) prototype task has been found to fall between ABLA levels 4 and 6 in the hierarchy. This study attempted to teach failed VVNM training tasks using two methods: (1) standard prompting and reinforcement (SPR) and (2) SPR with a within-stimulus prompt-fading component (SPRF) in a single-subject alternating-treatments design. Two individuals with developmental disabilities who had passed ABLA level 4, but had failed ABLA level 6 and the VVNM prototype task participated in the study. Fading materials were created using computer software. Although data collection is still ongoing, preliminary data indicate that participants learn a VVNM training task more quickly using the SPRF. |
| |
|
| 84. The Effectiveness of Using a Video iPod® as a Prompting Device in Employment Settings. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Kristin Grider (Northern Illinois University), Katie Grider (Northern Illinois University), Traci Van Laarhoven-Myers (Indian Prairie School District #204) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of using a video iPod® as a prompting device for teaching three job-related tasks to a young man with developmental disabilities in a community-based employment setting. Effects of the prompting device were evaluated using a multiple probe across behaviors design. Results indicated that the introduction of the video iPod was associated with immediate and substantial gains in independent correct responding with an associated decrease in the number of prompts given from a job coach. In addition, the video iPod was used independently by the participant. Instructional implications and future research will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 85. Discrete Trial Training for Children with Mild Mental Retardation to Improve Reading, Writing and Mathematics. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| NA-YOUNG SHIN (Yonsei University), Joo-hyun Kil (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of discrete trial training (DTT) (Lovaas, 1987), which had been known to be effective as an early intervention for children with autism, to improve reading, writing and mathematic skills for a 7-year-old boy with mild mental retardation. DTT sessions were held 3 hours a day four times a week from Monday to Friday at his home by the treatment team. Upon his pre-treatment assessment results, the following three programs were developed. For the reading program, 140 Korean syllables were taught in a random order. For the writing program, words and sentences were randomly selected from 1st Grade textbook. The mathematics task was identification of a larger number in a pair (between 1 and 9), which is the requisite skill for learning numbers. Typical DTT format was used along with token system and extinction for problem behaviors. After 4 months of treatment, the participant mastered 140 Korean syllables and was able to copy approximately 90% of the words & sentences from the text book. In addition, he mastered the numbers between 1 and 9. Clinical and research implications were discussed along with practical issues. |
| |
|
| 86. Respondent-Type Procedure can Facilitate the Equivalence Relation of Literacy in Students with Developmental Disabilities. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
| Abstract: Students with developmental disabilities often have difficulty learning the systematic relations among syllables (auditory stimuli), characters (visual stimuli), and meanings (often visual stimuli) required for reading and writing. In behavior analysis, we use some procedures such as a simple discrimination, a matching to sample, and a constructional matching to sample to make equivalent relations. Recently, a new procedure called respondent-type procedure was established. In this procedure, the participant only observed some stimulus-pairs in a computer display. Although this procedure did not require specific overt responses, this procedure facilitated equivalence relation in infants and adults. We examined that the participants could write the unknown Kanji characters through the respondent-type procedure training. In this study, 6 students with developmental disabilities were participated. We constructed the stimulus-pairs, which consisted of Hiragana word stimuli and Kanji stimuli. After respondent type training, we tested whether students could write the Kanji characters or not. As a result, five students showed the kanji writing responses without direct writing training. The result is discussed in terms of the effect of the respondent-type procedure on the transfer of writing characters. |
| |
|
| 87. The Effects a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Improvement of Playing and Reading for a Child with Developmental Disabilities. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| CANDIDO PESSOA (Universidade de São Paulo), Cintia Guilhardi (Universidade de São Paulo/Gradual), Stephanny Maria Rampazo (Gradual), Claudia Romano (Gradual), Leila Bagaiolo (Universidade de São Paulo/Gradual) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to minimize stereotypy and passivity improving playing and reading for a Five-year-old male with developmental disabilities using a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure. In a multiple baseline design, data for playing or reading and stereotypy and passivity were collected using continuous 5-second whole interval recordings in 5-minute baseline probe sessions. Social approval was pared with toys contingently with playing in a VI 2-second schedule for 20 train-test trials per session until criterion. After 8 train-test trial sessions, a new probe showed 5-second intervals with stereotypy decreasing from 56 to 27 intervals; with passivity increasing from 1 to 10; and with playing increasing from 3 to 27. Three new train-test trial sessions were conducted paring social approval and physical contact with an increased number of toys. Probe sessions showed an increase in stereotypy to 38 and playing with toys decreased to 5 intervals. After that, VI was increased to 4 seconds for two more train-test trial sessions. Probes showed an increase of playing to 35 and stereotypy decreased to 23. So far, results for reading do not show any important increase in the number of intervals in any probe sessions. To find out significant increases in number of playing intervals and decreases in stereotypy the intermittence of the VI schedule will continue to be enlarged. |
| |
|
| 88. Predicting Performance on Two-Choice and Three-Choice Discriminations with Persons with Severe Intellectual Disabilities. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
| SANDRA SALEM (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center) |
| Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) test assesses a participants’ ability to perform several two-choice discriminations. I assessed the accuracy of the ABLA test for predicting three-choice discrimination performance. Fourteen adults with developmental delay (seven who scored at ABLA Level 2, a position discrimination, and seven who scored at ABLA Level 3, a visual discrimination) each received 6 three-choice discrimination tasks. Three “At” tasks corresponded to the person’s standard ABLA score (the highest level passed), and three “Above” tasks corresponded to the person’s first failed standard ABLA level. Participants passed significantly more three-choice tasks at their ABLA level than above their ABLA level. Level 2 participants did not pass significantly more At tasks than Level 3 participants. |
| |
|
| 89. Teaching Adults with Developmental Disabilities to Identify and Report Inappropriate Staff-to-Resident Interactions. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| JESSICA R. BOLLMAN (Southern Illinois University), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a behavioral skills training program designed to teach women with developmental disabilities living in a state-operated facility to identify and report physical and verbal maltreatment by caregivers. Three participants with mild mental retardation were first taught to discriminate between appropriate and inappropriate staff behavior and provide the rationale during scheduled sessions in which hypothetical scenarios were presented via video. Participants were then taught to report inappropriate staff behavior through video modeling, role-plays, and performance feedback. Results revealed that all three participants acquired discrimination and reporting skills and maintained these skills at or above criterion at two and four-week follow-up. |
| |
|
| 90. Abuse and Intellectual Disabilities: A Literature Review. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| LINDSEY M. KANE (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
| Abstract: It repeatedly has been reported that individuals with intellectual disabilities are more likely to be abused (sexually, physically, and/or psychologically) than are individuals without such disabilities. Here, we report the results of a literature review on the topic of abuse and intellectual disabilities. Despite there being several studies involving the assessment of abuse-protection skills in this population, there are few empirical reports involving the training of such skills. There also is minimal work involving the assessment of maintenance of these skills following training. Importantly, there is little to no work involving the training of abuse-prevention skills in individuals with moderate, severe, or profound intellectual disabilities. We offer several future research directions in the area of abuse and intellectual disabilities. |
| |
|
| 91. The Effect of TV Removal on Staff to Client Interaction in an Adolescent Brain Injury Facility. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Katie Sedowski (Southern Illinois University), Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale), Krystal Qualls (Southern Illinois University), Michael Bordieri (Southern Illinois University) |
| Abstract: Using an ABAB design, we evaluated the effect of removing cable television on staff-to-client interactions in a facility for adolescents with brain injury. Participants in the study were life skills technicians (direct care staff) and adolescents living in the facility. In the baseline condition, the use of the television was open to staff and participants. During treatment, the experimenter disconnected the cable feeding television service to the facility without announcement to staff or residents. The frequency and quality of teaching interactions initiated by staff were recorded in all phases. The percentage of time clients were involved in purposeful activities as a result were also recorded. Results suggest that if organizations are striving for quality of interactions between clients and residents, certain environmental manipulations are necessary. Implications for promoting quality of care for individuals with disabilities will be presented. |
| |
|
| 92. Social Validity of Behavioral Treatments for Autism in an Episode of the Super Nanny. |
| Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University), Melissa J. King (Drake University) |
| Abstract: This study assesses the social validity of behavioral techniques (i.e., Pivotal Response Treatment) used with a child diagnosed with autism, on an episode of Supernanny (Frost, 2005). Social validity refers to the social importance and acceptability of a given intervention. 120 Drake undergraduates, enrolled in Introductory Psychology courses, volunteered for this study. All participants watched an edited version of Supernanny, which was presented in two ways. Some participants watched the episode the way it was filmed; the first half of the video did not contain any intervention, while the second half of the video showed the family receiving the behavioral intervention. Other participants viewed the episode in reverse order, watching first the second half of the video, followed by the first half. A questionnaire, measuring aspects of social validity, was filled out between the two video sections and again at the end of the entire video. On this 20-item questionnaire, students rated the acceptability of the family’s interactions with the child as well as the desirability and severity of the child’s behavior before and after behavioral techniques were applied. Results show that the acceptability and desirability of the child’s behavior increased after the treatment was implemented. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #476 Poster Session (DEV) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 93. Monitoring Staff Behavior: If It Isn’t Implemented, It Can’t Work. |
| Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
| BECKY L. WILLIAMS (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Bridget A. Shore (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Carrie Reali (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Mary V. Burke (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Shanita L. Allen (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation) |
| Abstract: Considerable research on staff training confirms that unless staff are sufficiently trained and supervised to implement behavioral interventions and techniques to improve and maintain client behavior, there is little chance for positive outcomes (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2004). The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the efficacy of a staff monitoring system on improving several measures of client and staff behavior. Participants were 24 supervisors and their direct care staff, and all clients residing in a residential rehabilitation program. Supervisors were trained to use monitoring tools that scored staff and client behavior for (a) positive to negative interactions, (b) client engagement in purposeful age appropriate activities, and (c) reliability of behavior plan and therapy protocol implementation. In addition, public posting and a supervisor lottery were also implemented to increase supervisor compliance with the required number of observations per week. A reversal design was used to determine the efficacy of the monitoring system, and interobserver agreement was obtained for 33% of the observations. Results showed high percentage supervisor compliance with observations and concomitant improvement in all measures of staff and client behavior, suggesting the method effective in improving staff performance and client outcomes. |
| |
|
| 94. Can Recall Ability Be Improved in a Developmentally Disabled Adult with Dementia? |
| Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
| ANGELA S. GOODRICH (Behavior Analysis, Inc.) |
| Abstract: The ability to readily recall information is an important one for daily functioning and one that is expected to decline as we get older; but can the use of regular recall activities slow or reverse this decline? In order to determine whether the recall ability of a 64-year-old male diagnosed with mental retardation, Downs Syndrome, schizophrenia and dementia could be maintained and improved, a picture recall test was conducted by group home staff. Photos were taken of staff at the adult day training program where the participant works and the group home where the participant resides. Group home staff showed the participant each person’s picture and asked him, “Who is this?” or “What is his/her name?” Data were collected on whether the participant identified the person in the photo correctly, incorrectly (i.e., by someone else's name), or did not know (i.e., he either stated "I don't know" or recognized the person but could not recall his or her name). Results will be discussed in terms of their implication for maintaining and improving recall in elderly persons—additional data to be collected. |
| |
|
| 96. The Effects of Pretraining Experiences on 3- and 4-Month-Olds' Visual Discrimination Learning. |
| Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
| DAVID WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Caitlin R. Vaught (Missouri State University) |
| Abstract: This study examined the effects of two types of pretraining experiences aimed at promoting visual scanning of stimuli so to enhance visual discrimination learning. Two age groups (3- and 4-month-old infants) were assigned randomly to one of three conditions: Habitual, Contingency, or Control. Infants in the Habitual condition were provided 20 seconds of visual experience with the most salient stimulus component employed in the subsequent visual discrimination learning task. Infants in the contingency condition received four pretraining trials of a simplified visual discrimination task providing reinforcement experience with the discriminative cue (the least salient component) employed in the subsequent visual discrimination task. Infants assigned to the Control condition received no pretraining experience. All infants then participated in a 14-trial visual discrimination task using a synchronous reinforcement schedule. It was hypothesized that the 3- month-old infants would profit more from Habitual experience and 4-month-old infants would profit more from Contingency experience. Both Habitual and Contingency pretraining experiences resulted in superior discrimination learning compared to that of the Control condition. However, for both age groups, the Contingency pretraining was most effective. Individual and group mean comparison data will be presented and the results will be discussed in terms of a limited scanning hypothesis. |
| |
|
| 99. Caregiver Use of Time-Based Schedules of Event Delivery. |
| Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
| JOLENE R. SY (University of Florida), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| Abstract: Research has shown that fixed-time schedules of event delivery can effectively suppress problem behavior. However, in the natural environment, programmed fixed-time schedules may degrade into variable-time schedules. In this investigation, we combined the continuous availability of toys with a gradually increasing variable-time schedule of attention to decrease the level of hand mouthing exhibited by a typically developing girl. Next, response suppression was maintained under a fixed-time schedule of attention, despite variances in treatment integrity. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #477 Poster Session (EAB) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 100. Peak Shift in Simultaneous Discriminations. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| DAVID A. OLDBERG (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
| Abstract: Within the learning and conditioning literature, a phenomenon known as peak shift is recognized as a robust effect in generalization testing. When an organism is differentially reinforced for responding to two stimuli from a continuous dimension, such as the visible light spectrum, and then a third novel stimulus from that dimension is presented, the peak of the post-discrimination gradient usually shifts toward the value of the novel stimulus. Observed peak shifts are frequently interpreted as evidence of generalization and therefore relational, rather than absolute or feature learning, but only occur in the literature to date with successive procedures. This study attempted to obtain peak shift using pigeons in a much simpler simultaneous discrimination procedure than has been previously described in the literature. No peak shifts were observed and possible explanations of this result and refinements of this procedure are discussed. |
| |
|
| 101. Effects of Categorial Size and Type of Modeling on a Categorization Task with Children. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ALEJANDRA MARQUEZ (Univeridad de Guadalajara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: We present data from an experimental study, the objective of which was to identify the influence of the number of objects in each category and two kinds of modeling (differential and non-differential) on the adjustment to categorization criteria. Eight children between 3 and 4 years old participated. They were randomly assigned to one of the two experimental groups. They had to solve a categorization task similar to Klein’s (1959). Children had to classify several objects according to the material they were made of (plastic, metal, wood). Phases of the study included: (a) pretest, (b) one session with differential modeling or non-differential modeling (listening) accordingly with the experimental group, (c) one test session of categorization with 12 objects, (d) one session identical to (b), (e) one test session of categorization with 30 objects, (f) one session identical to (f), and (i) posttest. Data were analyzed in terms of children’s comprehension of the categorization criteria along with the cognitive outcomes (attending, reproducing, and assigning) they attained using different linguistic modes. |
| |
|
| 102. Winning, Losing, and Matching in Professional Sports Teams. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of Central Arkansas), Robyn Brown (University of Central Arkansas), William Thomas Acklin (University of Central Arkansas) |
| Abstract: A number of recent reports have demonstrated the ability of the Matching Law to describe performance by professional athletes. While these analyses have been shown to provide accurate descriptions of sports behavior, the importance of this relationship is not fully understood. This poster presents the results of an analysis of the outcomes of professional basketball (NBA) and football (NFL) games across an entire season for potential differences in the matching analysis between the winners and losers of these contests. The importance of these findings and further directions for this research will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 103. Choice Between High and Low Risk Options on an Earnings-Budget Procedure: Dynamic Optimization Model Analyses. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| GABRIEL DANIEL SEARCY (Western Michigan University), J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University), Megan A. Boyle (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
| Abstract: Risky choice in 10 adult humans was investigated across procedural manipulations designed to model energy-budget manipulations conducted with non-humans. Subjects were presented with repeated choices between high-variance and low-variance options that delivered money. An energy-budget was simulated by use of an earnings-budget, wherein a participant needed to meet a minimum income requirement within a 5-trial block in order to keep the accumulated earnings. Within-block choices were analyzed against the predictions of a dynamic optimization model. Choice was greatly consistent with previous non-human research and the Energy Budget rule, but there were some deviations from predictions. Performance was not as consistent with the predictions of the dynamic model as in previous experiments in which choice options were fixed and variable. These results suggest that choice may be less optimal when both options are variable compared to when one option is variable and one is fixed. |
| |
|
| 104. An Examination of Bipolar Theory with Concurrent Observing Response Manipulations. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| STEPHEN PICKFORD (Jacksonville State University), Jade Hill (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
| Abstract: Previous research examining response patterns in an interfood clock schedule has demonstrated that responding is a relative function that begins at the approximate mid-point of the interval and increases up to the point of reinforcement (Palya, 1990). Observational tests have indicated that the first half of the interval controls behavior other than the terminal behavior, whereas the second half of an interfood clock controls increasing amounts of the terminal behavior (Palya, 1993). The present experiment examined the inhibitory to excitatory gradient with a three-key concurrent schedule. The center key was a clocked fixed-time schedule. The two side keys were concurrent- and equal-variable interval schedules, with one simultaneously serving as an observing response and the other as an observing stimulus termination response. Results show that observing stimulus termination responses occur more often in the first half of the interval, and observing responses occur more often in the second half. Responding typically switched to the clock during the final portions of the interval. This response pattern offers some support for a bipolar perspective of responding in an interfood interval. |
| |
|
| 105. The Bipolar Model – Behavior as a Function of Position in the Interfood Interval. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| JADE HILL (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
| Abstract: Bipolar theory predicts that the first half of an interfood clock is inhibitory and the second half of the interval is increasingly excitatory. Palya (1993) used an observing response procedure to show that this response gradient in a clocked fixed-time schedule is well described by an ogival function. The purpose of the present experiment was to explicitly examine the shape of the gradient by increasing responding above its baseline level and to develop a mathematical model that describes responding to clock stimuli. The background level of responding was increased by adding a conjoint variable interval to a clock schedule already in effect. A model for a bipolar account of behavior was developed, and this model was compared to an exponential model to determine which best described responding to an interfood clock schedule. |
| |
|
| 106. Progressive-Ratio Schedules: Effects of Signaled and Unsignaled Delays to Reinforcement. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
| Abstract: On variable interval and differential reinforcement of low rate schedules brief unsignaled delays to reinforcement have been associated with increased response rates whereas brief signaled delays to reinforcement have been associated with decreased response rates (Lattal & Ziegler, 1982; Richards, 1981). However, the effects of brief delays to reinforcement on progressive-ratio (PR) responding are unknown. The current experiment examined the effects of both signaled and unsignaled delays to reinforcement of various durations (i.e., 1 s, 5 s and 10 s) on PR responding. Results are discussed in reference to the reinforcing efficacy of reinforcers following signaled and unsignaled delays. |
| |
|
| 107. Change and Repeat: Demonstrating Control Over Variable and Repetitive Behaviors in Dog Training. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| CARMEN BUITRAGO (Central Washington University) |
| Abstract: Learning, problem solving and novelty are expressions of behavior long attributed to complex cognitive processes. However, studies on the constructs of problem solving and novelty show these behavior patterns to be correlated with behavioral variability, and behavioral variability has been shown to be influenced by reinforcement. This poster depicts operant control of three domestic dogs’ repetitive and variable or novel responding when the two classes of behavior were differentially reinforced in the presence of discriminated verbal stimuli. In an alternating treatments design that included five phases of training, experimental control was demonstrated over the expression of response variation and repetition in rapid alternation. All dogs met the minimum criterion of 80% correct, except for one repetition segment of one dog. This study replicates the work of Page and Neuringer (1985) in a practical context and extends it to Canis familiaris. The ability to cue a dog to vary its behavior within some confines, and then home in on a desired target behavior on cue and repeat that, could prove useful in applied settings. Potential practical applications will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 108. Matching Law: Altering Response Allocation with Reinforcement Rate and Delay. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| LEZLEE ANN GREGUSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Gary Duhon (Louisiana State University), Blake Reddick (Oklahoma State University), Stacey Lee (Oklahoma State University) |
| Abstract: This study measured those reinforcement variables related to choice behavior across student academic responding in the classroom. This study expands from traditional research utilizing the generalized matching law and student response allocation such that experimental levels of reinforcement were predetermined and not based on individual-student responding. This study addressed the sensitivity variables of reinforcement noted in the generalized matching law and attempted to elicit a sensitivity threshold for rate and immediacy of reinforcement. These two thresholds were then implemented concurrently to assess the influence on student academic behavior and the relative impact one variable (rate or immediacy) may have on the other.
Rate threshold results indicated individualized rate thresholds could be determined. Second, delay thresholds were determined for each student. And lastly when implementing delay and rate thresholds in concurrent schedules, 4 students allocated choice responses to the delay condition than the rate condition. One student chose to allocate responses higher to the rate condition than the delay condition. In other words, when implementing individualized delay and rate thresholds four students chose to do fewer problems for more reinforcement and wait for it rather than doing more problems for less reinforcement and receiving the reinforcement immediately. |
| |
|
| 109. Effects of Pramipexole on Choice for Differential Rewards in a Delay Discounting Paradigm. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas), Jeff S. Stein (University of Kansas), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), James H. Woods (University of Michigan), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas) |
| Abstract: Clinical reports suggest individuals diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease treated with dopamine (D3) agonist medications are at risk for impulsive behaviors (Driver-Dunckley et al., 2003; Molina et al, 2000). In a survey of gambling in Parkinson’s patients, several patients who took pramipexole engaged in problem or pathological gambling (Dodd et al., 2005). Many of the patients reported an increased sex drive (up to 4 times daily), compulsive eating, and/or increased alcohol consumption.
Using an acute-dosing regimen, we sought to assess the effects of pramipexole on decision making in a delay-discounting task (i.e., choice between smaller-sooner and larger-later food rewards). In one phase, the delay to the larger-later reward was adjusted to establish a baseline of self-control. Subsequently, saline or pramipexole (0.03 – 0.1 mg/kg) was injected prior to the session. Pramipexole increased impulsive decision-making above the baseline and saline levels. In a second phase, delays were adjusted in the opposite direction to maintain a baseline of impulsivity. Dosing proceeded as before, but the baseline of impulsivity was not disrupted, suggesting that the prior effect was not due to nonspecific effects of pramipexole. |
| |
|
| 110. Fixed-Time Schedule Effects: Alone and In Combination with Response-Dependent Schedules. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
| JAMIE MEINTS (University of the Pacific, Stockton), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
| Abstract: Events delivered on time-based schedules have been found to produce response persistence when these schedules are temporally similar to response-dependent schedules that precede them. The extent to which response persistence would be observed under response-independent schedules, when combined with response-dependent schedules has been an area of appreciably less applied research. We will report the effects of concurrent schedules (i.e., response-independent and response-dependent schedules) on task completion (i.e., vocational tasks) performed by individuals diagnosed with schizophrenia. Results will be discussed in terms of the role of response-independent (free) events on response output. |
| |
|
| 111. Acquisition and Extinction of Two-Responses Sequences. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| IXEL ALONSO (Intituto de Neurociencias, Universidad de Guadalajara-México), Hector Martinez Sanchez (Intituto de Neurociencias, Universidad de Guadalajara-México), Gustavo Bachá (Facultad de Psicología UNAM-México) |
| Abstract: Two experiments examined the acquisition of two-response sequences when reinforcement contingencies were unchanged (Experiment 1) and changed (Experiment 2). Extinction was introduced after sequence acquisition to evaluate potential structural differences of learned sequences (i.e., homogenous versus heterogeneous). Groups of rats were exposed to homogenous (left-left or right-right) or heterogeneous (left-right or right-left) sequences. Only one of four possible two-response sequences provided reinforcement on acquisition. Experiment 1 consisted of two phases. In the first phase (acquisition), a two-response sequence was reinforced until 1000 reinforces were completed (fifty trials by session). In the second phase, extinction was introduced during twenty sessions. Experiment 2 consisted of three experimental phases. In the first phase, reinforcement was delivered after a homogeneous or heterogeneous sequence was completed. In the phase 2, the reinforcement was delivered after performing the opposite homogeneous or heterogeneous sequence to the reinforced on the previous phase. The last phase consisted of twenty extinction sessions. Results show that rats learned to perform the correct two-response sequences on acquisition phases. However, in extinction conditions, regardless the response sequence previously reinforced, resistance to change for more than 15 days was observed. Data are discussed in terms of the behavioral momentum theory and response strength. |
| |
|
| 112. Extending the Activity of Black Bears by Manipulating the Schedule of Enrichment. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
| KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
| Abstract: Enrichment has been defined as an animal husbandry principle that seeks to enhance the quality of captive animal care by identifying and providing environmental stimuli necessary for optimal psychological and physiological well-being (Shepherdson, 1998). Therefore, an item should not be deemed “enrichment” until its effects have been measured systematically and their beneficial effects are exposed. The following research analyzed the effects of various enrichment objects on the activity levels in American Black Bears. At first the bears were observed during four consecutive hours (10-2:00 pm) under various conditions of enrichment and no enrichment. For several months their behavior pattern of activity did not change. Then an automatic feeder was activated at 11:30 first, then at 12:00 and finally at 12:30. Results showed that by manipulating the time of the feeder's deployment, the amount of active behaviors emitted by the bears could be extended and increased. The feeder also served to increase the amount of interactions the bears had within their enclosure. To further assess these effects the feeder will be activated at 11:30 again. |
| |
|
| 113. Activity-Based Anorexia: A Females and Males Comparison in Rats. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| HECTOR MARTINEZ SANCHEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Iris Lorena Gomez Sanchez (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
| Abstract: Activity-based anorexia occurs when rats are exposed to a restricted-feeding schedule and free access to running wheels. As a result the subjects quickly develop a loss of corporal weight, reduce the food consumption and show a remarkable increase in the activity wheel. This procedure has shown to be effective in male rats, whereas in female rats results are not conclusive. In this study, we compared female and male rats in the activity-based anorexia model. Twelve albino rats, six males and six females, 2 months old at the beginning of the experiment, were exposed to food restriction and free access to running wheels. Prior to food restriction, rats received free access to food and water and the running wheel was unavailable during five consecutive days. On the seven following days, both groups were exposed to 23 hours of food restriction and running wheel access. Water was available during the whole experiment. Finally, five days served to recover previous body weight. Results show a decrease in body weight and food intake in both groups. However, male rats developed an increase in the activity wheel
in the last two days as compared with females. Data are discussed in terms of the potential consequences in the understanding of anorexia in humans. |
| |
|
| 114. Further Analysis of Delay-Interval Responding. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Scott B. Greenberg (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts) |
| Abstract: In two studies, rats acquired novel operant responding under conditions of delayed reinforcement. As in previous studies, a resetting delay was utilized to guarantee that programmed and obtained delays were equivalent. However close examination of lever-press topographies in the first experiment, and nose-poke topographies in the second experiment, suggested the possibility that adventitious immediate reinforcement may compromise the integrity of the delay interval. During the delay intervals, rats emitted numerous responses that were topographically very similar to the designated responses, but were of insufficient intensity to reset the delay. Such responding could be strengthened by immediate reinforcement, and thus acquisition may be a function of more immediate rather than delayed contingencies. |
| |
|
| 115. Effect of Self-Generated Rule on Instructed/Shaped Nonverbal Behavior. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| YOSHIHIRO TANAKA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Tsuneo Shimazaki (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
| Abstract: The present study was intended to assess the strength of the control of the self-generated rule over nonverbal behavior (button pressing) which has been established by two different manner, shaping and instruction, with procedures used by Catania, Matthews, and Shimoff (1982). Participants engaged in a button pressing task in which the button pressing on left or right buttons occasionally produced points, according to a multiple random- ratio / random-interval schedule. During interruption periods of the schedules, the participants were required to fill out sentence-completion guess sheets about how to press the buttons to gain more points. Participants’ guesses were shaped by feedback of differentially awarded points. As a result, button pressing of all participants was consistent with participants’ guesses in schedules when the button pressing was established by instruction. When the button pressing was established by shaping, on the other hand, the button pressing of most participants was consistent with schedules not guesses. The results of the present study indicate that the strength of the control of self-generated rule depends on the manner of establishing nonverbal behavior, shaping or instruction. |
| |
|
| 116. Context Effects in Judgments of Flicker Frequency by Pigeons. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| JAMES CERRI (University of Tennessee), John C. Malone (University of Tennessee) |
| Abstract: White Carneau Pigeons were exposed over many months to a large variety of sequences of light-flicker stimuli in which pecks to a 25Hz stimulus were occasionally accompanied by brief food deliveries. The range of stimuli in the set was varied, with the widest range being from 15Hz to 56Hz. The spacing of stimuli was originally 10Hz and was reduced to 5Hz and, finally, to 3Hz. Subsequent sequences featured eight flicker values, ranging from 13Hz to 37Hz, spaced 3Hz apart. In some conditions sequences were varied so that each stimulus presentation was preceded by an extreme member of the set or by a stimulus in the middle of the range. In addition, sequences were run in ascending series, descending series, and in parts of a complete series. Strong context effects appeared in the birds’ response rates. A final condition showed that effects of a sequence were recoverable after experience with an intervening sequence. |
| |
|
| 117. The Subjective Value of Delayed Rewards Series under Risk in Time Course. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| KENTARO KAWASHIMA (Kawamura Gakuen Woman's University), Aiko Maeda (Waseda University), Naritoshi Iida (Waseda University) |
| Abstract: In everyday life, people choose to receive rewards at regular intervals, for example, deciding to invest in bonds for receiving dividends. These situations can, however, change suddenly due to the occurrence of bad events such as bankruptcy of a company and war. The interval of occurrence of these random events follows the exponential distribution. However, previous studies on choice and delay discounting usually investigated the effect of reinforcement probabilities of the choice response, which remain unchanged in the time course. This study investigated the effect of risk in the time course on the subjective value of delayed reward series using a continuous FI + VT bankruptcy schedule, in which participants regularly receive rewards from the FI schedule, but the trial suddenly stops due to VT bankruptcy. Eighteen undergraduates chose between a continuous FI 4 s schedule with a constant reward amount and a continuous FI 4 s + VT bankruptcy X s schedule with an adjusting amount. Three different lengths of expected bankruptcy timings (15 s, 30 s, and 60 s) were used as experimental conditions. The means of the adjusted amount were higher for shorter bankruptcy time. The expected total amounts in one trial, however, were higher for longer bankruptcy time. |
| |
|
| 118. The Effect of Switching from Intermittent to Continuous Reinforcement on Extinction of Behavior. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University), Jennie M. Baumgardner (Shippensburg University), Catherine M. Gayman (Shippensburg University), Ashley Harrison (Shippensburg University), Annelise Steyn (Shippensburg University) |
| Abstract: Extinguishing aberrant behavior, even when functional analytic outcomes are utilized, takes an extended period of time, rendering it at times unpalatable as a deceleration procedure. As an existing body of research indicates that extinction occurs faster after continuous reinforcement (CRF) as compared to intermittent reinforcement (INT), known as the partial reinforcement extinction effect (PREE), it was hypothesized that switching a behavior from INT to CRF before implementation of extinction would decrease the number of sessions needed for the behavior to extinguish. Twenty rats were taught to lever press, then shaped to a variable-ratio 8 (VR8) schedule. The rats were then randomly split into two equal groups. Group one was subjected to CRF for five 30-minute sessions; group two was not. Both groups were then put on extinction. The dependent measure was the number of sessions necessary for complete extinction (defined as two consecutive 30-minute sessions with no lever pressing). Our data indicates that rats exposed to CRF after INT actually extinguish less rapidly than those not exposed to CRF (seven rats have extinguished in group one, versus two in group two, after five months of data collection, which continues), which may have important implications for the PREE and its application. |
| |
|
| 119. Respondent and Operant Effects of a Long Inter-Trial Interval and a Clock Trial Stimulus. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College) |
| Abstract: Autoshaping, or sign tracking, has typically been procedurally characterized by a relatively brief inter-trial interval (ITI; e.g., 60 s) followed by a very short trial stimulus (e.g., 6 s) ending in food delivery. Pigeons' key pecking is maintained by such a schedule even when a response-reinforcer contingency is not present. The present work involves a long ITI (5 min) followed by a long clock trial stimulus (30 s). As compared to a condition in which the same clock stimulus is utilized but without the ITI, responding was greatly enhanced (both in rate and latency to begin pecking) when the ITI was present. A setback contingency resulted in comparably decreased rates in both ITI and no-ITI conditions. |
| |
|
| 120. Behavioral Economics: Demand for Different Feeds with Horses. |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| MARY J. ARMISTEAD (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Jennifer Chandler (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
| Abstract: There are no published studies with horses that use increasing work requirements to assess the demand for food. This study used the method of paired comparisons to get a measure of the horses’ preference between nine different foods. The horses were exposed to two series of increasing fixed-ratio schedules with each food. Sessions were of a fixed length. Previous research with hens (Fleville, 2002) compared demand functions generated in the same way for each of three foods. This found that the preferred food was associated with the slowest response rates at small ratios and hence the lowest consumption (measured as number of reinforcers obtained) at these ratios. However, it was also associated with the most inelastic demand, and it maintained behaviour to larger ratios than the other foods. The question addressed in the present study was whether or not there would be slower response rates for the more preferred food at small ratios with horses. The data from the most and least preferred food will be presented. |
| |
|
| 121. Pattern of Responses in FI Schedules in Infants and Children: A Matter of Artifacts? |
| Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
| CELINE CLEMENT (Louis Pasteur University, France), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University), Jean-Claude Darcheville (University of Lille, France) |
| Abstract: In discussing the determinants of human operant behavior, Lowe (1979) concluded that one of the most important factors responsible for the differences between human and nonhuman schedule performance might be verbal behavior. Lowe’s appealing hypothesis was that from infancy to the end of childhood there was a transition from nonhuman-like contingency governed operant behavior to verbally governed behavior. Lowe’s studies have shown that responding of infants and young children during FI was typical of the behavior of nonhumans, providing data that tended to validate his hypothesis. Darcheville et al. (1993) however, showed that some infants aged between 3 and 24 months, and therefore preverbal, emitted low response rates under FI schedules.
Our hypothesis is that these inconsistent data may be explained by procedural differences between the experiments. Our approach is one of examining procedural differences between the studies. In particular, we consider how reinforcer type and apparatus affect the dynamics of responding of humans on FI schedules. The analysis may provide useful insights concerning the design of experimental procedures for evaluating temporal regulation in infants and children. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #478 Poster Session (EDC) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 122. The Effects of Rule-Governed Responding and Self-Monitoring on the Handwriting of Three Students. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| GABRIELLE I. TRAPENBERG (Columbia University Teachers College), Tracy Reilly-Lawson (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We tested the acquisition of rule-governed responding and self-monitoring on the appropriate handwriting skills of three participants through successive approximation. We also tested for the maintenance of these skills once the implemented rules were removed. The study used a delayed multiple baseline design across participants and incorporated a token system during intervention. Successive approximations were individualized for each participant based on data collected during baseline. Participants A and B had three intervention phases and Participant C had two intervention phases. During baseline Participants A and B had a mean of 0% and Participant C had a mean of 13%. All participants met criterion on self-monitoring and their handwriting increased significantly during intervention. During the return to baseline Participant B’s writing remained at high levels. Participant A’s handwriting accuracy decreased during reversals, but remained at a mean of 54%, 58% and 33% respectively. Participant C’s accuracy decreased to 83% during the reversal. These results show that the combination of self-monitoring and rule-governed responding is an effective way to teach handwriting. |
| |
|
| 123. Replicating the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Inducing the Naming Capability. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| GEMMA RHODESIDE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Tracy Reilly-Lawson (Columbia University Teachers College), Erica Wyner (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on inducing the naming capability in students with developmental disabilities. Three participants, 9 to 10 years of age, were selected for the study because they did not have naming in their repertoires. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used. The dependent variables were point, tact, and intraverbal responses to 3-dimensional stimuli in Set 1 during pre and post probes. The independent variables were match, point, tact, and intraverbal responses to different sets of 3-dimensional stimuli during MEI. Following a pre-instructional probe, the participants were given MEI on untaught responses to a set of stimuli. Responses were rotated across the 4 conditions during the MEI sessions. After meeting criterion on the MEI, participants were given a post-probe. Novel follow-up probes were conducted after participants met criterion on the post-probe. The results of the study showed that MEI was effective for inducing the full naming capability in two participants and for increasing correct point, tact, and intraverbal responses for the third participant. Data from the novel follow-up probes provided further support for the effectiveness of MEI for inducing the naming capability and these results replicated findings from previous studies. |
| |
|
| 124. Correcting Faulty Intraverbals Through the Use of Multiple Exemplar Instruction and Response Prompts. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ALLISON E. EVERITT (Columbia University Teachers College), Petra Wiehe (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: Two experiments were conducted to correct the emitting of faulty intraverbal responses. In the first experiment, an ABCA multiple probe design was used to test the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction and intraverbal response prompts on the emitting of faulty intraverbal responses. The participant in both studies was a 9-year-old female diagnosed with autism. During Experiment 1, the independent variables were the use of MEI to teach the student to tact the names of all four teachers and the use of a response prompt to correct her faulty intraverbals. The dependent variable in the first experiment was the number of correct intraverbal responses the student emitted when presented with the specified discriminative stimulus, “Hi (participant).” After criterion was achieved during treatment, a post probe was conducted and the student had emitted correct intraverbal responding to all four teachers at criterion level. The dependent variable in the second experiment was the generalized behavior of correct intraverbal responses to new individuals without the use of the response prompts. The independent variable was the teaching of the tacts of these individuals. After criterion was met during the treatment phase, the student was able to emit correct intraverbal responses. In addition, response generalized with new vocal verbal antecedents. |
| |
|
| 125. Anger Management Training with Students Placed in an Alternative School Setting for Disruptive Behavior Referrals. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| TIFFANY DIANE CHANDLER (Mississippi State University), Sandy Davis Devlin (Mississippi State University) |
| Abstract: An anger management training program was implemented with four classes of students at an alternative school including fifth grade inclusion, seventh grade, eighth grade, and high school. Many of the students in the alternative school were placed there because of multiple discipline referrals at their home schools, for disruptive behavior including aggressive behavior, bullying behavior, and insubordination. Multiple students enrolled at the alternative school are, or have been, involved with the juvenile justice system. It is important for these students to learn healthy, positive ways to interact socially with peers and authority figures in an effort to reduce aggressive and inappropriate behavior. Each student involved in the study filled out a pretest consisting of ten items and will be reevaluated at the end of the anger management program which consists of ten sessions. The sessions involve teaching students how to use physiological, thinking, and behavioral tools to control anger. Students utilize role playing to practice new skills and engage in positive ways to deal with situations that are antecedent to anger and consequently aggressive behavior. A teacher acceptability rating scale will be implemented following the completion of the program. |
| |
|
| 126. Knowledge, Acceptability and Integrity of Curriculum Based Measurement and Brief Experimental Analysis Procedures with Teachers. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
| JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (Mississippi State University), Kristin N. Johnson-Gros (Mississippi State University), Richard Anthony Doggett (Mississippi State University) |
| Abstract: Previous literature has established curriculum-based measurement (CBM) and brief experimental analysis (BEA) as a viable methodology to determine current skill level and the most effective intervention(s) for students who are having reading difficulties. However, review of previous literature has revealed that research is limited in the knowledge, acceptability, and integrity of teachers in regards to CBM and BEA. The current study expands upon the literature by assessing teacher knowledge and skill acquisition following training. The present study utilized a didactic training to instruct classroom teachers in CBM and BEA methodology and providing performance feedback. Knowledge and acceptability data was obtained pre-training, post-training, and post-feedback. The present study expands evaluated obtained data with a growth curve analysis to determine teacher knowledge, acceptability, and integrity of alternative assessment measures. |
| |
|
| 127. School Program Promoting Cooperation, Learning and Social Behavior of Emotionally and Behaviorally Disturbed Students. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| HAGIT BERLINSKY (Israel), Michal Dines (Teacher in Emek Yezrael College), Michael Ben-Zvi (Private Practice) |
| Abstract: School-based programs were implemented in a school for behaviorally and emotionally challenging students. The program is a classroom-based positive point collection system that is functioning throughout the day, by all school staff for all students. All behavioral rules are operatively defined, and program rules are behaviorally data-based interventions. Achievements are scored in both behavioral and academic data, and evaluated by municipal and state educational agencies. Behaviors recorded are classroom attendance in time, equipment, sitting to study, compliance with academic and nonacademic instructions, proper talk and avoiding violence. Positive reinforcement are delivered on self restraint, academic activity, and help to peers and teachers. Gradual Punishing System is upon leaving class, verbal and physical violence, and leaving school. Behavioral staff training is part of school routine system. Validated results show increasing in academic achievement and decreasing in behavior problems |
| |
|
| 128. Bully Prevention in Positive Behavior Support. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| SCOTT WARREN ROSS (University of Oregon) |
| Abstract: In an effort to respond to the fierce problem of bullying, this study field-tested a novel approach to effective and efficient school-wide bully-prevention intervention, blending school-wide positive behavior support, explicit instruction regarding a 3-step response to problem behavior, and a reconceptualization of the bullying construct. Bully-Prevention in Positive Behavior Support (BP-PBS), gives students the tools necessary to remove the social rewards maintaining inappropriate behavior, thereby decreasing the likelihood of problem behavior occurring in the future. A single subject multiple baseline across participants design was used within three elementary schools. In addition, a pre-post survey measure was evaluated to determine effects on perceptions of bullying. Results indicated that BP-PBS not only decreased incidents of bullying behavior, but also increased appropriate recipient responses to bullying behavior and appropriate bystander responses to bullying behavior. |
| |
|
| 129. Early Intervention for At-Risk Students in School: Evaluating First Step to Success. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| BILLIE JO RODRIGUEZ (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon), Amy L. Kauffman (University of Oregon) |
| Abstract: As increasing numbers of students begin school at-risk for academic and social failure, schools are facing mounting pressure to provide evidence-based interventions in an attempt to alter the trajectories of these students. First Step to Success is an evidence-based early intervention designed to support these students through the use of universal screening; school intervention involving teacher(s), peers, and the child; and parent/caregiver training to support school adjustment. During the school-based component of the intervention, a consultant works closely with the target student to bring student behavior under the antecedent control of a “red/green” card used to provide feedback, and bring appropriate responding under control of reinforcement contingencies. As the student is successful, the consultant gradually transfers stimulus control (through the use of the card) to the teacher, and the program systematically is faded until the student is responding to the same contingencies maintaining other students’ appropriate behavior. This poster will present data evaluating variables that may contribute to child outcomes, including single subject data to be collected and shared demonstrating effectiveness of specific consultant feedback on teacher fidelity of implementation in general education classrooms. Implications for supporting the effective implementation of an evidence-based behavioral intervention in general education settings will be discussed. |
| |
|
| 130. E/BD Students Maintained in Regular Education Classrooms with PASS. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| JEWLON MORRIS (Lamar Consolidated ISD), Carolyn Meeks (Lamar Consolidated ISD) |
| Abstract: A common and prevalent practice, in the USA, in educating students with emotional/behavioral disorders has been to isolate those students in a contained classroom. A large number of students in the last several generations spent their entire public school careers in some type of structure class. As a result the students were limited in contact with the full environment often associated with public schools ranging from academics through extra-curricular activities. The design of a system known as Positive Approach to Student Success (PASS), which was first implemented in the Galena Park ISD, exposed students with emotional/behavioral disorders to the Regular Education classroom. These students who had been removed at varying points during their academic history were given monitoring support, based on a system that included a daily scatter plot analysis of the student’s success. In the Lamar Consolidated ISD, where PASS has been implemented for 3 years, students who spent only 4% of their time in regular education are now spending, on an average, up to 88% of their time being exposed to the regular academic curriculum. |
| |
|
| 131. Using Pre and Post Assessment and Progress Monitoring to Determine Efficacy of the Stop & Think Social Skills Program in an Urban Classroom. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
| HEATHER K. HALASZ (The University of Toledo), Wendy Cochrane (The University of Toledo), Sharla N. Fasko (The University of Toledo), Douglas Felt (Toledo Public School) |
| Abstract: Stop & Think social skills program is a widely-implemented classroom and school-wide intervention program. Students learn such skills as Friendship Making, Anger/Aggression Control, Classroom Survival Skills, and Dealing with Difficult Social Situations. A classroom teacher along with a counselor or school psychologist can implement the program in the classroom and encourage students to generalize newly-learned social skills daily. Social skills are presented through characterization, modeling, role-playing, and performance feedback. The Stop & Think program is being implemented in an urban 6th grade classroom with a diverse population of students.
Pre and post-intervention assessments (parent & student survey) and weekly progress monitoring (behavioral data collected at school) are being collected in order to determine the efficacy of the Stop & Think program in this setting. A control group of 6th grade students is also being presented with pre and post assessments in order to compare the students’ progress over time. |
| |
|
| 132. Effects of a Teacher-Focused, School-Based Intervention on the Classroom Placement of Students with Behavioral Disorders. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| RACHEL E ROBERTSON (Vanderbilt University) |
| Abstract: One hundred sixty-five elementary school students with or at risk for emotional/behavioral disorders (E/BD) were randomly assigned at the school level to a multicomponent teacher-focused intervention or a treatment as usual condition. Data will be presented comparing intervention and control students’ changes in classroom placements to less or more restrictive environments. The presentation will outline the components of the intervention: the Good Behavior Game, teacher self-monitoring, a two-day classroom management training, and supplemental reading tutoring. School and participant demographics will also be presented, as well as the measure used to track students’ changes in educational settings. Results of data analysis of intervention and comparison students’ changes in educational settings will be presented, as well as a discussion of how the components of the intervention could have affected students’ educational placements. At the end of this presentation, learners will be able to: (a) determine whether the year long intervention affected the classroom placements of participating students; (b) identify possible school, classroom, teacher, and student characteristics that may affect successful mainstreaming of students with E/BD; and (c) understand the pros and cons of using student placement decisions as measures of social validity. |
| |
|
| 133. Improving the Self-Efficacy of Elementary Students with LD in General Education Classrooms thru Evidence-Based Practices. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| YOUN-OCK KIM (The Gongju National University of Education) |
| Abstract: This presentation provides an introduction to evidence-based learning strategies that teachers can use to address learning behavior problems that often characterize pupils with LD and to help these individuals develop greater self-efficacy and self-monitoring skills in general education classrooms. The study hired 18 elementary students with LD in the mid area of South Korea. The interventions were solid evidence-based practices employing multiple baseline design across subjects. The types of the interventions included vocabulary acquisition strategy, reading comprehension strategy, sentence writing strategy. The research results supports that evidence-based practices improved the self-efficacy of elementary students with LD in general education classrooms. The types and procedures for the interventions and analyzing data-based instructions will be included in detail in the presentation. Grade level: 2-8. Level: Beginning |
| |
|
| 134. Applying BEA to Increase Reading Fluency with Visually Impaired Student. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
| MEAGAN BOYD MEDLEY (Mississippi State University), Rachelle Schuck (Mississippi State University) |
| Abstract: In a suburban public high school, one Braille-reading visually impaired student participated in analysis of present levels of functioning for reading skills followed by brief experimental analysis to determine which of four experimental conditions proved the most influential and appropriate. Listening passage previewing, repeated reading, phrase drill, and conditional reinforcement were all conditions offered in brief experimental analysis. Following this analysis, the student participated in the appropriate intervention until a mastery level was reached and maintained.
Poster presentation participants will learn about the use of brief experimental design with a student reading Braille, as well as methods used to determine present levels of functioning in Braille reading. A brief description of technologies used to aid in transcription of print materials to Braille will also be provided. This presentation will also concern how to take brief experimental analysis and apply it to low-incidence populations in order to determine the most effective and appropriate intervention for the subject matter and student. Brief experimental analysis and intervention results indicated that repeated reading worked best for this student in a low-incidence population. |
| |
|
| 135. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Phonemic Stimulus Control and Abstraction. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| PETRA WIEHE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College) |
| Abstract: A multiple probe design counterbalanced across participants was used to test the effects of MEI on phonemic stimulus control and abstraction. Four stages consisting of five phonemic sounds were taught. During baseline, participants were taught to either textually respond or write phonemic sounds to criterion. After meeting criterion, participants were probed for the abstraction of blends across the written topography (if taught to textually respond) or the spoken topography (if taught to write). The independent variable consisted of sounds being taught using MEI. Upon reaching criterion in each phase, participants returned to baseline conditions and were probed on the initial sounds for the abstraction of blends. Results for the study showed that participants acquired the capability to abstract phonemic blends across behavior topographies as a function of MEI. |
| |
|
| 136. Assessing Attention to Letters and Words in Young Children Employing Computer Technology. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis and Technology, Inc.) |
| Abstract: Assessing visual attention in children can identify attentional deficits that interfere with academic performance. Computer technology was employed in this investigation to provide a detailed analysis of how young children visually attended to letters and words. During pretraining, the children were taught to respond to each letter of a consonant-vowel compound. The two pretrained letters subsequently appeared in four word discriminations. During the word-discrimination task, the children were required to discriminate words containing both pretrained letters from words containing only one of the pretrained letters. Two different stimulus-control tests were administered. One test assessed stimulus control by determining response accuracy when the letter compounds and word discriminations were presented. The other stimulus-control test measured the response topographies of the pretrained letters and test words using a touch screen attached to a computer monitor screen. While the children responded identically to individual letters during pretraining, they displayed a variety of attentional patterns when the same letters predicted reinforcement in the word-discrimination task. Although accuracy scores revealed variability in how young children attended to word discriminations, recording response topographies was a more sensitive stimulus control test in revealing individual differences. Utilizing multiple stimulus-control assessment techniques administered by a computer provided a fine grain analysis and revealed differences in how children of similar age attended to words, which is critical information for developing effective reading instruction. |
| |
|
| 137. Teaching Bilingual Equivalence Relations between Written Spanish Words, English Words, and Pictures across Teachers and Classrooms. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| KRISTINE J. OLSON (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Siomara Enriquez (Northern Arizona University) |
| Abstract: Stimulus equivalence procedures often utilize match-to-sample (MTS) to train relations between a sample stimulus and two alternative or comparison stimuli. Although, Sidman (1992) and Hall and Chase (1991) reference the possibility of using MTS to teach relations across languages, only Joyce et al. (1993) have actively demonstrated the ability to teach bilingualism in a lab setting.
The present study used MTS to teach relations between English and Spanish language stimuli to three typically developing children (pre-readers) who attend a bilingual elementary school. Procedures across one or more stimulus classes were conducted by a therapist, English language teacher, and Spanish language teacher, and across two different classroom settings with each child. Baseline emergent relations were probed by researchers. MTS training for reflexive and symmetrical relations between pictures, Spanish written words, and English written words were then conducted by both of the child’s school teachers (English and Spanish in their respective classrooms). Emergent relations were again probed after training by researchers with an interobserver agreement for 30% of all sessions. The results of this initial investigation are discussed in terms of possible improvements (teaching explicit relations across stimulus classes) in bilingual pedagogy and second language acquisition with typically developing children. |
| |
|
| 138. Latency Effects and Forgetting after Stimulus Equivalence Training in a Large Introductory University Course. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| NICOLE L. CULLEN (Northern Arizona University), Lindsay P. Richerson (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
| Abstract: Stimulus equivalence as a method to teach explicit relationships between stimuli has been used across many different populations (Joyce & Wolking, 1997). However, few studies have used stimulus equivalence with college students in large classroom settings. Stimulus classes were taught with response clickers in an introduction psychology class of 200 students at Northern Arizona University. Data from four undergraduate students from this class were selected to determine if forgetting occurred between training (across 3 stimulus classes in the large group) and responding on a written exam. This study addressed the question: if specific and novel stimulus classes are taught in a large group setting, do students retain these explicit relationships over time indicated by responses on a written exam? In order to do this we analyzed responses from in-class stimulus equivalence training (over 17, 10, and 3 days respectively) and compared them to their responses on specific questions on a written exam. The results indicated that some students were able to retain information for the exam while others were not. The results are discussed in terms of explicit teaching of stimulus classes in large undergraduate classes, latency between training and written exams, as well as forgetting over time. |
| |
|
| 139. Stimulus Equivalence and "Clickers" - Tools for Large Undergraduate Introductory Courses? |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| LINDSAY P. RICHERSON (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Nicole L. Cullen (Northern Arizona University) |
| Abstract: Large introductory university classes are notorious for having difficulty teaching large amounts of information in short amounts of time. The current study combines current technology (i.e. CPS “clickers”) and teaching explicit relationships across stimulus classes (topics). Stimulus equivalence (S.E.) is a way to teach explicit relationships to achieve an implicit association (or to establish equivalent relationships) between different stimuli (Sidman, 1994). S.E. has been shown to be a useful tool for learning across many populations (Joyce & Wolking, 1993). However, few investigations have used this methodology within higher education in large undergraduate classes. Two introduction to psychology courses (186 students-control group and 178 students-treatment group) were compared. The independent variable was the presentation of topics using S.E. across a number of stimulus classes. The dependent variable was performance on exam questions. The treatment group learned applied concepts using S.E. methods; the control group did not. On the exam there were questions directly related to what was presented during S.E. training. This investigation specifically addressed the group differences between overall exam scores and teaching strategies. The results are discussed in terms of how S.E. methodology can be used in large group settings and include individual student responding. |
| |
|
| 140. Teaching Neuroanatomy Concepts Efficiently: Equivalence-Based Instruction Involving Class Merger. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
| DANIEL P. COVEY (Illinois State University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University) |
| Abstract: This study illustrates how the formidable task of mastering advanced technical knowledge can be reduced with equivalence-based instruction that yield more abilities than are expressly trained. College students with limited pre-existing knowledge of neuroanatomy served as subjects. They completed a computerized lesson that provided direct practice, with feedback, on a few carefully chosen conditional relations among stimuli involving the structure and function of four brain lobes. Two portions of the lesson each led to the formation of 4 three-member equivalence classes. Because pairs of classes shared a member, they spontaneously merged into a single, larger class. All told, teaching 16 relations led to the mastery of these 16 plus an additional 48 emergent transitive/equivalence relations of clear academic relevance. |
| |
|
| 141. Equivalence-Based Instruction and the Testing Effect: Retention of Trained Relations and Emergence of Untrained Relations. |
| Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
| ELIZABETH A. DALIANIS (Illinois State University), Shauna Summers (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Daniel P. Covey (Illinois State University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Illinois State University) |
| Abstract: In the "testing effect" in cognitive psychology, testing without feedback enhances retention of studied information. In stimulus equivalence, "studying" a few relations leads to emergence of many others. We explored the connection between these phenomena. College students completed conditional discrimination training on selected facts about neuroanatomy. Pilot data now in hand verify that the procedure generates emergent relations among facts relating to four brain lobes. Every 3-5 days over 3 weeks, they completed a brief quiz on relations involving two of the lobes. At the end of 3 weeks, follow-up testing assessed retention of the trained relations and emergence of untrained ones, to determine whether testing enhanced either outcome. Enhanced retention will replicate the testing effect; enhanced emergence would be a novel finding. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| #479 Poster Session (OBM) |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
| South Exhibit Hall |
|
| 142. Performance Management After Hours: Improving Service and Interactions with Customers at a Rural Bar. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| MARISA SNOW (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/BMC/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis), Lindsay Harrington (Florida State University) |
| Abstract: Customer retention is a vital factor to consider when running a profitable organization. Consistently providing effective customer service is a key element for generating repeat business. The current study analyzed customer service at a rural bar setting. Prior to the start of the project, employees were spending the majority of their time behind the bar, thus, less time interacting with customers sitting at the tables. This study sought to increase interactions between the employees and the customers sitting at the tables, increase the percentage of time spent on the floor and decrease the latency of delivering customer orders. The effects of task clarification and managerial feedback on several performances were analyzed for the dependent variables. |
| |
|
| 143. The Effects of Task Clarification, Feedback, and Performance Contingent Consequences on Task Completion in a Restaurant. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| CHRIS A. SAWYER (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: This study investigated the effectiveness of task clarification, feedback, and performance contingent consequences to produce a higher level of cleaning task completion at closing time in a restaurant. Participants were wait staff at the restaurant. The intervention consisted of two phases: task clarification and feedback alone, followed by a combination of task clarification, feedback, and performance contingent consequences. Percentage of cleaning task behaviors completed at closing was recorded as a dependent variable using scorecard. Results indicated that task clarification and feedback were effective, increasing average cleaning task completion by 15.7% over baseline, and that the addition of goal setting and performance contingent consequences increased the efficacy of the intervention, increasing average cleaning task completion by 22.7% over baseline. |
| |
|
| 144. Bringing Organizational Behavior Management into the Research Center: A multicomponent Intervention to Increase Compliance with Center Guidelines. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| MADISON R. EARNEST, III (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Thomas R. Cunningham (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
| Abstract: Managing a research center presents many challenges, one of which is managing data collection. This study examined data collection behavior in a 35-student applied behavioral research center. Two behaviors were investigated including (1) being at the correct location and (2) beginning data collection at the assigned time. Also being measured was the total number of hours of center-related activity the research assistants (RA’s) performed. The goal of the present study was to increase center participation (hours) and decrease the number of missed data collection slots. This was done using three separate interventions, each one week apart. Baseline data were collected for four weeks prior to implementing the first phase of intervention. Intervention one consisted of presenting graphic, group feedback on successfully completed data-collection timeslots and hour-completion progress to the RA’s. The second intervention utilized goal setting and incentives for increased data collection attendance. For intervention three, personalized feedback emails with either reinforcement in the form of praise, or punishment in the form of corrective action were sent to each participant. Intervention results will be discussed with implications for future research. |
| |
|
| 145. The Effects of Task Clarification on Greeting Behaviors at a Movie Theater. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| MELISSA A. WILSON (Furman University), Dimitar Simidchiev (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: The current Performance Improvement Project was conducted at a movie theater. Issues pinpointed for the study included low rates of employee greeting behavior. The greeting behaviors included welcoming customers, asking “How may I help you?”, and telling the customers to enjoy their show. After conducting a functional assessment, including the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (Austin, 2000), an AB design was used to implement an antecedent intervention consisting of task clarification across each designated location within the movie theater, including the box office, entrance door, and concession areas. The intervention improved greeting behavior as much as 25%. |
| |
|
| 146. Establishing a Relationship between Customers and Cashiers: An Analysis of Cashier Customer Interaction Behavior. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMY MURDOCK (Furman University), Sarah Best (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: An upscale grocer sought to improve customer relations by increasing cashier-customer conversations during checkout. While general greeting and closure statements occurred at a satisfactory rate, content-specific conversation (CSC) was sparse. The participants included cashiers and those who bagged groceries at each checkout station. A functional assessment tool was used to suggest improvement could be obtained by increased use of job aids, task clarification, and managerial feedback on progress. After introducing the intervention in an AB design, results indicated an increase in the use of CSC by cashiers. Discussion of customer service interaction is discussed. |
| |
|
| 147. Vigilance and Graphic Feedback Effects on Increasing Customer Greeting Time in a Restaurant. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| AUSTIN JOHNSON (Furman University), Kenneth Haas (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: Customer service is of high importance in America’s growing service industry. This study addressed elements of customer service in a Mexican-themed restaurant. The dependent measure was the duration of time for employees to address a seated table and present complimentary chips and salsa to the patrons. A functional assessment was conducted, including the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (Austin, 2000). An intervention consisting of “vigilance”, meaning employees were instructed to conduct walk-throughs of the restaurant at fixed intervals, looking for any newly seated tables and inspecting for chip and salsa baskets to be filled, and weekly graphic and verbal feedback were introduced in an ABC design. Results indicated improvements in reducing the amount of time patrons were greeted and served. The intervention suggests positive impact on tasks that require frequent checking and attention to sustain quality customer service. |
| |
|
| 148. Reducing Profit Loss in a Restaurant. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| GEORGE HANCOCK (Furman University), J.B. Tharp (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University) |
| Abstract: This Performance Improvement Project was conducted with a privately-owned restaurant in which the manager wanted to investigate a profit loss. It was believed that a daily profit loss was due to inaccurate ticket pricing of patron meals. A functional assessment was conducted, including the PIC/NIC Analysis© (Daniels & Daniels, 2005). An intervention package was designed which included task clarification, graphic feedback, and social reinforcement for improved performance. The intervention was introduced in an AB(B+C) fashion. While the intervention produced reduced and more stable profit loss, the problem was not completely solved. Implications for profit-loss prevention are discussed. |
| |
|
| 149. Training Management to Use Positive Reinforcement to Increase Employee Morale. |
| Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
| AMANDA B. COONS (Anderson Center for Autism), Stacey A. Trapani-Barber (Anderson Center for Autism) |
| Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine if the implementation of a positive reinforcement system had an impact on the agency’s employee morale. Employee morale has a profound impact on many aspects of successful workplace performance (Sirota, Mischkind & Meltzer 2006). In the human services field where turnover is especially high, low morale can be detrimental to any organization. Eighteen employees from an Adult Day Habilitation site participated in the study. A survey was administered as a pre-test to determine baseline morale before implementation of the system. The survey consisted of twenty likert scale questions to determine the extent to which employees agreed or disagreed with questions regarding positive feedback by, support from, and approachability of supervisors. An Employee Motivation Survey (University of Colorado at Boulder, 2005) was used to assess the types of recognition desired for work performance. The survey was re-administered as a post-test after management training was provided. Results indicated an increase in reported morale following implementation of a positive reinforcement system in the workplace. Limitations to this study can be attributed to a small convenience sample. |
| |
| |
| |
|
| ABA Spain Meeting |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| PDR 1 |
| Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Instituto de Salud Carlos III & Universidad de Granada, Spain) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| To gather people interested in behavior analysis training in Spanish.
- To gather people interested on BACB credential dissemination in Spanish-speaking countries
- To meet with Western Michingan University representatives on a potential shared training program
- To inform the audience on the goals and current status of ABA Spain
- To report the actions taken by ABA Spain during the last year
- To attract people interested on experience exchange and business opportunities with ABA Spain |
|
| |
| |
|
| Behavior Analyst Certification Board: University Contact Faculty Meeting |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Continental A |
| Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| The BACB University Contact Faculty Meeting will address new developments in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board that relate to universities with BACB approved course sequences and approved experience courses. All BACB university contact faculty are urged to attend or send a faculty representative. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Education and Treatment of Children: Editorial Board Meeting |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Boulevard C |
| Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| Discussion of Journal Policy and Procedures |
|
| |
| |
|
| FABA Task Force for the Dissemination of Empirically Supported Treatment and Evidence Based Practice |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Williford A |
| Chair: Erin Seligson Petscher (University of Florida/Behavior Analysis Services Program) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| The goal of the FABA Task Force is to advance the establishment and dissemination of behavior-based ESTs and EBPs. This business meeting is open to members of the FABA Task Force and any others who are interested in influencing the goals, procedures and outcomes of the Task Force. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Mississippi ABA |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Astoria |
| Chair: Craig A. Thomas (NBTS, LLC.) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| An organizational meeting of Mississippi ABA |
|
| |
| |
|
| Missouri Association for Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| PDR 3 |
| Chair: Jenny Frisbee (Special School District) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| N/a |
|
| |
| |
|
| New York State Association for Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Continental B |
| Chair: Helen Bloomer (H Bloomer Consulting) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| The activities of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network SIG Business Meeting |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Waldorf |
| Chair: Angela R. Lebbon (Western Michigan University) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| This is the annual meeting of the OBM Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to OBM. In addition, Network officers will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional Issues in Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Boulevard B |
| Chair: Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| Electing officers at all level and building a strong SIG agenda for the up coming year. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Rehabilitation & Independent Living SIG |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Williford C |
| Chair: Michael P. Mozzoni (Learning Services Corporation) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| To bring together behavior analysts working with persons with Acquired Brain Injuries to trade treatment ideas. Another purpose of the SIG is to develop recommendations or guidelines for the behavioral treatment of persons with ABI through a review of the evidence base in the literature. |
|
| |
| |
|
| WisABA-Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| PDR 2 |
| Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Carthage College) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| Agenda will include:
*Finishing Touches on the 2008 Convention.
*Election of Officers.
*Membership issues.
*Reports from Secretary and Treasurer.
*Issues raised from the floor. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Williford B |
| Chair: Patrick S. Williams (University of Houston, Downtown) |
| Presenting Authors: |
| Elect officers and formulate plans for SIG business in the coming year. |
|
| |
| |
|
| Professional Development Series: Introduction to Direct Instruction for Behavior Analysts |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Marquette |
| Area: EDC |
| Chair: Nicole C. Groskreutz (Utah State University) |
| |
| Professional Development Series: Introduction to Direct Instruction for Behavior Analysts |
| Domain: Applied Research |
| TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
| |
| Abstract: Direct Instruction is a systematic and comprehensive approach to academic instruction. Direct Instruction is based on both behavior analysis and on logical analyses of communication and knowledge systems. As such, Direct Instruction provides an example of how behavioral principles, strategies, and tactics can be arranged to create broad and comprehensive programs of academic instruction that produce large and complex repertoires in learners. In addition, the fact that Direct Instruction also draws upon logical analyses of communication and structural analyses of knowledge systems provides examples of how behavior analysis contacts other areas. The centerpiece of Direct Instruction is teaching for generalization under precise stimulus control. Direct Instruction programs feature integration of rule-governed and contingency-shaped behavior, and systematically build relational responding. Thus, Direct Instruction is important for behavior analysts involved with teaching complex repertoires to virtually any learners. The effectiveness of Direct Instruction programs is supported by a large and varied research base. |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
| Fred Keller: All You Want to Know About His Personal Stories Including Pictorials & Memories |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
| Joliet |
| Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
| Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
| JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
| PETER HARZEM (Auburn University) |
| MARIA TERESA SILVA (University of São Paulo) |
| R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
| Abstract: This years proposed panel session is a continuation of efforts to pay our respect to our beloved colleague and friend. It is the author's sincere hope that the panel will be able to share Fred's warmness with those who were not fortunate enough to have meet him. This discussion will focus on moments that we remember and cherish instead of focusing on PSI. The Chinese has an old saying, "Drink water, but never forget where is comes from." Fred blessed us with his forever warm personality in both public conferences and private parties. David Eckerman will share with the panel and audiences his memories of his last evening with Fred. This is epically valuable in helping a younger generation become familiar with Fred. |
|
| |
| |
|
| ABAI Social |
| Monday, May 26, 2008 |
| 10:30 PM–1:00 AM |
| Grand Ballroom |
Please join us, your friends, and colleagues for music and dancing at the ABAI Social. |
|
| |